HANDBOOK 

OF 

QUALITY- STANDARD 
PAPERS 







■ 





Class. 
BooL 



T^ \Z I o 



\ 



GojpgM .- 



COEHRIGHT DEPOSH1 






Americ 






. o 
















3i!.S<-> j2.S 

o o o , l±l > 














>, :>, >,^ .:> 








XXX* Oo 


.id 

o 






~~-*«g fth 


>> 






side No 
side No. 
side No. 
uck & 
c. 

egan Pa 
or Pape 
n. 


o 

ffl.2 












ions 

River 

River 

River 

Shatt 

Wi 
Waur 
Wind 

Cor 




u 





> ^C*l**i 


33 






r\ O* C> t> © <M ro 
















* y 


03 






CD cS 


hJ 




oke 
yoke 
ke 
:hes- 

<e 

onn. 


AS 


G 




>3°c oU 
oj- to >> 


Otrt 


m 




-*8 _ ffi = 


n r y 


CO 




ny, 
my 

iy. 
on\ 


o% 


1-1 




r Comp 

er Com 

Compa 

Comp 

Compa 
ter, Un 


5= ri 


Oh 




Of \ 


T5 


w 

D 
- 
U 

h— 1 

Oh 


Divisions 

13 Mt. Tom Pape 

14 Nonotuck Pap 

15 Norman Paper 

16 Oakland Pape 

ter, Conn. 

17 Parsons Paper 

18 Platner & Por 


: Holyoke Water 
an Writing Paper 
Tom, Holyoke 
nical Research an 


o 

H 

w 


iklin, O. 

silo, O. 

yoke 

, South Lee, 

Holyoke 


E Dam o 
F Americ 
G Mount 
oke (Chei 


w 


<e 

Exc 
Ho! 
Co 

any 




*o 




o - - - bi 9* 




w 




ouOvJS o 








X uv-n u U 




^ o 




<v CJ CJ oj i_i 












!>•-£ 










.o,cucua. « 


X 


o 5 




ns 

11, Geo 

arding 

arding 

olyoke 

urlbut 

Mass. 

nden t 


o 
"o 

3K 


MO 




.9 0ESGEK J 


En 






&gO.G 




/?00OOOh cn 


•^ ° 






° j3 


+i „ <u 






ffic/} 


& H 












rA.A % 


^'S 


U o 




ue, Mas 
ue, Mas 

ke 

?ton, Ma 

e 

>ke 




y o 

0) +J 




o^ 




be sum o c -^ ^ 


*-< Uh 


5 cl 




% § >o S£° 


c c 


M D< 












i +jE E^ - 


OUHC 



55 -MM : re! 
* o 2 P o o 

, JD O u . tu 

Sac SS«C 
2 CO C0.O uSSoo 
o<i<<M§UUQ 

•j; ih tNt0f^^"O« 



<pqoQ 





The Twenty-six <tJ^Ci//s and Other Units of the 

Americin Writing Paper Company 




Handbook of 

Quality -Standard 
Papers 

A Reference Book 

covering a comprehensive line of 

Papers and their employ 

in Printing 




.MARK I 
QUALITY -STANDARDS 



Holyoke, Massachusetts 

American Writing Paper Company 

The Paper Service Manufacturing Institution 




I >i\ isioiis 
! Vgawam No. I. Mittineague, Mass. 
I Agawarn No. i, Mittineague, Mas>. 
2 Albion Paper Co., Holyoke 
.< Beebe & Holbrook, Holyoke 
.<-! Massasoit, Holyoke 

4 Chester PaperCo., Huntington, Mass 

5 docker Mfg. Co., Holyoke 

6 Dickinson. Coo. R., Holyoke 



KEY TO PICTURE 



Divisions 

s GUI, Geo. C, Holyoko 
S)-l Harding Paper Co., Franklin, O. 

9 2 Harding Paper Co., Excello. O. 

10 Holyoko Papei <. o., Holyoke 

11 Hurlbut Papei Mfg. Co., South Lee, 

Mass. 

12 Linden Paper Company. Holyoke 



Divisions 

13 Mt. Tom Paper Company, Holyoke 

14 Nonotuck Paper Company, Holyoke 

15 Norman Paper Company, Holyoke 

16 Oakland Paper Company, Manches 

ter, Conn. 

17 Parsons Paper Company. Holvokc 

18 Platner & Porter. Onionville, Conn. 



Divisions 

i<> i Riverside Mo. 1, Holyoke 
19-2 Riverside No. I, Holyoke 
I 1 ' i Riverside No. A, Holyoke 
20 Shattuck & Babeo. I Co., I )ePerej 
\\ i ,, 

22 Wauregan PaperCo., Holyoke 

23 Windsor Paper Co., Windsor Locks, 

( OIIII 



A General Office, Holyoke E Dam of Holyoke Water Power Co., Connecticut River, Holyoke 

B Central Repair Shop, Holyoke F American Writing Paper Co.'s dam at Miami River, Ohio 

C Engineering Dept. Office, Holyoke (i Mount Tom, Holyoke 

D Department ot Technical Control, Holyoke (Chemical Research and Paper Testing Laboratory) 



, pes 



Copyright, 1922 

by the 

American Writing Paper Company 

Holyoke, Massachusetts 



QCLA6b6559 

PRESS OF WILLIAM GREEN, NEW YORK 

OCT 30 "22 

1V« I 



Contents 



The 26 Mills of the American Writing Paper Company Frontispiece 

Page 

The Pioneer in Paper Standardization 1 

A Radical Reform 1 

Manufacturing Efficiency 2 

The Advantages of Size __ 2 

Selling Efforts Centralized 3 

Three Necessary Steps 3 

Department of Technical Control 4 

Standardizing Distribution 5 

Eagle-A Service Houses 5 

How the Paper Buyer Benefits 6 

Co-operation with the United States Envelope Company 6 

How to Select the Right Paper 8 

Use 8 

Impress 8 

Some General Rules 9 

Index and Charts of Eagle-A Papers Suitable for Various Printed 

Pieces 9 

Qualities of Different Kinds of Papers 9 

Index to Charts 10 

Advertising 10 

Books 11 

Documents 12 

Office and Factory Forms 12 

Greetings 12 

Labels and Mailing Wrappers 13 

Magazines 13 

Miscellaneous 13 

Programs 13 

Stationery 13 

Tickets 13 

Chart — Inside Pages and Self Covers, Kinds and Grades Suitable 

for 14-15 

Chart — Covers, Kinds and Grades of Papers Suitable for 16-17 

Chart — Cards, Folded and Unfolded, Kinds and Grades Suitable 

for 18-19 

Chart — Documents and Office and Factory Forms, Kinds and 

Grades of Papers Suitable for 20-2 1 

Stationery — Kinds and Grades of Paper Suitable for 22-23 

Styles and Sizes of Printed Pieces 24 

Practical Styles 24 

Practical Sizes 24 

Index to Charts of Sizes which Cut Without Waste 24 

The Selection of a General Size 24 

The Relation Between Styles and Sizes and Standard Sheets 25 

Standard Forms or Vehicles for Printed Messages 2-:' 

Untrimmed Sizes of Printed Pieces that Approximate 2 



ite 2 


x3.... 


28-29 


3 


x4.... 


30-31 


3 


x6... . 


32-33 


4 


x5... 


34-35 


4 


x9... . 


36-37 


5 


x7.... 


38-39 


6 


x9... . 


40-41 


7 


x 10... 


42-43 


£x 11 


— 9x 12 


44-45 



Practical Sizes for Letterheads, Documents, and Office or Factory 

Forms 46 

[Hi] 



Page 

Standard Sheet Sizes 47 

Chart — Standard Sheet Sizes in Which Each Grade Is Stocked . . . 48-49 

Substance Weight 50 

The Choice of the Weight of Paper for Any Printed Piece 50 

The Selection of the Proper Substance Weight for a Printed Piece . . 50 

The Style of Printed Piece 50 

The Size of Printed Piece 51 

The Quality Appearance Required in Printed Piece 51 

Extra Folding or Wearing Quality Required in Printed Piece 51 

Economy of Production 51 

Mailing Cost of the Printed Piece 51 

A Practical Plan to Follow 51 

Substance Weights in Which Each Grade Is Stocked 52-53-54 

Equivalent Substance Weights 54 

Colored Papers 55 

Chart — Standard Colors in Which Each Grade Is Stocked 56-57 

Finishes and Formations 58 

Finishes 58 

Formations 58 

Simple Method of Finding the Grade Made in Each Finish and 

Formation 58 

Chart — Finishes and Formations in Which Each Grade Is Stocked.. 59 

Impress 60 

What Is Meant by "Impress" 60 

Selecting Paper for a Definite Impress— the Various Methods of 
Impress and the Kinds of Paper to Which Each Is Best 

Adapted • . : 60-61 

A Quick Way of Finding Papers Suitable to Each Method of Impress 61 
Chart — Methods of Impress to Which Each Grade Is Adaptable. 62-63 

Postage Rates 64 

First-Class Matter 64 

Rates of Postage, First-Class Matter 64 

Second-Class Matter 64 

Third-Class Matter 64 

Rates of Postage on Unsealed Third-Class Matter 65 

Letters Attached to Third-Class Mail 65 

Fourth-Class Matter (Domestic Parcel Post) 65 

Rates of Postage on Fourth-Class or Parcel Post Matter 65 

Communications Attached to Parcels 65 

Mailings of Matter Without Stamps Affixed 65 

Pre-canceled Postage Stamps 66 

Selecting the Right Weight of Paper to Reduce Mailing Costs 66 

Getting the Most Out of the Mailing Cost 66 

What Can Be Mailed for Two Cents, First-Class Postage 67 

Envelopes 68 

The Use of Envelopes 68 

The Choice of Paper for Envelopes 68 

The Appropriate Size of Envelopes for a Printed Piece Size 68 

Printed Matter on Envelopes 68 

Envelope Styles and Their Uses (illustrated) 69-70-71-72 

To Obtain the Proper Envelope 73 

The United States Envelope Company 73 

How to Order Envelopes 73-74 

Envelope Papers Suitable for Each Grade 75 

Specifications 76 

Standard Versus Non-standard Papers 76 

Papers Having Standard Qualities 76 

Papers Having Standard Specifications 76 

Papers of Non-Standard Qualities and Specifications 76 

What the Use of Standardized Papers Means 77 

When the Use of Non-Standard Papers Is Necessary 77 

Making Orders 77 

When a Standard Grade Is Being Run 77 

Making It Easy to Find Conditions Controlling the Making of 

Standard Grade to Non-Stan dard Specifications 77 

Bond Papers in Non-Standard Specifications 78-79 

Linen " " " " ' 80 

[ivl 



Specifications — continued Page 

Mimeograph Papers in Non-Standard Specifications 81 



Ledger 

Writing 

Book 

Cover 

Bristol 



82-83 
84-85 
86-87 



90-91 

Wedding and Papeterie Papers in Non-Standard Specifications . . 92-93 
Offset Papers in Non-Standard Specifications 94 

Bulking 95 

Relative Bulking of Book Papers 96 

Eagle-A Line of Quality-Standard Papers 97 

What It Consists of 97 

Why It Was Developed 97-98 

How the Eagle-A Line Was Developed to Meet Demands 98-100 

An Analysis of the Use-Requirements of Paper 98-100 

The Standardization of Each Grade 100 

The Ten Kinds of Essential Papers and the Range of Grades in Each 1 00 

Relative Qualities of the Various Kinds and Grades of Paper 101 

Kinds or Classifications 101 

Grades — The Relative Charts 101 

General Uses 102 

Adaptability to Each Method of Impress 102 

Sizes 103 

Weights 103 

Colors 103 

Finishes 103 

How Eagle-A Papers Are Trimmed 104 

How Eagle-A Papers Are Packed (illustrated) 104 

Grain Direction in Each Size and Grade 105 

Eagle-A Papers Suitable for Envelopes to Match Each Grade 105 

Where Eagle-A Papers May Be Obtained 105 

Grades Made to Non-Standard Specifications 105 

Eagle-A Papers in Converted Form 106 

A Summary of the Eagle-A Line 106 

Bond Papers of Eagle-A Quality-Standards 107-109 

Chart of Relative Quality-Standards of Eagle-A Bonds 110-111 

Coupon Bond 112-113 

Agawam Bond 1 14-115 

Persian Bond 116-117 

Contract Bond 1 18-1 19 

Airpost Bond 1 20-1 2 1 

Chevron Bond 122-123 

Acceptance Bond 124-125 

Norman Bond 126-127 

Telephone Bond 128-129 

Linen Papers of Eagle-A Quality-Standards 130 

Chart of Relative Quality-Standards of Eagle-A Linens 131 

U. S. Linen 132-133 

Colonial Linen 134-135 

Aulde Scotia Lynene 136-137 

Rival Linen 138-139 

Ledger Papers of Eagle-A Quality-Standards 140 

Chart of Relative Quality-Standards of Eagle-A Ledgers 141 

Government Record Ledger 142-143 

Brunswick Linen Ledger 144-145 

Account Linen Ledger 146-147 

Extension Ledger 148-149 

Gloria Ledger 150-151 

Telephone Ledger 152-153 

Flat Writing Papers of Eagle-A Quality-Standards 154 

Chart of Relative Quality-Standards of Eagle-A Writing Papers. . . 155 

Old Chester Mills 156-157 

Parsons Tinted Writings 158-159 

Wauregan Colored Flats 160-161 

Mt. Nonotuck Mills 162-163 

Mt. Tom Mills 164-165 

[v] 



Page 

Book Papers of Eagle-A Quality-Standards 166-167 

Chart of Relative Quality-Standards of Eagle-A Book Papers. 168-169 

Deckle d'Aigle 170-171 

American Vellum .- 172-173 

Berkshire Text 174-175 

Albion Text 176-177 

American Bulking Book 178-179 

Railroad Folder 180-181 

Arrive Halftone 182-183 

American Super Calendered Book 184-185 

American English Finish Book 186-187 

American Eggshell 188-189 

Offset Papers of Eagle-A Quality-Standards 190 

Chart of Relative Quality-Standards of Eagle-A Offsets 191 

Albion Offset 192-193 

Beebe Offset 194-195 

Chester Offset ■ 196-197 

Dickinson Offset 198-199 

Cover Papers of Eagle-A Quality-Standards 200 

Chart of Relative Quality- Standards of Eagle-A Covers 201 

Deckle d'Aigle 202-203 

Herculean Cover 204-205 

Arven Plate 206-207 

Paradox Cover 208-209 

Riverdale Cover 210-2 1 1 

Standard Cover 212-213 

Bristols of Eagle-A Quality-Standards 214 

Chart of Relative Quality-Standards of Eagle-A Bristols 215 

Agawam Index Bristol . 2 16-2 1 7 

Cherokee Index Bristol 218-219 

Darieh Index Bristol 220-22 1 

American Rope Bristol 222-223 

American Post Card 224-225 

Weddings and Papeteries of Eagle-A Quality-Standards 225 

Chart of Relative Quality- Standards of Eagle-A Weddings and 

Papeteries 227 

Arden Wedding 228-229 

Biscay Wedding 230-23 1 

Chesterfield Papeterie 232-233 

Dorrington Papeterie 234-235 

Farnsworth Papeterie 236-237 

Mimeograph Papers of Eagle-A Quality-Standards 238 

Chart of Relative Quality-Standards of Eagle-A Mimeographs 239 

Peerless Mimeograph 240-241 

Delta Mimeograph 242-243 

Converted Forms of Eagle-A Papers 244 

The Eagle-A Announcement Line 245 

Folded and Flat Sheets and Cards and Envelopes to Match. . . 246-248 

Illustration of Sheets, Cards and Envelopes 249 

Cabinets of Wedding Announcements 250 

Stork Announcements 25 1 

Visiting Cards and Envelopes 252 

Mourning Stationery 253 

Papeteries (Boxed Stationery) 254 

Commercial Stationery Cabinets of Eagle-A Quality-Standards 255-59 

Coupon Bond Stationery Cabinets 256 

Contract Bond Stationery Cabinets 257 

Acceptance Bond Stationery Cabinets 258 

Old Chester Mills Stationery Cabinets 259 

Typewriter Papers of Eagle-A Quality-Standards 260-273 

Sheet Sizes and Weights of Eagle-A Typewriter Papers 262 

Coupon Bond Typewriter Paper 263 

Weights and Sizes, Ruled and Unruled, Where Stocked 

Agawam Parchment Typewriter Paper 264 

U. S. Linen Typewriter Paper 265 

Weights and Sizes, Ruled and Unruled, Where Stocked 

[vi] 



Typewriter Papers of Eagle-A Quality-Standards— continued Page 

Roman Typewriter Paper 266 

Persian Bond Typewriter Paper 266-267 

Colonial Pro and Con Typewriter Paper 267 

Weights and Sizes, Ruled and Unruled, Where Stocked 
Contract Bond Typewriter Paper 268 

Weights and Sizes, Ruled and Unruled, Where Stocked 
Airpost Bond Typewriter Paper 269 

Weights and Sizes, Ruled and Unruled, Where Stocked 
Chevron Bond Typewriter Paper 270 

Weights and Sizes, Ruled and Unruled, Where Stocked 
Acceptance Bond Typewriter Paper 271 

Weights and Sizes, Ruled and Unruled, Where Stocked 

Quality-Manifold Typewriter Paper 272 

Description, Colors, Sheet Sizes and Weights, How Packed, Where 
Stocked, etc. 

Manuscript Cover 273 

Description, Colors, Sizes and Weights, How Packed, Where 
Stocked, etc. 

Writing Tablets (illustrated) 274 

Description, Size, Distinguishing Cover Colors, Where Obtainable, 
etc. 

Specialties and Industrial Papers 275-280 

The Correct Use of Specifications 275 

Development of Special and Technical Papers 275 

Experimental Equipment for Specialty and Industrial Papers 276 

List of Specialty Papers 277-280 

How to Plan Printed Salesmanship 281-284 

Printing Depending on Business 281 

Business Depending on Printing 281 

The First Step : 281 

Investigation and Analysis 282 

The Plan Outlined 282 

Principles, Not Methods, Underlie Plan 282 

Specifying the Media 283 

The Execution of the Plan ......... 283 

Copy 283 

Design 283 

Printing or Multiplying 284 

An Important Step 284 

A Key to the Lesson Booklets 284 

Key (Index) to a Course in Writing Printed Salesmanship 

for U. T. A. Printers Written by Robert Ruxton 285-301 

Planning Stationery — Documents, Office and Factory Forms .... 302 

The Substance Factor 303 

Old and New Substance Weights 303 

Freight Rates, with Map 304-305 

Paper Trade Customs — General Regulations 306-332 

Writings 306-3 10 

Writings, Substance Number Plan 310 

Book Papers 311-314 

Offset Papers 314 

Cover Papers 31 5-316 

Card Boards 316-321 

Envelopes „. 321 

Blue Print Paper 321 

Wrapping Paper 321 

Machine Glazed 321 

Manila 322 

Cutter Rolls 322 

Glazed and Fancy 323-324 

Tissue Paper 324-326 

Blotting Paper 326 

Onion Skins and Manifolds 327 

rviil 



Paper Trade Customs — General Regulations — continued Page 

Vegetable Parchment 327-329 

Waxed Paper 329-330 

Glassine and Greaseproof Papers 330-331 

Roll News Print 331-332 

Sheet News 332 

Paper Brand Names 333-336 

How Paper Is Made 337-341 

A Journey Through the World's Largest Paper-Making Insti- 
tution (Illustrated) 338-341 

How Eagle-A Quality Is Maintained 342 

Testing Appliances — Illustrated 343 

Watermarking and Rubberstamp Marking 344 

What Papers the Printer Should Stock 345-346 

Glossary 

of Words and Terms used in the Handbook of Quality-Standard 

Papers 347-367 

The Stock Used in This Handbook 368 

Index 369-390 

Eagle-A Service Houses Inserted at back of book 

Price List Inserted at back of book 

{For Complete Details of Contents, see Index — Green Section) 



The Pioneer 
in Paper Standardization 



THE American Writing Paper Company is the largest maker 
of high-grade papers in the world. It is naturally proud of 
its pre-eminence in size, but it is prouder still of the fact that it 
has grasped the opportunity which its size and wide variety of 
resources have created, namely, the opportunity to simplify and 
standardize its manufacture and distribution of paper. 

This means that its famous Eagle-A lines of Quality-Standard 
Papers, comparatively few in number yet comprising a grade for 
almost every use to which paper is put, are produced on a quan- 
tity basis and priced accordingly. It means that their quality jj,^ 
remains uniform, with the brand of the manufacturer as a 
guarantee; and that they are distributed throughout the country 
in readily accessible stocks immediately available for delivery. Sllbstanc 

No confusion, for the buyer, among countless private brands W$k 

in choosing the right paper for his purpose; no guesswork as to p ■ j 

its maker and materials. The user knows, too, that in the price p a n 8rs 

he pays is reflected every economy known to the mass production 
of a standard commodity, and that he can get each item in } , 

quantity when and where he wants it. 



A RADICAL REFORM 

Under the conditions prevailing in the paper industry the 
American Writing Paper Company could have undertaken no 
more radical reform or thorough-going public service. Such a 
reform, indeed, was possible at the time only to an institution 
making a kind and grade of paper for practically every essential 
printing, stationery and advertising requirement, with adequate 
equipment for efficient manufacture of such a wide range of 
products and with practical experience and technical skill cover- 
ing the entire field of papers — in other words, to the American 
Writing Paper Company alone. 

The American Writing Paper Company operates 26 mills 
containing 55 modern paper machines with their auxiliary 
equipment. 

Most of these mills, together with the headquarters of the 
company, are situated in Holyoke, Massachusetts, the world's 
fine paper city. Others are in Unionville, Manchester, and 
Windsor Locks, Connecticut; at Mittineague, Huntington, and 
South Lee, Massachusetts; De Pere, Wisconsin, and Franklin 
and Excello, Ohio, where conditions for the manufacture of paper 
have been found especially suitable. 

[1] 



Impress 



ates 



Mato 



The combined output of the company's mills is 460 tons of 
paper a day, of which 100 tons come under the general class of 
fine papers, such as bonds, ledgers, linens and writings, while 
360 tons consist of coarse papers which include cover, book and 
offset papers, wrappings, and industrial specialties of all sorts. 

MANUFACTURING EFFICIENCY 

These statistics, however, offer only indirect evidence of the 
potentialities of this huge aggregation of productive units. 

The small paper mill of from one to four machines is the unit 
that the experience of paper manufacturers in general has 
proved to be the best and most economical for the manufacture 
of a quality product. This is because the paper-making machines 
in a given mill must share more or less in common their extensive 
auxiliary equipment, and the range of product which can be 
handled efficiently with any mill-unit of this equipment is, 
therefore, decidedly limited. The fewer the machines, therefore, 
the better able the mill is to devote its production to the limited 
number of grades for which its equipment is best adapted. 
Similarly, its personnel develops a familiarity with its operations 
and a consequent skill impossible in a big mill with a hetero- 
geneous product. Finally, the small mill is better able to pre- 
serve the economies of continuous production and to avoid the 
overhead of idle equipment. 

The American Writing Paper Company is an organization of 
small mills in such number and variety that, regardless of the 
wide field which its products cover, it is able to make each mill 
a specialist in one or a few related grades of paper and is free 
from the temptation to manufacture too many papers with any 
given equipment. 

THE ADVANTAGES OF SIZE 

Yet it enjoys also in unique degree all the advantages of which 
the big mill boasts. 

First, in the matter of purchases. All its purchases of mate- 
rial are effected at headquarters and are made in quantities that 
command minimum prices. Moreover, due to the strict stand- 
ardization of the Eagle-A Line, these purchases can always be 
foreseen and can be made, therefore, in the most favorable 
market. And for the same reason they can be, and always are, 
made for definitely specified products, so that there never occurs 
any guesswork or compromise either in the selection or adapta- 
tion of the materials bought. 

Secondly, in the matter of personnel. The American Writing 
Paper Company, as the largest high-grade paper-making institu- 
tion in the world, naturally attracts to itself the best technical 
brains and mechanical skill to be found in the country. Among 

[2] 



its 26 mill superintendents, for example, will be found a ranking 
specialist in the manufacture of practically every kind of paper 
made, whose aid is immediately available in the solution of any 
problem in his line that may arise. These men help one another, 
all together supplying a knowledge of paper-making which no 
one man or handful of men could possibly possess. 

SELLING EFFORTS CENTRALIZED 

All the Company's efforts are directed from headquarters and 
are, therefore, carefully co-ordinated among a comprehensive 
variety of paper products, another advantage of the big producer. 
It has an engineering corps responsible for the maintenance of 
the operating equipment of all the mills; a laboratory completely 
equipped for all kinds of paper testing and investigational work, 
and a manufacturing department in charge of the distribution 
of orders to the mills best equipped to handle them, and of the 
general supervision of manufacture. 

The American Writing Paper Company, in other words, is w ? 

ideally organized to benefit from every aid to economy and effi- 
ciency so far discovered in the industry. Colored 

A short time ago this institution was making 1,500 different Papers 

papers of which the majority were based on purely arbitrary ryj, 

distinctions. By the elimination of overlapping grades and f orma 

brands differing only in watermark there was established the 
Eagle-A Line of Quality-Standard Papers containing a paper for Impre! 

each printing, advertising and stationery requirement. 

This line contains but a small percentage of the original 1,500 
and yet it covers the field. With simplification and standardiza- 
tion of line came simplification and standardization of distribution 
by means of carefully selected paper merchants (Service Houses), 
each one of which stocks the complete line. As a result the 
paper user knows that wherever he can buy one Eagle-A paper 
he can buy all of them, and in any size, color or weight in which 
they are manufactured. 

THREE NECESSARY STEPS 

There were three major steps necessary in achieving this reform. 
The first consisted of consulting the users and big buyers of 
paper who had impelled the Company to undertake the reform 
by their organized demand for standardization and simplification 
— in other words the seven national associations of printers and 
buyers of printing controlling 95 per cent, of the paper used in 
the graphic arts, as follows: 

The United Typothetae of America — the leading printers 
who do an annual business of roughly $500,000,000; The 

[3] 



National Association of Stationers and Manufacturers — 
retail and wholesale stationers whose volume exceeds 
£250,000,000 a year; 

The National Association of Employing Lithographers, 
the members of which manufacture 3150,000,000 worth of 
lithography; 

The National Association of Steel and Copper Plate En- 
gravers, representing the producers of all engraved and em- 
bossed letterheads in the United States, with a volume of 
3150,000,000; 

The Association of National Advertisers — comprising the 
largest advertisers in the country; 

The National Association of Purchasing Agents with more 
than 4,000 members; 

The Direct Mail Advertising Association — comprising 
leading advertising managers and sales executives. 

From a careful canvass of these men the countless uses to which 
paper is put were authoritatively established and the foundation 
laid for their scientific analysis and classification. 

The second step consisted of translating these paper needs 
into terms of manufacturing skill and methods and thence into 
paper products. 

The third step was that of interpreting these products in terms 
of the needs of the paper user. 

A complete and careful survey of equipment was made to 
determine which of the 55 paper machines was best adapted 
to producing each of the selected grades of paper. Thereafter, 
that grade went to that machine. Each Eagle-A paper is made 
on the manufacturing unit completely adapted to its efficient 
production. 

THE DEPARTMENT OF TECHNICAL CONTROL 

The Company expanded and developed its laboratory at Holyoke 
into the best and most extensive of its kind. This department 
occupies a mill building of its own containing a miniature and a 
full-sized paper machine, with auxiliary equipment, on which to 
conduct its manufacturing and mechanical experiments. It con- 
tains also a completely equipped chemical and physical laboratory 
in which to test every raw material used in paper manufacture 
and every quality inherent in the finished product — its bursting 
strength, its tensile strength, its folding strength, its chemical 
nature, the length of its fibers, its resistance to light, and other 
important attributes. 

[4] 



To effect an absolute uniformity of product this laboratory, 
or Department of Technical Control, has been made the keystone 
of the arch of the Company's manufacturing policy. It has 
scientifically standardized the raw materials used in each grade 
of paper produced and maintained a definite standard in each 
case. After the finished product has gone through its regular 
inspection in the mill that produced it the laboratory provides 
an additional safety check with its own exhaustive, thorough 
routine tests which hold rigidly in line the men, methods and 
machines employed in its production. 

The only deviation in standards permitted is that in the direc- 
tion of a better product for the same money or the same product 
for less money. 

STANDARDIZING DISTRIBUTION 

But having determined the essential uses of paper, and the papers 
best adapted to those uses, and the machines best adapted to 
those papers, and having copper-riveted the uniformity of each 
grade — in other words, having cleared the way for economical 
production on a quantity basis — two problems remained: (1) to 
fit distribution to economical mass production, and (2) to inform 
the buyer regarding the paper for his particular use. 

The Company had been distributing its papers through a 
multiplicity of jobbers, none of whom carried its complete line, 
most of whom carried only a few of its grades as an incident to 
their stocks of private brands. 

This was the common method of distribution in the industry. 
The brands and grades of paper on the market were multiplied 
beyond all reason, since each jobber wanted his own brands, and 
this in turn caused a progressive deterioration of quality in the 
different brands, due to competition and the loss of the manufac- 
turer's identity; it resulted in a great volume of small orders to 
the manufacturer, necessitating short, expensive runs, and it JM 

greatly confused and inconvenienced the customer who, if he 
wanted different kinds and grades of paper made by the same 
manufacturer, had to deal with a number of different jobbers. 

EAGLE-A SERVICE HOUSES 

Automatically, of course, in reducing from approximately 1,500 
to 55 the number of papers it manufactured, the American 
Writing Paper Company reduced the number of jobbers handling 
its product. But it went further than this and carefully selected 
the best known, most responsible jobbing houses in each of the 
important paper distributing centers and made each the agent 
for its complete Eagle-A Line. 

These houses are its Service Houses. Their salesmen have 

[5] 



ates 



flrd 



been carefully schooled in the principles, materials and methods 
at the foundation of Eagle-A service. They are prepared to give 
the paper buyer the full benefit of their expert judgment in the 
selection of his paper, with due consideration for every factor. 

Finally, the American Writing Paper Company has gone and 
is going direct to the paper consumer not only with a national 
advertising campaign which is educating him in what the printer 
can do for him, not only with carefully prepared literature, of 
which this is a fair sample, designed to simplify for him the 
whole problem of paper selection, but also with trained men who, 
at the instigation of the printer, will personally call upon him 
and help him in applying to his individual problem the principles 
of selection set forth in this book. 

HOW THE PAPER BUYER BENEFITS 

What does all this mean to the paper buyer — to the printer, 
lithographer, stationer, engraver? 

Simply this, that in the American Writing Paper Company 
he has a paper-making institution prepared at a moment's notice 
to deliver him a paper — 

1 — that is adapted scientifically to the use to which he 

would put it; 
2 — that is easily chosen from a list of standard papers to fit 
each essential use, carrying the Company's own statement 
as to the use for which it is fitted; 
3 — that has behind it all the guarantee of uniform quality 
that lies in the substitution of scientific analysis and test 
for guesswork in its manufacture, and that inheres in the 
name and reputation of the greatest fine paper manufac- 
turing company in the world; 
4 — that is produced on a quantity basis and reflects all the 

consequent economies in its price, and 
5 — that is already "sold" on its merits to his customer. 
In other words, to the printer and to every other big buyer of 
paper it means infinitely less time and worry in the selection of 
his paper, better prices and more satisfaction to his customer — 
and more business! 

To obtain Eagle-A paper he need only apply to the nearest 
Eagle-A Service House — a list of these Service Houses appears 
in the price list between end leaf and back cover of this book — 
which is prepared to deliver it to him in quantity immediately. 

CO-OPERATION WITH UNITED STATES ENVELOPE COMPANY 

Securing a suitable paper for his purpose leaves the user's prob- 
lem only partly solved; he still needs a proper envelope. For 

[6] 



the effective use of paper in correspondence or in direct-by-mail 
advertising, it is essential that efficient and harmonious envelopes 
— usually of the same stock as the enclosure — be used. (See 
page 75.) These must be easily obtainable by the user through 
the same sources as the paper. Since the Eagle-A Line is so 
comprehensive and, therefore, calls for the widest range of styles 
and sizes of envelopes for its varied uses, only an envelope manu- 
facturer with the most complete equipment could meet its 
demands. 

To fill these needs, the American Writing Paper Company has 
secured the co-operation of the United States Envelope Company. 
This company is the largest of its kind in the world, amply 
equipped to give unusual service in supplying every type of 
envelope and having behind it an enviable record of years of 
achievement. It also manufactures the boxed cabinet line 
of goods from Eagle-A papers. (See page 244.) This Company Sheet ! 

is the authorized manufacturer of Eagle-A envelopes which it 
sells only through the Eagle-A Service Houses — the distributing 
agents of all Eagle-A papers. The user may — and should — L •l anC 

therefore, order his envelopes when and where he orders his " 

paper, being assured of the proper envelope for his purpose. Colored 

There is an Eagle-A Envelope for each Eagle-A Paper. Papers 



!ates 



[7] 



How to Select the Right Paper 

THE proper class and grade of paper to use can be determined 
by examining or analyzing separately the different require- 
ments of the use to which it is to be put. There are a number 
of characteristics or physical qualities of paper any or all of 
which may be necessary in different relative degrees for the 
purpose for which the paper is to be used. 

Therefore, the class of paper to use can be determined by 
separating the use-requirements into their different elements, 
and selecting the kind of paper in which the dominant qualities 
demanded by the important requirements are found. 
Two basic factors must be considered: 

1. Use — the use to which the printed piece is to be put. 

2. Impress — the method of impress which is to be employed. 

USE 
Use may be divided with reference to — 

(a) Longevity — the length of time for which the paper must 
resist deterioration, requiring consideration of the life 
or permanency of the paper. 

(b) Treatment — the amount and character of handling, 
folding or exposure to which the paper will be subjected, 
requiring consideration of whether paper for ordinary 
usage or of extra strength is necessary. 

(c) Appearance — the character or sense appeal in the paper 
itself requiring consideration of special quality or a 
range of colors. 

In general, printed pieces fall into two clearly defined groups: 

1. Vehicles for messages. This group includes advertising 
and formal announcements of widely different types. 

2. Records of transactions. This group embraces office 
and factory forms, records, and documents of all kinds. 

(1) Printed Pieces that convey messages require paper selected 
on a basis of (a) ordinary usage; (b) special strength; (c) 
special bulk to weight; (d) special appearance. 

(2) Printed Pieces that record transactions require papers selected 
on a basis of (a) degree of permanency; (b) treatment, or 
amount of handling, folding and exposure. 

IMPRESS 
Irrespective of whether the printed piece is the vehicle for a 
message or the means of recording a transaction, the choice of 
paper must also be considered from the method of impress to be 
applied. The adaptability of the various methods of impress 
is governed largely by the class and finish of the paper. Fine- 



screen half-tones, for example, can be applied successfully to 
papers of the book class in super calendered finishes, but cannot 
be used on papers in the cover class in antique finishes. 

SOME GENERAL RULES 
Papers have been developed to meet all use-requirements and 
methods of impress for both classes of printed pieces. Each 
kind of paper includes a range of grades to cover printed pieces 
for ordinary usage, printed pieces requiring extra strength, 
printed pieces requiring a distinctive de luxe or quality appear- 
ance. In general — papers of the lower and middle grades within p aD or 
any kind can be selected for ordinary usage. For extra strength SelBCti 
in paper use the higher grades of any kind. 

Because individual tastes vary so widely and the price element 
enters into every transaction, no one paper can be exclusively 
recommended for a given use. It is necessary to offer a range 
of papers suitable for the specific use and the method of impress 
to be employed. As a guide to the paper user the following 

INDEX AND CHARTS SUGGEST QUALITY-STANDARD PAPERS Eft 

SUITABLE FOR EACH USE AND METHOD OF IMPRESS 

The index on pages 10-13 alphabetically lists the various classes Colored 

of printed pieces (such as booklets, announcements, office forms, ' a P ers 

etc.); and lists under each class the different forms which each Finish- 

may take. For example, a price list may be developed in the Formatiffl 

form of a single sheet, a folded card, a stitched pamphlet or in 
some other form, the index gives after each form the page number Impress 

of a chart which shows all the Quality-Standard Papers that 
are suitable for that form. The charts on pages 14-23 subdivide i^m, 

the papers for price lists into those which are suitable for ordi- lates 

nary use, and those for which unusual requirements necessitate 
special qualities, such as extra strength, etc. They then indicate m \«w 

which of the papers suitable to the given requirements are 
adaptable to each form of impress, bearing in mind the chief fy| a kj 

characteristics of the classes of paper as follows: 

Bonds. — Strength combined with adaptability to pencil writing or typewriting. 

Linens. — Strength combined with adaptability to pencil writing or typewriting. 

Ledgers. — Specially adapted to large amount of pen writing; ability to with- 
stand frequent erasure; heavy sheet will lie flat. 

Writings. — Suitable where appearance and pen writing are important factors or as 
a substitute for a light-weight ledger, where strength is not a governing condition. 

Books. — Strength and uniformity of texture, free from dust or fuzz and adaptable 
principally to various types of letterpress printing. 

Offsets. — Surface that will not lift or pick; minimum shrinkage or stretch. 

Covers. — High resistance to handling, combined with good folding qualities 
and appearance. 

Index Bristols. — Good for pen and pencil writing; has stiffness, strength and 
erasive qualities. 

Weddings and Papeteries. — Pen writing qualities, smooth finish, brightness 
of color. 

Mimeographs. — High absorbency to produce rapid reproduction of mimeograph 
copies without slip-sheeting, 

[9] 



SPECIAL INDEX TO CHARTS ON PAGES 14 TO 23 

WHICH SHOW THE QUAblTY-STANDARD PAPERS SUITABLE 

FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASSES OF PRINTED PIECES 

Advertising 
Announcements 

Single Card or Folded Card Pages 18-19 

Single or Folded Sheets " 14-15 

Booklets or Bound Sheets " 16-17 

Covers " 16-17 

Pages " 14-15 

Booklets 

Covers 16-17 

Pages " 14-15 

Broadsides " 14-15 

Bulletins 

Single or Folded Sheets " 14-15 

Booklet or Bound Sheets 

Covers " 16-17 

Pages " 14-15 

Calendars 

Mounts " 18-19 

Pages " 14-15 

Catalogs 

Covers " 16-17 

Pages " 14-15 

Circular Letters Section 1, " 14-15 

2, " 22-23 

Circulars " 14-15 

Directories 

Covers 16-17 

Pages " 14-15 

Display Cards (Hanging) " 18-19 

Envelope Stuffers 

Single Card or Folded Card ' 18-19 

Single or Folded Sheets " 14-15 

Booklets or Bound Sheets 

Covers 16-17 

Pages " 14-15 

Folders 

Card " 18-19 

Sheet " 14-15 

Hand Bills " 14-15 

Note: An Eagle-A Envelope may be obtained for each Eagle-A 
Paper. See page 75 for proper envelope for each paper. 

[10] 



Handbooks 

Covers Pages 14-15 

Pages " 16-17 

House Organs 

Covers " 16-17 

Pages " 14-15 

Magazine Inserts " 14-15 

Mailing Cards " 18-19 

Package Inserts . 

Single Card or Folded Card " 18-19 

Single or Folded Sheets " 14-15 

Booklet or Bound Sheets 

Covers " 16-17 

Pages " 14-15 

Post Cards " 18-19 

Posters " 14-15 

Price Lists 

Single Card or Folded Card Section 3, " 18-19 

Single or Folded Sheets " 4, " 14-15 

Booklet or Bound Sheets 

Covers " 3, " 16-17 

Pages " 4, " 14-15 

Books 
Children's Books 

Covers " 16-17 

Pages " 14-15 

Gift Books 

Covers Section 4, " 17 

Pages " 4, " 15 

De Luxe Editions 

Covers Section 4, " 17 

Pages " 4, " 15 

Popular Novels 

Covers Section 4, " 16-17 

Pages " 4, " 15 

Reference Books 

Covers " 16-17 

Pages " 14-15 

Text Books 

Covers " 16-17 

Pages " 14-15 

Note: An Eagle-A Envelope may be obtained for each Eagle-A 
Paper. See page 75 for proper envelope for each paper. 

[Ill 



Weight 



Papers 



Impress 



lates 



Mak 



Toy Books 

Covers Section 2, Page 16 

Pages " 2, " 14 

Documents 

Certificates Section 1-2-6, 

Contracts 

Deeds 

Diplomas 

Document Covers , 

Letters of Credit 

Mortgages 

Notes 

Permits 

Policies 

Wills 



Acknowledgment of Orders . Section 5 

Bill Heads 

Checks 

Credit Memos 

Debit Memos 

Drafts 

Estimate Forms 

File Copies , 

Inventory Slips 

Invoices 

Manufacturing Orders 

Memo Slips 

Order Blanks 

Proposals 

Purchase Orders 

Receipts 

Receiving Reports 

Reports 

Requisitions 

Statements 

Stock Reports 

Telegraph Blanks 

Telephone Call Slifs 

Time Slips 



tio 


n 1-2-6, Pa 


ges 20-21 


« 


1-2-6, 


' 20-21 


« 


1, 


' 20-21 


(C 


1-2-6, 


' 20-21 


a 


12, 


' 20-21 


a 


1, 


' 20-21 


u 


2, 


' 20-21 


tt 


5, 


' 20-21 


ft 


2, 


' 20-21 


a 


2-6, 


' 20-21 


a 


1, 


4 20-21 


ry 


Forms 




tio 


n 5, 


1 20-21 


a 


5-6, 


' 20-21 


a 


2, 


' 20-21 


tt 


5, 


' 20-21 


tt 


5, 


' 20-21 


a 


6, 


' 20-21 


a 


5-6, 


* 20-21 


a 


9, 


' 20-21 


tt 


5-10, 


1 20-21 


a 


5-6, 


' 20-21 


a 


5, 


' 20-21 


<< 


11, 


1 20-21 


« 


2-5, 


' 20-21 


tt 


6, 


' 20-21 


(< 


2-5-9-10, * 


' 20-21 


(( 


9, 


4 20-21 


(« 


9, 


' 20-21 


tt 


9, 


' 20-21 


tt 


9, 


' 20-21 


a 


6, 


< 20-21 


it 


6, 


' 20-21 


a 


9, 


4 20-21 


a 


11, 


1 20-21 


tt 


5-9, 


' 20-21 



Greetings 
Birthday 

Single Card or Folded Card " 18-19 

Note: An Eagle-A Envelope may be obtained for each Eagle-A 
Paper. See page 75 for proper envelope for each paper. 

[12] 



Greetings — continued 
Single or Folded Sheet Pages 14-15 

Booklet or Bound Sheets 

Covers 16-17 

Pages " 16-17 

Holiday 

Single or Folded Card " 18-19 

Single or Folded Sheet " 16-17 

Booklet or Bound Sheets 

Covers 16-17 

Pages " 14-15 

Labels and Mailing Wrappers 

Labels Chart 1, " 14-15 

Mailing Containers Chart 1, Section 2, " 16 

Mailing Envelopes " 1, " 2, " 14 

Magazines 

Cover 16-17 

Pages " 14-15 

Miscellaneous 
Menus 

Single or Folded Card Section 3, " 18-19 

Single or Folded Sheet " 4, " 14-15 

Booklet or Bound Sheets 

Cover Section 3, " 16-17 

Pages " 4, " 14-15 

Programs 

Single or Folded Card Section 3, " 18-19 

Single or Folded Sheet " 4, " 14-15 

Booklet or Bound Sheets 

Cover Section 3, " 16-17 

Pages " 4, " 14-15 

Stationery 

Visiting Cards " 18-19 

Executives' Letters Section 1, " 20-21 

General Letters " 20-21 

Letterheads and Envelopes " 20-21 

Tickets 

Single or Folded Card " 18-19 

Single or Folded Sheet " 14-15 

Booklet or Bound Sheets 

Cover " 16-17 

Pages " 14-15 

Note: An Eagle-A envelope may be obtained for each Eagle-A 
paper. See page 75 for proper envelope for each paper. 

113 1 



Finish- 



Impress 



Mak 

Ord 



Jnr 
9' 



.t! £ 

CO £ 



Ph 



OJ 

l-H 

o 

CO 

S3 

5 



J-H 
> 

o 
U 



CO 

-a 
cj 

CO 

bO 

as 

Oh 

-a 

• l-H 
CO 

c 



CO 

U 

• ^i 
Oh 



Ph 



rt O C u 
PhPhPhPh 






CO w 



03 

0> 

bo 
as 

Ph w 

■a ti .fcl -^ 
OOOQ 



~ a 



S3 



2 ^'3 rt 



o o d 

. . o o C 






3° 
OP 












F8 



«3 B 






Ba 



a« 



• 2 Ed 
Q 






P 



pq 


t-. 






<i 




aj 




U 




n 


1 


















en 




X 





PQ 



«H W 

O M 






P4 



"a 



cq 



* f! 

c y +» 

o rt to 

a+3 o 
o o.ts 



•J- '^1 

3 s 



CO 



^ s.faf- 1 

<U.2J3 C 

•gBJ3.2 

«B«35 



,8 

■5 



•So 



1« 



■6-S 



H « 1) ^" 

n ' « e » .; "2 
O^-^-M 3 c .■"> 



0)^3. S <D <D 



C -> " C 



<3CQOQ 



o « -s jj 3 

S'3 c g 



§ 



"3 « 



■S S 



OP 



caw en OS's 
l-i t. »-. h c 

E c B B"3 



o „, o c« 

*-• i> I* b 

B t S'3 



«"(5_! l 2 ecflc 

.13 t- "2W cS ta nl ta 

•S G S^.H.H.H.H 

ss'sSbeee 



<moS 



VI 



T3 A^iJd rt 



[14 



a E 

•52 &%M* 



s« -Sul I 



O t> 



<u.2.c a 
^ES5 



o 3 



3 5 S2 
o &o<3 



8 


■52 


.8.2- 




<• o 
& In 


^5 


J 


•B 


IU o 


co 


o 

■a 


•3 2 





o 


Q<! 



G< 



c& 



§ 


•5? 2 


£&£ 


oupon* 

irpost 

levron 

Lin 
. S. Linen 








o--;> 


.a 


Q) O 




« E 


o<o & 


o 


U< 




.S8 3 



O.fclJS 



fetf 



|2 

I*" 0> 



3 C o 



E 




•« 3 

OS 


•a 


c 
o 


4 




0.2 > 


F 


0.&J3 


< 


0<!0 



o -J 



■J2 







■53 












V 


s a 




.°ti O. 


* 2 

fiUoi 


a> 


V 

.a 
O 


° a) 


3 S3 o 
O O O 


> 

o 


•d 


C ca 


OCX 


O 


O 


<:d, 



& 








a 


£1! 






o 


J3 


u 


O 






E 


■o 


< 


O 



SSg 

3 CO 
o u tfl 

fe > h 



•52 
'? u 

u 
O 



™ E 



« 3 §11*2^11 






3 P-S CO _ 

o<o t> o 



•HS.S.S 

SEfe£ 
Q<pq<: 



<33 bo 
5 3 60 

1 « ti 



ES 



O -^ fl « 

<u aor3 ^ g* oo 

i * s •S'-w.'St e^?^ § 't. •« 



gHft 
3 Co 

o o o 



o 



t> o o 



if,- 

SES5 



^^s 
«<&. 



<m 



•Co.2 2 

8 ft J5|5 
d,^ Cas.E 





•n M o 


r -) 


ft S5 


a 


^) J3'3'S 


~ 


3"^^ 


■o 


wr° 




rt^ g^ 




^^•s"S 




xcSaj2 




W 






H > « 22 E 



15 









M 














d 


d OjO 


* 




* 








o 
'■§<* 


S T3 to 






*ll« 










ai pi O 
CD -■ > 


O BO U S S BO ^, 




O BO 4) .£ 


^ bo * na 








Q 






3 fe . 


3 ^3fl fl 
3 ^4 o tu co 




(O 




9, a £ " £ > H 


*d 


o Jh o u »-. s. *d 

»E 5 « v c u 




• +J 




p<$ <j Qffi<a, 


< 


a< < aa< < 




O to 

g a ,5^ o 


W ° 














o . 

P 

CO 
a) 
> m 

- 5o.M 
a o 












1 


M 4) -fcj M . 


CD 
to 

an 
o 








* 

a) 






14-1 w 




Fh 55 






S 


1 




•S c 

_3 o 
."Sen 




.2^3 S> (8 




2JS 


a 


£ 






o a) > iS 






< 


<u 


g w 


2"a 














t-c CD 


■a S 












-Q 


8 £ 


23 












o3 

4-> 


^£ to 




,3 










3 


co W> ctii-3 


*S5 


P. 

cti 


2 




«o 




CO 


H It O »H 


.8 -a 

CO C 
5 § 


O 

+3 






Sg 




<u 




t, s 


^ 


«T3 




Ct3 




Oh 

03 




O M 




> 2 




> u 






•S-S 




<Ph 




<Ph 




Pn 
















>> 














^•S 


<ti 










o 


«a 


^o 


Q 












Handbooks 
Holiday Ca: 
House Orga 
Magazines 


Eh $ 




* 




2 


60 


"0 

a 

a 

o3 


cj-3 


§7 

i VO 


Arven Plate* 

Paradox* 

Standard* 

American Ro] 




°* +z 

|S*g 

3 fi-d 

O 0) (C! 


i? is 

.1 8 

< < 












</> 


Directories 
Envelope Stuffers 
Gift Books 
Greeting Cards 


CO 

a 


Q 










T3 

i 

u 
> 




■a ft 

o 
to- 

.fa c3 

a 

W-d 
<u cj 
V "^ 
<& $ 

3^3 


eq B 

v. w 

O ro 
(D M 

O o 

^ •-* 
W 


a (D 

Ct3 
<!co 




S 




CO 










U 






o 






1 

g.^O* 






to 
to ^ 

"B o 

| & 

55 .to 


s .fa 

O QJ 


PI 

o 


to «o 


# 






o to to to V; 

S.^ OH 


T3 V 

■° in 

(/I t-> 
t-. n. 
a; )T 


0) 

a 


Herculi 
Arven 
Parado 
Standa 
Riverd 

Albion 
Beebe 


o 

•c 

i 

< 


3gg 

O h > 

0) tu C 

Qffi<3 


.2 »> 
< < 




S o "3 Is 3 


Pi C 














<fifflUU 


ftS 

O . 

oog 
<u 3 

H cj 


CO 

C 

s 

CD 
Vn 

'3 

o- 

CD 

Pf! 

to 


Section 1 

rdinary Usage 

(Where the printed 
piece does not re- 
quire unusual 
strength of paper, 
extra bulk to weight, 
or extra quality.) 




O TO 

^ h a* 

cd<: 


(Where the printed 
piece must be of an 
unusually artistic or 
impressive charac- 
ter.) 











O 




p 





16 









Covers 
:le d'Aigle* 
ulean* 
n Plate* 

Wedding 
n 


i-t cflT, 
o» 3-d 


o 
o 

« - 


^A O V O 


Al P cfl 


oj 


° <-■ > *d 


to JJ <fl 


w 


QW<! < 


pq Wo. 


0) 










<4-( 






o 






a 






o 
















* 


o 






OJ 


Offsets 

Cover 
Plate* 


•go » 


U5 

to 


G CO r; 

2-° S 


> ,Oj3 co^4 


<u' 


5 « £ 




ft 

ft 










J3 






o 






cfl 






CU 




*- * 


"S 


i * 
^ o 

«* +» 


Bo <i> 
o>il g ft 


O 
cfl 

a 

O 

cfl 


_, o 

fi-d 


at « 




<u cfl 

£ cfl 


_o 


<tJOi 


<<3 co 


•d 






















ctt 












CU 






•d 


# 


* 

co 


t-i 
o 


Cover 
Plate* 

Bristol 
an Rope 


■So & 

w -a 


Ph 


rven 
meric 


fa <* 




<: < 


<J w 






* 






co 




V 




5?* 

0"c« 


K)rt C* 




£ 


a -a v 






.5 ^ 




£ 


fa $ 




< 


< CO 








u 




* 


o 


co* « CO 


i* 


o 

CO 


S M * 'SO 


O <D CU* g 

.^J3 e ^ O cfl 

s^.2 a cu c 


d 


Cm 

i d'Ai; 

lean* 
Plate 
ax* 

Bru 
can R 


o 

a 

cfl 
J3 


•a 5 c*a -n 

•?? P P cfl <u 


1) 


" « t; (0 C 




O 

s 






CJ 


Ju CO bfl e 
jj BB.3 


. h 9 M ?. M <-> fci 


CO 

•d 


a -e^l 


cfl 

3 


*"> w> 5 2 


u 


S3 cu ^"d,-* 




9< 


cfl 


•2 £ *> S cfl g 




Ck 


11 c/2 g-^-S M -2 


* 


10 ce Is §i| 

•+■* P - 2 5 O O 


CO O S J3 S CST) 




8 6ti&sS&^ 




K O ft 3il u 




w 


fe 





17 



Pi 

o 

CO 

<u 

Vh 

o 

CO 

-a 



n3 

a 
-d 



^ 6^ 



T3 




<D 


CO 


-O 




■ i 


P 


o 


(U 


to 


n 




o 




a 


>-T-( 


5 

< 



a 



<3 to to 

)— 1 13 4-> 

,. ^ en 



n 

u 

to rt 
(J oi H 

u QO 

w w> ^« 

S.S g c 5 

O t 1 ^ fcrH 



O 

m Mm 
"£ S al 

u k <u 

03 ° ft 

flMO 

« g*3 

.2 3 > 

a a G 



SOI 
. bo 











u 

0) <o 


<-M 








O in" 


u 








3 > 










<V3 


XI 








fiO 




to 

+-> 

4) 






•£J2 


3 


O 


s 

rrt 




ea o 

V.PQ 


(X) 


H 






V-c 


0) 


a 


03 


.2,2 


Oh 


PnOih 


's w 



5* 



H oi 



•si 



&i 



a 

H o 



ft . 
51 S 



S W 



Q 



.A 
ft 

& 



P 

§ 8 



Si 



a, 



I 



S.SP 

6«*3* 

O-S o 



' *1 

<fflO 



■go 



5 «> So 



a* 



■sjpq 







o* 



<J^ 



"3 S °2* ta ft 

* - (u£ a a 

ckus <J E E 



p. o a) n i-. 

MJ3 tj E E 

<:ock<} 



■&•§, 

• •pop 

^ > b 

OS iu 

2.8 
£2 



* S 3 

SS^ - a, 



oi C 



CL, 



Ph 



2 .£5 

g grass's g'S 



•H.J3 Sp'u 

B'g*E 

<o ^ & ^> 

■teol ^ 0)6 




■q'd'd 



a *. ^oi oi 
■» t-c -d * a, Oj 

? "to cS-fi 
tC 2 oi o n tf 

<u ?! H M C 
t-.S3 O^j cj 

<;pqQOfe 



P^' 






S ft bo^ 

M S|>. 

.« 3 oi K 



18 



* 
















>. 


















■::- do 




JM 


Covei 
: d'Aigl 

Weddi 
(3 ply) 
(3 ply! 
rfield ( 








g"3i ^ 

T) ci K 

.v ® # 




1 




§ 


•V V CO w 


"3 a >> 

^ii co cfl 




8 


° *d «i » 


u * "S K 




0) 


« C.2J3 


o> co fc!.!2 




43 


Q <P5U 


QS <3PQ 




«M 








a 








_o 

































S 


*o 


«> 




u 


s? * 


5 sr 




S^3 








g 




01 


^5? 


S <u s 5? 




u 


•0 w 


•2-° jjg 
.a co -ah. 




01 

a 


»-..;- 


35 <U In. 2 




CO 


<5« 


<jpq <J« 





















cd 


°30 






01 










"54? 






3 


.2? M 






O 


Offsets 
(heavy we 
(heavy wei 

Bristol 
m Index* 


.2 *«*«*«> 

8 s si £ 




CO 

a 
.0 

CO 

1 


C «> cO 


S-^.a 







■sJ5 | 


s> on »a 
5 "-• S 3 




1 


£8 M 


60.3 fa cO 




73 


<m <j 


<o<; &, 




CO 






















01 








•d 


* 

60 3, 0) 
<u O ° 









K) „ <u O a v # 
g co*- 1 co K 






Us 


hM c 
5 s-c »a 

E? — !3 3 *-■ 
tw.3 co c cO 






<m 


<;oQ<; a, 








* 
















p 

OS 








« 

















•a 








cd 








1-4 








ni 








Ph 






* 














1 S 


t 






Cover 
d'Aigle Cove 

Weddings 
(2 or 3 ply) 
(2 or 3 ply)* 
rfield (2 or 3 p 


co 

> 


t« .i3^ ^ co 

2 Ji *,£* p. 
^8* fiasco 


* 

o« o, 0. 

!">"> 

» ° 


"3 


CO 
3 
O 
3 


Deckle 

Arden 
Biscay 
Cheste 


js-3.2 S-Sc.a 

oj « 3 t».e cj E 


ki-^4 


CO 
45 

CO 
N 
O 

6 


-SSSy 


"5 3T3 3 




ion 2 

ranee 

the print 
ust be of i 
y artistic 
ve chara 


Si *-< .3 Otj 2 
O CU +3<-> g^S 




CO 

rt 

E 

u 

CO 

1 


.« 8 8 sB-aa 


1 w sJ-S-g? 




Oh 
* 


e Lu 

App 

(Whe 
piece 
unusu 
impre 
ter.) 


Jh ^ CO 3 tifl^j 






a 


W 




- 



[19] 



as 
*-> 

CO 
u 



en 
<D 

OS 

S-i 

a 

WD 

C! 



6 



o 
o 

fa 
rt 

CL> 
O 

o 



CD 

s 

o 

o 

Q 



$ a) a) 

i«&as.s 

3 4>rM tDAlDDl 

ft+j o a) a> £~ 
CT\ *0 \o (J\ ~ On »h 



o 

42 <u 



« 



g o ft-g 53 53 g 
S3 o C 3 iu <J> <u 

<N vd VO © ON On Ov 



T3 

li (3 m 

,^ 3 ci m w 

£„,*«$ PQ 
'3-8 SSt |J 

*d —i irj « CN io © 



OPQQhSh 

lO«CNv6*do>© 



•3 d nit32 3 
g m w o y c 



T i i 

CN CN (N 



45 iS W ,Q 



.S " n 



a i 



^a 



^&fi 



o 


& 




>. 


o 




■n 


hO 




oj 


(3 




> 


x) 


Tl 








-a 
a 


13 


cu 




aJ.O 


c 

3 
o 


t-. 
3 


3 




Xl 


B 




~ 


< 


is 



a! 

a . 









3 4> 3 

O > O 

co<! a) 

bo (a 



bo bo 

t-j-d P 
aj £ aJ 
t4 rtJ 



«o 



•J-c 



3 3 ai 

O 6 M 

Offl<J 



W ^ 



hJ'C 




eM 






fl-d 

O C 
nn o 

-ffl 


g'g | 


£'1 


&« § 


o C bo 




Offl<! 


<^0h 



fit) 
o a 

bo 53 



20] 





1 bo M I) 


a 


* 


bo 


.C 


,c 




.c 




^■d fc « 


"5 











bo 

3 
O 




°S'§ , S 


bo 




_c 


bo 


P4 




fi 




a) ™ ° 




bo 
a 


*d 
id v 


6 


• rt 




*o 


bo to 
5 c 


1°^ 


.53 bo 


•3 

s» 

►13.S 

v- O 

■p"o 

3 « 

CD,-; 


a 
j3 m 


bo 
,g 

O cfl 

§0 

O CD 

<; 3 

cO<| 

8T: 

t/3 O 


bo 
.8 


bo 


?d 2 


^Cbo'? 


w.s 




w.s 


3 


2^ 


a o 

w « 

ill 

CD a 
be bo 

V- u 
d n! 


■Sg.Sbo 

S c8 


° 

§^ 

68 
«g 
£8 


OJ5 

O 

-p 
C CD 

8 =• 

CD Ih 

8° 

.§! 


0° 
^« 

CD C 
4J R 
C3<C 
I-. 
CD— ; 

g 

2c/3 


c3 

a 

-p 
CJ 


8 

CO 


C CD 

ca -u 
ffi ca 

8" 

3 CD 
O > 

11 

a* 

b*d 

J cd 




















"8 
















CD 


CD 






& . 










c 


53 K 






cd w 










° I-. 


c ^ 






8K 










S° 


(DO 






& 1 " 

K 1 










|| 


a 10 
















PnO 


0> 
















CN 


co 






















to to 

bo+? 














u 




C_cd 


"3 












bO 




Sft 


+j 


"o 






w 




13 
CD 

>J 

a 

CD 

a 

« 
3 



< 


0) 

a 
B.S 

cd 2 

i3 g 

G-S 

« 

OB 


•d'e.S 

cocO 

pq h S 

" c cd 

*> 5 52 to 
« C C <o 
g b 

^cjpl,^ 


pq 

cd 
•0 

a 

0) 
CD 

O 
(h 
CD 

O 


PQ 

CD « 

bo" 

■a 2 
cd n 

I'l 

OP 


c-d 

S 
ra 

<D M 
O CD 

S c 
a 

ftp, 

O CD 


*d 
a 

PQ 

ci 
O 


T3 S 

geS 

0) . . 








U> CO 


















bo-y 














u 




a cd 


O 












§> 




■3 ft 


t« 


"o 






CO 




-0 

CD 

a 
a) 




£"2 


m 

CD 


4-> 

'u 

m 

CD K 


c 2 
s 




•d § 

^S 1 ^* CD 


U 
CD 
> 
O 
O 


a 

a 
3 



<! 


ra 

o.H 

cd w 

■g§ 

X 

ow 


COCO 

PQ ^ 5 

u> y c <u 
> ° t! 
P 4 a> 15 2 
3 X cd 


B 
1— i 

CD 
CD 
A) 
O 
IH 
CD 
.Ej 
O 


60iJ 
CD C 

cd g 

OQ 


CD" 
O CD 

c c 

cd O 

ft'a 

CD CD 
O CD 


O 
PQ 
C 

O 


PQ§ 3 

CD O 

g S § 

_2 

ftHZ 

CD . . 

"vim 


.ft 
O 

3 
fi 

ca 


Th 


to 


^O 


t< 


00 


Os 


O 

1—1 


1— ( 
1— 1 


T— 1 




Weight 



Impress 
'ostage 




21 



> 

r 

.S J8 



03 M 

as 



8 a> 
ft£- a . 






<D J2 o 



- 8.5 

•2 ^ 



CO S 



t3 "2 c 





fti 


H 


•y'd 


B 


■s M 




* (3 

o o 






ctf 


& M 


d 


yc 



CO 

<u 

G3 



a 

as 






shs 



«E 



S c ° 



a x a 2 



W 



« «" 



*-• M o 



C OJ 

E~ 



0) .Q 3^ 



Tj "S3 b% 



co | 



3 Eg 



W a , 



M S3 

a 

<u 3 
t -1 o 



Oh . 



s 






ft 

H 



tf 



£ o D Riw* 
6w c'-s^s^ 



E,§.2i3ofc .3 ga - 



Ocq 



*.* * 

*S o> 2 S B 



•S J 



.2 W 

'3 ajr 



"g S3 

a* 



O 3-£ 



3 «■?■§. 



£"3" 3 

™ s.§ a 

w MO o 

5" 3 . . 
i3 * ■** +• 



->** t* 



I 1j O 4-> C rt 

: o £ art's, 



ft .3 

8> -oS 

■ « T3 5 ^J S 
> « o o" 

'^g§a 

w BO O o 

g£SH 



- ' * ^ 

"J In P *> S3 r; 
0.3^3 o O o 



"S S3 

a 4 



3 s-ss-a 



45. 2S 

. ? S3 E 

g MO o 

O ViZf- 1 

V> 3 . . 



o J, t* 



S ■- ° 



Pi V o S^J 

u. S y Sr^ 



o-a « 

03-S 



S^3 
"8a 

Sfd o_^ » 
•S^"o o. - ^ 

w MO o 

g£^H 

?» 3 . . 

J3 oj +j +j 



*.* * 



"^2 C^3 

.2 o u 



M 



M MS 

U H S 

J3 O S 

OQfe 



.g c « ojj3 

e 3 Q-M^ 
• 3 ^ w cfl'g 

ftg3 ft ^.i 



fe „ H M-" - 



• s > 5 s K - 

•2 &a*« 



~t 



3 trj C C" 1 " 



•^B 



C3_ 

a.s 

. C3 
DCS 



a; S3 
I 2 



■§t 

St- 



I I it . 

3 cj ^ Biu 
O M S--3^h 

o<o,<:o 






Oo 



Oro 



60 <U S 






O MS-S3^3 






|7tt-tlc 

CQ^CNco I wo S 



3 nl 2 &« 



S3_ 

a.a 

. S3 

CflO 

• o 



O E S3-" 



3 ft « urj rt g 

Jft^g3« 
3 '"S 



M < fe.si 

oj^i Cp,: 



22 




«57TT3c 



> 



t5E- fl 



CN 



-a 






&S.3 

3 d 



3. 2 



3 «K U -<.S 

O tij o • o 



v 4> o> .S •"-« "5? * *S 
B £ .B 

om o 



b& 









>■•)+; 1-3 






V 


i>^4 


c^ 


g-g 




e| 


£ b 

|2 


fu 


o« 



8^2 

1! 







S2 

dm 





T3* 


„* 3 










■^ B 


4) O 


u 8 


2 '"' 




« 6 



J7tt.S 

S 5 & 
s a g 

o bo a) 



en .2 



«o«J~ , O bo|S 






O Q <3PQ 



Be 





£*.£ 


£ 

CM 


S "3 



°9 -+. 

I? 

•-< (M ^ 



3 ca i2 

O bo a> 



f 


%°*c 




"S^c 


7t 


^~J 


-*CN 


D^S 


*«1 




ftpi 


s; b 


3 o! 


5; 3 




o s 


U< 


OPQ 



171* ■ 

cq-cn 



O J? 
3 cS 

o bo 



P5 B -ts.2 

'■b'j 8.2? 
Bis „ 



OCQ Q 



5 a.£ t: SP 






^0 0) 



g, £ g g^o 









"<s ?! 


<L> 




o B 






8 3 


>. 










r! fl 






<2 b 


>. 


r* 1 




+J 


(M 








'« 1> 






,-.« 




ot 




01 


0, 


U 




- 


o-fi 


"g 


42 


mi; 


a! 




p.2 


a 


ja 


yl 


H 


















B 




O 




s 


fes 


» ^ 






o 1> 


V 


en 


In § 


01 

!?„f^ 2 


bo ^. 


B 5 ?^ 




o oio 
B b" 5 

H.2 CI 






- f« 
fee s 

ftop 



o bo o S 

rs n nl.B 



5-5 §.§2-8 



G'c3- C! 

• -h a) <o I 
P. u ' 



c! g 



EbO ^*z! <U 
B V rt * > 

(VCQ2 o B 



23 



Styles and Sizes of Printed Pieces 

THE style and size of any printed piece may be practical or 
impractical in relation to its economy in production. By 
style is meant the shape, number of pages, and folding. 

Practical Styles 

Practical styles are those which best meet the use-requirements 
which cut, fold, and print without waste from standard sheet 
sizes. They mean a saving in paper and labor. Everything 
that can be economically folded can be printed, but everything 
that can be printed cannot be economically folded. Select a 
practical style for the piece before planning the printing. 

Illustrations of practical styles for printing, advertising, and 
publishing use are shown on pages 26 and 27. 

Practical Sizes 

Practical sizes are those which cut, print, and fold without 
waste from standard sheet sizes. On pages 28 to 46 are shown 
a series of charts which give a number of printed piece sizes. 
These sizes will meet all the ordinary essential use-requirements. 
They are cut from standard sheet sizes. Each chart is arranged 
so that all printed piece sizes which approximate a general size 
are grouped together for convenient selection. Thus, if an 
approximate size has been determined upon, turn to the chart 
that embodies the group. 

INDEX TO CHARTS 

Practical Untrimmed Sizes of Printed Pieces that Cut Without 
Waste from Quality-Standard Sheet Sizes: 

Pages 

Printed piece sizes that approximate 2x3 28-29 

3x4 30-31 

3x6 32-33 

4x5 34-35 

4x9 36-37 

5x7 38-39 

6x9 40-41 

7x10 42-43 

8x11-9x12 44-45 

The Selection of a General Size 

The selection of a general size for a printed piece should be 
considered in relation to the following factors: 

1. The amount of space necessary to carry a message, the 
size of type, and size and number of illustrations. 

2. Recommendations that may be in force by the class of 
readers to whom the pieces are to be sent and used, such 
as the National Association of Purchasing Agents. 

[24] 



3. The customary size of similar pieces and envelopes, such 
as letterheads, checks, etc. 

4. The cost of mailing. 

5. Post Office recommendations and regulations. 

6. The adaptability to filing and other uses. 

The Relation Between Styles and Sizes and Standard Sheets 

Standard sheet sizes are those which have been developed at 
the demand of users and buyers of printing to meet ordinary 
and essential use-requirements in the printing, advertising and 
publishing fields. An exhaustive survey made by the Committee 
on the Simplification of Page Sizes, appointed through the Bureau 
of Standards by the Department of Commerce, Washington, Selecting 

D.C., shows that with but a slight change of from Yd' to %" m the- Page Sizes 

dimensions, practically all present-day printing, publishing and 
advertising pieces could be cut, printed and folded without Sheet Size: 

waste from these standard sheet sizes. 

The use of impractical sizes, those which necessitate the making 
of non-standard sheet sizes in order to eliminate waste, may seem Mf nM 6 

to be an immediate economy, but in order to get this special 
sheet size the user gives up all the quality benefits of standardized Colored 

quantity production. Papers 

Non-standard papers or papers which have to be made to order cjnjM, 

are, at the best, experiments, while standard papers are known Formation 

factors whose qualities have been tested by continual usage. 

For example, the use of a 31" x 41" sheet, in place of a standard 
32" x 44", may save about 320.00 on an order as large as 4,000 
pounds; in exchange for this saving the user runs the risk of 
having to buy an over-run of 10%, costing approximately $35.00. 
If he gets the exact amount of paper he ordered, he either has to 
pay for the wastage and the manufacturers' time in adjusting 
the grade to his specification or there is a variation in the stock. 

In non-standard papers the user gets "green," unseasoned stock 
which may cost far more than the $20.00 "saved," as he realizes 
when he sees the poor register of the printing. 

Then again, he must wait for delivery. If the stock is not 
satisfactory, the printer is put to the inconvenience of waiting 
until a new lot of paper is made. He has lost the chance of 
buying seasoned, finished stock made under the most favorable 
conditions when an impractical piece size is specified which 
necessitates the use of non-standard papers. 



25 



THE STANDARD FORMS OR VEHICLES FOR PRINTED 

MESSAGES 

THE illustrations indicate those forms or styles which an 
analysis of more than 30,000 individual printing jobs shows 
to comprise 99% of the requirements of printers, advertisers 
and publishers. 

They are the forms, signatures or vehicles upon which all 
standard paper sizes are based. There are possible, of course, a 
great many variations of these forms obtainable simply by 
folding sheets off center, as short end folds, and the like. 

Attention value should be dependent upon illustration, color 
and typographic display rather than upon oddly proportioned 
shapes and freak folds. The tendency to-day is toward con- 
secutive reading, and these forms cover every requirement in 
the presentation of a printed message whether it be a circular, 
booklet or a catalog. 

Illustration No. 1 — Single Sheet or 
Two-page Form. 

Either, of course, may be folded 
again to fit envelopes; for example, 
a letterhead is a single or a two- 
page form and, obviously, is folded 
to fit an envelope. 

Illustration No. 2 — Four Pages, One 
Fold. 

Out of an examination of over 
30,000 pieces of advertising litera- 
ture, 54% were four pages folded 
once. See pages 28-42 for those 
sizes that cut and print without 
waste the four-page form or vehicle. 

Illustration No. 3 — Six Pages, Two 
Parallel Folds. 

This form is used largely for en- 
velope enclosures and stuffers. 
Nineteen per cent, of over 30,000 
pieces of literature examined fell 
into this type of form or fold. See 
pages 28-42 for such sizes for this 
form as cut and fold without waste 
from the leading sheet sizes. 

Illustration No. 4 — Eight Pages, Two 
Parallel or Two Right Angles. 

This is another popular form for 
printed messages. Out of more 
than 30,000 pieces of printed ad- 
vertising literature 14% of them 
came within the range of these two 
signatures or forms. 

[26] 




Illustration No. 5 — Twelve Pages, 

Letter Fold. 

A very popular form for en- 
velope enclosures or for broadsides 
folded for mailing. This form is 
mainly for four-page messages that 
are folded to fit the envelopes. Six 
per cent, of the advertising litera- 
ture in a survey representing more 
than 30,000 individual jobs were in 
this form. 

Illustration No. 6 — Sixteen Pages, 
Three Right Angles or Two Right 
Angles and One Parallel. 

These two forms are largely used 
for booklet work as well as circular 
work or for broadsides. A sixteen- 
page form may also be folded in 
three parallels, but when unstitched 
it is inconvenient to read. These 
two forms are also largely used for 
stitched and trimmed booklet work 
of sixteen pages. 

Illustration No. 7 — Twenty-four 
pages, three Right Angles and One 
Parallel or Four Right Angles. 

The twenty-four-page unstitched 
or double letter form represented 
but one-half of 1% of the more than 
30,000 individual pieces analyzed. 

Illustration No. 8 — Thirty-two Pages, 
Three Right Angles, One Parallel or 
Four Right Angles. 

This unstitched form represented 
but a small volume of the un- 
stitched advertising work surveyed. 
Its principal use is for booklet work. 
The majority of forms over eight 
pages are largely used for stitched 
and trimmed booklet work. 

Illustration No. 9 — Gang Work. 

This illustration shows the gang 
work method of producing large 
editions of printing jobs or for 
running two or more jobs at the 
same time. Booklets printed in 
gang-work forms show, of course, a 
marked saving in both press work 
and binding. 

[27] 





Sheet Sizes 
Substance 




Papers 




Impress 
'ostage 




* 

uHtine 



opera 



R=fe 



Ui 



ffl to 



Oh 



pq 



O 



o 






■Z -13 



53 £> 

• 3 q oj 

Jx .a cu o 



3 u 



«5 






6° 



M- 73 



i»P 






r^O 



£/)£> 



03 B 



-«5 



« Si 
fe§? 



III 



03 *J > 



vHm 



B m -y 6 ro 

•r •- ^ o 
a g 



X 



CO CM 

1-H CO 

X X 



■^COCM 
XXX 



XXX 



i-HCCI 

I I 



r-ttMTH 
I I I 
(NCR-* 
XXX 

OltMO 



.-ICd-* 

Li I 



XXX 



*-l<N-« 
t"! M M 



IT 



XXX 



TT 



T-KN'* 

I 1 I 



X X X 



X 



^ 






i-l(M-* 
I II 



XXX 



X X X 
JSSSX 



X 



rHCMTj* 
I I I 



— <CO<N 
XXX 



OOrttO 



£ 



28] 



s 




a 




















"3 J 

3^ 














00 


CO 






























o 5 


to 


a 














3 






> 




D 




00 






CO 




O 






E.9 






•«J< 






CO 




XI 






SU 
























o S 


















% 








a 














UK 


VO 


D 


o 




CO 


CO 






43 

3 






o fc! 

















































OT3 


O 


D. 














ID 






^s 


CN 


S 






<M 

CO 


<M 






> 
O 






CO 




""' 














c3 
0) 










o <« li 9" 


3 


CO 
















"3 


2co au 














ca 






























Bn 


§"£ 














■a 








ID 
H 


21 


a c 


a a a 










,a 








t=P 


E=!3t> 


o 


-2 


CD 


CD 








> 
o 

«s 


2 

o 

w 

W 
O 


o S 
8%. 


<—IM 


-HCN-* 
1 II 

cocMoq 

rtCNCO 


co bo CD 

^(21 

O ' e3 

«« s 

3-Sc2 

o 


l|| 

""CM « 
co M 
3-ScS 

o 


MOM 

"S.ScS 


CO CD CO 

"3.SS2 




CD 

CD 
'ft 


CD 


CO 

i— 1 


CD 

> 

3 


< 
a, 

IN 


N Q« 

coS 


c<icn 


tHCOM 
rt i-HCM 










CD 
C 

■c 


c 
3 


w 

CO 


°-2 „«5 

• 3 O CD 

2° «J 


<M 


CO 










t/! 

CD 
,Ei 

o 





















Q 


















co 
w 


ZtO D.O 














CD 

bo 
13 


T3 
CD 

| 




c/f 


OS bO 
co E 

■w ct) 

3 o 

° S 














iJ 


^ 


H 





a a a 

-HCN-* 


ro co oa 
cd hO CD 


CO 

2 aim 

rt bo CD 


5 

eg <n m 


"§ CD CO 
^ bO CD 


"CO CD CO 
« bD CD 


-a 

C3 


cu 


O 

1-H 

CO 


a 

CO 


2 

O 


C<J Cd IO 


co M 


OJ, c3 
co M 


£<2! 

oo bD 


to M 


^(21 
co bO 


CO 
CD 

a 
3 


cu 

s 

CO 


Q 


W 


WWW 


a.Scc 


s.Scq 


3.5c8 


■S.Sco 


3.Sc3 





CO 


CD 

a 
4 1 


< 
a, 


N 0. 

co£> 


CONN 


a 


o 


O 


o 


O 


T3 

a 

PQ 


CD 
'ft 
CD 
CD 


CO 


o » t; 














CN 




- -i O <u 

2° co 

















H 


P 


13 
















T3 
CD 


CO 


^ 




















< 
2 
O 


2 to au 


CM 












1 




a 





.2 


Q 
<! 


4->" 

<d 


S3 

°l 

0= M 

w B 


a a a 

'-HIM'"* 
1 1 1 


111 


CD 

111 


CD 
||l 


CD 

S CD S 


CD 

c? a> cd 


'C 

Ct) 

CD 
O 
CD 

C o5 


& 


•w CO 

3 C5 

^ 5 


^t^^ 


0Lt -+^ 


cL -fj 

O I C3 


O I C3 


O i C3 


P-I-* 3 

O^ 03 
+=cO 




CO 




CO CM CM 


*CO Cl 


*«a 


-^co 3 


-^co a 






0) 


co 

u 
o 

<! 


KM* 


3--CZ2 


3 "-CO 


12 B-SP 

3 — 02 


5a.£P 

3 — CO 


3 d.S 1 

3'-*C/2 


• ^ CD 

CDrC 





g 

CO 

1 


n a 
tot> 


CO CO OS 


O 


O 


o 


O 





R 
O 

| 

1-H 


O 


O ro ■" 














CO 




- 3 O CD 

2° co 


^* 












5 s 

s 

rt'co 


& 

'eel 


p^ 

<J 


O 


















co 


W 


H 
W 
W 


° aiS~ 


t". 


CO 


CO 


00 


00 


00 


C CD 

*B rB 


O 


P^ 


r> « "-• & 






'-' 








_fi o5 


-M 


O 





a 


2 co acj 














'2 ^ 


b 


fe 




to 
















u 3 
^ft 

CD % 


CTJ 

B 







































3 


<3 




2 
















5°0 










. H O 0) 














CO 








CO 


•* 


CM 

C32 


3 


00 


N 


00 
CM 


•52 k 


"* 








2° CO 














MCN 


CO 

"3 






.C 
















•g 


3 
O 


00 
CO 


3! 


CM 


00 
CO 


■5M 




B<N 


3 






|^ I 


t! to 


« 


X 


X 


X 


X 


X 


^^ 







c 
CI 


ggco 


> cs 


lO 


CM 


OS 


>o 


o 


CM 


^Ov 


.s 




to 


£ 


3 

u 


<N 


CO 




CM 


CO 


CO 


w S 
oil 


CD 

s 
























•o 


13 


s 


^ 




X 


^ 




2 CD 


c 






E m ^ 


B M 


CO 


CO 


w 


CO 


CO 


Tt< 


w 








curt 
.5 N J= 


§ * 


« 


txj 


K 


K 


tt 


M 


cd 








ilflh 


»-. CN 

a 






^ 


^ 


^ 


c^ 








■B 


a 
< 


CM 


CM 


CN 


CN 


CN 


CN 









[29 







^ co 




a 


•0 








CM 


CM 








O 4! 


co 














^ 








CO 


a 




















> 


ts 


t> 











"* 


■* 








2 o 




CO 








CM 


CM 








so 






















00 t}< 


> i> 






















CO CN 


O N 




a 


















X X 


« 


D 




00 


OS 


00 






to 


^K 


CM -h 
1 1 


OT3 


O 


CM 
















a 




to 


00 


to 






CM 


^ 

^ 

£ 
Q 


w cm 

irt cn 


Ui 




•* 
















ax 
a£; 

* 1 

JttS 

<-> M 

a « 




a 

H 

< 

o 
w 


Zw aO 


s 

"5 


i 






<N 


O 
c-q 


to 




m a 


I 


T 


aa 05 m 

A3 bfl o> 

3tM g 

co M bD 


O.O, 
t>C3 
<-HtM 

1000 

CM CM 

M K 


a 0. 

»-ICM 

cid 
CM CM 
K X 


0. 
P 

T 

CM 

CO 


a> 

2 co in 

C3 bO 0) 


S 


o 3 

" xn 

.as 




w 

o 




X 

a. 


3. 233 
O 


05>0 


^ to 


£ 

•* 


f.SE 




o 


< 

Cm 


n a 








^HCM 


^NCM 






"3 


po 




















eq 


<M 




•* 


•* 


to 




k 








2 U « 


















15 lisl 

Z«aO 
















^s 


°to . 


> 


















1 


a) a 

A o 

S-9 


5 

CO 
(h 

CD 

o 


p 






35 




CM 


CM 


GO 




°l 

>S M 

N Pf 








Ot a 0. 


0.0, a 


0, 0, 




N 


< 


O.O. 




to 

mem 


&&& 


rtCM-* 


PP 
<-<CM 


CO 

92 CO co 

cd bfl co 


a 


*d en 
fi 4) 

■s B 

c o 


0) 

t-< 
+-> 

.& 
CO 


2: 

o 

w 
W 

o 
< 

a. 

o 


1 1 
-HIM 


.-IIN 
CMOS 


^21 

£4 9 

OB sp 

■S.StS 



TTT 

OSW5 00 
<-t(MC0 
XXX 

CM C5SIO 


Li 1 

•-ncq CM 
XXX 

co-^ to 


1 1 

CO CM 
1-1 CO 
X X 


£4g 

■S.StS 



^ ,« ** 
















OS 


^ u 






O m tjj 
















U 

• »— 1 


U-l re 

S M 
o <u 

■s s 

Cu O 
O co 


CD 

to 
c<S 
P4 
CN 
ro 




2° <» 


■<* 


■* 




00 


00 


CM 




s 

H 




»0. 


CM 




CO 
CO 





CM 




c Is 


O.P.P. 


P. Q. 


g 




0,0. e. 


0, 

PPP 


CO 


VO 


< 




1 1 1 


| | 


111 


rtCM-* 
1 II 


-HCM'* 

1 1 1 


rfCM'* 

1 1 1 


S co S 

III 


• i-H 


ob~ 


o 


s 




«Cl 


J. cs 
•»oo a 

£a.£P 


CMOS IO 
XXX 


XXX 


■^*cOCM 
XXX 


■woo 
3 — CO 


^H 


A g 


i 


O 


GJ 


00*HN 


C3IM 


O 


iS^S 


^ X 


^ 





Oh 
O 


org 


o 


< 
a, 

00 


otP 








OJNO 


t*co-«** 


GO-"* -^ 




° ™ « S» 
Z U to 


00 


00 




to 


?D 


s 






■- ai • to 
















N 




a 




-SIS. Si 
■ a! "S3, 

Zco aU 


CO 

CO 


CO 

to 




CO 


CM 


CM 




u^ 
















• i— i 


-u 


Ah 


II 


c- a. a 


a. c ^ 




a&a 


0* ft ft 


000. 




CO 


&4> 


r^^^ 


PPS= 


0) 


PPP 


ppp 


PPP 


CO 


-rd 


CC-* 
S 1 




< 
O 


a> C 
ti CD 

'o c 


-HCNI-rt* 

1 II 


111 


S to Si 

o«2i 

^ fl.SP 

3 — CO 


S T 


«CM"*I 

J ' ' 


—■CM'* 
1 1 1 


^ S 8 

O 1 C3 
-*"* C 

3 — CO 


6 




55 
w 

o 


x x x 


OIMC5 
X K K 


05CM05 
XXX 


t-»co •* 
XXX 


CO 00 
XXX 


"- 1 1 

CO >-c 




j« 


~S^ 


^ 


O 


is^^ 


^^ 


:*^ 


O 


6 


•9 m 




<: 
a. 
4. 


KP 


S500-H 


CO Ol CM 




too* cm 


CO I--CO 


E^ Tt*-«f 






















So 

s 1 




°S„S 

. 3 O V 
Or 1 W J3 


2 


to 




CM 

CO 


CM 
CO 


00 
•* 




4-) 

si! 






2 <J ffi 
















•a .S 


3 

4) a m 
.2 > M 
W 5£ 
















£) 


'u & 

•+J CM. 
« be 


rt "Jr< L> 

2m 1 


IN 
CM 


■* 
CM 
X 


00 

CO 


00 
CO 


CM 


tp 


CM 
CM 
X 




t^ 


OS 


10 

CM 


10 

CM 


CO 
CM 


CM 

CO 


t^. 




a>£ 


w £ 


3 


















H 1 


b. 


O 
















•a 


4) 


^ 


S! 


^ 


^ 


£ 




S 






L 


u g 


■* 


■* 


"* 


•* 


CO 


Tf 


•* 






a s 


ai* 


X 


X 


X 


X 


X 


« 


« 






"£« 


h2^ 
0. 
a 
< 


^ 




X 


X 


X 


£ 


^ 








CM 


CO 


CO 


CO 


CO 


CO 


co 



[30 



■»-> w 
OH 



2S 



o 



bo 






?l 



KD 



O en 



Zco qCJ 



KD 






o •» >- & 



S3 



• 3 On 

Z° CO 



£f£i 



(3 fa() <1> 

■8«.§ 

a-2co 
O 



W 4) GO 



■* 3 

a 



"3.203 



cp 

<fl M <U 
w M 

g.Sra 
O 



£<£ 5 



&, a a 


P 


-HO-* 






cm 


X X X 


X 




- 1 



eNcq 

X x 

mo 





C5 

o 


o 

CM 


S3 a 


can. 
Pt>P 


as. 
P£> 


HN* 


i-lCM 


1 1 1 

(ONM 


1 1 

b-CM 


.sa 


xxx 


X X 




- HH 



■S3 

2e4g 



Zto S.U 



Z° CO 



co 2 a 
fa u 



•E •- f* o x 



* 



» 






» 



»-i.-i(N 
XXX 



£ 



« Si 
o 






X 



J. J, J. 



-H r^ (M 

X M K 

oo — r- 






HS 



X 



£ c 






O 4) C 

.3 s 

O 4) -<\ 

ll * 

«*- o 
.§.c o 

C w +> 

|!3 £> 
S3 g 

.S o ° 






Si x x- 



£ 



2 2 

• • e "3 

at J 

A V H 



w 

CO 

i— i 

W 
W 

CO 

Q 
W 

< 
O 

HH 

CO 

W 

Q 

CO 
CO 

W 
Z 

S5 

& 

H 

Q 

< 

M 
Pi 

o 



31] 







«2 




a 
























IM 










CO 






■*-> C/3 
=3 i* 


« 


































O i 1 




a 


















w > 

& «i 
,9.9 

°1 

OTJ 

*s 


c^ 


P 


S! 










CM 




00 ■* 




*H 


















a 














vs 


X) X! 
CN ■-< 
1 1 


H 
O 


13 

CN 




CO 


CO 


CO 


"* 








CM 


CM 


« 


00 






2 <N 




rt 














^ 






















<>> 


8,5 
-S3 | 

OJ, 




13 
s 

N 
<! 




,2^ cu 










10 


»o 




°l 
co q 

S OJ 

3 CD 








CM 

M 
CO 
CM 


o» 

CM 

M 

CO 
CM 


5 

88,8 

OA CO 


J>4 


^TJ 




W 












"S.Sbo 


t^ 


S c 







CJ 3 












O 




o rt 


O 


<! 

Ph 


.SvS 1 

w3 














.a d 

1/3 Ch 


pq 


O 
















°|ol 

=*JJ 








CM 


CM 




Is 


CD ,r d 


a 

CD 


£ U W 




























.T\ 


1/3 - 


> 




O ih's) <U 
■ cuf'S. 














"■*^1 


j_a w 










t^. 


O 


O 


t^ 




0) C 
d^) o 

*& ,H 


3 

c/3 
53 
+-> 

o 


H 
<! 






CO 


«5 

CM 


CM 


CO 








a. 


P.O. 


GO. 
PP 
i-HCM 


l§ 




*d w 




£ 


J CU 

5^ 






T 


TT 


| | 


7 




eg .a 

In W 


c/T 

CD 

H-> 

a 
a 

"c/5 




00 






CM 


CO Oi 


COOS 
CM CM 




CO 


H 


a <u 

i> w 
o , 


o 

<! 








M 
CM 


-* CO 
■-HCM 


5" 
Tj*CO 
rH<M 


CO 


















-HA 






. 73 O 0) 

2;° w 














C/j 


o b 

® a 

^a b 


CD 








CO 


-* 


■* 


CO 




Ct) 

Ph 


















►X J3 cu O 

2w aU 














<U 




CN 








OO 


«5 
CM 


CM 


00 


Oh 


6 a 


id 

CB 

00* 


Ch 








* H 






*J CO 

^ s 


















H 
<! 








ao, 


O- 0. a 


G G G 


GG 


4J 


C/3 « 
CS g 






rtCM 


t-<CM-* 

x M 1 


PPP 
^HCM'* 
1 1 1 


PP 
■-ICM 




+3 (0 










t>q 10 


-r^ COOS 


-rJ<COOS 


>oo 


• i-H 


1 


09 
W 










X X W 


r-<CMCM 

X X X 


i-HCO 

M X 


CO 


<! 

CO 








<m e$ 


CO •-# CO 


CO^H CO 


COCO 


Ph 

<HH 

o 


11 

il 

"Hi 

CR ■* 
V XJ 
Jl CN 


O 

Ph 

w 
o 

Ph 


9)3 














OJ *J 
. w <v 
°r 1 * J J3 






a 


00 


00 


CM 


Ch 

H 


^J3 cu O 






•* 


CO 

CO 


CO 


S3 


21 






cac 


c Ch a 


GGG 


GGG 


CO 








P&P 


p&p 


&PP 


PPP 


13 




< 

o 


01 c 

3 o 

HH 






11 


rHCM^JH 

1 1 1 

5R 


-HCMtJI 

1 1 1 


tHCMtJI 
1 ll 


<L> 


■^ co 
■S 1 




w 








Mt^O 


CO'* CO 


PSiOO 


a 




O 


n a 






X K M 


X X X 


X X X 


X X X 


en <— i 








^^^ 


^ X 


^\ ^ 


^\^$t 


CD rf 




< 
Ph 

4 






CO CM CM 


t^co-^ 


i>-co-^ 


t~- CO CO 


6 

• i— i 


t3^ 




BP 














• 3 O OJ 

^5-cg 






""? 


CO 


CO 


a 


J-t 




s 
'2 o 










CM 




1—1 




« "8 ' 
■o m -_2 o 


C^l 


OS 


00 


OS 


OS 


•* 


& 


+3 CN 
§ XJ 

H 1 




W 2 3 




CO 
CM 


t>3 

X 

CO 


X 
CO 
C3 




CO 




"frt 


X 




^ 


^ 


^ 


^ 








H m -u S \n 


»o 


CO 


CO 


t^ 


CO 


CO 








a <u rt -n 
.5.NJ3 g X 


x 




M 
X 




XI 












tN 


M 


CO 


CO 


CO 


CO 



32 



2 




a 


















•s* 


w> 


p 


CI 










to 






°x 




cs 


















o « 
So 
f °,-a 


















3 






a 
P 


CI 










CJ 




a 














'$ 




o w 




3 




-^ 


(0 


O 


•* 




^ 




°1 

0T3 


C 
X 


<s 














s 
u 


















Kj 


o 


0. 




M 


C} 


CI 


CO 









co 




— 














0] 


























O w^ 4) 






















ZS So 

















•d 













m 






U3 









2 

p 


"5 


u5 


CI 






CI 


•3 




21 


O. 


0, 


o, a, 






a a 




H 


P 




PP 






PP 


• — 






< 


„ 


^ 


M 


^-H« 






~*<N 


w 




<D 


2 

O 


•— bo 


1 


1 


1 1 






II 




co 


> 
O 


w 


5 % 


CI 




moo 

Cl«> 






CO-* 
CO-«4i 


a 


>— 1 


XI 


w 


K 


N 


M H 






X X 


V —1 


< 


o 












tl 


Q, 0) 


H 


s 

> 

o 

w 


< 


N 0. 


^ 


05 


o>o 






00 


« E 


W 


a. 


KB 


r ~ l 


~* 


tHM 






CI CO 


« s 

ftl 3 



CO 

Q 


2° w 


c 


N 


■^ 






■* 


















53 

X5 

O 


co 
w 
3 
p 


Si h §■ 

2 to Q.O 



ci 


O 
CI 


us 








i-J -3 


<! 


21 


0. 0. 


CO. 


o.aa 








p 


H 


PP 


PP 


PP^ 








•0 *" 


O 


3 
+-> 

i 


< 

2 

o 


m e 


1HN 
1 1 

f~CI 

"-ICJ 


1 1 


1 II 








c Si 
ca xi 

m >. 

1 s 


i— 1 
co 
H 

Q 


lo 


w 
o 

< 

ft. 


59 


X X 


X X 


X X tt 








3 g 

to* 2 


CO 
CO 


Ph 

4 1 


HN 


oa> 


ci'oa 10 








•0 'S. 
§ 8 

09 « 
X! 




2 t! 

A 3 ° * 
0,, "£ 


j, 


•* 


CO 








•d 

a 
















° H 

<t> 01 

-»-> OJ 

s s 

.3 w 

x> "* 


3 

P 

H 

< 

2 


a> 1- g, 
2co no 


CI 


10 

Cl 


CO 








OJAl 


















0. 0. 0. 




ft a a 










■4-i* 


ppp 

»-* CI -* 

1 1 1 


1 II 


1 1 1 








._ 03 
03 g 
w O 


Q 
M 

O 


V 

CO 


o 


sl 


«-h r- c-i 


e-10^ 


CICS ut> 








CJ O 

C w X 


5 

to 


o 
< 
ft. 


1 

cop 


« X X 

CO fhn 


X H K 
•S<. 


X « « 

OiCIOS 








•2 4) ft 
(U 9. O 

rr s 

x 8 ° 

1) c 
C)X .3 

x •" is 


^2 U 

d3 2S 














1 




00 


00 


to 








w 


CO 




Z u co 














*1S * 


<3 


















o 


















si fe 


CO 


Pw 




2co 0,0 


e» 


CJ 


_, 


CI 


CJ 


_ 


bj"S "3 


S 
g 




H 


■* 




c» 


CO 


CO 


c< 


c Si « 


o 

< 
Cm 


(i) 
W 
5C 

10 

w 
■J 

o 














■a-S 2 

is & 

ii"3 § 
■Sac 

St 3 


O 
Pm 

< 


















2 


o» x 














X|o 






GO 


- 5 n 
2° co 




•* 


00 


CI 


c? 


CO 


•- x '" 








m 


CI 


■* 


CO 


CO 


■* 




















fJS. '" 






















■Sl<N !n 






















S ^ ~ 






















£ O 

x ^_ 

fS»L O 




T3 


tj 


3 












rt 




b|c 




n 




CO 












•c 
c 


flg" 


K" fl 


M 


CI 

K 


CO 
X 

10 


CI 

X 

to 


X 

to 


M 






4-» ** 






CI 


c* 












CO 


£ 


3 
O 












CO 


2 1U t-H 








03 


X 




s 


v ^ 


» 


S! 




= •/, - 


So 


IC 


O 





t» 





<o 


W 






coo 

.5.2 — 


1 H 


« 


X 


X 


X 


Vi 


X 


03 






c 

5 




« 


X 


'^ 


X 


X 


» 






a 


eq 


w 


co 


w 


H 


CO 







Substance 
Weight 



Impress 

'ostage 

fates 

ivetepes 



33 







£ 




a 
















°J= 


CO 





05 






00 


CO 






^OT 


X 

m 


















5 w 

o a 


a 
















> 




JD 


OO 






CO 


eci 






jo o 




















fcu 


















00 tJ< 


O N 

Urn 
"S'E 

. M 
OT3 


















CO CN 




c 












io 


CN >-i 


X 


C3 




CO 


CO 




















| | 


58 1 


O 
cn 


P 




CM 


CM 






5t 


W CN 


w 






" 












2co &U 












** 


Oh X 

-i- 3 i 




s 


O 
CN 








WD 
CM 


















<u 




rt 


VM 












^ 

^ 






H 

< 




ftp 


C3 tft' 


03 

-3 .Sic 


act 
Pt> 


CD 

CO CD CO 

co bO CD 


03 1-3 




2 

O 
co 
W 


CO C 


77 

O— I 
CT5-* 

X « 




1-HCM 

1 1 
CM ^J< 
COtJ* 
X X 


5cM * 

■g.ScS 


1 


R s 

PQ 

" to 


o 


< 


LoP 


OO 
IN CO 


o 





CM CO 


O 


$3 S3 
tu-S 
to - 


"c3 
pq 
a 

CD 
> 


CM 

«5 


OCO - 


■* 






■o* 






1^1 

2co au 












t 


^j CO 

CD T3 

a> a 
,*3 o 

^ m 

^3 _ 

53 c 

03 -th 
fl CD 

ct) n 

a 1 * 


3 

co 

CD 

^3 


Pi 

H 
<! 
•z, 

O 

CO 

W 

O 
< 








to 

(M 


*n 


■3 co 

N C 


O, CO. 

PUP 


CD 





CnCa 


a 


4-» 

H 


o 

co" 
CD 
H 

+j 

cd 

a 

bp 
C/3 


U T 

OO-h 
CNICO-^ 

K X X 

XXX 


co o> eg 

a u)co 

*£% 

"S.Scq 
o 


eg ct> CO 
C3 bfl OP 

OcAg 
cn^ a 

•S.2c3 
O 


PPP 

•-1CCITJI 
1 II 

<LN) <M Tt< 

rHCMCO 


7 

CM 

CM 

X 


CO 


?3 *u 


a. 


coP 


wcNCO 










oj t 


C30 






00 


CM 




i8 53 


CD 
c3 




2° to 


























• »— 1 


-»J 03 
glfl 
O CD 

«tj^3 

co B 
oJ O 


Pm 

CN 




oSwQ 


CO 

CO 






CO 

to 


O 


V 

d 
u 

o 


CO 

a 

03 

*0 


CO 

W 
< 

•z 


2C0 D.U 












8* 

°l 

•S M 


C D. Q- 
r-lCM"* 

1 1 1 


111 


s o> s 


a a q. 

PPP 

■-HCM-* 


P& 


O w 


oo" 

1 
CO 

o 


o 

CO 

W 

o 
< 

CO 


4-* cd 

wP 


XXX 

IfSO© 
XXX 

o*o 

rHFHN 


Oh •** 
O i c« 

-*■«> a 

3 — CO 

o 


53i 

5e-SP 
a'~cc 

a 


1 1 1 

CD CM CM 
t-h CM CO 
XXX 
»HCO« 
-H-HCN 


1 1 

t»CM 

X X 
l-H t^ 


. 3 o H 

2° w 


«5 






CO 


•»)< 




fe 




° aj ^ •- 


CM 






CM 


«« 


CO 


3>d 

"Hi 




< 

Ph 


H 


Zco aU 


CO 






CO 


2 


SI 

• w4 


c t; 

21 


PPP 


5 


2*1 

O 1 C3 


PPP 


a 0, a 

PPP 


CO 






< 



en C 
*i CD 

N □, 

coP 


1 1 1 

XXX 


ill 

O i C3 

*>■* a 


1 r T 

t-h CO CM 


1-1 CM'* 

1 if 

~H t- CM 








OlOO 


■"•* c 


-H-H CM 


-H-HCM 


~0 


_ w 
■9: 

CO — < 




CO 

W 

o 


XXX 

XXX 




3 — CQ 
O 


XXX 

00 -H CO 


XXX 

O0 HN 


s 


'to ^ 




< 
a. 


t~o>n 






*-( *H 




6 




4 


oS„« 

. — O cu 

Or > -"X 


CO 






CM 

CO 


00 


4mt 


S CO 

•1 1 






2° w 












•o 




^ 










a 


Cos 

Si 


« 

•o 
c 
a 


2 3 


X 

X 

o 

CO 


X 


5 
X 
CM 

CO 


3! 

X 

CO 


CM 

CO 
X 


• 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 










Ifl 


■* 


•<* 


"5 


"5 








3 « m '5 "2 


« 


X 


« 


* 


X 






• 


3 'co H S "* 

3 < 


X 








X 








CO 


■* 


M< 


"* 


■* 



34] 



s 




a 


















CO 





a 








CO 






°JS 


to 


















S2 


X 














+3 
















o 5; 




a 


















£ 


OO 






CO 


CM 




















J3 




So 

O N 

US 




rt 












O 




-0 

CN 

X 




a 
cn 




CO 


CO 








OT3 
2g 


a 




CM 


CM 






0) 

> 






w 




•"« 












C3 






















3 

tf 


vS-g 




8 
10 


CO 






<D 
+-> 
cS 
u 

•3 


















u 


Cu 












c 




01 

> 



< 

z 




5* 


5 

CO CD CO 

« MO 

£2 3 


J 


T 


3 

111 


to CP CO 

a bov 


a> 


CO 


a 


< 


.Si* 


5-* g 

"S.2CQ 




X 

CT> 


X 


°4g 

s.Sra 
O 


s-Sco 




Cl> 
O 

0. 


)— 1 


a> 

> 


cn 


w£ 












1 6 




• 3 I 
■St)'"-* 3 
Z° w 












O 
u 
J3 






CM 


CO 









CO 

Q 




°«s| 




O 
WD 








-t-> 
O 

w 




ZoiftU 










& 8 
JS 1 




aj j«s 












-1-3 


H 

z 





2 
111 


a. a. 

OP 

*-ICC| 

»-lCM 
M X! 

NO 


CO 
Id CO co 

a bou 


5 

|i| 




111 


cO J 
C n) 


O 
1— < 

CO 


CO 

CD 

T3 




5 ^ 


°2§ 

f.as 






■3.SK 



5^ 9 

"S.H&o 



| a 

>j <u 


u-" "^ 

"d 'E 

§ S 

pq _g 

H 


Q 

CO 

CO 

W 

H 

Q 


°2 „«5 

^ 3 9 « 

On"* 

Z 1 - 1 w 




■* 








*0 


B 

H 


.2.2 S 
Zco aO 




»0 
CM 








<U 03 

1 'I 

S "§ 

w a 


21 


V 


O.P.Q. 


a> 


CD 


0) 


-4^ 


<: 





8&8 


i=>P^ 


3 ?,S 






'Z 


CO 

^5 
CO 

a) 

a 
co 

J 


z 



00 

w 

< 
a. 



3§ 

s 

n a, 
153 


s3s 

3 — CO 

O 


*-<CM^tl 

1 II 
CM Osi* 
~*v-l CM 
X X « 

C5CM OS 


tS OS 3 

^P< - 

Oioj 
•"co a 

3—00 
O 


&&2 
x « 

■^co H 

42 fl.£P 

3--CC 




^(2-3 

+^cO C3 

2 O.SP 

3 — CO 




8 « 

•"so. 
<b 8* .2 

•Hat: 

^ <D O 

« S 


< 




■» t; 




00 








cO 
O 

W 
O 
< 

(X, 




Z° w 












1-3 fc 
1-3 5 

'2 •- r*> 

ii 3 t; 
■^ 0. « 

^0, to 
S» 3 


<! 

CO 

O 

.J 
< 


H 
W 
W 

a 

w 

w 



OJJ..8 

Z^Sicj 


to 


^ 

■* 


«CH 


to 


s 
















z 


02 rt tJ 












5oo 

f> CO 






w 


3 


CM 


t>- 


3 


CO 


™« ^ 








Z w w 












"&CN w 
go ^ 
™* 'J 

fe.5 

Z 0) 1— 1 




Standard 

Sheets 

From Which 

Sizes 


9 


O 


X 


CM 

X 

a 


3! 

X 
CM 
CO 


3 

X 
CM 
CO 


CM 
CM 

X 


•0 


V 


^ 


& 


^ 


£ 


^ 






U5 


■* 


•* 


l« 


10 


in 




c v (d 

•5.a j= 


1" 

a 
< 


X 


H 


H 


K 


K 
^ 


& 




P 


M 


■* 


■* 


■* 


•* 







35] 









« 



























x 


p 





































s" 

> <u 


c«5 

cn 


a 
P 


CM 


esi 






































UK 






P 






CO 


eo 


■»»< 


eo 






«0 On 

CN -h 

1 1 





















Os 


a 
P 






CO 


CO 


CO 


CO 




^ 
^ 


On* 

-^ 1 


w 




M 


















s 


Zw cU 










g 






u j^ 
















S 

Q 


O bo 




p 

<C 
Z 

O 


£ M 

01 <= 


las 


co aj eo 

03 bfl "W 




m © m 


a. 

7 


<D 

eg tD m 




03 •— -I 




w 


5S 

s 


-g.S33 


*u 


O -J. C3 


3n§ 

co" a 

"S.Sm 


00 

CO 


O-i C9 

m M a 

"3 .3 S3 




25^ 


»Mt3 




W 


"3.SS 


"3-Soq 


X 




1 


S 




m 
> 


< 

PL, 

to 


• I 

n a 
KP 


O 











O 




■ a O S 










CM 
























>Cn 


10 - 






ZwaU 
















# 


CD C 

^3 O 
66 - rt 


O 

w 

& 

.a 




@ 

cH 

P 
H 

< 
Z 
O 

33 


CO 


CO 






O 
CM 






8-g 

£ DO 
™ 0) 

N O. 

wP 


0. 




CD 

"§ a; CO 


ot cd in 


Q. C 
PP 


CD 




cd 


'O to 


xn 

in 
3 


i 




1 

<M 


ocig 

CO M 


^t23 

Ocig 
en bO 


TT 

«5 00 
CM CO 






H 

CO 

<L> 
CJ 
D 

•r-l 


C cu 
£* 

rG 5 
g CO 

o> 

50 S 

<s S 


a 
a 
Sa 

CO 
CD 

SP 

Ph 

Cn 

to 

s 


w 

< 
a. 
-A 


CO 


X 

^ 

■* 


a.ScS 


a. as 



OSlfS 
i-HCM 


"3-3S3 
O 




• a a> 


CO 


CO 






■* 






p 

H 

< 
2 


ZwaO 


00 


00 






■O 






<^ SO 


77 


c- a. 

1 1 





eg 

S DO " 

f£jo 3 


g. a a 
PPP 

rtCM-* 
1 II 


CD 




■4_) 


&43 


00 


O 


n a 


2SCS 




Qpjl-g 


1 ca 




O t c« 

-woo a 



















•^00 a 


OMOQO 






3 +» 
J2 

<-H CO 

s ^ 


1 
CO 


en 

W 
O 
< 

He 


—ICO 

mi co 




5 fl.SP 
3 — 00 
O 


-HIM CO 

XXX 

CMOSiO 


iS d.£P 
3 — cffl 




O 
CO 





c/iP 


i-l-H 


*H^H 












00 


■ 3 Si 


CO 


IM 






00 










Zw aO 


CNI 


CM 




00 


CO 

CO 


00 




<L> 
N 

CO 

id 


3T3 

<? 

•s 1 


Ph 


8 

p 

H 

< 
z 

C5 
















a, C 


Cu z~ c 

&&P 

1 1 1 


CCC- 
rHCMTH 


III 

O 1 C3 


S 
I 


a a. a 
PPP 

rtCM-* 


a 
P 

T 
















•41 









s 
s 

• H 

a 






en 

a 



i-It^cO 
« K K 


-H.-ICO 

X X X 


S fl.SP 
3 — 02 




X 


«-t-HCM 
XXX 


X 




a x 
1 ! 

+3 CN 




< 
4 


33*3 


COW3CO 


00W3»C 




00 


OiCMOJ 


00 






CM 


CN 




CM 


CO 


CM 






•g 

* I 
■a 


1 1 

' »5 a) .y co 
1 .S3 > « 


O 


3! 

X 
CM 


CM 
CM 
X 


CM 

X 

CO 


00 
CO 

X 

10 


OO 
CO 
X 

10 






H 1 




W 


2 a 


CO 




1-4 


CM 














fa O 


















■a 




^ 




^ 


£ 


£ 


$ 










fl 


t- 


00 


00 


00 


05 


05 










E 


SS rt '3T) 


X 


K 


« 


X 


m 


H 










5 


a 
a 
< 


« 


^ 


^ 


£ 


X 


^ 










p 


eo 


M 


CO 


co 


co 


•* 



36] 



«~ ^ 


m 


a 
P 


CO 


CO 
















WO) 

O £ 


X 

to 


•m 




















a 
P 


IN 


d 












3 























+» 




ooU 
> u 




















'& 




















o.2 

























Uoo 


*© 


P 






CO 


CO 


* 


CO 


eo 


a 




"si 


K 

O 


cn 





















o-o 


a 
















> 





•7 c 


CN 


P 






CO 


CO 


00 


CO 


CO 




oo 




<-< 
















cd 




























Zoo ftU 


O 





s 


8 












■a 






a 


CM 


<M 





•0 




— 


"5 


ai 

"3 




BJ4 


















P 


0= M 

in B 
■*-> cd 

£ 


c 0. 


P.O. 


ft 










« 




> 
o 


< 

o 

00 


i-HCM 

O— c 
CO'* 


^HCM 
1 1 

CM** 

CO-* 


CM cu 

cm ja 


P 
I 

CM 


CO 

5 © to 

°* >* 


•* 

CM 


ft 

T 

CO 

CO 


to 

.9 






CO 


< 




X X 

OO 


X X 


K<a 


CD 
CM 


3.2s 



X 


X 
CM 


s. 13 


a 

> 


< 


n a 


CM CM 


!>. 










•d 6 


H 


4 

CN 


00P 


CM CO 


CM CO 


rt 










$ B 

• O 




os fl 
















'6 

w 

u 




-ISP 1 ' 

Z° 00 


•* 


■* 




CM 






CM 


CO 

Q 


















0> 
,3 

o 




Zoo aCJ 


•O 


W5 


O 









O 


h *d 


W 


s 

Cm 
P 


<M 


CM 


O 
U5 









CM 


•a S 
,3 1 


< 
2 


8-K 

Ox 60 
CO C 

a (« 

S 

<"£ 

n a 

00P 


O4 Q< 0< 


Ck A Q* 


ft 










0) 
H 

cfl 
C 


H 
"4! 

Z 

O 

55 


-J(M'* 
1 11 

OO—I 
CM CO* 


■-ICM* 
1 II 

C?q CO rt< 


T 

CM 


oJ. ca 
->-■£■ a 

on 60 


CD 

CO CD CO 

« t»0 OD 

co 60 


ft 

7 

CM 


ft ft 

rtCM 

1 1 
lOOO 
CM CO 


-a * > 

C CO 

C c3 
1 S 


O 
1— 1 

CO 

m 

Q 


CO 


o 
< 


XXX 


X M H 


X 




3.9S 
O 


X 


X X 
OS »0 
«CM 


(J CU 
CO to 


co 

CO 


M 

Cfl 

Ph 
CN 

C 
c3 

cm" 


to 00 


CD CM CM 


t— 










"° 'a 

00 
CQ so 

-2 H 

.■§ i 

1 ^ 


Ph 


. g O u 

Z° 00 


00 


OO 


CM 






CM 


* 


00 


v •- a 
05 J3 CD O 

Zoo no 


CO 

CO 


3 


OO 

iO O 






00 
100 

CM»JO 


CM 




















Pi 


§-* 
















11 "^ 

•5" C 
•C "i 

1 e 

CO £ 

00 
O wXi 

S 5*3 


H 


vo 


P 
H 


°l 


^ c c 


G G. Cm 


£g 


-S 


S 


ft ft 


ft ft ft 


P 




< 
Z 

O 

00 

W 


*-» ctj 
S 


1-1 CM* 

ILL 

woo 


i-l CM* 
1 II 
CO CM CM 


t-CM 


if* 

0^"c3 


ill 

O 1 03 

*tOB 


■-HCM 

a 


*-l CM* 

IN 
OilfOOO 
'-HCMCO 


2 
< 


CO 


M X X 


•HNCO 
M X X 


X X 


3**^CQ 


2 0.% 

3 — CQ 


X X 


XXX 
CNIOi IO 


p^ 


u 


o 


*S 


^is:^ 









O 


CMOS 


T W) 


< 


_n a 


»oo 


l-HCOCM 


i-tS 








-H»-HCM 


■s a^ 


O 


CO 

1 


Of 

•o 


00P 
















O „ B 

Slj 

J3^ H 




"o « -5; 
3 S " 


CD 


CO 


■* 






■* 


00 


CO 




Z°"w 
















2 "••*■ 


pi! 
< 




















PS 




















tS.S fe 
cd lo ^ 


CO 


o 
Ph 




°| § 'l 




rt 


^! 


CM 


CM 


■"J! 


CM 




S 


H 


H 

W 
W 

SB 


1^3 


CM 


CM 


00 


* 




CO 


•* 




P4 

O 


O 


















H c3 ^ 


Ph 


< 


00 

W 


















Hi 

■Soo 
ft- 10 






















o 


















2* 3 


<! 




z 


"°2 v 
















•Soo 

m CO 






00 


3 ° * 


00 


OO 


CM 


■* 


CM 


CM 


■* 


• 2 x— 1 








* 


■* 




CM 


CO 




e-i 














































00<N io 

C In C3 
























|8-a 






1 jj ! 

•O ~ 




* 


CM 


O 


00 


•* 


00 


gft 






S m , -m _ .c <U 


X 


* 

X 


X 


CM 

X 


CO 
X 


CM 

X 


CO 
X 











CM 


t^. 


CO 


>o 


C» 


»o 






00 2 3 

(I. 


CO 


CO 




CM 


N 


^ 


CM 


.. —"d 

w S S 
S S 6 

oi c 

Z 001— 1 






•a Si 


s 




£ 


X 


X 


S 


S 






B «■■-. So, 
iJooH >-* 


t» 


00 


00 


00 


OS 


o> 


05 










X 




X. 




X 


« 

2R 


C3 






5 9 
3 < 


eo 


CO 


CO 


CO 


co 


•* 


■* 







Weight 



'ostage 



V 



37 







°J3 


M 


a 








•* 


•* 


■* 


CO 






■wCO 


X 










































a 




















S,° 




P 








OO 


00 


00 


CO 








„ 


















oort< 

CO CN 


03 
























a. 


















K X 


VO 


& 


-* 


•* 


CO 










t^ 


«o ON 

TT 




X 

O 


cn 
















a 


CO 


00 


CO 










^ 


W CN 


W 




«H 
















ax 






Zmou 
















to 


+* 1 




Oh 









O 

lO 






WD 




j; J4 


















bfl 






H 
< 
2 

O 

55 


°l 

CO « 




2 4> « 


a 
& 

CN 

1 
OO 
CO 




« tj) S 

°CN * 


a 

7 


ra CD 

^o!l 

°CN ^ 


7 
■* 

•* 


CO 

«•» 

* 60 fO 
°CN rt 

•g.Sra 


s^ 


^'d 




m 


S 


"S.Scc 


X 


•s.abo 


CO 


"S.afco 


X 


"S 


8 S 

O nS 

W CO 

a g 


Q 

T co 



< 

Oh 
CN 







CN 








CO 





















■a 


to C 


pq 




>hOS 
■2c)* J - c 




CN 




CN 




CN 




& 




a 

CO 
> 




































4 


CI) S3 
wpq 

3.H 

■4J CO 


O 

V-. 
CO 

.£3 

+-> 

O 
to" 

CO 

u 


< 
O 

53 




to 


O 
CN 




O 




O 
CN 




CO C 

5 ^ 


a 
I 

CN 


aa 

1-1 CN 
1 1 

•Aoo 

CNCO 


« CO m 


aa 

>-HCN 


MOW 

CO bfl CO 
h9^§ 


aa 
P& 

>-H<M 

1 1 

CN-* 
COtH 


CO 

las 


H 
09 


t>0"co 
C a) 


3 

+-> 
cti 
C 


w 


< 
a. 

>o 






t-ICN 


a.Sco 


X X 

00 

CNCO 


a .2 to 


X X 
CN CN 
CNCO 


•3.200 




o» % 


















• 1— t 

Oh 


& 

as 


CO 

a 

Ph 
CN 

to 

a 




. 3 O o> 

5 r > ■" -a 


CN 


H* 




■* 




•* 




3 

Oh 

H 


,S.c ^ 
ZLo 0.0 


O 
CN 


CN 




"5 
CN 




ICD 






Hi! 


aa 
















%B 


l-HCN 


&i=P 


-S 


i-HCN-* 


■S „ CD 


a a a 


a 


+3 CO 
Si 

11 

CO +J 

8? 


"H 


2 


co B 


1 | 


1 1 1 




1 1 1 


£jfa 


-H(Nt)< 

1 11 

CNCNHi* 
CNCOth 
XXX 
COCNCN 
»HCNCO 


l-H 


4-> 

• 1—1 


00 

1 


O 
w 
w 


t; m 

N C 

to £3 


C31T« 
-HCN 
K K 


i-l(NCO 
M « M 


ig o.SP 
a-— &o 



CNCO'* 
XXX 


Ol C3 

-«oo a 

■3- M co 
O 


1 
CN 
CN 

t~ 


Plh 


en 


< 

Oh 

00 


NO> 






moo 

t-tCNCO 








^ 03 ^ 

.S08 

2° to 


•* 


00 




OO 




00 


CN 


O 

N 





< 


















fYj 


0S3S 

J2 J3 cu 
2: CO QCJ 


CN 


CO 
CO 


3 


CO 
CO 


CO 


CO 
CO 


O 
CN 


S4< 


















*» 


Ph 




°l 

•X M 
CO c 
i> CM 

6° 






a 




a 




aa 


CO 


23 




&Pt= 


PDP 


P 


&PP 


1= 


PPP 


&t= 


id 


CC^ 

rC CN 




< 
O 


-HCNHHi 
1 I 1 


^HCN-* 

1 II 


7 


-HCN'* 
1 II 


7 


rtCN-* 
1 II 


-HCN 
1 I 


<D 


•+■" CO 






CM Oa-^ 










cotMcq 


t~CN 


■S 1 








,-H rtCN 










r-HCN 


d 






' s 


X M M 


« M M 


M 


XXX 


X 


K W M 


X X 


G 


tn «-H 




«2. 

N CU 

C0^> 


i^H\ 


^h\^ 


"G 


yc^-x 


^ 






6 

• 1— i 


■a* 




< 

Oh 

4 


OiCNOS 


OINCS 


00 


coo 





HCCM 


rHN 


OS t> 

■ 3 O CU 


00 


CO 


CN 


CO 


00 


CO 


■* 


CD 




















•4-) 

c 


s 1 

+J CN 
Eh 1 






Z° CO 
















■a Ji 5 

Sc/jE 
w £ 


s 

cu.t; m 


CN 

K 


00 


CN 

X 

CO 

CM 


•* 


CO 


■* 

X 
CN 

CO 


5! 

X 
CN 
CO 


CN 

X 




& 


u 
















TI 


cu 




X 


X 


«\ 


X 




v< 






So 


»Si- 


CD 


O 


I> 


t^ 


t^ 


00 


CO 






S I 


J3 g « 


« 


K 


X 


M 


M 


K 


!«! 






isc? 


H "5 to 

a 
a 

< 


^ 


X 


X 


X 


X 


)h\ 


)h\ 






& 


<# 


M< 


■* 


10 


10 


10 


>0 



38 



s 




a 




















CO 




P 








•"CM 


m< 


■* 


CO 






°£ 


CO 






















3 u. 


M 


















^ 




















O « 


CO 


a 
















3 




CS 


p 








00 


oo 


CO 


CO 


O 




m o 




















.C 




coS 




"• 






















a, 
















OK 


VO 


P 


•* 


•& 


CO 










3 




'o'H 

o-o 


M 

o 


cn 





















a 
















cu 




Z | 


<N 


P 


oo 


CO 


CO 










> 





sa_ 




w 
















J3 
C3 




























ZlfiQU 






g 










•d 

CO 












"S 










+a 

C3 
O 

•d 




5J-M 


















p 


C i-i 

°l 

in C 

■a § 
o S 


» 


CO 


P 
I 

CM 
K 


S 


CO 


.2 


$ 


.2 




a; 
> 
o 
.a 


< 
2 
O 
w 
W 


OJ, « 

*°n 3 

to M 


to co co 

C3 60 CO 
CO 60 


iff 


C3 60 CO 
°CM S 

co 5b 
"g.SS 


m m 03 

& to CO 

O^ C3 

■i.sis 


co <p m 

<a to as 
i9 - SP 

"S.Scn 


4) 

01 
O 

.2 «d 


CO 

l-H 


o 


s? 


o 


o 


CM 


o 


o 


o 





a 


H 


a 

> 

5 

oi 


< 
4 


n a 
wP 
















13 S 
ai E 

Ph 3 

!-■ 

O 


w 

CO 

P 
H 

H 








CM 










— — „_ 
















CD 

X5 

o 


a 


2£a<3 






O 




CO 






CO CO 

00 s 


















C/T 


P 

< 
2 
O 
w 

W 

o 


s* 
















2 


0) 
t-c 

3 

CO 


05 60 


w e m 

*£3 


C3 60 CO 


o. o. 


93 60 CO 


o. 

p 

I 


cu 

C3 60 CO 


5 

room 


a « 

cu XI 
to >. 

c 2 
00 e 

.s 

3 § 

- (a 


O 

l-H 

CO 

W 

P 
co 

CO 


3 t5 


o-J, « 

-"rt CI 

oo 60 

-g.Sto 

o 


o 


CO CD 
CM CM 

■^ CO 


-2«S 

CO 60 
O 




°2i 

■g.aa 
o 


"|.2ca 
O 


M 
a! 


< 


NO, 

35 P 






•-HCM 










•a "a 


H 


Ph 


CM 


















8 


►J 


















** 




.Sou 
O , 3 - J3 

2° w 






■* 




CO 






cq co 


^ 


*d 


















O H 


P 




2 co aU 
















■a 

00 CO 


2 




Pi 
p 

< 
2 

O 






s 




oo 






-u CO 

1 -1 




0) 

cu 
XS 


S J 

.°60 
™ a) 


g 

« co co 


°3 S 


o. c c 

•* CO Oi 


CO 


O.Q, 
PP 

n 

CO CM 


Hi 

O jf C3 

-wc6 cl 


CO 
l* 60 £ 

■Scil 


s « 

•a « 

to G 

CO O 
CO -M 

CO 
C co XI 


H 

P 

<3 


to 

CD 

'So 

.s 

CO 

1 

CO 


w 

w 
o 

< 


co 60 


■§ — o3 


,-HCM CM 


3- a CQ 


rHCO 


S2 d.SP 
^•"•cc 


5 a.S 

■g — CQ 


ft 

^3i ° 

CO pi 
C0J3 .3 

.s r 


M 



<: 


is 

33P 


o 


o 


COThcO 
•-"-I CM 


O 


-*■* 


o 


O 


of2 ti 

.Soj 

2° w 






OO 




2 
























O 
ft 




°!is| 


co 


CM 


CM 




00 




»o 


J2 w 


CO 


O 
<! 


H 

w 

03 


2 w Su 


CO 


CO 


"* 


CO 


CM 


CO 


CM 


I-S5 

Is & 

S"3 d 


P4 

O 
ft 


Ph 




















J 

J 




















O 


















a* a 


<J 




2 

OQ 


° ™ „ «5 

• 3 O HI 

2° « 


to 


CO 


S 


CM 

CO 


CO 


CM 

CO 


CO 


fjeo 






















•^^f '" 
























M<N m 
























cfss^s 
























SJ 3 

to 5f -g 

!*•**. 

^2 cS 
H P B 




— O 3 
















Standar 

Sheets 

From Wh 

Sizes 

Cut With 

Waste 


-* 


00 


<7i 


•^ 


■* 


■* 


CM 




en 


CO 
CM 


Oi 

O 
W 


cf 

CO 


CM 


'J" 
X 
CM 

CO 


CM 




"S M 




S 


X 


X 


X 




Vf» 


oil ^ 

2 CO 1— t 




g g 


CO 


CO 


n 


t> 


f^ 


OO 


00 


-M 






X 

is 






X 


X 


X 


X 


C3 




3 < 


■* 


■* 


■* 


lO 


>0 


US 


10 







Weight 



Papers 



Impress 



\ 



39 







s 




a 
















_ Sj 


m 


O 


tp 






CO 


CO 






Oj3 


<«3 


















o s; 

to o 

So 

> o> 

O N 


X 
"i 
CM 














a 


00 






CO 


CO 




00 "* 
CO CN 




- 
















a 














X X 


Ui» 


<o 


& 




CM 


CM 






o 


CN -h 
1 | 


■S-2 

. (S 

OT3 


CM 

o 


<N 












a 














1 1 


2 rt 


<N 


& 




■* 


>cH 








03 CN 


CO 


















CU ^ 

a- 
» i 


















P4 


-' - - — 

^J3 a; O 


o 
o 

U5 








o 
o 

W3 


O J4 












^ 

**** 

Q 


J5 w 




o 


- i- 

°l 

« M 
m B 
■»-» cd 

og 


a 

7 


"room 

C8 hO CD 


go cd cn 
ro M & 


CO © CO 

c3 bfl a> 

■ssSa 


7 

M 


s 


^T3 

S c 

O oi 

« 03 

o S3 


£ 




CM 


"S.HiS 
o 


3-9o3 


3-ScS 


O 


"SI 


"55 
W 

a 

> 


ft. 


n a 
B5D 










CO 














1 


.^h <0 
03 C 
N t— 1 


CO 




CM 








CM 
















^ 


'in ~ 
CD C 

JH o 


3 

03 
t-i 


s 




O 
WD 




o 

o 


o 
o 
















N^l 


03 pQ 




H 


S^ 












N 


T3 rH 


O 


°l 


CO, 


a.SS 
O 




ft 


o 

CO © cn 




*d 03 

cs.2 


oT 

CD 

u 


Z 

o 


0: sa 

IT. B 

t! cn 

r 3 .0 


TT 

CM -* 


T 

CO 


7 

Ob 


-gig 




*i w 


3 


C/3 


O 


cc-^t* 


CO 


<N 


h 

CO 

U 

<L> 


0} 

t> 0} 

:§* 

.31 


CCS 

a 
ox> 

a) 

CS 
Ph 

CN 


o 
<: 

Oh 






CM 


CM 


3.2S 
o 


- 3 °, *> 

2° w 


TiH 




<M 


CM 






o "s c! 

°^ il o 

Zit au 


W5 


o 


o 


O 




• >— i 


o a> 


CO 






o 


lO 


»o 




eu 


id 


s 


*~" 


H3 


CM 


CM 
















Td 


S^3 


3. 
c3 





CU <£ 

O ° 


ftaft 


a 


— c 


- o< 




03 U 

a) g 


■O 


H 


S^ 


Pi^P 


|3 


P^ 


t>P 


-S 




oo" 


< 
o 


0) C 


1 1 1 


I 


l-HCM 

1 1 

IOCO 


*-*CM 

1 1 

CDOi 


►2 §>£ 

J> «_3 
O I "« 

-"oo a 
3 — CC 




3 -+J 

o 52 


1 




on-* 

XXX 


X 


CM CO 


CM CM 


l-i 


" g -3- 


X 


o 


a; a 


COIN CM 




CiiO 


^ CO 


o 


o 

CO 


Xh 

o 


< 

Oh 

00 




*-tCHCO 




i-HCM 


«CM 




• ^ O o 


00 


CM 


Tj< 


T* 






°S^| 


CO 


OO 


Id 


>n 


■* 


<L> 


313 

"3 B 
U f 

+3 1 


o 

P-, 




ilita 




lO o 


2 


2 


00 


N 
• >— i 




&Q.O, 


— Q, 


a a a 


ftftft 


ft 


CO 


^2 




&P3P3 


t=b 


&!=& 


&&& 


i3 




tC <* 




<: 


^m 


-HCM-* 


«CM 


^KN 1 * 


^HCM"^ 


-"< 


H3 


-3 cn 




o 




1 1 1 


1 1 


I 1 1 


I 1 1 


1 


(U 


^co 






CONN 


Oi If3 


C35 »0 O0 


*COOJ 


o 




OQ 


~- CM CO 


t-icm 


-HCMCO 






g 


•2 I 




o 


i! 

KP 


XXX 


X X 


XXX 


XXX 


X 


s 


55 * 




< 

Oh 


-h «oecj 


CMOS 


c*a>m 


co-^co 


CO 
















B I 






ro eu 

. 3 O « 

, , <-• -C 


CO 


■«< 


00 


00 


CM 


-M 

d 






^<-> tf> 












■a 


J3 


3 


•* 


■* 


00 


OS 


_ 


& 


-U CN 

3 * 


■o 

c 
a 


2§ m 


£ CU 
> CO 

5£ 


HS< 

X 
CM 


CM 


CO 
X 


CM 

X 

CO 


-CK 
O 




(U* 


W 




3 


CO 




CM 


CM 


CO 




H 1 




£ 


J 














"O 


CU 




^ 


£ 


^ 


g; 








a> 


a 




© 


9 


t> 


t> 








E «,- 


go 


■H 
















p u id 

5 nj: 


a 


X 


i»! 


X 


X 


x 








i«iH 






^ 


^ 


S 








5 


Q. 
< 


■* 


CO 


CO 


CO 


CO 



40] 



2 




a, 


















»*-i v 




13 


■»»< 






CO 


CO 








°J3 


to 




















3<£ 


X 














^ 


















O S> 


to 


a 












3 






w > 




& 


00 






to 


CD 


O 






2 ° 

0) u 
















J3 






O N 
















"S 








a 












Oo5 


VO 


|3 




CM 


CM 






3 






o a 




cn 












O 






. ct) 


X 




















OT3 
2§ 


O 
CN 


a 

D 




■<* 


^H 






0) 
> 

O 






w 




•"■ 












C3 


























°«2-S 












•a 








s 


Ztfl qU 












0) 
CtJ 

■3 






c^ 
















■X DO 
co C 

«J CO 


s 


s 


s 


g 


CJ 


_g 






0) 


z 

o 


5 o oj 

■7i bfi 0J 

^1 


o?i 


Cg © K) 

« bfl a> 

^1 


54) ID 
C8 bO 0J 


og a> m 
<tf tfl o3 


•I 




CO 


> 
o 
.a 

< 


55 


3 o 


"SI « 

to M 

3.9S3 


3.H02 


"cm a 
to Wl 

s.253 


OJ, CO 


"3.S53 


0) 



S3 


T3 


1— 1 

EH 


o 


cd m 


o 


Q 


O 


CJ) 


O 


'a 


0) 


> 


<< 

a- 

CN 


n a 
33 £ 












•a 

a> 
^> 
C 


I 




o» t; 












5 




• Sou 

Z° w 














3 


CO 


















lH 




Q 
















o 


$ 


Zto ao 












0) 

on 

■a 


0) 


< 


in 


OS 
H 


c 1- 












a> 


•| 


co 


1* 

•J: m 
en c 

<-> a 


03 


-g 


CD 


CD 


S 




0> 


O 


3 


<! 
Z 



53 o in 
« 60 CO 


to CD CO 

CO hO CD 

^ftl3 


"co CD CO 

C3 bfl CD 


||| 


CO CD to 

CJ M CD 


CC) 

to 

a 


ct) 


t— 1 

CO 


55 


^ 5 


to M 


co bo 


co M 


°2 3 
co bO 




0) 

a 


a 


Q 


s 


w 


3.SS 


"S.Sco 


3.S53 


"3.253 


3*Sc« 


3 


01 


CO 


CD 


o 


" 2 


o 


O 





O 


O 


. 


CD 


CO 


00 


< 

ft! 


N 0, 












■a 
a 



'a 


m 


Ph 
















0) 


pj 














4* 


- 1 


O 05 cu 

. a o »> 












P3 


CD 
J3 


z. 


CN 

G 




Z u w 














CD 


H 


p 
2 




°j; eg O 
Zot nu 












ctj 
cn" 

CD 
CD 
.G 

CO 

CD 

"So 
g 

CO 

1 

CO 


8 

pet 

< 
Z 

o 












'C 
co- 
oi 

ca 

d CO 


CD 

■a 

'to 

C 
CU 

s 




J3 


P4 
p 

EH 

Q 

< 


•a m 

•" C3 

fa 
535 


§ * CD 
P-|-g 

-t^ci p 


O ■ C3 


CD 

8 8,8 


CD 

Q ft<-g 


O- Oi P. 

1 1 1 


55 

w 

o 

< 

Ph 


3 — CQ 


iSfl.SP 

3 — 03 
O 


^3.a 

3—'03 
O 


3- a t72 


K « K 
>reoo 

^H CM CO 


.2 o> 
• §I 

O O) 

° s 

ct) to 

boo; 
C 0) 

.s™ 

g_c3 
CD "3 

*SSo 

.2 X 


d 




c 


O 
■flj 


OJ 4J 

■ 3 O OJ 

Z u w 










00 
















O 

W 
O 
<J 

Ph 


H 
W 

w 


o n u S* 

Zc« S.CJ 


CM 

CO 


>C5 
CM 


S 


CO 

to 


CM 


_o 

& 

ct) 

E 


co 

O 

(H 

< 


W 

J 

o 
















3 




z 


^S n ti 


CM 


00 


CO 


to 


•* 


O 








CO 








CM 




+> 








Z° 53 












CD 


CO 




•a 
a 
•a 


J3 
y 

cd ^ a> 


3 
O 


5! 


CM 

►4 


00 
CO 


CM 


•* 


to^. 


13 






e 


|a«a 


|l 


CM 


OS 


m 


to 


O 


^2 


'"3 

0) 

a 





53 




3 

u 


CO 




CM 


CM 


CO 


w S 
P 2 

Z 0) 






■o 


CI 




iS 


^ 


^ 


s 




a> 


(0 


»-( 


05 


© 


l> 


t> 








E B« 


Eon 


»H 










to 








G CD CO 
S.NJ3 

c 

3 


fc;<o 
a 


X 


« 






« 

^ 


CO 








a 
< 


^ 


«0 


CO 


CO 


CO 









[41 







2 




a 
















o| 


« 
^ 


U 




CM 




tM 








s<£ 


« 






























o £ 


to 


o. 


















5 




^J< 




■* 






00 ■* 


5: <u 




rt 






























O CN 


O N 

UK 




0. 














K X 


o 


p 


*"' 




rt 




*"' 


<£> 




o tl 

. a 
o-o 


o 


cs 












ft 












s 


1 1 




CM 


p 


tM 




CM 




CM 


















^ 


0<X 






° ■si's! .a 

• Sj 1 ? ft 

°x 5 o 
2w qU 












^ 






Pi 












to c 
■4-> to 

O S 


09 


03 




CD 




"3 






< 

O 
w 


og o tn 

cd hp a> 

■g.ScS 


CO CD CO 

Oc!, cd 
3. SCO 


CO CD CO 

Cd bO CD 
Scm « 

a.Bbo 


cd S)S 

"S.Bco 


to CD tn 
OS 60 CD 

OcJ, ed 
■S.StM 




8 s 


£ 


O 


■■ cd 


D 





O 





O 




£§ rf 




to 


N ft 














.as 

co G 

'co «. 


o 

CO 

pq 

> 


wP 












"5 to t; 

.So" 
or.* 1 * 

2;° w 














^ $ XI ft 

° * CD O 

Zw qo 












^ 

^ 


jj tn 
JJ o 


3 

in 
u 

CD 


s 

rt 









s 

"5 




a -a 












^ 


k.g 

CO ■*■■ 


o 


H 
< 


i! 60 
■£ tti 


td bO » 


ft 


CD 

"m cb tn 


ft 


CD 

rf ^ S 


1 


c CD 


c/T 


Z 
O 

55 
w 
o 


^(21 


1 


*£! 


T 


N53 


4-> 

as 


c3 a 

Vh cd 
'fe** 3 


cd 
H 

+-> 
co 
C 
bfl 

CO 


5 ^ 

Sa 
KP 




1 

M 


3^§ 

tn M 
■g-BcS 
O 


4< 

X 
CM 

CO 


Oci cd 
en 60 




H 


<: 

(Vi 

o 






CO 








o 2 ti 

. 3 O 01 
O J K *■ J3 












CO 

u 


VM CO 


CD 
W) 
co 
Ph 






CM 




CM 






Zw ftU 







O 


O 




Pn 


g M 

O CD 


CN 
CO 

•a 








O 

to 


CM 




c *• 

0: to 
tn S 




ft ft 








-a 


■s g 

CO O 


co 


H 

< 

z 

o 
33 

w 

o 
< 


1 S s 

^ ed S 


77 


i 

CM 

tx 

CO 
CM 


ft ft 
1-1 CM 


ID 

rt ^ 




as 


ocf 
| 


■2 M 

° s 
Sft 


o^ld 
^co a 

•g-co 
a 




"^3 
co-* 

■A X 
CM CO 


o'T'cd 

ra a .a 

3-=CCl 

O 


u 


cn 


KP 




00 

CM CO 








Ph 


g e 

CJ 
CD X 

S 1 


S 


Of 














om *! 












O 


O 




. ti O Ji 

O.R*'£ 

Z u w 




T)< 


CM 


■* 






O *j 5 .tu 

Zw ftU 




Ifl 


O 


Iffl 




CO 

N 
• i— i 


O 
Ph 


w 

H 
< 




CM 


CM 


CM 




0) Ja! 

c is 


CD 


ft ft ft 
C3PP 


ft ft 


ft ft ft 


s 


CO 




fe ed 3 


^HtMTjl 

1 1 1 


£3& 




III 


-d 




o 


ii id 
o S 






COOi 


1 1 1 
(M (N <* 


PL -** 
O 1 ed 

■*=■* a 




o 
< 


3 — CO 


CM CO Tic 


CM CM 

X X 


(MCOt* 


3 — CO 


s 


•- 1 1 

C/> r-l 

CD •* 
55 * 

CD T-C' 




It 


O 


lOOO 


^h to 

T-.CM 


r-ie>J CO 


u 


a 




0H 

4 














°3 «5 

. 3 O 1) 
O r \ ** JS 




0O 


tjl 


00 






gc? 

.1 1 






Z U «5 












' 


3.1. 


=1 

o 

,*2 


CO 


-* 


CM 


5! 


00 

CO 


& 




* 


5 !^ 


CM 


O 


CO 
CM 


CO 


tM 




OJ £ 


t 


o 8 


3 




CO 










H 1 




ta 


u 
















a. 


^ 


^ 






^ 








v 


CD 


CM 





m 




0> 








B mw 


Bo 


rt 


rH 


r-l 


T-i 










f3 iu rt 


o X 


K 
^ 


M 


X 
^ 


X 












ft 
< 


CO 


l> 


t> 


00 


CO 



42 



O £ 

o Si 

OK 



5 



Ph 



o * »« & 
Zc/3 Q.O 



c t; 

«)3 



5.S S o 



2§ 

o g 

n a 



.Soil 



Z co aCJ 



?l 






0S5 s 



■ 5 ° 

Z U < 



c « „ -2 fe « 



<u a] 

E M ^ go 

■r-^ o x 

P < 



5 

f.s! 

o 



5 

a? 03 m 

C3 hfl S 



I I 

"5 CO 



S 



S 



s5g 
.3 o.SP 



X 



c3 50 03 

■g.SdS 



£££ 



III 

O J* 05 

+*<& a 

■S S-- 









(MM 

02 "O 



X 



S 



.S £ 



£ « 



o 2* ° 



5 <S ■*> 

•2 5 

c o> 

•Sjs o 

Cm -h 
'St, !>, 
put. 

fl 8 



<U g 



*d 



O O 



■5=0 O 



K ^ 



a ° 


O 






C<N 


,Q 


.3* 




1*2 


d 




T1 


w S 


01 


^ 2 
Z 


H 

c 

H 



w 

CO 

t 

w 
w 

CO 

Q 

w 
H 
<! 
55 

O 

I— < 
CO 

W 
Q 

CO 
CO 

W 

Q 
55 
<! 

o 



o 

< 



43 



23 




■wOO 




a 
D 


- 








- 


- 


- 




O 8? 


a 
























P 


« 










CM 


CJ 


^ 


00 rf 








































0\ 


CN ^h 

1 1 


U55 


o 


Q 
IN 




~ 


'" 


^ 








a 




e>q 


CM 


CM 








°0 


CUX 

« 1 

( ~ ) tut) 

a h 

ctjM 


43. 






















s 

< 


d i" "- §• 
Zm &.cj 
















CO C 


09 

C8 M CJ 


2 © tn 


03 

C3 bp <u 

^p!.N 


eg <u en 


to 

2 o n 


^cacn 
Hi 


-S 

eg © oo 

« M CO 

£p!?> 




CO 


3^ 

n a 


"*^ S? C3 


a," Ed 




co^ bo 


^1 


^1 




^t3 




Cd 


"a.9c2 


3.9cS 


a-9c3 


3. Sen 


"S.ScS 


"S-ScS 


"S.SB 


O nj 


& 


O 


U 


O 


o 


o 


o 


u 


O 


« 


PQ 

M CO 

.9 8 

co C 


o 

PQ 


CL, 


(55 
















. a O v 


















CPth 
'co - 

a3 r d 

CD c 
.G O 

«>pq 


> 

o 

CO 

u 

CD 

& 

o 


















< 


Zoo o,CJ 








o 
o 

o 


o 
o 
o 


o 






5 


0) 

« bo a) 
"S.ScS 


1) 

QQ 0) oa 


oo £ 




■* s 


03 

"m 03 do 




*Td co 


co" 

CU 

3 


O 

w 


o e 


a.Scffl 


m bo 

"S-ScS 


CMCQ 


2-3 
coco 


COM 


^£3 

go bO 

"S. Sen 


*r^>i 


M-g 


c3 


(1 


s« 


O 


o 


o 








o 


^Sj 


fi CD 


G 


<1 


.n a 


















P co 

M-l CO 

■+* J 

a m 

O <1> 


CO* 

CD 
M 

CTJ 

Pm 

CN 
ro 


Oh 

>4 


ooD 
















°1 o 1 
2 U «» 








- 


- 


- 




pi 


.2' .8 S§- 
Zoo oO 








o 

o 

"5 


o 
o 


o 
o 

"5 


o 
o 

o 


0) *£ 
















OS 




cU 




?^ 


s 


5 


33 


t> 


£ 


£ 




4J H 
CO g 




< 


to C 


111 


gag 


ftlS 


T 


7 


7 


CM. 2 


u 

CD 


P <4-< 


00 


o 




oP- 1 * 
■^co a 


O i* C3 

•^oo a 
^ rt.S 1 




OO 
CO 


-* 


-* 


•+f CD 






ii d.S 


M 


M 


X 


eoj 


• »-H 


3 -^ 




o 
< 

Of 

CO 


"S S 


a- H °2 


■g-co 


a -, "oa 




O 
CO 






(U 

J-H 

Ph 

o 


o J9 


1 

CO 

O 

o 

Ah 


n a 
85 


O 


o 


O 


CM 


CM 

CO 




. H O HI 

Z u w 








CM 


CM 


CM 




00 

w 

Oh 
< 


Zw oo 


CD 


o 
o 


s 


O 
CM 


o 

CM 


o 

»C5 

CM 


o 
o 

U5 


01 M 


£ 


t§ 


t§ 


ao. 


AA 




l§ 


CD « 

rS ^ 




2 

O 


co B 

-w ca 

5^ 


I 


1 


1 
3 


1 1 

W5 00 


O-H 


1 1 


1 


C/3 






en 


CO 


CM 


CM CO 


CO ■«* 




CM 


<D 


.y i 

CO •— I 
CD Tj< 





< 
p. 
4 


K5 






03 


asm 


OO 


CM CM 


M 


• l-H 












«» 


CM CO 


CM 


CO 


•a * 






































"a^ 






■ ?oJ 


CD 


CM 


CM 


•* 


■* 


M< 


CM 


-a 


§ 1 






Z u «! 
















-^H CJ 3 


■* 




■* 


00 




5! 




6 

a 


'is?; 


-q oy ^ 03 .-£ m 






K 


K 




CM 

X 


4)* 


W 2 3 


CM 
CO 


t^ 


OJ 


CM 


o 

CO 


CM 

CO 


CD 
CM 




^7 


£ u 
















4) 


X 






^ 


X 




^ 


•J-l 






■* 


^1 


CN 


CN 


lO 


CO 


•* 


a 






« 


X 




X! 


1-1 


iH 


X 


& 






JS 


^ 


^ 


X 








3 ^ w 


00 


00 


03 


03 


O 


i— 1 


n 1 
















iH 


H 



44 



3 




O. 






















^ ^ 


„ 


P 


^ H 


■H 








^ 


^ H 


, ~ ( 






°J= 


to 
























O v 
2 o 






















3 
O 
Xi 




a 
P 


CM 


CM 








e* 


CM 


CM 


So 




•H 


















.t^ 




> V 






















t* 




O N 




a 




















Oifl 


o 


P 






^ 


1-1 


^ 








3 
CO 




■si 


X 


cs 






































o -o 


s 


a 


















CO 




zg 




P 






CM 


CM 


CM 








> 
o 




,w 




~* 


















J3 

cct 




























3 




s 

5 


O 

s 














T3 
CO 

o 

•3 






«•* 






















P 

H 


a bo 

0) 3 
-t-> cd 






S 


<g 


CO 


s 


5 


CO 


_c 




a» 


< 
Z 


CO 

a 


■^.2 
*& 


"*5 


m to m 


CO CD CO 


CO CO CO 

eg bo co 


eg o> d? 

o51 


cq O n 

£p!s 


CO CO CO 
ci ho CO 


t N 


CO 

1— 1 


> 
o 
Si 

< 




coco 


0Q 


OJ, cd 

a.Sco 




a.Sco 


a.Sco 


co bd 

a-2c3 


B4 53 
a.Sbo 


CJ 
CO 


o 


CO 






o 


o 


O 


O 


O 


O 


ft CO 


a 
> 


< 

a. 
4 


n a 
LoP 


















* I 




Z u w 


















O 




rt 


rt 














Cm 3 


co 


u 




















u 
o 


P 












































h *C 


W 


O 


00 


►2.3 S o 
Zoo aO 






1 










8 c 

co C 






















in 


PC 
P 
H 


S-5S 


















^ -a 


2 




- 60 
co B 
+j cd 


o 


-2 


s 


© 


-S 


S 


S 


CO 


13 *" 
3 co 


o 


< 
Z 

o 

00 


« bO CO 


M O CO 

as hfl a> 


CO o CO 

« bfl CJ 


CO 0> DO 

^11 


OT O DO 

03 ho 55 


CO CO CO 

^p!1 


m co co 

c3 to ca 

£p!j 


III 


CO U3 
to >\ 

G cd 


1— 1 
CQ 




*=•£: a 

CO w 

li.Sm 


o-J.cs 

■s s a 


Off}. c3 

*2 3 
co be 


0,-J. c3 

""2 3 

co bO 


CO bO 


52§ 

to bo 


°2S 

co bO 


m bO 


| a 


Q 


co 


Cd 


a.2i» 


a. SB 


"S.Scq 


a.Sbo 


a.SbS 


a.ScS 


j o 


CO 


a; 


O 


CO rt 


a 


O 


D 


O 


O 


a 


O 


o 


QJ 


C/2 


DO 


< 
P-, 


n a 
55P 


















'O 'S 


w 


Ph 

4 1 


























2 


°2 j 


















(N 

a 

CN*" 




Z° «> 


















CO 01 

a -1 


Ph 


S 
« 


,°..s S o 
Zoo aU 


















S* 


















CD 


P 
H 
< 
Z 

o 


a 12 

to 3 

*j cd 


2 co 2< 


s2 Si 


CO 

111 
P-i -*° 


III 


3 as 




Jag 


►2 Si 

P « 3 


•- Ci 
w S 


Q 
55 

<3 


^3 

CD 


5 ^ 
o 5 


5<og 


^Si 


Oi C8 


O i C3 

-^ co a 


•sSg 


o i ca 
-mco a 


O jl C3 

-t>c6 a 


o £ ca 
■"to a 


S t/5 -§ 
COX! .5 

^-^ is 




GO 

w 

O 
< 
Ph 


£ H.EP 
a — co 


5 3.£P 


5 o.SP 
a — co 


n a. S 
a'-co 


" 3 £P 
"a — cq 


3--CQ 


^ 3.SP 

a -- " co 


iS b.SP 
a — co 


M 

Ph 

o 

Ph 
Ph 
< 


'So 

G 
CO 

1 

CO 


n a 

c75P 


D 


O 


O 


Q 


O 


o 


O 


O 


. 5 O Of 

° r i ■" -3 
Z u w 






































Ph 
O 

Ph 




« co . ft 

ZuiaU 


^! 


^< 


o 


o 


IO 


vo 


to 


o 


"8 2 fe 


co 

Ph 

o 







oo 


00 


CM 


CM 


CM 




CM 


»o 




a 




















Is & 


Ph 


Ph 


00' 




















■SCO o 

M CO 


lJ 


W 
►J 

- 
Z 




















►4 
< 




00 


CM 


CM 


■>* 


"* 


CO 


00 


00 


"K 


■™ x '" 








2° w 


















■qoCN w 

So ^ 




•d | 1 


,_, 


■»* 


CM 


■* 


OO 


. 


■* 


S3 


co^, .23 




|2^§*» 




X 


X 


CM 

X 


CO 
X 


X 


■* 


CM 

X 


J«6 O 




e 4< S > 1 


© 


CM 


^ 


C3» 


U5 


o 


CM 


CO 


^2 .3 
iiil 

s 8 a 

^ CO l-l 




w 8 s 


eo 


CO 


»^ 


lr ^ 


CM 


CO 


CO 


CM 




u. u 






















« 


s 






^ 


^ 






W 


"* 


i-H 


(N 


CM 


>0 


CO 


S 

•* 

X 




Untrimm 

Sizes 

That 

Approxim 

9x12 


X 
« 


X 




K 




X 


rH 


ca 




t^ 


CO 


oo 


C3S 


OS 


o 


fH 


w 


















IH 









45] 



Practical Sizes 

for 

Letterheads, Documents and Office or Factory Forms 


The following sizes cut without waste from three standard sheet sizes 
of Bonds, Linens, Ledgers and Writings. They include sizes for all 
essential uses. 


GROUP SIZES 


Printed piece 
sizes which ap- 
proximate gen- 
eral sizes. 


Standard Sheets 
from which sizes 
cut without 
waste. 


Number of 
untrimmed 
cuts to sheet. 


Number of 
sheets to 
thousand 
copies. 


3 x4M 


2^x5^ 
3^x4M 
3 x4M 


17x22 
17x28 
19x24 


32 
32 
32 


32 
32 
32 


3Mx8H 


2^x8H 
33^x8^ 
4 x83^ 


17x22 
17x28 
17x28 


16 
16 
14 


63 
63 

72 


4 x6& 


4^x5^ 
4Mx7 
4 x6& 


17x22 
17x28 
19x24 


16 
16 
18 


63 
63 
56 


5^x8^ 


5^x8J^ 

4^x7 

4Mx8 


17x22 

17x28 
19x24 


8 
16 
12 


125 
63 
82 


6 x9K 


6 x9}4 


19x24 


8 


125 


8^x7 


8^x7 


17x28 


8 


125 


83^x11 


8^x11 


17x22 


4 


250 


8^x14 


8^x14 


17x28 


4 


250 


9^x12 


9^x12 


19x24 


4 


250 



46 



Standard Sheet Sizes 



STANDARD Sheet Sizes are those in which the standard 
grades of paper are stocked. 
These sizes were demanded by seven associations of buyers 
and users of printing controlling the use of over 3500,000,000 
worth of paper annually and developed on the recommendation 
of the Committee on the Simplification of Paper, appointed by 
the Bureau of Standards, Department of Commerce. The survey 
conducted by this committee shows that with only a slight 
change of from Yi' to %" in the dimensions, practically all 
present-day printing, publishing and advertising pieces can be 
cut without waste from Standard Sheet Sizes. Because of this 
fact Standard Sheet Sizes are the sizes that printers should stock. 
In addition: Sheet Siz 

Standard Sheet Sizes fit most closely the mechanical equip- 
ment of the printer. %± p m 

Standard Sheet Sizes eliminate waste in production at m\$l 

the paper mill. ^ 

Buyers of printing will aid in the elimination of waste and Papers 

reduce the cost of paper if they will confine themselves to popular rmj-j,. 

printed piece sizes (see pages 24 to 46) which cut without waste Formatim 

from the standard sheet sizes. 

To aid the user of paper to find easily and without waste of Impress 

time all the kinds and grades made in each standard sheet size, 
a chart has been compiled, as shown on pages 48 and 49 of this p 

Handbook. The foundation of this chart is the Eagle-A Line p-i™ 

of Quality-Standard Papers. 



% 

H 



47 



Standard Sheet Sizes in Which Each Grade Is Stocked 

From the sizes in parentheses are cut without waste the majority of the present-day page sizes used by printers, advertisers and publishers 


KEY 

W — indicates size to 
left is made in white only 
in grade listed directly 
above. 

C — indicates size to 
left is made in colors only 
in grade listed directly 
above. 


X 
CM 


T5 

X 


CD 


CM 

M 

CD 


CN 

CO 


CM 
CM 

1-1 


CO 
CM 

X 


00 
CM 

X 


CO 
(M 

X 

00 


CM 

X 


10 

CM 
X 

05 


00 
CM 
X 


CO 
CM 
X 

05 


CO 
CM 

X 

o 

CM 


00 
CM 

X 

o 

CM 


CM 
X 

o 

CM 


CM 

CO 
X 

CM 


CO 
CO 
X 

I-I 
CM 


CO 
X 

CM 


00 
CM 

X 

CM 
CM 


I §■ 


«naa 


■ 


« 




« 


























ssajjas,-! 


J 




& 




is 


^ 


r« 




























•cTbj miioMsuaBj; 


































pq 






•deg uo^Suujoq 


































PQ 






•d-ej pi9gjaq.s9i{3 


























1 






03 






ABosig 




















1 




1 






pq 






uspjy 




































is 






in 

ffl 


pjBQ ISOJ UBDU3UIV 








































is 


gdo^j UB0U9UXV 


1 1 












1 




















X9pUJ U9UBQ 


1 1 1 










1 








1 


pq 










X9pUT 993JOJ9qQ | 




















1 


pq 










xgpuT weiAvay 1 


1 


















1 


cq 










w 
u 
0) 

o 


pjBpUB^S 1 1 


1 


















o| 












9JEpj9AI-a | 
















«l 












XOpBJBg | 


1 


























3%-eid U9Ajy I 


1 
















1 1 












UB9[nOJ9JJ | 












1 






l«l 












9l3iy,P 9ppsfi I P3 




















pq 
















73 

w 
ttj 

o 


udsubfoiQ | 




































jg^sgqQ | | 




















1 












9q99g | 










1 




















uoiqjY_ 






































o 
o 

m 


qsiuig qsqSug treouguiy 






































JSpUSJEQ -dng UB0U9UTV | 


















1 












(pqs33g UBOugmy | 


















1 












SUOIJI'EJJ 3AUJV | 


















1 












japjo^ pBOJUB-g j 






1 1 




1 1 


1 


1 








Suij[jng U-B0U3UIV | 






1 1 




1 1 




1 










1X9 j, uoiqtv I 






















1 












*X9X 9Jiq s V a 9 1 1 1 






















1 












amjisA u , B0ij9urv j 














1 






1 












9I3?V,P 8PF»a l£ 


















r* 


















w 
M 

c 


silTK "iox -IH 1 




































siI'H jpniouojNj np\[ | 


1 !fs 




► 




51 


1 


1 












s^ld P*H>PO u'B^gjn'B^ j 






o 




Q 




o| 


o 


a 


1 












pg^uij, suos.ieg | 






Q 




o 




o| 






1 












silfiAt J3^S9qo PIO 










p: 














1 












03 

u 
O 
M 

CU 


^uoqdSfgj, 










m 




P3 




pq| 


Is 




1 












■BUOIO 


1 IES 




l« 




«lfe 


fes| 






ts| 


1* 








uoisug^xg 


1 l« 




l« 




pq|m 


«l 1 


1 1 


l«,l 






U9uiq ^unooay 


1 lisl 


^lt£ 


• 


W 1 










is 








uguiq jpi/asurug 


1 1*1 


pq 


pq 


Ml 












pq 








pjoog'g ^u9uniJ9Aon 






m 




r* 


pq 




CQ 


pq 


PQl 












pq 








a 

CD 

C 


I BA ?H 












!s 




























Bi^oog apmy 


1 






1 




















feraopQ 


1 1 1 1 isslfet 






1 




















uguig -a -n 


1 1 1 


Ifelfc 


























w 

C 
O 

pq 


guoqagpj. 


1 1 1 


|M| 


pq 




«l 




















UBUIJOfyJ 


1 1 1 


Iffll l« 






















90U , Bid900V 


1 1 1 


l« 




l«l 






pq|« 












UOJA9qQ 


1 1 1 1 


^ 




is 


m 






1 












^sodiiy 


1 1 1 1 


^ 




fc 


Ifcsl 


















lOEJ^UOQ 


1 1 1 I 


pq 




pq 


Irtl 


















UBISJ9J | 


pq 




is 




?l 1 


















UlBAi'ESV 


1 


is 








1 1 


















uodnoQ 










pq 




is 




M 1 






1 










— «* w fi m 2 W 

o»s ,H a6 fi 

.13 1 (u-w 53 
"IS «o 
.2-g" „,*«*!+* 

s«c-S -m-2.2^ 

« E o u pq^g-^d 


C5 
rH 

M 


0! 

t— 1 

CO 

1— 1 


as 
1-1 


CO 
CN 

X 

CO 


CM 

CD 
1-1 


CM 
CM 

M 


CO 
CM 

X 

t~ 


00 
CM 
X 


CO 
CM 

X 
00 


5 

CM 
X 
0) 


10 
CM 
X 


00 
CM 
X 

05 


CO 
CM 
X 

05 
l-H 


CO 
CM 
X 

o 

CM 


00 
CM 
X 

o 

CM 


■* 

CM 
X 

o 

CM 


CM 

CO 
X 

CM 


CO 
CO 
X 


CO 
X 

X 

1-1 
CM 


00 
CM 

X 

CM 
CM 



[48] 



5 

M 
K 

CN 


IN 

IN 

X 

S3 

<N 
CM 


00 
IN 
X 

$ 

IN 
IN 


CO 
X 

-\ 

<N 
(N 


■* 

CO 
X 

!R 

N 

CM 


CO 
CO 
X 

co 


CO 
CO 
X 

CO 
IN 


CD 
CO 
X 

IN 


So 

CO 
X 

■* 

IN 


IN 
X 

<* 

CN 


00 
CO 

X 

ifl 
IN 


o 

CO 
X 

10 

CN 


s 

IN 

X 
CD 
CM 


CO 
X 

CD 
CN 


O 
X 

CD 
CN 


5 

CO 
X 
00 
IN 


00 
CO 
X 

00 
IN 


CN 

Th 
X 
00 
CM 


rjl 
X 

00 
(N 


rH 
TC» 

X 

s 

o 

CO 


X 
CM 

CO 


CD 
X 

CO 
CO 


>* 

X 

CO 


CO 

■* 

X 

m 

CO 


00 
X 

CO 
CO 


o 

lO 

X 
00 
CO 


en 

lO 
X 

CO 
M 


HOW TO USE THE CHART 

If, for example, it has been decided to make the booklet 6" x 9", trim size, you Follow the row across and the grades directly above the shaded squares are made 
already know that this size cuts without waste from a 25" x 38" sheet. (See Chart in size 25" x 38". The chart shows that all the book papers (except Deckle 
on pages 40-41, "Form Sizes Which Cut Without Waste from Standard Sheet d'Aigle) and all the offset papers are made in this popular size. Any of these 
Sizes.") You then want to know all the papers that are made in 25" x 38" size. papers will cut without waste into size 6" x 9". The paper possessing proper char- 
Follow down the column of sizes at the left of the chart until you find the size in the acteristics necessary for the specific use can then be selected from the list. (See 
row which contains 25" x 38", one of the popular and most generally used sheet sizes. pages 14-15.) 


511 










1 






i 






1 1 


1 


i 


















1 








1 


1 1 


1 1 




















( 


IMM 


1 




1 


















1 II 1 












1 




1 






1 














MM 












1 




1 






















1 1 




















1 


























1 






















1 






6" 




















1 










6-| 












1 




o 






























1 




61 










M| 1 
















I 1 i 


i i 








| 




M| | 
















1 1 1 






05 


1 














pq 






















1 










1 


o 


































1 






[ 


pq 












1 


M| 1 




1 




1 1 






1 1 |M| 






1 


II II 




1 




1 






MM 










1 IIM| || 1 




1 






1 1 l«l 










II II M 




1 




















Mill 




1 1 1 




1 


















6 


1 1 1 M 


F 


1 I6l 




616 






1 161 


6 


II II 1 


61 1 161 


1 1616 






1 161 


6 




1 


61 1 16 




1 1616 










| | 


1 1 


6 










1 


6 


II* 






6 


6 










] | 


6| 1 


6 










1 


6" 


61 16 


6 




6 








~T 


1 1 16= 








1 


6161 1616 






6 






II II 


1 1 in 


1 






1 


m|m| |n| 






05 






1 II 1 


1 1 in 


1 






1 


1 1 II 


1 1 


1 




1 1 1 




1 1 |M| 






1 


|M| I 1 


1 1 








1 1 1 




I 1 16 


1 






1 


6I6I6I6I 


1 1 16 






1 1 




1 1 in 


1 






1 




1 1 


1 1 1 




1 1 




1 1 In 


1 




1 
















In 


1 




II II 
































II 1 II 




































MM! 












w 






1 1 






161 1 1 




I 


o| 






II |o| | 


I 




|0|Q| I 




II 1 1 


o| 








1 1 |o| 


1 


1 




£ 












1 1 




1 




1 1 1 








! 




05 












In| 




1 




IMI6I 








1 




m 


a 








161 1 


|M| 


1 


« 






1 


|M| IMM II 


1 |M| I || || 


1 II 1 


6 






1 


161 IW. 1 1 .1 


II6II II II 


1 1 


pq 






1 


|M| |rt| 


1 


|M| 






m 






1 




PQI 


PQ j 


1 






05 












6~ 




1 1 








1 


















£ 






1 


1 1 


1 1 1 


1 1 






6 






1 






1 1 


I 


611 1 II 1 








fe 














1 1 


1 


6_ 






















PQ 














M| 1 


1 






05 












6 






M| 1 


1 










1 


M| 1 






61 




Ml ! 


1 






|M| 1 






1 


M| | | 










61 1 


1 


1 


161 1 








61 
















£1 1 


1 


1 


161 1 










61 






1 1 








Ml 


1 1 1 


|M| 1 










MM 












m 


1 


1 






161 1 


1 




161 










MM 


6 














1 1 1 


1 




1 1 








1 


MM 


05 














61 










6 














MM 


3 

M 
X 
(M 
CN 


<n 

CM 
X 

N 
N 


90 
CM 

X 
CN 


co 
X 

IN 


■tf 
M 
X 

CM 
CN 


co 
co 
X 

CO 
IN 


CO 

co 

X 
CO 


CO 
co 
X 

•* 
01 


CO 
CO 
X 


X 
N 


00 

co 

X 

W 

CM 


o 

CO 
X 

lO 

<N 


5> 
CM 

X 
CO 
0) 


M 

X 

CO 

CN 


o 

X 

CO 
0) 


5? 

co 
X 

ao 

CM 


00 
CO 
X 

CO 
CM 


CM 

X 

00 
CM 


<* 

X 

CO 
CN 


X 

o 

CO 


5 

X 

CM 

CO 


CD 
■* 
X 

CO 
CO 


X 

--H 
CO 


CO 

Tjl 

X 
10 

CO 


00 
X 

CO 
CO 


O 
55 

X 

00 

CO 


IQ 

X 

CO 
CO 



Weight 



Impress 



Postage 



V 



[49] 



Substance Weight 

THE CHOICE OF THE WEIGHT OF PAPER FOR 
ANY PRINTED PIECE 

THE substance weight of a paper is the weight of 500 stand- 
ardized sheets in accepted basis size, which, in the case of 
bonds, for example, is 17" x 22". These basis sizes vary for 
different kinds of paper as shown in the charts on pages 52, 53 
and 54. Since it is often necessary to find equivalent weights 
in different kinds of paper, such as the equivalent weight of a 
60 pound book in bonds, a chart is shown on page 54, which 
indicates that bonds on a basis of 17" x 22" — 20 pounds equal 
in weight the 60 pound book on basis 25" x 38". 

An effort is being made to standardize all substance weights 
to one basis size. This movement is described in detail on page 
303 of this Handbook. 

THE SELECTION OF THE PROPER SUBSTANCE WEIGHT 
FOR A PRINTED PIECE 

Before considering substance weight at all, it is best to deter- 
mine papers which will fit the use-requirement and method of 
impress (see pages 20-30, "How to Select the Right Paper"). 

When more than one kind of paper will fit the use-requirements 
of the printed piece, and the substance weight is a factor, the 
relative paper qualities of the different kinds must be taken into 
account. For example, if a booklet the impress requirements of 
which made it adaptable for both book and bond papers and the 
booklet would have to resist severe handling, strength would be 
an essential quality in the paper. In this case a higher grade 
bond would have much greater strength than a book paper, and 
therefore lighter weight could be used in bonds than in books, 
providing the translucency of the bond would not be a militating 
factor. 

When a definite grade has been selected and the substance- 
weight is to be determined, the following factors should be con- 
sidered: 

The Style of the Printed Piece 

Stitched signatures can be made of lighter weight paper than 
can unbound pieces. 

Books with a large number of pages, such as reference books, 
require lighter papers than those with a fewer number of pages. 

Mailing cards or folders sent through the mails without en- 
velopes should at least have the rigidity of an ordinary govern- 
ment post card or a letter of the same size. 

[50] 



Package inserts or envelope stuffers should be made of papers 
light enough not to crowd the contents or increase the mailing 
cost; at the same time they should not be too translucent to 
reduce the legibility of the message or the ease of handling. 

The Size of the Printed Piece 

Larger pieces generally require heavier papers than do smaller 
pieces. The ease of handling the page, the economy of produc- 
tion and the cost of mailing also have to be considered here. 

The Quality Appearance Required in the Printed Piece 

Heavier weight papers of any grade express greater quality 
than papers of lighter weight, but here again the style, the size, 
the economy of production and mailing cost must be considered. 

Extra Folding or Wearing Quality Required in the Printed Piece 
Heavier weights in any grade of paper have a greater resistance 
to tearing, exposure, abrasion, and rough usage. The folding 
strength also increases up to a certain point when cracking be- 
gins. This cracking may, in most cases, be overcome by scoring, 
but scoring also reduces the folding strength to some degree. 

The Economy of Production. 

Lighter weight papers obviously mean lower cost to the unit, 
but in no case should economy be the chief factor in reducing the 
weight of paper, The effectiveness of many printed pieces has 
been ruined by the use of paper too light. It is poor economy 
simply to reduce the initial cost, when the real cost is determined 
by the effectiveness of the piece. 

The Mailing Cost of the Printed Piece 

When the printed piece is to be mailed, the weight of the paper 
may seriously increase the cost, therefore must always be con- 
sidered. A slight difference in substance weight may cut the 
mailing cost in half. However, any reduction in weight must 
also be considered from the standpoint of the other factors that 
govern effectiveness, as referred to in preceding paragraphs. 

A Practical Plan to Follow 

The best method of ascertaining the proper substance weight 
for a printed piece, when the specification as to size is fixed and 
number of pages known, is to make up dummies in grade of 
paper decided upon in two or three weights. These dummies 
should be compared then from the point of view of all the use- 
requirements of the printed piece, and weighed for the mailing 
cost, if they are to be mailed, with or without envelopes, or with 
or without other enclosures. These must be considered. 

A chart showing the kinds and grades of paper made in any 
substance weight appears on pages 52-54. 

[51] 



Colored 
Papers 


Finish- 
Formation 


Impress 


Postage 
Rates 


invehipes 


4 j 





Substance Weights in which each Grade Is Stocked 

Letters in chart indicate sizes in which grade at left is stocked, in sub- 
stance weights given directly above. (For key to letters see first column). 



STANDARD 
SHEET 
SIZES 

(Key to letters 
at right.) 



A— 16 
B— 16 



x21 

x26 



C— 16 x42 
D— 17 x22 
E— 17 x26 



F— 17 

G— 18 
H— 19 
J— 19 



x28 
x23 
x24 

x28 



M— 21 
N-22 



0—22^ x 22^ 
P— 22^x34 
Q— 23 x 36 
R— 24 x38 
S— 24J^x24^ 
T— 28 x34 
U— 28 x38 
V— 34 x44 
W— 26 x 34 



K— 20 x 26 

L— 20 x 28 



x32 
x34 



Basis 17 x 22—500 Sheets to the Ream 



Bonds 



COUPON 



AGAWAM 



Substance Weights 



13 



D-F-H-N 
R-T 



16 



D-F-H-N 
R-T 



PERSIAN 



CONTRACT 



AIRPOST 



CHEVRON 



ACCEPTANCE 



NORMAN 



TELEPHONE 



D-N 



D-F-H-N 
R-T 



D-F-H-N 
R-T 



D-F-H 

N-R-T 



D-F-H 
N-R-T 



D-N-V 



D-N 



D-F-H-N 
R-T 



D-F-H-N 
R-T 



D-N-R-T 
F-H 



D-F-H 
N-R-T 



D-F-H 
N-R-T 



D-F-H-N 
R-T-V 



D-F-H-N 
R-T-V 



20 



D-F-H-N 
R-T 



D-N 



D-F-H-N 
R-T 



D-F-H-N 
R-T 



D-N-R-T 
F-H 



D-F-H 
N-R-T 



D-F-H-K 
L-N-R-T 



D-F-H-N 
R-T-V 



D-F-H-N 
R-T-V 



24 



D-F-H-N 
R-T 



D-N 



D-F-H-T 



D-N 



D-N 



D-N 



D-N 



D-N-V 



D-N-V 



Linens 



U. S. LINEN 



COLONIAL 



AULDE SCOTIA 



RIVAL 



Substance Weights 



D-E-N-W 



D-E-N-W 



11 



D-E-N-W 



D-E-N-W 



13 



D-E-N-W 



D-N-E-W 



D-N 



D-N 



16 



D-E-N-W 



D-E-N-W 



D-N 



D-N 



20 



D-E-N-W 



D-E-N-W 



D-N 



24 



D-N 



D-N 



D-N 



D-N 



Ledgers 



GOVERNMENT 



BRUNSWICK 



ACCOUNT 



EXTENSION 



GLORIA 



TELEPHONE 



Substance Weights 



24 



D-F-H 
N-R-T 



D-F-H 

N-R-T 



D-F-H 
N-R-T 



D-F-H-L 
P-R-T 



A-D-F-G-H-M 
N-0-Q-R-S-T 



D-F-H-J 
N-R-T-U 



28 



A-D-F-H 

M-N-R-T 



A-D-F-H 

M-N-R-T 



A-D-F-H 

M-N-R-T 



D-F-H-P 
R-T 



D-F-H-N 
0-R-S-T 



32 



A-C-F-G 
H-M-Q-R-T 



A-C-F-G-H 
M-0-Q-R-T 



A-C-F-G-H 
M-Q-R-T 



A-F-G-H 
M-G-Q-R-T 



F-H-M 
O-R-T 



36 



H-R 



H-R-T 



H-R 



G-H-L 
Q-R 



Writings 



OLD CHESTER 
MILLS 



PARSONS 
TINTED 



WAUREGAN 
COLORED FLATS 



MT. NONOTUCK 
MILLS 



MT. TOM MILLS 



Substance Weights 



16 



D-F-H 
N-R-T 



D-F-N 



20 



D-N 



D-F-H-N-R 



D-F-H 

N-R-T 



D-F-N 



24 



D-N 



D-N-T 



D-F-H-N 
R-T-U-J 



D-F-H 
N-R-T 



28 



D-F-H 
N-R-T 



Mimeographs 

PEERLESS 
DELTA 



Substance Weights 


16 


20 


D-F-N 


B-D-E-F-N 


D-F-N 


D-F-N 



[52 



Basis 21 Y?, x 33—500 Sheets to the Ream 


STANDARD 
SHEET 
SIZES 


Weddings 


Substance Weights 


53 


60 H 


76 


2-53s 


3-53s 


2-60 y 2 3-60^ 


A— 21^x33 


ARDEN 




A 


A 






A 


A 


BISCAY 


A 


A 


A 






A 


A 


CHESTERFIELD 
PAPETERIE 




A 








A 


A 


DORRINGTON 
PAPETERIE 


A 


A 




A 


A 


A 


A 


FARNSWORTH 
PAPETERIE 


A 


A 




A 


A 


A 


A 


Basis 25 x 38 — 500 Sheets to the Ream 


STANDARD 
SHEET 
SIZES 


Books 


Substance Weights 


19 


40 


45 


50 


60 


70 


80 


100 


A— 12J^xl9 
B— 19 x25 
C— 24 x36 
D— 25 x38 
E— 28 x42 
F— 28 x44 
G-30^ x 41 
H— 32 x44 
J— 33 x46 
K— 36 x 48 
L— 38 x 50 
M— 38 x59 


DECKLE 
D'AIGLE 














B 


B 


AMERICAN 
VELLUM 










D 




D 


D 


BERKSHIRE 
TEXT 










D 




D 




ALBION 
TEXT 










D 




D 




AMERICAN 
BULKING 








D-E-F 
G-H-L 


D-E-F 
G-H-L 


D-E-F 
G-H-L 


D-L 




RAILROAD 
FOLDER 










D-F 








ARRIVE 

HALFTONE 








D 


D 


D 


D 




AMERICAN 
EGGSHELL 








D-E-F 
H-L 


D-E-F 
H-L 


D-E-F 
H-L 


D-L 




AMERICAN 
SUPER CAL. 




D-E 
H-L 




D-E-F 
H-J-L 


D-E-F 
H-J-L 


D-E 
H-L 


D-H-I 




AMERICAN 
ENG. FINISH 




C-D-E-F 
H-J-K-L 


C-D-E 

F-H-J 

K-L 


C-D-E-F 
H-J-K-L 


C-D-E-F 
H-J-K-L 


D-H-L 


D 




Basis 25 x 38 — 500 Sheets to the Ream - 


STANDARD 
SHEET 
SIZES 


Offsets 


Substance Weights 


50 


60 


70 


80 


100 


120 


A— 215^x34^ 
B— 22J^x34M 
C— 25 x 38 
D— 28 x 42 
E— 32 x 44 
F— 36 x 48 
G— 38 x 50 


ALBION 






C-D-E 


C-D-E 
F-G 


C-D-E 
F-G 


C-D-E 


C 


F-G 


BEEBE 


B-C 

E-F-G 


B-C-D 

E-F 


C-D-E 
F-G 


C-D-E 
G 


C-D 


C 


CHESTER 


B-C 

D-E-F 


B-C-D 
E-F-G 


C-D-E 
F-G 


C-D-E 


C 


C 




DICKINSON 




C-D-E 
F-G 


C-D-E 
F-G 


C-D-E 
F-G 


C-D-E 


C 



53 



Basis 253^x303^—500 Sheets to the Ream 


STANDARD 
SHEET 
SIZES 


Bristols 


Substance Weights , 


110 


140 


170 


220 


A— 20^x24% 
B— 22 x28 
C— 22^x28^ 
D— 25y 2 x.30y 2 
E— 28 x44 


AGAWAM INDEX 


A-C-D 


A-C-D 


A-C-D 


A-C-D 


CHEROKEE 
INDEX 


A-D 


A-D 


A-D 


A-D 


DARIEN INDEX 


A-C-D 


A-D 


A-D 




Basis 223^x283^ 




100 


105 


110 


200 


AMERICAN 
POST CARD 




B-C-E 






AMERICAN 

ROPE BRISTOL 






C 




Basis 20 x 26—500 Sheets to the Ream 


STANDARD 
SHEET 
SIZES 


Covers 


Substance Weights 


25 


35 


45 


50 


65 


80 


100 


130 


A— 20 x 26 
B— 23 x33 
C— 26 x40 


HERCULEAN 










A-B 




A-B 




ARVEN 














C 


C 


PARADOX 








A-B 


A-B 


A-B 




A-B 


STANDARD 


A 




A-B 




A-B 










RIVERDALE 








A-B-C 


A-B-C 


A-B-C 






Basis— 19 Mx 26 = 


A— 13 xl9% 
B— 19^x26 


DECKLE 
D'AIGLE 


Substance Weights 


64 




A-B 


Equivalent Substance Weights 

Numerals in italics indicate standard substance weights; other numerals, 
in same row, reading across, show approximate equivalent weights in the 
various basis sizes. 


17x22 
Bonds, etc. 


20x26 
Covers 


21^x33 
Weddings 
Papeteries 


25^ x 30^ 
Index Bristols 


25x38 
Books 
Offsets 


7.4 
13 
16 
17.7 
18.0 
20 
24 
25.2 
28 
31.5 
32.5 
32.4 
36 
40 
47.0 
52.9 
55.9 
63.3 
67.3 
71.9 
81.7 
83.8 
93.6 
94.9 
105.8 


10.4 
18.1 
22.2 
24.6 
25 
27.8 
32.8 
35 

38.3 
43.8 
44.7 
45 

50. 
54.7 
65 

73.5 

77.7 

87.9 

93.6 

700 

113.7 

116.5 

130 

131.9 

147.1 


14.2 

24.7 

30.4 

33.6 

34.1 

37.9 

44.8 

47.8 

53 

59.7 

60.5 

61.5 

68.3 

76 

89.6 

100.3 

106 

121 

127.7 

136.4 

155.1 

159 

177.3 

181.5 

200.4 


15.6 
27.0 
33.3 
36.8 
37.4 
41.6 
49.1 
52.3 
57.3 
65.5 
66.8 
67.3 
74.9 
81.8 
98.2 

110 

116.2 

131.6 

140 

149.6 

170 

174.29 

194.4 

197.3 

220 


19.0 

33.0 

40.6 

45 

45.5 

50 

60 

63.9 

70 

80 

81.67 

82.2 

91.4 
100 
120 
134.4 
141.9 
160.7 
171.0 
182.7 
207.7 
212.89 
237.5 
241.0 
268.7 



54 



Colored Papers 



Colored papers have been developed: 

To meet desired color effects in design. 

To provide against the soiling qualities of a white paper. 

To simplify filing and office systems. 

All necessary colors have been provided in each grade ac- 
cording to the use-requirements for which it has been particu- 
larly developed. Thus, the selection of color can follow the 
selection of the kind and grade of paper. (See pages 8-23, 
"How to Select the Right Paper.") 

It is sometimes necessary to find two kinds of paper that match 
approximately in color, or papers that are made in a wide range 
of colors. A chart has been compiled (see pages 56 and 57) 
showing all the kinds and grades made in any given color and the 
grades made in a range of colors.' 

By using the chart, it is possible to ascertain (1) all Quality- Colored 

Standard Papers of the same class made in a given color (for ex- Papers 

ample, bonds made in blue); (2) all papers of different classes n-jd. 

made in a specified color (for example, all bond papers and all forma 
cover papers made in yellow). 

Thus, for instance, it is easy to locate a range of bond papers 
of different grades and prices obtainable in an indicated color 
and at the same time determine all grades of cover papers that 
harmonize in color with each bond paper. This makes it easy K ' 

to select for a booklet, cover and inside pages of approximately 
the same shades. fl\ 

M 



[55 



<u 

u 

o 

c/3 

c» 
t— I 

<D 

o 

u 

U 

.2 

1-4 

o 

f— 1 

o 
O 

cs 

C 

4-1 

CO 


KEY TO CHART 

S indicates color to 
left is stocked in paper 
listed directly above. 

Blank space indi- 
cates color to left is not 
stocked in grade listed 
directly above. 

BLACK, NUBIAN 
BLUE 


< 


s 

g 

s 

3 

< 


H 
M 

<; 
Pi 

o 

w 
pq 


w 

m 

W 
Q 

O 


w 
p 

pq 

<l 
i — i 
PQ 

P 

O 

o 


P 

PQ 

M 
Pi 
< 


pq 

M 

O 


p 

pq 
W 
P^ 


2 

O 

m 


O 
pj 

pq 

>< 

Pi 
< 


< 


< 
P 


< 


« 

CO 
CO 

p 


P 

pq 


fa 
& 

pq 

< 

O 

O 
O 


a 
j 
o 
o 


< 

Q 
S 


< 
fa 


Pi 

O 


> 

$ 


fa 

H 

Z 
«j 

Pi 
O 

2 

pq 
fa 


>< 
<u 

pi 
o 

Eh 

K 
O 

J 




Bipa 


|eo| 




1 
















1 


ml 












ssajjaaj 


.1 






























1 










1 




M 
S 

IE. 


■d^j q^iOAisujB^ 


CO 




























ml 








mi 




•dB(J UO^UIilOQ 


en 




























m| | 








CO 






•dBj ppgaajsaqo 


CO 


























co| | 








CO 


1 


ABOsig | 


w 
























co| | 








CO 


1 


uapay | 






















1 


1 1 














O 

•a 
m 


9dcy ireouguiy | 


CO 












00 


|co 










CO 


1 1 




CO 










pxe3 ^SOJ UB0U3UIV | 
























1 1 






CO 








XSpUJ U3U-BQ 


co 




















1 


col 














X9pUJ 993fOJ9qQ 


co 
























co 
















xspuj uibmbSv 


CO 






















CO 




CO 
















B9 


grepiaArg 


CO 




CO 












CO | 






CO 








CO 














pjepuB^s 


|co 




CO 










co| 






CO 




CO 




CO 














XOpBJBJ 


lco 














|co| 








CO 




CO 








CO 




9JBI,J U9AJV 
























1 




CO 












ireainojajj &< 


3 






CO 


CO 






1 |co 




CO 




1 


CO 
















aiStvip app^CI 


























1 












CO 






to 

CD 
(/) 
fcl 

o 


uostrtjpiQ 


























1 
















jaisaqo 
























1 
















gqggg 
























1 
















uoiqry 
























1 
















O 

o 

pa 


^l^FV.P 3 I J I 03 a 


CO 














|co| 








1 










CO 






•uij - 8ug uBouguiy 
























1 
















•[■bq jgdns ireougmy 
























1 








CO 








IpqsSSg UB0U9UIV 
























1 




CO 












3ul3jni£ UB0U9UIV 
























1 
















9U01JIBJJ 9AIJjy 
























1 




CO 


1 








japioj pbojiib-ji 
















co| | 








1 




CO 












1X9X uoiqjv 
























1 






CO 












1X9 X 9JiqS5[I9a 
































CO 






CO 






uzn ll 3 A ireouaury 


































CO 






CO 






u 


■pa uiox ■ipv 














































•JM jpniouoj^ -j^ 










































- d "0 uB39jnBAi | 


■CO 












1 


1 






CO 










1 










pg^uij, suosjbj | 


CO 


|co 








CO 


i 


1 






CO 








1 1 










sinH Js;s9qo PIO 1 


































1 










xn 
u 

u 


auoqdapx | 




























CO 




1 










BUOJO | | 
























CO 


1 1 










uoisug^xg | |co 








1 


1 


1 










CO 


1 1 


1 






uauiq ^unoooy 


i 








1 


















1 


1 






uauiq jpiMsurug 


|co 








1 














CO 




1 


1 






").U3Urai3A0f) 


jco 


























CO 








1 








IBAfH 


1 


































CO 








Bi^oog gppy 


1 








1 
















1 


CO 






\muo\OQ 


1 








I 












1 


1 


1 






•s-n 


1 








1 














! ' ' 




CO 








01 

tj 

a 
o 

PQ 


auoqdgpx 


jco 






















M 1 












treuuo^ 


jco 








1 














|co 




1 










90UBfjd900V 


|co 








1 












|co|co 




1 










U0JA9qQ 


1 








1 














1 


1 










isodjry ( 








1 
















1 1 


1 










lO-BJiUOQ | jcO 










[ | 








|co 








1 1 


1 1 




CO 


I 1 


irBTSJ9(I 














CO 
















col 1 


1 1 










UTBA\e3y 






























1 




1 1 










uodnoQ 




CO 


















CO 








CO 






1 1 








CO 


S 5 s9 lis 

P JS.S o a'H^ 

O § CS « J) 

fa c«B S^Su 

w co*> & m° o 
•si 8.S-S 


<5 

< 

22 a 


w 

SI 

< 


< 


w 

£ 

C 

W 
P 

pq 


P 

pq 

t- 
w 

Q 

O 


P 

pq 
< 

P 

o 
o 


W 
P 

pq 

M 

Pi 

P 


P 

pq 

H 

P 
C 

2 


p 

J 

pq 
W 
pi 


o 
p^ 

pq 


o 

pi 

pq 

Pi 
< 


H 

Ph 

< 


< 

< 
> 
< 

E 


< 

Ph 


B 

GO 
CO 
P 

Pi 


p 


fa 
fa 
P 
pq 

< 

O 
O 

o 


Q 

O 

c 


< 

3 
g 


< 
fa 


< 
fa 

Pi 

o 


> 


fa 

s 

o 

jj 

2 
pp 


pi 
O 
Eh 
W 

a 

13 



56 



$ 

o 

Q 
Pi 

O 
B 

o 


< 
b 


o 

J 

B 
b 

CO 


b 

H 

y 

3 

o 


S3 

B 

O 


b 
B 
Pi 

o 

w 

B 
B 

< 


2: 

b 
b 
Pi 

o 

M 
Pi 
< 

a 


2 

B 
B 

Pi 
O 

y 

< 

B 


y 

b 
b 
Pi 
o 

H 

X 

o 

1 — I 

1-5 


y 

b 
b 
Pi 
o 

B 

§ 


S3 

B 

s 

Pi 

o 

B 

> 

o 


B 

S3 

< 

B 

o 


M 

o 

o 
Pi 
s 

«U 

CO 


B 

O 
z 

o 


y 
2 

<<3 

Q 
S5 

< 


o 

B 

s 


B 

Ph 
Pi 
P 


Pi 

B 



y 

< 


< 

B 


B 

O 
> 




s 


Pi 
Pi 

B 

o 


M 

M 

Ph 


2 

s 

Ph 

o 

Ph 


B 

CO 

O 
Pi 


y 

o 

< 

00 


B 

Pi 
< 
o 

CO 


B 

GO 

o 
Pi 

B 

tn 

00 


X 

CO 

B 
P 

pq 

B 


B 
< 
Pi 
P 

H 

< 
2 


o 

B 
B 

B 


Pi 
B 
PQ 

< 


Pi 
< 

< 


B 
O 
Pi 

!3 

B 
Q 

B 
O 

a 


B 

1— 1 

Pi 
B 
P 
O 
Pi 
< 


B 

GO 
O 

Pi 

1— 1 

Pi 

Ph 


< 
Pi 

B 

CO 


































1 






i 


CO 












co 


























































i 














CO 


























CO 


























ml 




i 


CO 












CO 


























CO 


1 


1 






1 




|G0 




GO 












col 




















1 


CO 


I 






1 1 1 


1 


i 




|co 


1 |0Q 












co| 




















1 


CO 








1 1 1 


1 


1 


00 


1 


1 |«a 






1 




co| 




















1 












1 ' 1 




1 














1 




GO 






















wj 


CO 






CO 








fco 








oo|oo 




1 


|oo 








GO 
















1 




1 






1 1 1 


1 






1 


1 1 1 1 


I 
















1 






1 












1 1 1 1 1 






1 1 


1 1 II 


W| 




co| 


1 








1 






1 


CO 








1 1 






1 1 


laol 


col 




GO | 










1 






f 


CO 










1 


1 1 








1 












col 




coj 






GO 














co| 


CO 








1 


1 1 








1 




CO 












|co 




















co| 




co| 






1 1 




1 


Icol 1 




GO 






1 


GO 














1 


CO 


1 








1 1 1 l 








1 




1 








|oo 


1 














co|co| 


co 


1 






1 1 1 1 








1 




1 








jco 


1 












CO 








! 1 






CO 




'on i 














cn| | 






|co 






















go 
































1 










GO 


























1 






























| 










GO 


























1 


































|co 










1 










1 












I 




















jco 












1 




























1 1 
























GO 










































1 1 


























GO 
























! 












1 1 
















1 




|co| 






















i 










1 1 




















1 1 










1 












1 










1 1 




















00 


1 










1 












1 










1 1 










1 












CO 


1 










1 












1 










1 1 










1 1 1 










leal 




1 








CO 




col 


|oo 








1 1 










1 1 1 


CO 






|co| | 


CO 


i 




GO 












1 












1 1 




















|co| | 






















1 




1 








1 1 




















l«J| 1 










- 




■ 






1 












] 1 






















GO 
















1 






1 












1 1 
























GO 


















1 






1 












1 1 


















1 


Ico 


















CO 


i 








GO 




1 |«a 






CO 




|co 










CO 








GO 




r o 










1 




|m 












1 |<a 










jco 


CO j 














GO 


GO 






1 






1 




1 












1 1 






















CO 






















1 




1 


































oTi 






















1 




1 












1 1 






















col 


















1 




1 










1 1 






















CO 




















1 




1 








1 


1 1 












1 










GO 




















1 




1 


1 1 




1 














1 












GO 


1 1 






















1 






































00 


























1 






























































1 








1 














1 














1 1 


















1 1 




' \ 


























GO 


1 1 
















| 






















J 






















1 I 
















1 


CO 












| 








| 










coj 












col ! 


00 


GO 












1 














w| 


















co| 




GO 








col 1 


oo|oo 












1 










co| 




1 


1 
















co| 












col 1 


oo|oo 












1 














1 


1 


























GO 


1 1 














i 














1 










1 1 














00 


1 1 
































1 


1 


1 




1 1 


CO 


CO | 




GO 






co| 




GO 




GO 












CO 












1 1 1 


1 




1 1 














00 


1 1 1 




























1 1 


1 


1 


1 














CO 






























col 


















co| 




























3 
n 

pi 

o 
B 
X 

o 


pi 
< 

Ph 


fen 

$ 

c 

B 

B 

cc 


B 

< 

B 
C 


y 

B 

B 

o 


S3 
B 

b 

Bj 


a, 
a, 
«Ji 


y 

B 

s 

o 
w 

< 

Q 


b 
B 
Pi 

o 
y 

< 
B 


y. 

B 
B 

3 

c 

b 
B 

o 

3 


S3 

B 
B 

Pi 

O 

B 


y 

B 

3 

o 

B 

> 

o 


B 

y 

13 

< 

Ph 

o 


M 

O 
Pi 

< 

K 

CO 


s 

C3 

y 

t 




y 

2 
< 

Q 

y 

< 


y 
o 

B 
3 


B 

ft 
Pl 
P 

Ph 


Pi 

B 

Q 

y 

B 

> 
< 
b 


< 
B 

13 


B 

b 

B 

o 

> 


Q 

a 
Pi 


> 
ci 
Pi 
b 
X 
O 


M 

y 

s 


y 

< 

a 

Ph 

a 

o 

Ph 


B 

CO' 

O 

Pi 


y 

o 

B 

< 

CO 


K 

Pi 
< 
O 
CO 


B 

GO 



Pi 

B 

a 

CO 


X 

CO 

B 
P 

pq 
B* 

X 
5 


B 

p 

< 

y 


O 
B 
►J 


Pi 
B 
PQ 

< 


Pi 

< 
o 


Q 
O 
K 

B 
B 
B 
O 
O 


B 

2 
B 
P 
C 
Pi 
< 


B 

GO 

C 
Pi 

S 

2 

Ph 


is 

B 

GO 



Impress 



Bulking i 

Eaglet 
lim 

I 

6i 



57] 



Finishes and Formations 

TO DIFFERENTIATE between finish and formation an arbi- 
trary distinction has been made between characteristics given 
to the paper as it is forming on the wire of the paper machine 
and those brought about in subsequent operations. The former 
are known as "formations" and the latter are termed "finishes." 

FORMATION 

There are three general formations of paper. These are 
termed "well closed," "wild" and "very wild." Their differences 
can be seen by holding sheets of paper to the light and looking 
through them. For this reason the formation is sometimes 
called the "look-through." 

A well-closed paper has uniform translucency, a wild paper 
shows a slightly cloudy or mottled appearance, a very wild paper 
a decidedly mottled or cloudy appearance. For example: Govern- 
ment Record Ledger is well closed; American Vellum has a very 
wild or cloudy appearance when held to the light. These differ- 
ent formations are obtained by different methods of processing. 

There is also what might be termed a secondary formation. 
This is spoken of as wove or laid. It is determined by the dandy 
roll of the paper machine. (See pages 340.) 

Deckled edges and watermarks in accordance with the definition 
given above are formations, while a rubber stamp mark may 
be considered as a finish since the mark is impressed in the already 
formed sheet. (See pages 337-341 "How Paper Is Made.") 

FINISHES 

All papers were originally made without distinctive finishes 
and for that reason papers with a lack of finish are called "an- 
tique" or said to have an antique finish. As different printing 
processes came into use the antique finishes had to be smoothed 
out. This smoothing process is done by subjecting the paper to 
great pressure between steel plates or calender rolls. These 
plates are sometimes processed to imitate fabrics and leather. 
In this way imitation cloth or leather papers are made. 

The finish of the paper chiefly determines its adaptability to the 
various forms of impress. The formation need not be considered in 
this relation, with two exceptions — papers having a wild formation 
and laid papers are not adaptable to fine screen half-tone printing. 

SIMPLE METHOD OF FINDING THE GRADE MADE IN EACH 
FINISH AND FORMATION 

In order to aid the user of paper to locate quickly all the grades 
made in each finish and formation, a chart has been compiled. 
(See page 59.) 

[58] 



-a 

HJ 

u 
o 

4-1 

CO 

CO 

*-< 

-a 

a 

u 

w 

•!-H 

c 

CM 

o 

• l-H 
4-1 

a 

in 

O 

-a 
a 

tf 

CO 

CJ 

-a 

co 

'a 


if 


■ewa 


CO 

CJ 

o 

4-> 

d 

s 

o 


1 1-51 


-CJ 
CO 

r T 


i 














ssspsaj 




a 




pq 






























- ^ 
.* 


q^jo.usmej 






a 






















pq 






pq 




uo^Suijjoq 


1 1 l« 










1 |« 


















|M 


pjayja^saqQ 


1 1 l« 






1 


1 |M 


















|M 


Atsosiq 


in 






1 


l«l 
















|M 


uapjy 






&: 














ei 


















P 


ug 


HP 

I/j 

U 

pq 


pjBQ ;soj uBouauiy 






^ 


















Pi 
















adcjj ueouaury 


lo 




1 1 


1 1 


o 


i i 








xapuj uaiJBQ 


1 1 l« 






1 1 1 II 


pq 


i i 


1 






xapuj aa^ojaqQ 




pq 








pq 








xapuj ureAiESy 






a 










1 1 1 


pq 




1 1 








Ih 

> 
o 
O 


pjBpuBq.g 






o 


a 








1 1 1 






1 1 


o 






aj^pjaAi-jj 




« 


m 








XOp-EJBJ 




pq 


pq 


1 1 1 l«l 1 1 1 |«l 1 1 1 




a^BTj uaAjy 


1 1 |M 




1 II |«| 1 II 1 1 




UBamajajj 


1 1 |« 


P3 


|m| l« 








ap3iy,p appaQ 


03 




pq|pq 


a 
































w 

O 


UOSUIjpiQ 






^ 
















Is 


















ja;saq3 


1 1 Ife 




1 1 1 






aqaag 


1 1 li& 




1* 








uoiqty 


Ifc 






l& 




1 1 1 






w 
^! 

o 
o 

pq 


rpqsSSg UBOuauiy 


|rt 






ml I 1 I 1 1 




1 1 1 






•m& 'Sug UBOuauiy 


1 1 |£ 




1 1 






q-ef) jadns uBouauiy 


1 1 l&= 




1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 l£ 






auo^jrejj aAijjy 


1 1 |« 




1 1 1 |M| 1 1 i 1 1 1 l« 






jappjj pBOJUB-H 


1 1 |m 


a 


1 1 1 inl in 






Suisrmg UBouauiy 


1 1 l£ 






N 1 1 Ml 1 1 1 1 






ixar, uoiqjy 


|P9|«|PQ 


pq 




1 1 1 1 |pq| 1 1 1 








;xaj, ajiqs^jaa: 


|PQ|«|« 


pq 




1 1 1 1 i«i 








mn ll 9 A uBouauiy 


|M| |M 


pq 




1 1 1 


1 


1 1 


pq 






a[3iy,p appan 


& 


Ifc 


fc 

S 


PS 












1 
















a 

'+3 
u 


■jfi uiox "IK 


















T 








fe 








•yi ^an;ouo^j -%yi 


1 1 I* 














1 




fe 








■£ "3 uvSamv^ 


|o|o 














1 


1 1 


O 








paq.uij v suosjBj 


1 lo| 














1 1 1 


o 








•TA[ Jaisaqo pjo 




l£ 


^ 


cs 














1 


Ifel 










o 


auoqdapx 






« 








Iffll 








1 


1 1 








BUOlf) 


1 1 |M 


1 1 1 l«l 


1 1 






uoisuajxjj 


1 1 |M 


i m mi i i ii 


1 1 1 




1 


uauiq ^unoaoy 


1 1 l£ 


i i i 


£1 1 1 1 1 


1 1 1 




1 


uauiq jjoiAisurug 


1 1 l« 


i i i 


Ml 1 1 1 1 


1 1 1 




1 


^uatuuaaAOQ 




S3 




1 i 




pq 


1 








1 1 1 




1 


CO 

d 
B 


IBAi-g 


1 1^ 




1 1 






1 






^ 


1 1 1 






■enoog apiny 


1 l£ 




i i i 


: 


1 1 1 




1 


p3IUOpQ 


I l£ 




1 1 1 lisi 


1 


1 


•s-n 




&: 




1 1 1 


bs 
























d 
O 

pq 


auoqdapj, 






pq 


1 1 1 










pq 
















u-buijo^ 




S3 


1 1 1 


1 1 








1 


aouBidaooy 


1 1 |M 


1 1 1 


1 1 |pq| l« 








1 


uojAaqQ 


l& 


IW 


1 1 1 


l£ 








1 


jsodjiy 




£ 




£1 1 


I 1 1 




&l 






1 


lOBJ^UOQ 






a 






1 1 |pq 




M| 








1 


UBISJBjJ 






pq 




1 


1« 




pq 










1 


UTBAVeSy 






* 




W 


^1 














fe 




uodno^ 








a 




P3 






g 








O 










fe 






KEY 

W — indicates that grade listed directly above 
the letter is stocked in White only in finish or 
formation shown at left. 

C — indicates that grade listed directly above the 
letter is stocked in colors only, in finish or formation 
shown at left. 

B — indicates that grade listed directly above the 
letter is stocked in both white and colors in finish 
or formation shown at left. 

Blank Space — indicates that grade listed directly 
above is not stocked in finish or formation shown 
at left. 


X 

s 

X 

H 


P 

« 

M 

■_ 
w 
C 


CO 

W 
P 

X 

cs 

H 

C 
P 

w 

o 
w 
p 


< 


> 

o 

r 


w 

P3 

g 

z 

<; 


P 

W 
iJ 
14 
O 

o 
o 


W 

X 

O 


w 


X 

o 


P 

w 

< 

o 


8 

H 
< 

o 

3 


2 

< 


3 


5 

o 
< 


3 
w 


a, 

5 


2 
< 

X 


2 
« 

J 
< 

O 

o 

a 

X 


c 
w 
p^ 
w 
Q 

< 
o 

H 

Oh 
P 

X 


p 

W 

< 

c 


5 
w 

a 

w 

< 
o 

s 

J 
> 


a 

w 

H 

< 

a. 
" 

P3 

J 
J 

> 



[59] 



Impress 



What Is Meant by "Impress" 

Impress designates the different hand and mechanical methods 
of applying to paper the reading matter, illustrations, decora- 
tions or rulings. 

Selecting Paper for a Definite Impress 

The finish of the paper largely determines its adaptability to 
any method of impress, but its quality of hardness or softness, 
whether it is laid or wove, its degree of expansion and contrac- 
tion under different atmospheric conditions, and its absorbency 
of ink, must also be taken into consideration. 

THE VARIOUS METHODS OF IMPRESS AND THE KINDS 
OF PAPER TO WHICH EACH IS BEST ADAPTED 

EAGLE-A PAPERS IN THE VARIOUS FORMS OF IMPRESS 

Letterpress Printing 

Eagle-A Papers have been developed for all methods of letterpress printing, 
which term as used in this Handbook represents printing in its general 
sense — from type, line cuts, wood cuts, tint blocks, Ben Day and half-tone 
engravings. 

Printing from Type, Line Cuts, Tint Blocks and Wood Cuts. All 
Eagle-A Papers are suitable to each of the above methods of impress, 
but it is generally considered that antique or rough surface papers give 
more legible and beautiful results. 

Printing from Fine Screen Half-tones. Super-calendered book papers 
have been essentially developed for this method of impress, yet ex- 
perienced printers are securing good results on many of the bonds and 
ledgers, although printing with fine screen half-tones on these papers 
requires special engravings and highly-developed skill in make-ready 
to produce acceptable results. Next to super-calendered book papers 
the satin-finished super-calendered writings are best adapted to fine 
screen half-tone printing. 

Printing from Coarse Screen Half-tones. Many of the smoother antique- 
surface covers, books and offsets, together with the bonds, linens, 
ledgers and writings, will take a coarse screen half-tone. The grades 
most particularly adapted to this method of impress are shown in the 
impress chart on pages 62 and 63. 

Printing from Ben Day Plates. Coarser papers can be used for Ben 
Day plates than for half-tones, and many of the papers that would not 
easily take fine screen half-tones will take successfully Ben Day plates 
of equally fine screen. 

From Color Plates. Any paper which will successfully print one color 
can be printed in two or more colors providing, as in the case of all 
Eagle-A Papers, it has been properly made so that it will resist, as much 
as possible, moisture conditions which cause shrinkage or increase the 
size of the sheet. 

From Steel Engravings or Copper Plates. Practically all Eagle-A 
Papers will take copper plate or steel engravings perfectly, but because 
of the high quality of this form of impress it is not advisable to use any 
but the highest grade of papers. 

Embossing and Die-Stamping 

The depth of the die in embossing and die-stamping determines the quality 
of the stock. All Eagle-A Papers can be used for these purposes, but where 
deep dies are used strong papers with soft finishes should be selected. An- 
tique papers, as a whole, give the best results. 

[60] 



Offset 

The offset papers of the Eagle-A Line have been primarily developed for this 
form of impress. However, many of the other papers can be used success- 
fully for this purpose. These are indicated in the chart on pages 62 and 63. 

Lithography 

Lithography usually requires a smoother finish than offset, but the finish 
necessary, of course, is determined by the fineness of the stipple, grain, or 
screen used on the stone. Those Eagle-A Papers which have been prepared 
to prevent shrinkage or expansion are adaptable for this form of impress. 
They are indicated in the chart on pages 62-63. 

Rotogravure 

This method of impress does not require a surface paper so highly calendered 
as for fine screen half-tones, to get equal results. Bonds, linens, ledgers, 
writings and the calendered books, offsets and covers can be used for roto- 
gravure. 

Multigraphing 

All Eagle-A Papers, with the exception of covers, are suitable for multi- 
graphing purposes, although the unglazed finishes are preferable due to their 
quick drying quality which this class of impress usually demands. 

Machine Ruling 

All Eagle-A Papers can be machine ruled, but the uses of this form of impress 
usually confine the selection to bonds, ledgers, linens and writings. 

Mimeographing 

Only the Eagle-A mimeographs, which are highly absorbent, are specially 
recommended for mimeographing, though other Eagle-A Papers can be used 
when quick drying is not demanded. 

Pen Writing 

Papers such as bonds, linens, ledgers and writings are especially adaptable 
to pen writing. Their hard, smooth surface does not allow the ink to spread, 
while at the same time these papers absorb just enough to allow the ink to 
dry fairly rapidly. D 

Di 

A Quick Way of Finding Papers Suitable to Each Method of 
Impress 

In order to enable the user of paper to find all the papers 
suitable to each method of impress, a chart has been compiled 
(see pages 62 and 63), which shows all the grades suitable for (U 

each of the various methods of impress. 

The foundation of this chart is the Eagle-A Line of Quality- 
Standard Papers in which kinds and grades have been developed 
to meet practically all the usual forms of impress. 



61 



*-• 

Oh 

<d 

CO 

H- 1 

<D 

o 

W 

o 

• «-H 

o 

CO 

CO 

<U 

u 

Oh 

a 

1— 1 

O 

-a 

o 

4-1 
V 


o H* 

CD .S 

.a s 

ft^ 

On w 

c3 - rt 

!>, *-• 
g 0) 

*7S ft 
tfl ft 

g g 

0) 0) 

.a ,G 

c o 
A '■§ 

^ w 

fe 0) 

.9 5 

ft a 

rG > 

to 
o u 

-§ ? 

_ o 
iu a> 

cd O 
_o "^ 

V, *& 
G <u 
"- 1 +^ 

w ft 

8| 

ft ^ 

e >. 
*s M 

"S u 

"8 a. 

(U 1/) 

H 6 


Is 1 


T4is a | 


<3 


1 1 


SSSUSSJ | 


< 


1 


1 




(U9Uiq) q^JOMSUJB^ | 


< 


1 


1 


(unqpA '1^0) qiJOMsnjBj | 


< 


< 


< 


1 


(preq) uo^Suijjoq | 


< 










(umnaA pa^td) uo;3utjjoq | 


< 


< 


< 






1 W 


(umipA pa^Id) ABOsig 


< 


< 


< 






(uA\eq) Abosiq ] 


< 


CO I 




(rannaA a^g) uapjy 


< 


< 


< 1 




(uAvsq) uspjy 


< 


CO 


1 




O 

ffl 


sdo^ uBousuiy 


< 


<; 


< 1 




pjEQ }S0g UBOUOUiy 


'< 


<: 


co I 




XapUJ U3UBQ 


< 


<5 


co | 




xgpuj aa^ojaqQ 


< 


< 


co | 




xapuy uremBSv | 


< 


< 


CO 






to 

1-1 

<D 

> 

o 
O 


( 8 ^ld) pj^puEig 


< 


< 


< 






(anbpuy) pj-epu-e^g 


< 


co 1 




3p3pj3Ai-y; j 


< 


CO 


< \ 




(anbnuy) xopBJEjj 


< 


co I 




(a^EIfj) XOpBJtBfJ 


< 


<5 


< 1 < 




3}13Id USAjy 


< 


<! 


< I < 




UB3[I13J3JJ 


< 


CO 


1 




3l3lV,P 8R33a 


< 


CO 








to 
IK 
O 


U0SUI>piQ 


< 


CO 








js^saqQ 


< 


CO 








sqsag 


< 


CO 


CO 






uoiq lV 


< 


CO 


CO 






to 

o 
o 
PQ 


qsmijj qsqSug UBOusury 


< 


< 


< 






pSJ3pU3|-BQ JSdng UB0U3UIV 


< 


< 


< 1 <J 


< 


ipqs33g UB0IJ3UIV 


< 


CO 


1 




3U04JXBJJ 3AUJV 


< 


<l 


< I <: 


< 


('V "M) JspPd P^ojn^^ 


< 


CO 


1 




("d 'Ai) -»Pl°d Pbojiib-jj 


< 


< 


< 


< 


< 


SUTJUng UB3U3HIV 


< 


CO 








(SAO^) 1X3 J, uoiqiy 


< 


CO 








(piBi) ^xsx uoiqiy 


< 










(3A0Ai.) 1X3X SJiqSJJJSa 


< 


CO 








(preq) ^xsx 3Jiqs3tJ3g 


< 










(jsdrig) uinqsA - J3uiv 


< 


< 


CO 






(gnbuuy) uinqsA usuiv 


< 


CO 








3 1 § !V.P 3 I 5 I ::i3 a 


< 


CO 








M 
.2 


siIIH m0 X "IIM 


< 


<J 


CO 






siUH spmouoN ^i^[ 


< 


<3 


CO 




(3AOj^)S}T31jI qOQ U-b33JT1Bj^ 


< 


<i 


CO | 


(preq) s^bt^ qoQ nBSsjm-e^vV 


< 


< 


1 


(3ao^) ps^tiix SUOSJBJ 


< 


< 


< 


(preq) ps^uij, suosjbj 


< 


< 






("M - S) S IIIH wsaiio PIO 


< 


< 


< 1 < 


< 


("M "V) silTW Jtsissqo pio 


< 


< 






Cl *S) SUTH M^saqo pto 


< 








CT -V) SIUH wissqo PtO 


< 








u 

M 

t-1 


auoqdgpj. 


< 


< 


CO 




buojo 


< 


< 


CO | 




uoisus^xg 


< 


< 


CO 




usuiq ^unoooy 


< 


< 


CO | 




tisuiq; jfojAisurug 


< 


< 


CO | 




pj033"£[ iU3UIUJ3AOO 


< 


< 


CO 1 




en 




IBAI^ 


< 








ausuAq •Buoog spiny 


< 








IBraopo 


< 








■s-n 


< 








■3 

n 
o 
pq 


suoqdspx 


< 


< 


CO 




UBUIJOJ^ 


< 


< 


CO 




sou-Bidsooy 


< 


< 


co I 




uojAsqo 


< 


< 


co 1 




^socUiy 


< 


< 


CO | 




, ^OBajuoo 


< 


< 


CO 




UBISJ3J 


< 


< 


CO | 




(pszeiSufi) utbaibSv 


< 


< 


CO 




(pszB^o) uibmbSv 


< 


< 


CO 




(p3ZEp3ufi) uodnoQ 


< 


< 


CO 




(psz^if)) uodnoo 


< 


< 


CO 






KEY 

A — indicates 
method of impress 
to left is adaptable 
to paper listed di- 
rectly above. 

S — indicates 
that with suitable 
engravings, and 
special care in 
make-ready, the 
method of impress 
indicated to left 
can be used. 


a g 3 
>,Z o 

■" T) 
> H J-i 

•2 ' M 

.S a o 
£ = 3 


*> 5 n 

M <3 ° 

c a« 
•C k. a 
c « a 
0-, ' — ' m 


lis 

CD 

■^ mo 

c rt a 

'i- Q Pr, 
d,M IB 


c 
•5° 

& so 


co^3 

ill 

a. — *• 



[62] 







< 


















< 












< 


< 


CO 


<5 


< 




< 


CO 


< 




to 


< 


< 


to 


< 


< 




< 








< 


< 


CO 


< 


< 




< 


to 


<J 




CO 


< 


< 


CO 


< 


< 




< 


to 


<! 




CO 


< 


< 


CO 


< 


< 




< 










< 


< 


CO 


< 


< 




< 


to 


«3 




CO 


< 


< 


CO 


< 


< 




< 










< 


< 




< 


< 




< 


to 


< 


< 


< 




< 




< 


m 




< 


1 < 


< 


< 


1 < 




< 


to 




< 


1 <J 


< 


< 


1 <! 




< 


CO 




< 


«! 


< 


< 


1 < 




< 


CO 




< 




< 


< 


< 




< 


<u 


CO 




< 












< 


1 


< 
















< 






< 
















< 






< 












1 < 


< 






< 


< 


to 


to 




< 




< 


< 






< 


< 


CO 


CO 




< 




< 


< 








1 


< 
















< 






CO 








CO 


< 




< 


CO 


< 


< 








co 


co 


< 




< 


CO 


< 


< 








<! 


CO 


< 




< 


to 


< 


< 




< 




< 


CO 


< 




< 


CO 


< 


< 




< 


to 


<H 


CO 




< 


< 




< 






<J 


< 




CO 




< 


< 




< 






1 




< 






< 


< 




CO 




< 


< 




< 






« 




< 


CO 




< 




<J 


< 




CO 




< 


< 




< 








< 


< 




< 






1 1 1 




< 


< 




< 






1 1 1 




< 


< 




< 






1 




< 


< 




< 








1 1 


< 


< 


< 


< 






to 


«! 


CO 


co 


< 


< 


CO 


< 


<J 








CO 




< 


< 


to 


< 














< 


< 




< 




< 


to 


< 


CO 


< 


< 


< 


w 


< 


< 




< 


to 


< 


CO 


< 


< 


< 


co 


< 


< 


< 


w 


< 


CO 


< 


< 


< 


co 


< 


< 




< 






CO 


< 


< 


< 


CO 


< 


< 




< 


CO 


CO 


< 


< 


< 


CO 


< 


< 




< 






< 


< 


CO 


< 


< 




<^ 


< 


< 


< 


< 


< 


< 


co 


< 


< 




< 




< 


< 


< 


CO 


< 


■< 


< 






< 


< 


co 


< 


< 


1 < 










< 


< 


CO 


< 


< 


<c 


CO 


< 


< 


< 


< 


< 


to 


< 


< 


< 


CO 


< 


< 


< 


< 


< 


co 


< 


< 


< 


CO 


< 


< 


< 


< 


< 




< 


< 


< 


to 


< 


< 


< 


< 


< 




< 


< 1 < 


CO 


< 


< 


< 


< 


< 




< 


< 


< 


CO 


< 


< 


< 


< 


< 




< 


<j 




< 










< 


< 




< 


< 




< 










< 


< 




< 


< 1 


< 




< 




< 


< 


1 < 










< 


< 




< 


< 


1 < 


CO 


< 


to 


< 


< 


< 


CO 


< 


< 


< 


CO 


< 


CO 


< 


< 


< 


co 


< 


< 




< 


CO 


< 


to 


< 


< 


< 


CO 


< 


< 




< 


CO 


CO 


CO 


< 


< 


< 




< 


< 


< 


CO 


CO 


CO 


< 


< 


< 




< 


< 




< 


CO 


CO 


CO 


< 


< 


< 




< 


< 




< 


CO 


CO 


to 


< 


< 


< 




< 


< 




< 


CO 


CO 


CO 


< 


< 


< 




< 


< 




< 


to 


CO 


<! 


< 


< 


< 




< 


< 




< 


to 


CO 


to 


< 


< 


< 




< 


< 




< 


CO 


CO 


< 


< 


< 


< 




< 


< 




< 




- Of 

M'-r S 
0, <=>■* 


X! 
Q 

a 

M 

o 

x; 

J 


o 


&.S 

u 5 
o a 


T3 
C 

a 

M 

c 

■g M 

l-a 

«-» O 
COX! 

<u E 

5« 


3 
> 

M 

O 

O 

XI 


CO 

_c 

3 

c 
15 
u 
a 


M 

c 
!5 
a 
a 

_M 

3 
2 


bo 
c 

!5 
a 
™ 

M 

o 
ai 

E 

s 


be 
a 

c 
c 

a. 



63 



Postage Rates 



PROBABLY the greatest percentage of printed pieces used as 
advertising go to their destination through the mails, and 
it is therefore well to consider sizes of printed pieces, weight of 
paper, etc., in reference to mailing costs. 

Advertising goes through the mail under four classifications: 

First-class Matter 

Includes written matter, namely: letters, post cards (private 
mailing cards), and all other matter wholly or partly in writing 
whether sealed or unsealed. 

(a) Cards, or letters (printed), bearing a written date, where 
the date is not the date of the card, but gives information 
as to when the sender will call or deliver something 
otherwise referred to, or is the date when something 
will occur or is acknowledged to have been received. 

(b) Imitations or reproductions of hand or typewritten 
matter not mailed at the post office window or other 
depository designated by the postmaster in a minimum 
number of twenty identical copies. 

(c) Price-lists (printed) containing written figures changing 
individual items. 

(d) Sealed matter of any class, or matter so wrapped as 
not to be easily examined. 

Rates of Postage on First-class Matter — 2 cents an ounce or 
fraction thereof. On private mailing cards (post-cards) conform- 
ing to the requirements for such cards — 1 cent each. Double or 
reply post cards are subject to 1 cent postage to be prepaid on 
the initial portion. The reply half, when detached and mailed, 
is also subject to 1 cent postage. The postage on the reply half 
need not be affixed thereto until it is detached from the initial 
half and mailed for return. 

Second-class Matter 

Includes newspapers and periodicals bearing notice of entry 
as second-class matter. No limit of weight is prescribed. 
Application for entry of a publication as second-class matter 
or registry as a news agent should be made through the post- 
master to the Third Assistant Postmaster General, Division of 
Classification. 

Third-class Matter 

Embraces circulars, newspapers and periodicals not admitted 
to the second-class, nor embraced in the term "book," miscel- 
laneous printed matter on paper not having the nature of an 
actual personal correspondence. 

1641 



Rate of Postage on Unsealed Third-class Matter — 1 cent for each 
2 ounces or fraction thereof, on each individually addressed piece 
or package. There is no such rate of postage as 8 cents a pound 
on third-class matter. 

Letters Attached to Third-class Mail — Communications in en- 
velopes fully prepaid at the first-class rate may be attached to 
packages of third-class matter fully prepaid at the third-class 
rate, in the manner and under the conditions set forth in the 
preceding article. Packages of third-class matter to which such 
communications are attached shall in all cases be treated as third- 
class mail. 

Fourth-class Matter {Domestic Parcel Post) 

Embraces that known as domestic parcel post mail, and in- 
cludes merchandise, books (including catalogs), miscellaneous 
printed matter weighing more than four pounds, and all other 
mailable matter not embraced in the first, second and third 
classes. 

Rates of Postage on Fourth-class or Parcel Post Matter — 

(a) Parcels weighing 4 ounces or less, except books, seeds, 
plants, etc., 1 cent for each ounce or fraction thereof, 
any distance. 

(b) Parcels weighing 8 ounces or less, containing books, 
seeds, etc., 1 cent for each 2 ounces or fraction thereof, 
regardless of distance. 

(c) Parcels weighing more than 8 ounces, containing books, 
seeds, etc., parcels of miscellaneous printed matter 
weighing more than 4 pounds, and all other parcels of 
fourth-class matter weighing more than 4 ounces are 
chargeable, according to distance or zone, at the pound 
rates. 

Communications Attached to Parcels — When it is desired to 
send a communication with a parcel on which postage at the 
fourth-class rate has been fully prepaid, the communication may 
be placed in an envelope fully prepaid at the first-class rate and 
addressed to correspond with the address on the parcel and then 
be tied to or otherwise securely attached to the outside of the 
parcel in such manner as to prevent its separation therefrom and 
not to interfere with the address on the parcel. The stamps to 
cover the postage on the parcel must be affixed to the wrapper 
of the parcel, and those to pay the postage on the communication 
must be affixed to the envelope of the communication. Parcels 
to which such communications are attached are treated as fourth- 
class matter. 

Mailings of Matter Without Stamps Affixed 

Upon application to the postmaster at the office of mailing, 
permits may be issued to persons or concerns for mailing first- 

[65] 



class matter, quantities of not less than 300 identical pieces 
of third-class matter, and second-class matter at the transient 
rate or the rates applicable to copies mailed for local delivery 
by letter carriers at city delivery offices, and 250 identical pieces 
of matter of the fourth-class without stamps affixed, the postage 
thereon being paid in money. 

Precanceled Postage Stamps — Precanceled postage stamps may 
be used only by the persons or concerns which have been given a 
permit to use them. Such stamps are good for the payment of 
postage only on matter of the third and fourth class presented at 
the office where precanceled. 

Upon receipt of authority from the Third Assistant Postmaster 
General for the use of precanceled postage stamps, the question 
of obtaining an allowance to cover the expense of having the 
precanceling done by a printing establishment with an electro- 
plate furnished by the Department should be taken up with the 
First Assistant Postmaster General Division of Post Office Serv- 
ice. An electro-plate for use in precanceling stamps may be 
obtained by making requisition on the Fourth Assistant Post- 
master General, Division of Equipment and Supplies. When 
the number of stamps to be precanceled is not sufficiently large 
to justify the expense connected with the use of an electro-plate, 
the postmaster will be furnished a special hand-stamp for that 
purpose. 



Selecting the Right Weight of Paper to Reduce Mailing Costs. 

In determining weight of paper to use in order to reduce mail- 
ing costs, the four use-requirements of all printed matter should 
first be considered, namely, appearance, longevity, treatment 
and impress. After these factors have been considered use the 
lightest weight possible. 

Make up dummies in this weight and perhaps also in the next 
few weights heavier, allowing something for ink and stitching 
(if any). Always weigh pieces in their envelopes with any stuffer 
or other matter that is to be mailed with them. 



Getting the Most out of the Mailing Cost 

In most instances, statements, bills and ordinary business cor- 
respondence can carry with them other enclosures without in- 
creasing the mailing cost, as the actual weight of the original 
enclosure often does not reach the weight limit allowed for the 
amount of postage used. This margin of wasted weight can be 
utilized to great advantage for envelope stuffers, to describe and 
sell some new product, or to announce bargain sales, new policies 
or departments. These stuffers or enclosures can be used in 
many other ways at a minimum expense. 

[66]* 



What can be mailed for 2 cents, first-class postage. 
IN A NO. 10 ENVELOPE 
Size 4^" x 9V2— substance weight 17 x 22—20 lb. 
Combination No. 1 

A billhead or single-page letter, size 83^" x 11" — substance weight 17 x 22 — 20 lb. 

with a booklet of any of the following specifications — 

Trim Size 3%" x 934" — 8 pages, self cover, substance weight 80 lbs. 
Trim Size 3Y% x 9^" — 16 pages, self cover, substance weight 60 lbs. 
Trim Size 3%" x 9 " — 8 pages and cover, substance weight of inside pages 
25 x 38—60 lb— cover, 20 x 26—65 lb. 

Combination No. 2 

A single-page letter or billhead, size 83^" x 1 1" — substance weight 17 x 22 — 20 lb. 
with a booklet of any of the following specifications — 

Trim Size V/% x 934" — 8 pages, self cover, substance weight 25 x 38 — 80 lb. 
Trim Size 3]/g" x 9J4" — 16 pages, self cover, substance weight 25 x 38 — 60 lb. 
Trim Size 33^" x 934" — 8 pages and cover, substance weight of inside pages 

25 x 38—60 lb.— cover, 20 x 26—50 lb. 
and a 33^ x 53^" return post card equivalent in weight to the Government post card. 

Combination No. 3 

A billhead or single-page letter and a four-sheet letter size 8J^"x 113^" — sub- 
stance weight 17 x 22 — 16 lb. 

Combination No. 4 

A billhead or single-sheet letter and a three-sheet letter size 83^" x 113^" — 
substance weight 17 x 22 — 16 lb. 

and a 3J^" x 53^" return post card equivalent in weight to Government post card, 

IN A 6H" ENVELOPE 

Size 3%" x 6%"— substance weight 17 x 22—20 lb. 

Combination No. 1 

A billhead or single-sheet letter — not exceeding 8J^"xll" in size — substance 
weight 17 x 22—20 lb. •_ 

with a booklet of any of the following specifications — 

Size 3K" x 634" — 16 pages, self cover, substance weight 25 x 38 — 80 lb. UaL 

Size 3Y 2 " x 634"— 32 pages, self cover, substance weight 25 x 38—50 lb. JJ 

Size 3Yi "x 6K" — 16 pages and cover, substance weight of inside pages 25 x 38 — 

60 lb.— cover, 20 x 26—50 lb. 

Combination No. 2 

A billhead or single-page letter — not exceeding 8J^"xll" in size — substance 
weight 17 x 22—20 lb.— 

with a booklet of any of the following specifications — 

Size 33^" x 634" — 16 pages, self cover, substance weight 25 x 38 — 80 lb. 
Size 33^" x 634" — 32 pages, self cover, substance weight 25 x 38 — 50 lb. 

Size 33^" x 634" — 8 pages and cover, substance weight of inside pages 25x38 — 

80 lb.— cover 20 x 26—65 lb. 

Size 33^" x 634" — 16 pages and cover, substance weight of inside pages 25 x 38 — 

50 lb— cover 20 x 26—50 lb. 

and a return post card 
size 33^" x 53^" equivalent in weight to a Government post card. 

The combinations given above are a few suggestions. There are many other 
styles and sizes which can be used for stuffers. 

[671 



Envelopes 



The Use of Envelopes 

Envelopes should be used in the mailing of all except very 
rare types of advertising pieces. Any message that is worth 
printing and mailing is worth protecting in a suitable envelope. 
The printed sheet is planned and laid out to create a definite 
impression on the recipient — but this recipient is affected, not 
by the condition of the piece as it is sent from the print shop, 
but by its condition as it comes to his hand. If the advertiser 
does not prize his message enough to protect it by providing a 
serviceable and harmonious envelope, his prospective customer 
certainly will not be favorably impressed. At best the effect- 
iveness of the message is impaired, and when the piece is muti- 
lated in the mails the effect is definitely adverse. On the other 
hand, a sturdy and harmonious envelope gives evidence that 
the sender places a value on the enclosure and creates in the 
mind of the recipient a feeling of appreciation even before the 
piece is opened. 

The Choice of Paper for Envelopes 

Choice of paper for envelopes for different sorts of printed 
matter demands careful consideration. Certain qualities and 
characteristics are essential to the production of envelopes which 
will carry their contents through to their destination in good con- 
dition. There are instances when special sizing, or other form of 
processing, is necessary before a paper is suitable for envelopes. 

First-grade Bond, Linen, Ledger and Cover Papers and Rope 
Bristols make the strongest envelopes in printing papers which 
can be relied on to travel anywhere and protect their messages. 
But many other papers can be used with economy and success 
when there are no extreme conditions to be met, or the contents 
not too heavy or bulky. 

The Appropriate Size of Envelope for a Printed Piece Size 

Envelopes should be made approximately J^" wider than the 
trim or folded size of the enclosure in the way the envelope opens 
and Y% the other way, except in cases where the bulk of the en- 
closure or enclosures exceeds }/$ of an inch. In this case, they 
must necessarily be made larger. Generally speaking, the en- 
closure should slip in and out easily. 

Printed Matter on Envelopes 

As much care should be used in the design of the printed matter 
on the envelope as is used in the make-up of the insert. There 
should not be too much printing, as this is apt to weaken the 
advertising and create a poor impression. Let the envelope 
tell the story in such a way that a desire is created to see what it 
contains. 

[68] 





Envelope Styles and Their Uses 

1. Commercial and Official 

These sizes are the most generally used 
in correspondence, for business stationery, 
direct advertising, circularizing and gov- 
ernment official business. 

Supplied in all grades of papers — Manila, 
Bond, Linen, Ledger, Writing, Book, Off- 
set, Cover, Bristol, Wedding and Papeterie 
— to meet their specific requirements. 

The envelope should match the paper 
of the letterhead or other enclosure. 

2. Baronial {Card or Bank) 
The size of these is nearly square. Many 

years ago the Baronial sizes were used ex- 
tensively for ladies' stationery. At pres- 
ent, however, they are used by printers and 
advertisers, in mailing announcements, 
booklets of season styles, catalogs for shoes, 
clothing, etc. It is unusually essential in 
these cases that the envelope match the 
enclosure. 

The grades generally used are: Bond, 
Linen, Writing, Offset, Wedding and Pape- 
terie papers. 

3. Wallet Flap 
This style in fancy stationery followed 

the Baronial. It is still popular in the 
lower priced lines. Department stores 
use it in sending announcements of special 
sales to women customers. 

The grades generally used are: Bond, 
Linen, Offset, Wedding and Papeterie 
papers. 

4. Gothic Flap 
A medium pointed flap envelope used in 

fancy, high-grade stationery — wedding an- 
nouncements, cards, etc. Some large firms 
who prefer a smart envelope are using 
several sizes of this style in their business 
stationery, such as 3%" x 6^", 4^" x 6^" 
and 3^"x7M". 

The grades generally used are: Bond, 
Linen, Wedding and Papeterie papers. 
[69] 






5. Sector Flap 

The extreme of the gothic flap, the 
pointed flap coming down near the bottom 
of envelope. Used in social stationery. 

The grades, Linen, Vellum, Crash Finish, 
Wedding and Papeterie stock, are always 
the same as the paper to be enclosed and 
insisted on by the customer. 




6. Souvenir 

A large advertising display envelope. 
It permits a picture or subject on the face; 
the address side is the back. The return 
address is placed on the flap which is one 
inch wide. 

It can be placed in the typewriter and 
addressed without any difficulty. The 
grade generally used is: Bond. Laid 
Linens and Writings can also be used. 




7. Typewriter 

This envelope is similar to the Souvenir. 
The seal flap is 1^" wide. It may be 
used similarly to the Souvenir and as a 
regular envelope. The wider flap is an 
advantage to help the printer in his make- 
ready when impressing the corner card on 
the face of the envelope. 

Stock generally used is: Bond. 




8. Outlook 

Used for all kinds of correspon- 
dence. It prevents mis - mailing, 
which is generally embarrassing and 
frequently expensive. 

The grades generally used are: 
Bonds, Linens, Ledgers and Writings. 

[70] 




9. Postage Saver 

This style is used by mail-order houses, 
brokers, patent-medicine or any direct- 
mail advertisers. The stock is generally 
a low grade Manila or White Wood. The 
envelope is open one side for postal inspec- 
tion and is mailed at half the regular 
postage. 



B 




n 



w 



r 



t: 



A 



10. Two -Compartment Mailing 

With this envelope the letter and cata- 
log are received together so that a customer 
is not put to the inconvenience of waiting 
for the catalog nor is it delivered to the 
wrong person. The letter is sent first 
class and the contents in the large envelope 
third or fourth class, according to proper 
classification. 

For this purpose a strong stock should 
be used and bear some form of clasp fas- 
tener. 




//. String and Button Fastener 

This is another style of fastener which 
is used for the same purpose as the Im- 
proved Columbian Clasp. 



71 



Making 




12. Improved Columbian Clasp 

An open-end envelope with a steel fas- 
tener to engage the seal flap. This holds 
the catalog or samples securely and leaves 
the envelope open for inspection. 

No. 1 Jute is the grade that is generally 
used, but anything that is strong enough 
to withstand the wear and tear in the mail 
is suitable. Cover papers are the next 
grade. All high-class advertisers use a 
cover stock to match the cover of booklet 
enclosure. 




13. Open End 

For coins, gloves, scarfs, photos, cata- 
logs. 

The class covers the greatest range of 
sizes having the seal flap at the narrow 
end of the envelope. Used by all classes 
of advertisers in the grades of paper to 
match the cover of the enclosure. Grades 
used are: Manila, Bond, Linen, Ledger, 
Writing, Book, Offset, Cover and Bristol. 



Special Styles of Envelopes 

Style of envelopes which are not standard (that is, not found 
in the styles listed here) should only be used where some extraor- 
dinary condition exists. It is a good plan to make up a rough 
dummy of special styled envelopes and send it to the envelope 
maker to see if it is practical to make, and then, if it is to be 
mailed, insert what it is to contain and have the Post Office 
authorities pass on it. Then send it with its contents to some 
friend in order to find out in what condition it arrives. Freak 
envelopes are, as a rule, not practical. 

Note — The information pertaining to these styles and uses of envelopes was 
furnished by the United States Envelope Company, Ithe authorized manufacturer 
of Eagle-A Envelopes. 




TO OBTAIN THE PROPER ENVELOPE 

In order to meet the growing demand for envelopes and to 
insure the choice of envelopes appropriate to use with each 
Eagle-A grade of paper, the American Writing Paper Company 
has — 

1st. Made an arrangement with the United States Envelope 
Company, the largest envelope maker in the world, to manu- 
facture all the standard styles of envelopes in appropriate 
papers to use with each Eagle-A grade. 

2d. Made it possible to obtain any of these envelopes 
in any practical size from each Eagle-A Service House. 

3d. Made it possible to find easily the appropriate Eagle-A 
Paper to use in envelope form with each Eagle-A grade by 
means of a chart on page 75 of this Handbook. 

There is an Eagle-A Envelope to match each Eagle-A Paper. 

The United States Envelope Company is the authorized manu- 
facturer. 

The Divisions of the United States Envelope Company are located as below: 
Division Location 

Logan, Swift & Brigham Envelope Co. Worcester, Mass. 

Whitcomb Envelope Co. Worcester, Mass. 

W. H. Hill Envelope Co. Worcester, Mass. 

United States Envelope Co. Holyoke, Mass. 

Morgan Envelope Co. Springfield, Mass. 

P. P. Kellogg & Co. Springfield, Mass. 

White, Corbin & Co. Rockville, Conn. 

Plimpton Manufacturing Co. Hartford, Conn. 

National Envelope Co. Waukegan, III. 

Central States Envelope Co. Indianapolis, Ind. 

Pacific Coast Envelope Co. San Francisco, Cal. 

Morgan Stationery Co. Springfield, Mass. 

Logan Drinking Cup Co. Worcester, Mass. 

Monarch Envelope Co. Philadelphia, Pa. 

How to Order Envelopes 

First, select the style that best fits the use-requirements of 
the printed piece. See pages 00. 

Secondly, call up an Eagle-A Service House, tell it the style 
and the quantity desired, and if possible furnish a complete 
dummy of printed piece showing the size and the exact grade 
and finish of the paper to be used. If this is not possible, give 
size and sample of paper in enclosure. 

Thirdly, consider if a large quantity of the envelope is to be 
printed, the advisability of letting the United States Envelope 
Company print them two or four on, before the paper stock is 

[73] 



die-cut, since the U. S. Envelope Company is prepared to print 
in sheets before the envelopes are made, or the U. S. Envelope 
Company will indicate layouts to printers who wish to do their 
own printing on the sheets before envelopes are cut. 

Fourthly, order envelopes when ordering the paper. It means 
having the envelopes ready when the job is completed. 

Use envelopes — they produce greater effectiveness in all kinds 
of printed advertising. 



[74] 



Envelope Papers Suitable for Each Grade— 

When ordering be sure to specify the same finish for both enclosure and envelope. 
Envelopes in these papers and weights to fit any printed piece may be obtained from 
each Eagle-A Service House. 


Paper Used for Enclosure 


Papers Suitable for Envelopes 
to Match 


Weight of Paper 

for Envelopes 

(Pounds) 


Bonds 


Coupon* 

Agawam* 

Persian* 

Contract* 

Airpost* 

Chevron* 

Acceptance* 

Norman* 

Telephone* 


■ Use same paper as en- 
closure. 


20-24 


Linens 


U. S. Linen* 
Colonial Linen* 
Aulde Scotia Lynene* 
Rival Linen* 


1 

1 Use same paper as en- 
closure. 


20-24 


Ledgers 


Government Record* 
Brunswick Linen* 
Account Linen* 
Extension* 
Gloria* 
Telephone* 


1 Use same paper as en- 
closure. 


24-28 


Writings 


Old Chester Mills 
Parsons Tinted 
Wauregan Colored Flats 
Mt. Nonotuck Mills 
Mt. Tom Mills 


Old Chester Mills 
Parsons Tinted 
Wauregan Colored Flats 
1 Acceptance Bond or any 
\ other Eagle-A Bond 


20-24 

20-24 

24 

20-24 


Books 


Deckle d'Aigle 
American Vellum 
Berkshire Text 
Albion Text 
Railroad Folder 
Arrive Halftone 
American Bulking 
American Eggshell 
American Super. Cal. 
American Eng. Finish 


Deckle d'Aigle 
American Vellum 
Berkshire Text 
Albion Text 
Railroad Folder 
Arrive Halftone 
American Bulking 
American Eggshell 
American Super Cal. 
American Eng. Finish 


40-50 

60-80 

60-80 

60-80 

60 

60-80 

60-70-80 

60-70-80 

60-70-80 

60-70-80 


Offsets 


Albion 
Beebe 
Chester 
Dickinson 


Albiori Offset 
Beebe Offset 
Chester Offset 
Dickinson Offset 


60-70 
60-70 
60-70 
60-70 


Covers 


Deckle d'Aigle 

Herculean 

Arven Plate 

Paradox 

Standard 

Riverdale 


Deckle d'Aigle 
Herculean Cover 
Arven Plate 
Paradox Cover 
Standard Cover 
Riverdale Cover 


64 
65 

100 

50-60 

35-50 

80 


Bristols 


Agawam Index 

Cherokee Index 

1 
Darien Index 

American Rope 
American Post Card 


Coupon Bondt 
Contract Bondt 
Acceptance Bondt 
Agawam Bondt 
Airpost Bondt 
Norman Bondt 
Persian Bondt 
Chevron Bondt 
Telephone Bondt 
American Rope 
Arrive Halftone 


20-24 
20-24 
20-24 
20-24 
20-24 
20-24 
20-24 
20-24 
20-24 
110 
60-80 


Weddings and 
Papeteries 


Arden 

Biscay 

Chesterfield 

Dorrington 

Farnsworth 


Arden Wedding 
Biscay Wedding 
Chesterfield Papeterie 
Dorrington Papeterie 
Farnsworth Papeterie 


61-76 

53-61-76 

61 

53-61 

53-61 


Mimeographs 


Peerless 
Delta 


[ Acceptance Bond 
j Norman Bond 
[ Telephone Bond 


20-24 
20-24 
20-24 


„ indicates envelopes made of these papers in all convenient sizes are carried in stock by 
all Eagle-A Service Houses. 

twhite only. For bond colors to match bristol colors, see pages 56 and 57. 



75 



Specifications 



STANDARD VERSUS NON-STANDARD PAPERS 

13APER Specifications may be considered as the sheet sizes, 
•*- weights, colors and finishes in which papers are made, as 
distinct from paper qualities, which embody the varying char- 
acteristics of life, folding, tearing, tensile, bursting strength, etc. 
Paper qualities and specifications may be either standard or 
non-standard. 

Papers Having Standard Qualities 

These are the papers which are made to a scientific formula in 
process and content based on given use-requirements in which 
the standard qualities are maintained with the greatest possible 
uniformity. The processing is usually confined to one machine 
and to operators experienced in making the grade of paper. 
Papers possessing standard qualities have all the essential grade 
levels within the kind or classification of the paper. 

Papers Having Standard Specifications 

These are papers which have been developed to meet most 
economically the conditions governing the making and market- 
ing of paper as they pertain to: 

1. The ordinary use-requirements of paper. 

2. The printers', lithographers' and stationers' equipment. 

3. The paper mill manufacturing conditions. 

Papers of Non-Standard Qualities and Specifications 

Non-standard papers are those in which the paper qualities 
and specifications have not been standardized and cannot, there- 
fore, be uniform. Being non-standard they must be made with 
a certain amount of waste which invariably causes the paper to 
cost more yet have less value. 

Standard and TV T on-Standard Papers 

Standard papers have been developed at the demand of the 
greater proportion of buyers and users of paper to meet the 
ordinary use-requirements and to eliminate waste. 

Non-standard papers may seem to fit use-requirements but their 
qualities are in general unknown except by the manufacturer. 

Standard papers are tried, known, uniform products which 
have been tested by users. 

Non-standard papers are experiments. 

The standard papers are seasoned ready for printing. 

Non-standard papers are usually "green" and must be sea- 
soned or the printer assumes a risk in obtaining perfect register. 

Standard papers are carried in stock for immediate delivery. 

Non-standard papers mean delay since they have to be made 
to order. 

[76] 



What the Use of Standardized Papers Means 

The use of standardized papers insures getting real value and 
reduces cost to the printer's customer and the printer. It per- 
mits the paper mill to manufacture in quantity with the least 
amount of waste and at the lowest possible production costs. 

When the Use of Non-Standard Papers Is Necessary 

In commercial practice it is never necessary to use papers of 
non-standard paper qualities because standard papers have been 
developed to meet all the ordinary use-requirements of paper. 
However, the occasion sometimes arises when non-standard sizes, 
weights, colors and finishes must be used. In this case such non- 
standard specifications should be applied as far as possible to 
standard papers of known qualities. 

Making Orders 

Papers in standardized grades can be made to order to non- 
standard sizes, weights and colors from specifications in different 
minimum quantities according to the kind and grade of paper. 
In making paper in these minimum quantities, any or all of the 
non-standard specifications can be produced within certain 
limits as to size and substance weight, but it is advisable to limit 
the non-standard specifications as much as possible and call for 
only those most essential. 

When a Standard Grade Is Being Run 

Standard grades are made in different widths in standard 
weights, colors and finishes. If the requirement is for a non- 
standard sheet size, adjust, if possible, one of the dimensions to 
these standard widths. It means less delay and wastage in 
manufacture. Except in the case of colors, orders can be ac- 
cepted for smaller minimum quantities when the grade is being 
run than when special making orders are necessary. Papers of 
known standard value in the more popular weights, colors and 
finishes are being run continually and so it is sometimes advan- 
tageous to get in touch with the mill making the desired grade and 
plan to have the paper made to the non-standard specification 
when the grade is being run. 

Making it Easy to Find Conditions Controlling the Making of 
Standard Grades to Non-Standard Specifications 
In order to aid the user of paper to find the conditions which 
control the making of standard grades to non-standard specifi- 
cations, charts have been compiled for each kind of paper (see 
pages 78-94). These charts show the minimum quantities that 
can be obtained in special making orders when the grade is being 
run. They also show the range of widths, lengths and substance 
weights possible to make for each grade within a kind. 

[771 



CO 

.2 

'G 
<u 

a. 

CO 

13 

1-1 

T3 

a 

a 

4-> 

CO 
I 

a 
o 



a3 4) 
'o -G 

Oh "fl 
W <G 

a *a 



Tl 


00 


So 


J2 
n 




o 


,G 




o 


m 


el 





£ rG 

as *<u 

s & 



• ■-H 


a 


w 


CO 




3 
en 




O 

u 

a 
o 

CJ 


3 
'o 
a; 

Oh 

oo 


Oh 


G 
O 


of 


*T3 




oo 

+3 


C 



o 


01 

,G 

00 





U 


PQ 







C> >, oo 

Urtfl 

W Oh 00 



*£^ 
,G Oh >, 

3.3 £-8 

0:3 o rt 

g G, a 

"H 4J 00 c 



C3 O J> O 

00 o * H >S 

J? aT <u i-> 

£ 3 s 

COW +i 01 



§ oo O . 

w 3 oo 

G G 

00 ■« OJ O 
+J 00 H .S 

fti*a 

g rt o cG 

.a o? o.'d 

Vh <h-h " G 

rt H in cj 



S n vh 
I G G^ 

Z rt bo a) 

c8 j3 

«iG 12 
V . 55 CO 



PhT3 



H-> 0) 

Is 
ao 

IS 



"2- s s 

6 m 



So 






S3 



3 



ifi 2 



£ 3 



SO 



wQ™_— i 



■S o 
•a ■" 



is 

(0 o 
3 h-" 

s| 



11 2f e 
•a c S 



Si, 
SO 



O^Q 



O 

^^ 
<;« 
HO 
w 



£ 2 



MKKMXM 

£^"t~-<HH C5CC1 OO 
^H T-H C3 IH W (M 



G 
O 

Oh 

3 

o 
U 



£ "Si 



CTCO 



s 

bo 

<5 






C^C<IcM COCO CO 

X M M X t*J K 



^ 



78 









».o So 


h 












CO kOT3 o 
-glO BCM 


■a 


is 


IO 
1Q 


J81S. 


UIC'OIO 
-gU3 SCO 








Ph « 


Ph « 










o 


O 


O 


g 


g 


8 


8 


1 


o 














<i 


<< 


00 


00 


oo 


CM 


•3 


'■3 


•3 


•-3 


^ 


'"3 




s 


<1> 


o 




01 


2 


2 


£ 


2 


§ 


2 


8 


8 


8 


o 

s 


8 


8 


■*< 


■"i 










■«* 


Ttl 


00 


00 


oo 


CM 


■a 






a <a 


•o 


•d 








«> o 






White 

Blue 

Pink 

Primros 

Salmon 

Cherry 

Cafe 

Gray 

olden-R 


4> 

13 


a) 
2 






£ (DM C H-< ^ 
^ll ^ S g 

w o 


£ 


£ 


^ mra l^s 


O 






3 o 


O 


O 






eo 


eo 


CO 


eo 






^ 


"* 


*** 


** 








oo 






ca 


cm 


CM 


CM 


CM 


CM 


8 


o 


8 


8 


g 


8 






CM 




















** 


"* 


CM 






»* 


8 


8 


O 


8 


o 


8 






00 


00 


00 
















•** 










CM 






eotooTjf 


COCOO-"* 






rtrtCMCM 


»1CMCM 


««Mcq 


rt-HCMCM 


rtCMCM 


•-l-HCMCM 


ca 


so 


<o 


CO 


CD 


CO 


** 




1-1 


. 


^^ 


,H 




00 


00 


CM 






CO 


eo 


IO 






IO 


to 


CO 


CO 


CO 


CO 




*"* 




** 


^ H 


** 




s 


00 
CM 




CO 

eo 


eo 
eo 


5 






00 








r- 










oo 


_g 


s 


O 


o 


3 


2 




CO 


CM 


CO 


CO 




«5 


■a 






IO 


S: 


8 


8 


o 
o 


o 
to 


o 


o 










CO 


CM 


*" 


** 


CM 


* H 


*■• 


CM 


8 


8 


8 


o 
o 


8 


o 


























** 






00 


00 


CM 


cmooS^^oo 












CM CO <M CM CO CO 


CM CM CM CO CO CO 


CMCMCMCOCOCOfMCM 


CM 00 ■* ■* 00 >* •* 


CM 00 ■* ■* OO ■** <* 














X X M X X X 


X X X X X X 


X X X X X X 


xxxxxxxx 


X X X X X X X 


X X X X X X X 


Pc^^cmoot* 


f~ CM t~ C» ■** 00 


t» C» t~- CM ■* 00 


f^t- O CM ^OOOO 




































a> 












y 




a> 


1 


o 
3 


1 


a 


S3 


a 

O 


1 


o 

o 

< 


s 


a, 


Con 


O 


£ 


a> 



2a 
S*3 

CV- 

bfg 
.E-C 

-.2 oo 

"en 
• S<C'S 

1.8.3 

^S 

E** 
3 rt E 

H'£-S 

Eg* 
n°E 

DO) 

18 ** a 

E >><« 

o cu 3 

■MtQC 

g°S 

•* £"S 

*" O CJ 

•° c+> 

9 ".5 s . 

$ a <o 

h m d 



i- P: 



T3 



. D S 

e K.3 

i-'S w 
P<S±i 

•§•35 

-+o O 
3 O >, 

2fifl 

MP 1 * 



t«. 



•S-St 

-So 
*d k a) 
<u R > 



fj o-g 



•B "7^3 0) 
"> i/i ct! d 



Pi 



<U o 

E « « 
•d 5P>,<u 

<.2 



«=^ 



[79] 



CO 

C 

.2 •=»» 

■ r^ ft! *ii 



y C Eh 

> S.2 

Ih CX CO 



.S.3 <u 

•"Eh faK.'cD 

^H Eh*3 . 

ii — i 53 



o 
"u 

<D 

On 

CO 

-a 

S-H 

rt 
-d 

C 

■t-i 

CO 

o 
o 



a) 52 
cVjh 

CD rt 



,d_ 



Or3 o Si 

• (i flfl.H 

a ^^ 

n o S 3 

J3 Eh cr& 
rt O £ O 

ffl U iHrt 



<D 



O w 
Mig" 

a & 

CD 

•M3 



£> to 

& O 

*3W 



u> a u tn 

ID ti-H 



CO 
J-l 

03 o 



Qh 



I— I w 



J 



.£ w rj .y 

• %£ g »■ 

.a £ cva 
a ^"^ 

_4)N H 
S n In 

< "&& 
| a a 4-1 
I a> rtT3 

^ cj MO 

, tO Q, 

«!< tO 0) 

Sic ^ 



n 




rt 


'3^ 


<: 


c — 


D 


3^ 


^ 


ag 


< 


a« 


(/) 




■?■ 


O 




£ 


E 



■d c c 



SO 



R •"£ rt 

.s§§~ 



°3 



rt o 



S8 



•sis 



cd rt g 



fi 3 



S5 



2° .Sg^ 



»S 



ESS 



>>-a 



Oh 



3 3 



Ol i-H CO to o ■* 



N-w a) 

3^1 



•o .a 

<l>i3 *; 






-hfhmct 



o« ( 



SO 



a -a g- 

g rt.S 






a 3 



NO^Tfl 



HHINM 



^ 






O CD 

° CJ 

ixi s 

CD Ci 






4> rn rt 



«43t3 



80 



CO 

C 

.2 

<u 
C/2 



d 

4-* 

I 

d 
o 



5-i 

u 

(L) 



•a to 

to (5 

•O to 

Mo 

y 



O fi c 

is » 

as 53 +j 

•s °\£> 

o 



^3 — 

O CTJ 
<" ft 

«W Oh 

O to 
M.J2 

£% 

a & 
a) 

IU-O 

ss 

tuO to 

H to 

is 2 

c ft 

O oj 



CO 



03 



Cto 
.2 N Tn 



."S'to 
to 



■s 5 ^ 
"< +5 t«a 

tt.-S-fa o 

cS O g P 

in U « O 
*g u ^ 

&<»' 8"C 

m <2 r O 

p ° « -K 



to O I- to 

jh 42 «•- « 
g to o . 

£to £.9 

<o nj (u Jfl 
aj rid <u 

w*3 to i? 4 

8 cvg 



o 



l_<4-i B C 



.Hits 

to rv 

H <U ** O 

<: E2 <u ^ 













M 






3 


s 


O 









fl 


4J 


3 




h 


51 






s 


0, 



o> bo 
•5 c 



■S3 -D 



6« rt 






60 11 
S3 

|S to 



'5S 






SO 



l^S«S 



•S 

•a " 
^3 



nJ O 



So 



K 60 - 
■° C C « 



■■sis 



■■8"as 



S° 



c Q § oj 

= c c S 
.Sgg - "g 



Q 

5^ 






cDcDNNOOOi-HNM-*00 



<CMC^CQC«tM 



68 

0) 0) 

o* 

o 



CQ ■*CQ<N <M CM CO CO CO COCO 
CD CO t^" t^ OO Si ~h t?q CO ^ 00 



M 



pq 



82 



o 
to 


o 


o 
to 


g 




to 


IO 


CO 


CM 










CM 


2. a 










s 


o 
■o 


o 
to 


8 


nl-o 


3 


o> 






a - " 


if 


«* 


t-T 


CM 


C3 CD 
MO 

3*" 


















-.2 M 


•a 


•a 


•a 


>o 


SR c fl 

•2<au 


i 


9i 
S 

OS 


Si 


o 

N 
OS 


•-W.XI 

c Ji w 

lis 

3 rt S 










6 


5 


O 


O 










o 

IO 


o 

to 


O 

to 


8 


ill 

if "a 


OS 


CO 


t-T 


ef 










CD V 


















SXT) 










rt-w C 


o 


CU ., 


0) 


c 


a^," 1 






-wfcB 


•wit! 


2-ss 

§ ° s 


s 


25 


'•£.2 


£ 


^m« 


£« 


£« 










■3 K'r 

a) w_ 










o 


o 


o 


o 


CM 


CM 


CM 


CM 










ca-S <» 


















O S 60 


o 


o 


O 


o 


1h - ra 


^ 


■* 


■«*< 


■* 










4}|« 










o 
o 


o 

o 


g 


g 


1-. 0- 
O •- 1-. 






CO 


1* 


*■« 


■** 


eo 


■** 


cd-h C 

3&S 










S- ?, 


o 

MS 


o 

to 


o 
to 


g 


^ <U 0) 


a» 


a> 






•* 


■* 


r-T 


CM 








""" 












»*00 


■*oo 


*noo 


■«*< 


«\g'S 


NCI 


CM CM 


CM CM 


CM 










a) 




















co 


CO 


CO 


CO 


2 « S 


















CM 


CM 


<M 


CM 


•* 


•* 


IO 


to 










U m C 










J3JST 










.« *» St 


CO 


CO 


CO 


CO 


• 2 ^c 










Ih CD V 










mSl) 


00 


00 


00 


•* 


•S-«' cl 


CM 


CM 


CO 






CM 


CM 


CO 


00 






t>- 


t- 


oo 


3 


o 


o 


5 


— ax 
o n o 


CO 

to 


CO 

•o 


s 


CM 


"2 M 2 


















o 


o 


o 


o 


CJ"^*^ 


to 


IO 


to 


CO 


t3 S^ 


•a 


to 


CO 


CM 








of 












o 


o 


o 


o 


J3""^3 <u 


to 

CD 


■o 

en 


IO 


O 


• w .-SXi , a 


*J< 


** 


t-^ 


ef 


nl +3 fll " 

C jj-w w 

3 -w w q 
tt!«S3 
mSS8 






____ _ __ ss 




^ cm" CM 00 eo ^ cJ ^* <S oo ^ 


•^CMOOCO^OOCM-^COOO^ 


^H<MQOCOTj<CO(M^eOOO^C^-^ 


CM 00 ^ ^ ^ 00 00 
CM CM CM CO CO CO CO 

X X X K X X X 


CM-^CMCMCMCMCOrtCOCOCO 

XXXXX"xXXXXX 


CMCMCMCMCMCMCOCOCOCOCO 

XKXKXXXXXXX 












_ __„_ 




_____ _^^ 


^ ^ 


COCOt^t^>OOC4<-HCMCO^OO 


tONN«C»0^<N»^00 


COt^r-OOCOO-HOOeO'fCMCM'* 


t— t~ OS CM 00 -«*< O0 


-«-<--^^ N NM«N 






r-tr* ~* CM CM CM CM 


'3 p „ o 


' "— '^w 
























(U ^ o 










•o 2p>.(u 










2S-SS- 
* ^o~ 


"S « 


a 

.2 




o 


i.s 


'55 

a 
u 




15 




g^ 


-s 


o 




< 


w 


3 


H 





83] 



CO 

d 

.2 

C3 
CJ 

cd 

"u 

<u 

a. 

CO 
*0 

d 

■M 

CO 
I 

d 
o 






&"o 



G 


5 9 






CO 


SuO w 


J-i 


•J V3 


<U 


•3.2 


Ou 


+3 2 


aJ 


H S. 


Oh 


O On 

to 



.2 5 
£ "55 

S3 <U 

o 2 



5o<2 £2 



O t/3 



WO'" 10 ' 

8 S3 ° - 

S rH S3 

g a iu«3 

0>:i3 a> 

$£ g « 

1/3 ° « 53 



w O 



£• fi 



"Z rt W> a> 
g c ^ 

•2 §3. a 



Q 

< 
Q 

■z 
< 

K 
°? 
53 

O 

z 



•p, 


M 






a! 


s 


O 









R 


0) 


3 




H 








c 




^ 


a< 



fl .5 3 



E >> d m 

•S3 8* 
SO' 1 ' 3 



tort 
.SU 

it 

el 

"|a 

OU 

is 

, o< 
fgp 



rt-3 L 

~¥^" 

.5 ** 

■a-g 

So 



£"- 






£2 



fi-- 



■5 o 



§ o 



s„° 



"S.S § 
E 0-3 

Offl K 



S5 



-; ° Si 
•ill § 



Q 



O 



C8 O 



< j8S c ' < ° 



<M 00 ■*■"*■•**< 00 

mwncococo 

MMMXKM 



*d 

o c 
wy 

53^ 

Ph 



2 oX 



(MOO'*" 
MHMK 

1-tf-H^HCNl 






^ 



84] 





o 


o 






8 


CO 










si 

u 

&B 




g 

so 


o 

g 




Ob- 


o 


11 








•d 13 
B .2 


's B 

S«.2 


"2 b 


■S-B** 

■g S b 


"'rSta 


"So* 

(8 O 


■B"B'8 




it*! 

c\J O 


S V M 

ca =; w 
3£j3 








3 a 9 














§ s@ 




8 


§ 


.3 6o3 
Beg 

B *» x 




DO 

oo 


o" 








h-<3 

a) u (3 
2 J3-T3 














8*" B 








K >,(« 


Canary 
Cherry 
Fawn 
Green 
Lilac 
Melon 


9) 




B 2 8 

3 11 














ug o 








^ WJ3 




CO 


CO 


flfi. 41 






1-1 












oo 


oo 
eq 


.2 IB «> 

oo: 










o 
o 


o 
o 


•a 2 a) 

O J3TJ 




CO 


CO 


■£ *" B 




CO 


CO 


■sal 










g 


o 




oo 


o 


U "r*vi 




od 


o 


al-B 








CO t* 










50O-*00 


COO'* 






^h cq <m<m 


-ncqeq 


J3i?_s 














c w o 




to 


CO 


2 2 & 

S3 (3 
bo <u C3 

Cl-O 










(M 




■53 ««-i 

n to C 
*dr3 














■O'C 55 




to 


CO 


u & S> 








1* >n •*■ 

'55 w ^ 




CO 


OS 
CO 


-O.CU 










US 

o 


OO 
O 


.5*3.1% , 

■8 §.2 

60*^ I s 










3 


Ml 

CO 












o 

U3 


o 


.ss-S 




CO 


CO 


-^'w-d. 




~* 


■ H 


S3 o'js 
■S °* J3 • 
+3-w'-B U 




s 


o 

Q 






O 


2 oi rt rt 




00 


o 


(3_c -4^ m 








8-2 o o 














■*4*Oo""oO 

ncoeo 


cq oo-*-** *ao 


=3=3 


^sbS 


CJCqeqcOCOCO 


"o o 


Being Rui 
" means tr 
t is necessa 
tive colum 


X X X 

So 5^ So 
NMcq 


X X X X X X 

t-~t~oVeq 00 «* 
-H -H .-< <N <M <M 


* 00 

coco 
















^ 


C/3 




a 


O 

3 

O 


J3 


*"Grad 
f'Rang 
ordingly 
he respe 


DjO h in 




B 


aure 
Cole 
Flat 


*s3 


o 
H 


<5 


£ 


£ 


3 





85 



CO 

d 



03 
<d 

<u 

Ou 

CO 

a 

03 

4-1 

CO 
I 

d 
o 



U 

<u 

Oh 

O 

o 
PQ 



a> 


45 
t/3 


ft 


3 




<J3 


d 


T3 




S3 


a) 


03 


t-< 


o 


M 


n 




CJ 


45 




CJ 


rrt 


aj 





U r| R 

•> 3.S 

u ft w 

W lo 
<°ft 

is » 

WJ+3 43 

«•■§ d 

ggl 

43 P<£. 

*|g 

43 G'o . 

OS o s 
■" S 1;" 



o w 



^ .2? 

a * 


o 

tuO w 



PI p> 



rt .2 <0 O 



o 




-4-> 


09 


T) 


+J 


a 
o 
U 


0) 
43 



d " ^"d 
£ 0~& fc 

te s £ 

CO HH -(J 03 



•5 « 5 



»H +J 0— ' 

8 SS ° - 
" 3 dd 



oft 

t/1 -T 1 



cd <u id 



0H3 

££§& 

2 8 ftTJ 



'd M " 

S3 o »-. 

I d G^ 
W k" .« 

fc 0) ot'o, 
O (h <U 

7 «i Mo 

H n o 
£43 0+S 
<J."J 

g«3 

Ph'O 



<U CD 
t/3 



ao 
E * 

n 

.S o 



■a c 5 






§5 



E >> i> <u 

133-9 



S'i 



rt o 






3 u 
.- <ll 

<>< 

so 






'^3 



"is 



III 



SO 



c ° a 



a 








Q 






i" 4) 

s?9-S 

o 



3.2 >> 
3-2 2 



ii 

. r3 

S 

B> 



23 ."2 o 






55 ^ 



^J3 



86 



*2 






T) a> 










in 



Mo 







ouooooo 

«* ^ lO CO i>. (X) 



ooooo 



K X K X X M 

W5»OOONOO 
©q C<1 C-3 CO CO CO 



CO -*t< Tt< iO 
X X K X 



ooocq^^cooco 

COCO^^^^iO-^ 

iO-^COOOC^COOOcO 



ooeM ^ O 
CO •** ^ iO 

X X X X 



33^ 

gCQPQ 






S3 



-33 






S3 3 « 

ctflO 



87] 



c 
o 

+-» 

• 1—4 

<u 

Oh 

CO 
T3 

CO 

d 
o 



CO 

S-i 

1) 

Oh 

CL, 

u 

> 
O 



& 



a! a) 
'o r=3 

w eg 

a T) 

•O co 

o 

eg *rj 

» 8 

O w 

.S £ 

6 £ 

a) o 

•s-§ 

-§"3 
§ 8. 

O CU 
CO 
CO 

•2.3 

1 « 

o 2 

u -a 



0) 


l>i 


t/3 


1 


a 


1-1 
O 


0) 

rn 


S 


> 




O 


u 


< 


o 


1-1 

n 


0) 






ed 






W 


+-> 


G 






rG 
■(-> 






£ rt 



s-s 



.8 8 8^ 



CO 



<D (H 



(ig fi' 



CO O »-i «8 

v. 43 OJ — 
O -O+j 

8 23 o . 
.8 "88 .2 

s r 3 " 



a> : 



<v 



13 i-h •£ 
C . <? 

_ UN 

a as 8 

§-2 8 2 

5 §5.2 



".Cid 
e n 

E a* 



■S.S § 

.ss 



E >> a> a) 

^a^2 









11 - a 
•OB S 



SO 



0)S 

^3 



F' 

3 ° 



S.S 3 



So 



c 2 c 



2 «i.S 






3.2 a 
'■5.5^5 



„ I S 2^°cq^m 



rt o 

cm 






««* eo 00 

S °5 

*#00 00 



CJCO 

S3 



w 



[88] 



art 



.•2 

M S*j I § S 



•a 

o 



3 3 a « 



■go 

TO 8 



.12 go 2 § g g-a 

J3 O J (W O 9> «J 



5 «o f 



S 3 



13 .CO 



O>000 



o s 






sss 



£3- £2 






X K M 



a] 
H 

On 



■3 
G 
cd 



I 



it H-t «; 



89 



CO 

a 

o 

• <-* 
+-> 

<a 

• *-< 
cj 

<D 

Oh 

CO 



03 

a 

CO 

a 

o 



'o »*3 
a; w 

«8 S 



& 



CO 



^ *3 
• 8 

-s & 

.s ^ 

.3 .5? 

s £ 

CD 

* el 

l-s 

1=3 to 

O _■ 



■" .3 



o ^ 



o rjC 

£h Oh 02 

is « 
|p£ 

•^ °^ 

"8 13 

So 2 S lH 

-2-2 §3 

■§§£* 

w o M o 
^ S2 S o 

P O _ 4-> 
OiKH-P Id 



to n h n 
§ W O - 

Wo 

& -*o'o 

■i » a 

•2 S ^ 
"©-8 



2 6 



a> 

V-i 

PQ 



u 0, <2 

2 »- sT 



P.1 



3 n> ed l — I 






Hi ^^ 
I <P c3t3 



.3 

!Z^3 0)43 



p 


>. 


« 


-•s 


<r 


c « 


P 


a* 5 


?! 


Oo 


< 
H 


E«j 

eh 


£ 


3 § 


O 


£* 



III? 



1**1 £|£ 



*s 






Ch« 



I--I 



3 fi 2 



§0 000 M^ 



lHsJ.2 



'3S 



So 






is 



M O 



S„° 



5« f 



fi 3 



so 



§2§ 
111" 



p9 



;o 



S 






ooo 



X X X 









•^ a> 
ond 

o 






3 loSo 



■*occ 
(Meow 









1 

Q 



90] 



o 


Not 

Made 




o 
cm 

OO 


o 
o 


2.3 

a C 

CV- 
So 

.5.ES 


CU 

.3 

1 


o 


oi-- °" 
cu C ES 

C jB o, 


o 

00 


o 


3lB 

ill 

Bf'l 

^ ° Pi 

<L> CU C 

— J3T3 
E >,cs 

«8 ™ 3 

cu " C 

5SS 

o cu 

cu wj5 
•°C!" 

e— : 

° 3 oo 
v-°a 

Sjh^ 

•0=305 
t> o: 

•* i- 
- cu 5 

cu *-> g 


Brown 

Cherry 
Dark Blue 

Green 
LawnGreen 
Light Blue 

Purple 
Red 

Russet 

Scarlet 

Steel Gray 

Tea 

Yellow 


a 

cd 
Si 
O 


o 


o 


o 

CM 


o 


o 
o 

CO 


o 
o 
o 
•W 


o 

(M 

00 


o 
o 
o 
© 
as 


C >.3 

ca-Q-d 


o 


o 


*> rJ3 
P. cu'5 


to 


CO 




o 

U5 


CM 

»f3 


u g a 
on cu <a 
.3 SS 


t". 


© 
<M 




o 


CO 


w <" Z. 

v,^ > 

.2 =3 

8*3 

CftS 

cu 3t) 
T3 oi._. 

rt o-g 

«?■«** 

•E ^ cu 
oi M ta ca 

c^oo 

« £ +» w 

3^5 S? E 

e «>"3 

MjOO 

cSS u 

cu cu-- o 

■a m >,<u 

t. to 5P oi 

O0J.S2 
: : *a 

* ^OJS 
o <-> 


o 


O 
CM»* 


o 


CO 


o 

US 

00 


o 
o 
o 
© 


00 

K 

CM 

<M 


NN0O S3 


American 
Rope 


C u 

CD -i-> 

c o 

<Jft 



91 



c 
.2 

a. 

CO 

-a 

1-4 

fl 

c<3 

■»-» 

oo 

c 
o 



'o *Q 

<u go 

w eg 

■ q 



CD 



rt 



Sb*o 



.V-H 

cu 

Oh 
OS 

PLi 

u 
<u 

+-> 
<L> 
Oh 
ctf 

Oh 

"d 
d 

c 
-a 



.a £ 



Ph 00 

O ^H 

c! O 



O Oh 4} 

GO _-" ^ 



y o o 

W Oh GO 

OT lo 

<°o\ 
is « 

1 !■§ 

g GO <U 
a S6 S 

oo o w o 

^23 e O 
* ° -. -K 

•-3HH O 0) 

CBhH -P U! 



_2 T3 +j 

8.S0 . 

w 3 . 00 

- 1 o 
S£tT 






<urt 



<D 



.a w o.'d 

1/3 Bh^ 3 

_ t)ts H 

£h.O <H 

< "O^ 

I C Ch 

I <p eStd 

t 1 in m *^ 



a) 00 cl 

- u <U ^ 

,„ «i.O 

00 n. 

e 2 o 

> u u 

5 ^ ,11 rrt 



s s.2 



i-i 



go 

05 



2-s.a « 



,gcS5 






sj 



So 



id "' 



m £ 



51 



' s s 

rt o 



(X 









SO 



c 2 : 

g s. 



p 

HO 



J3 CO 



16 

tic 

Vh *^ 






^mmodH5> 



tootooo 



^ 



00 p* 



g-s-gj 






^ 



T) 


V 


oj 


C 


0) 




fO 


rrt 


u 

^ 


Oh 


U 





[92] 



c 6 c5 « 

t!i-T5 d Si. g 

o 
O 



S 25W4J g * 



§*.§J 
"■gSg-s 



.-Sic 2 g ^'S 



nowrtoo 



Q 



2S 



5 a, 



cv=s 

CD <o 

a 

ill 

c ^^ 

•j d M 

fS'S 

1-1 

•S S o 
c'-S.S 

1-. 3 (8 

JSs 

"3 -co 
» >.<« 

° co 5 
"- 1 m 3 

a w S 
^ ° a 

OS <D'~ 

~g£ 
E" 5 

a> „r aj 
o o: 



Ui 4) CO 

■*" CIS 
cd ^ a> 

aZ, o 
2o!>, 
h c « 

.2 i; o 



V a> a) 

uH > 

•§ .2 

"O to>2 



* .co-S-a 
-B *j3 o 
■^.tsS-o 

i-sll 

3+2 co S 

-.. -^ -3 
cu 4)--. o 

w, rt Mto 

: = "O „, 
* ^OJ3 

3.S 



[93 



CV5 

a 

o 

« t-H 

u 

ss 

eo 

CL, 
CO 

"O 

d 

C 

03 

+-> 

CO 

Cj 

o 

.s 

GO 
tH 

<D 

O- 

aS 

Ph 

o 


rt cu 

5 52 
On'c 
w cg 

a*g 

CU CO 

li" e 
3"§ 

O co 
Mj2 

rt "cu 

s& 

cu 

cu o 

3g 

5-g 

S CO 

c '^ 
O oj 

o O. 

CO 

a » 

.2 N 

C <" 

OS 

0"S 


Important Notice — All standard sizes, weights, colors always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service 
and finishes are given below. If possible, adjust use to House, for conditions at mills may permit the company 
these (see pages 76 and 77). If not possible, when order to meet the requirements more closely than the provisions 
is ready to be placed for non-standard specifications, it is set forth below would indicate. 


CO 

a 

w 

z 


Q 

< 

a 

Z 

< 

H 

CO 

Z 

O 
Z 


>> 

c a 
§S 
Oo 

at 
11 

.S o 
S* 


* 

t) s c 

2'S 3 


£ 




O ol 


11 




*"Grade Being Run" means that if the grade in color desired is being run when paper is wanted, orders can be taken for smaller minimum quantities. 

t" Range" means the widths it is possible to supply. These widths are not only determined by the rolls, but in some cases by the cutting and other finishing apparatus. 
Accordingly it is necessary to establish widths which will divide evenly into any of the widths listed under "Range," the minimum and maximum widths being those indicated 
in the respective columns so headed. 


M . 

S° 


£ 


o 
o 
o 
o 


o 

s 

o" 


o 
o 
o 
© 


o 
o 
5 


Q 
Pi 
< 
Q 
Z 

«u 

H 

CO 


0) 

g 
o 

s 


cd 


G 
u 


CO 

_g 
IS 

o 

CU 

s 


O 

o 
o 


c 

p 

a 


I&.SJ8 

Sa°<3 


£ 


o 

g 

o 


o 


g 

© 
© 


U5 


< 
Q 
Z 
< 
H 

CO 


0) 




0) 


CO 


00 

H 

n 

o 

3 

H 
O 

Z 

$ 

w 

PQ 
E> 

CO 


n 
a 

z 

< 

H 
■9 
Z 

o 
z 


S3 

.2? u 

£■1 




£ 






IS 


US 




£ 


oo 


oo 


to 

oo 


© 


V 

>"% 

+-> ca 
IS 
cd o 

3 -" 

e| 

Ph 


# 

•O c 3 
OPJ« 


£ 


o 
o 

CO 

eo" 


s 

CO 

CO 


o 
o 

CO 

CO 


co" 


3 E 

SO 


£ 


o 
o 
o 
o 


s 

o" 


o 
o 
o 
© 


g 
© 
«o 


4-Q oo 
SQ cn 


ooooo 


ooooo© 

lOCONWOW 


©ooo©© 

tOCONCOON 


ooooo 

COt^OO OCM 


CO 

w 

CO 


P 

< 

Q 
Z 

< 

"? 

o 
z 


a> 


3* 




CO 


eo 


CO 


CO 






CO 

CO 


CO 
CO 


CO 
CO 


CO 
CO 


GS 

1 

O 
Pn 


3 


a 


CO 


CO 


CO 


CO 


s 
s 


J3 

a 

M 


o 


o 


© 


•a 


-)- 

bo 
3 

P5 


-3 

a 


o 

00 

o 

i 


© 
oo 

o 

s 


o 

00 

o 

i 


© 
o 

CO 

© 


0) 

a] o 

a« 

is 

a. 


D be c 
■5.S § 

2 <uaL 


£ 


© 

WD 
CO 


© 

CO 


© 

CO 


o 
o 

CO 

CO 


3 2 

SO 


£ 


o 
o 


o 

© 
© 
© 


© 


o 

g 

•o 


Q 

< 

Q 
Z 

< 

Cfl 


c 2 S & 

3 ■" o $ 

_S C C *J 

c a m— c 
•3 K c n 
CO S 3 w 

o^5 <2 


CO ■**" -^ '* »ra 


■* OO C^ •* 00O 

eo cc ^ -^ -xt* ^o 


■^COCNI -^ OO© 

CO CO ■** -*-*»o 


00 CNI -^ 000 


M X M M X 

IC OOCsI CD OO 
<M CM COCO CO 


« M « « W X 

NU5 00NCDO0 
tNtNcNCOCOCO 


X X X W X X 
CM <M CM CO CO CO 


X X X X X 

000 CM CO O0 
CM CM CO CO CO 


a 

CO 


o 
IS 


0) 

■S 

<u 

m 


I 
1 

O 


S3 

o 

CO 

IS 

o 

p 



94 



Bulking 



* 1 1 HE bulk of paper may be considered as the degree of thick- 
ness as measured when a number of sheets are stacked to- 
gether. Antique or unfinished papers always have a greater 
bulk in proportion to their weight than calendered, machine- 
finished or plated papers. 

Special papers have been developed to give a great bulk to 
weight. These papers are usually termed "bulking papers." They 
are used when it is desirable to give the printed piece a thickness 
greater than would be ordinarily required. Popular novels are 
frequently printed on bulking book papers. 

The high bulking quality of these books can be seen by com- 
paring a stack of these papers one inch thick with a stack of 
super calendered papers such as American Super Calendered of 
the same weight. The high bulking paper, for example American 
Bulking Book, 25 x 38 — 60, will stack only 158 sheets to the inch, 
while American Super Calendered Book of the same substance 
weight will have 350 sheets to the inch. 

On the following page is given a chart which shows the relative 
bulking of the ten book grades. 



[95 



Relative Bulking of Book Papers 


GRADE 


WEIGHT 

Basis 

25x38 


BULK 

Sheets to 
the Inch 


BULK 

Pages to 
the Inch 


Deckle d'Aigle 


80 
100 


200 
160 


400 
320 


American Vellum 


60 

80 

100 


240 
180 
144 


480 
360 
288 


Berkshire Text 


*60 
80 


213 
160 


426 
320 


Albion Text 


60 

80 


200 

150 


400 
300 


American Bulking 


50 
60 
70 
80 


188 
158 
135 

118 


376 
316 
217 
236 


Railroad Folder 


50 
60 


400 
333 


800 
666 


Arrive Halftone 


50 
60 
70 
80 


420 
350 
300 
263 


840 
700 
600 
526 


American Super 
Calendered 


40 
50 
60 
70 
80 


480 
400 
333 
285 
250 


960 
800 
666 
570 
500 


American English 
Finish 


40 
50 
60 
70 
80 


416 
333 
277 
238 
208 


832 
666 
554 
476 
416 


American Eggshell 


50 
60 
70 
80 


212 
177 
151 

133 


424 
354 
302 
266 



[96 



The Ragle- A Line of Quality- 
Standard Papers 

WHAT THE LINE CONSISTS OF 

The Eagle-A Line of Quality-Standards embodies papers for 
almost every essential printing, stationery and advertising use, 
the only exceptions being newsprint, coated, blotting and tissue 
papers. 

WHY IT WAS DEVELOPED 

This line was developed to meet the demand of seven national 
associations of buyers and users of paper. These groups control 
the buying of paper to the amount of 95% of all the paper used 
in this country for business correspondence, advertising and 
publication purposes. 

The following is a list of the Associations : 

1st. The United Typothetae of America — the leading 
printers, who do an annual business of roughly 3500,000,000. 
2d. The National Association of Employing Lithog- 
raphers — the members of which manufacture $150,000,000 
worth of Lithography. 

3d. The National Association of Stationers and Manu- 
facturers — retail and wholesale — whose volume exceeds 
$250,000,000 a year. 

4th. The National Association of Steel and Copper Flate 
Engravers, representing the producers of all engraved and 
embossed letterheads — with a volume of $150,000,000. 
5th. The Association of National Advertisers — comprising 
the largest advertisers in the country. 

6th. The National Association of Purchasing Agents, with 
approximately 5,000 members. 

7th. The Direct Mail Advertising Association — comprising 
leading advertising managers and sales executives. 
These associations demanded that a line of papers should 
be produced — 

That would reduce wastage in manufacture and buying 
and insure the lowest possible production cost and greatest 
possible uniformity; 

That would provide the proper kind of paper for each es- 
sential use; 

That would grade each kind to some practical standard 

1971 



Linens 



so that the user could readily determine which grade best 

fitted his particular requirements; 

That would indicate the uses for which each grade was 

specifically developed; and 

That every grade could be obtained conveniently in all 

standard sizes, weights, colors, and finishes, at the lowest 

distribution cost, from centrally located service houses. 



HOW THE EAGLE-A LINE OF QUALITY-STANDARDS WAS 
DEVELOPED TO MEET THESE DEMANDS 

An analysis of the use-requirements of paper 

In establishing the use-requirements of paper, the American 
Writing Paper Company called on committees of various asso- 
ciations representing the largest producers and consumers of 
printing, as well as representative paper merchants throughout 
the country. These committees acted as an advisory board. 
The company put at their disposal all the resources of its 26-mill 
equipment, its technical laboratory and the long, practical ex- 
perience of its personnel of paper experts. 

From this investigation it was established that papers have 
four general use factors. It was also demonstrated that the 
relative importance of one or a combination of these factors over 
the other determines the kinds of paper, and number of grades 
of each kind, that must be created to meet each printing, adver- 
tising and stationery requirement. 

These use factors are: 

Longevity — the length of time for which the paper must 

resist deterioration. 

Treatment — the amount and severity of handling, folding 

or exposure to which the paper is to be subjected. 

Impress — the mechanical method of applying the reading 

matter, illustrations, decorations or rulings. 

Appearance — the character or sense appeal in the paper 

itself. 

Longevity requires consideration of the life of a paper which, 
in turn, is dependent on the character of the materials of which 
it is made. Rags, chemical wood pulp, and mechanical wood 
pulp are the chief materials used in paper-making. Mechanical 
wood pulp is obtained by grinding short logs, largely spruce, 
against rapidly revolving grindstones, turned in water. Mechan- 
ical or ground wood pulps deteriorate very rapidly, due to the 
non-cellulose material called lignin contained in the wood. 
Newspapers contain about 75% of this pulp. Chemical wood 
pulp is made in different ways, the resulting product being called 

[981 



Sulphite, Soda or Sulphate Pulp. In all the chemical processes 
employed an attempt is made to remove all the ingredients of 
the wood except the pure cellulose fiber. It is the greater or 
lesser amount of this lignus material left in the pulp that limits 
the life of paper made from chemical wood pulp. On the other 
hand, cotton rags and linters being 100% cellulose furnish an 
ingredient that will last indefinitely. Linen rags are also 100% 
cellulose but are now practically unobtainable. Where perma- 
nency is required rag stock is necessary, and the degree of per- 
manency will be governed by the proportion of the rag content 
of the paper. 

Treatment requires consideration of the tensile and folding 
strength, stiffness, and, in some cases, the weight of the paper 
used. The strength will naturally depend on the quality and 
kind of materials used and on the care and method of manufac- 
ture. While the strength of the rags or pulp used will generally 
be reflected in the strength of the paper, this strength can be 
reduced in the processing which consists of washing, bleaching 
and beating. The speed of the paper machine will also affect 
the strength. In the formation of the sheet the fibers have a 
tendency to lie parallel with the direction of the machine, giving 
a "grain" to the paper. For this reason tests made of the cross 
direction of the paper are more indicative of its physical charac- 
teristics than those made of the machine direction. The terms 
"Machine-dried" and "Loft-dried" refer to the method of drying 
the paper. "Machine-dried" paper is dried rapidly and, on 
account of the mechanical method, under some tension. The 
"Loft-dried," being slower and unrestricted, allows the paper to 
shrink naturally in all directions and gives a more uniform and 
stronger sheet. 

Impress may be limited to one kind, but is usually a combina- 
tion of several kinds. Each requires consideration of different 
factors in the paper. In offset printing shrinkage is a factor, 
in mimeograph work absorbency, and for pen and pencil writing 
erasive qualities and non-absorbency are important. Finish, 
weight, color, opacity and stiffness of paper must also be con- 
sidered with respect to the type of impress and the method of its 
application. Again, these factors are obtained by the use of dif- 
ferent materials and through the method of processing the paper. 

Appearance is obtained in the finish, color, weight and general 
quality character in the paper used. It is the sense appeal in 
the paper itself and is the only one of the four factors of use 
which personal opinion may influence. Appearance, as with the 
two preceding factors, is dependent on the materials used and 
in the method of manufacture, particularly the finishing. The 
four general methods of finishing are machine finishing, super- 

[99] 



calendering, sheet-calendering and sheet plating. Most of the 
special finishes are obtained by sheet plating, which consists in 
transferring, by means of heavy pressure, a surface impression 
from a fabric to the paper, as in "linen finished" or "lawn 
finished" papers. 

From the analysis of the use-requirements of thousands of 
printed pieces in relation to these four use factors, 10 kinds of 
papers and 54 grades were established as the minimum number 
of essential kinds and grades. It was next necessary to deter- 
mine a scientific formula for each grade level. This was de- 
veloped by the Department of Technical Control of the Amer- 
ican Writing Paper Company, conforming with the use-require- 
ments determined by the investigation. 



THE STANDARDIZATION OF EACH GRADE 

To insure the lowest production cost each grade is produced on 
the machine best adapted to its manufacture in a mill devoted to 
producing the kind of paper to which the grade belongs. In 
this way maximum value is obtained from long runs and the 
highest quality is insured through specialization of operatives, 
machines and mills. The purchase of raw materials, on the 
other hand, is centralized to effect the maximum of economy 
from large-scale operation. 

To insure the greatest possible uniformity the raw materials of 
each grade are required to meet rigid standards established 
through scientific research in the Department of Technical 
Control. This department has also co-operated in standardizing 
the processing to which this raw material is subjected in paper 
manufacture. The finished product is continually tested by the 
mill staff and counter-checked by the technical laboratory. 



THE TEN KINDS OF ESSENTIAL PAPERS AND THE RANGE 
OF GRADES IN EACH 

Eagle-A Quality-Standards consist of 10 kinds of paper divided 

into a total of 54 grades as follows: 

Bonds (nine standard grades). Offsets (four standard grades). 

Linens (four standard grades). Covers (six standard grades). 

Ledgers (six standard grades). Bristols (five standard grades). 

Writings (five standard grades). Weddings (two standard grades). 

Books (two standard De Luxe grades) Papeteries (three standard grades) 

(six standard grades). Mimeographs (two standard grades). 

The range of grades within each classification or kind of paper 
meets all the needs to which that kind is adapted, each grade 
meanwhile retaining its own quality distinction. 

[100] 



RELATIVE QUALITIES OF THE VARIOUS KINDS AND GRADES 

OF PAPER 

Kinds of Classifications 

It is almost impossible to express in definite terms a quality 
relation between different kinds of paper developed to meet 
different combinations of use-requirements. For example, im- 
press and appearance are of greater importance in book papers 
than in ledgers, where longevity and strength are the prime 
essentials. In comparing the quality of a book paper with a 
ledger, therefore, a common denominator is missing. However, 
in the forewords to each classification or kind of paper, in the 
following pages, the general relationship has been defined 
wherever possible, sometimes in terms of the longevity or life 
factor of the paper, sometimes in greater detail. 

Grades — The Relative Charts 

The relative paper qualities of each grade, such as bursting, 
tensile, folding and tearing strength; longevity, color and clean- 
liness, feel, formation, etc., are set forth in a series of charts 
to be found at the beginning of that section dealing with the 
kind of papers to which the grade belongs. 

The values enumerated in each chart are relative only, but 
are based on a fixed formula for the highest grade of each kind 
to which the other grades in the classification are made to bear 
a fixed relationship. The purpose of these charts is to show 
this relationship of each grade to the highest and, of course, 
to each other grade as well, both in paper qualities and in sub- 
stance weights. The figures given, therefore, do not indicate 
the actual paper quality for the grade — its actual folding strength, 
etc. — but its folding strength in relation to the other grade in its 
classification or kind. 

The Relative Charts were developed as follows: Three general 
use factors were evaluated and a summation made for the total, 
or "quality index"; namely, Strength, Life and Appearance. 

Strength is determined by a proper interpretation of the several 
physical tests applied in the laboratory. The tensile, tearing, 
and folding tests are applied in the cross direction of the grain 
of the sheet. Just as a chain is no stronger than its weakest 
link, so a paper is no more resistant than its weaker direction. 
Each of these tests is made according to the standard methods of 
testing of the Technical Association of the American Paper and 
Pulp Industry. 

Life is the index of the degree of longevity of the sheet under 
ordinary, moderate usage. As nearly as is known at present, 

r 101 1 



this is proportional to the percentage of cotton fiber in its com- 
position.* 

Appearance is the appeal which the sheet makes to the senses. 
While this is a matter of judgment, actual and unprejudiced 
tests have shown almost no difference of opinion among those 
accustomed to judging paper. Each of the factors shown under 
this head has been evaluated by a number of experts. 

As stated elsewhere, the charts as given relate only to the 
relative qualities of Eagle-A Papers. While the formula is 
available by which any paper may be translated into the relative 
terms of these charts for purposes of comparison, the American 
Writing Paper Company contents itself with the establishment 
of its own quality-standards and the frank statement of the 
relative rating of each of its papers under each factor of these 
standards. 

This company does not state nor does it believe that its rela- 
tive ratings are perfect or final. It does claim, however, first, 
that it builds its papers according to definite standards and for 
definite uses; secondly, that in this Handbook and in its other 
publications, a frank and full statement is made as to the uses 
and the relative quality-standards of each grade — a statement 
intelligible and undoubtedly helpful to any user of paper. 

GENERAL USES 

The papers of the Eagle-A Line have been graded to meet 
definite use-requirements in the two general groups of printed 
pieces: (1) Those which convey a message, such as advertising 
literature and formal announcements, and (2) those which 
record transactions, such as documents, office forms and the like. 
The uses for which each grade has been developed are specifically 
indicated, in the following pages, in the detailed description of 
each grade. The papers suitable for each kind or style of printed 
piece and for the method of impress to be employed are enumer- 
ated in a series of charts included in a section of this book en- 
titled, "How to Select the Right Paper," on pages 8 to 23. 
Reference to the proper chart will be found in the index under the 
name and style of printed piece desired. 

ADAPTABILITY TO EACH METHOD OF IMPRESS 

Every method of impress to which paper is subjected is pro- 
vided for in the Eagle-A Line. However, the use of half-tones of 
150 and 175 line screens are not recommended. The following 
are the usual forms of impress: 

Relief or Letterpress Printing 

From Type, Line Cuts, Half-tones, Wood Cuts. 

*Linen fiber is not mentioned since its existence in mercantile papers is so rare as to be 
negligible. 

11021 



Surface Printing 

Lithography (straight and offset). Photo Gelatine. 

Intaglio Printing 

Copper Plate, Steel Dies, Photogravure and Rotary Photo- 
gravure. 

Duplicating 

Multigraph, Mimeograph, and other Special Duplicating 

Devices, Bookkeeping Machines. 

Typewriting, Pen Writing, Pencil Writing, Machine Ruling. 

SIZES 

Eagle-A Papers are made in all standard sheet sizes, which 
are those demanded as a measure of economy by seven national 
associations of producers and users of printing. They are also 
recommended by the Committee on Simplification of Paper 
Sizes appointed by the Bureau of Standards of the Department 
of Commerce. Briefly, the reasons for their selection are: 

1. An exhaustive analysis has shown that 95% of all 
popular printed pieces may be cut from these paper sheet sizes 
without waste. 

2. These sizes fit the printer's equipment. 

3. They are the sizes best adapted to efficient paper pro- 
duction. 

WEIGHTS 

Each grade of the Eagle-A Line is made in all the standard 
substance weights to meet the use-requirements for which the 
grade has been developed. These weights have been established 
by the various trade associations in the paper industry. 

COLORS 

The colors in which each grade of Eagle-A papers is made 
have been selected to cover the normal use-requirements of that 
grade. Since there is a grade for each requirement and the 
necessary color range in each grade, it follows, therefore, that 
the Eagle-A Line as a whole embraces a color for every purpose. 

FINISHES 

The finishes in which the different grades of Eagle-A Papers 
may be obtained have been developed in accordance with the 
standardization methods employed in establishing sizes, weights, 
etc. As new processes of printing production or use-require- 
ments are standardized, new finishes to meet these requirements 
are developed, and a continual effort is maintained to better the 
standard finishes to meet more closely the most exacting condi- 
tions. The policy of standardization calls for the minimum 

1103 1 



number of finishes that will meet all requirements and the 
elimination of those which are freakish and have only a very- 
limited use. 

HOW EAGLE-A PAPERS ARE TRIMMED 

All Eagle-A Papers are cut ■£%" to y{' over size in both dimen- 
sions in order that the paper may be full size under all conditions 
of storage. This is necessary because paper expands as the 
humidity increases and contracts as it is reduced. Thus paper 
trimmed to exact size on a damp day in summer would be appre- 
ciably under size on a dry day in winter. 

HOW EAGLE-A PAPERS ARE PACKED 

Eagle-A Papers, are packed in cases adequately lined for 
additional protection and built in a way to insure safe delivery. 

In all grades customarily sold in ream packages, each ream is 
packed in the standard gray-striped wrapper of a heavy pro- 
tective quality. 

Where the papers are not wrapped in ream packages, markers 
are placed between the reams. 

The papers are laid in the case or in the ream package with the 
felt side (printing side) up. The grain direction is indicated 
on the case or ream by means of underscoring the dimensions 
parallel to which the grain runs. 

Sizes, weights and colors are also indicated on each case and 
ream wrapper. 




GRAIN DIRECTION IN EACH GRADE AND SIZE 

The grain directions in each size in which a given grade is 
made will be found on the pages of this section (pages 104 to 
243) on which the grades are described. 

EAGLE-A PAPERS SUITABLE FOR ENVELOPES TO MATCH 

EACH GRADE 

There is an Eagle-A Paper suitable for envelopes to match 
each grade. In most cases envelopes can and should be made of 
the same paper as that used for the printed piece. Where the 
paper is not suitable for envelopes, an appropriate paper is 
indicated under "Envelopes" in the detailed description of each 
grade. Oft* 

Eagle-A Bond, Linen and Ledger envelopes are carried in stock 
in appropriate sizes for each grade by all Eagle-A Service Houses. U overe 

WHERE EAGLE-A PAPERS MAY BE OBTAINED 

In conformity with the company's basic policy of standardiza- 
tion, the distribution of the Eagle-A Line has also been simpli- 
fied to effect the greatest economy and convenience to the 
buyer of paper. 

This result is obtained through a series of Service Houses, con- 
veniently located in important commercial centers throughout 
the country. Each Service House stocks the complete line. 

The Eagle-A Service House performs more than a jobbing 
function. It is an organization which keeps closely in touch 
with the use-requirements of its customers and with paper- 
making conditions at the mills, and is prepared to aid the user 
in selecting and buying paper and in other beneficial ways. In 
so far as Quality-Standard papers are concerned it is the means 
by which the extensive resources of the American Writing 
Paper Company are made available to the consumer. 

Complete details of prices can be found between end leaf 
and back cover of this book. 

GRADES MADE TO NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

Eagle-A grades have been developed to meet the use-require- 
ments of the great majority of printed pieces in sheet sizes, 
weights, colors and finishes. To specify special sizes, weights, 
colors or finishes in most cases is uneconomical since a non- 
standard specification usually calls for special manufacture at 
a sacrifice of all the advantages of large-scale production. 

Sometimes, however, non-standard specification is necessary. 
If this involves size, it is well to have at least one dimension 

[105] 



standard and if possible to use a standard roll width. If it 
involves another specification it is advisable to plan the delivery 
to synchronize with the running of the standard grade. This 
will insure the standard material and processing and, except in 
the case of special colors, makes possible the acceptance of an 
order of a smaller minimum quantity. 



EAGLE-A PAPERS IN CONVERTED FORM 

Those papers which are most suitable have been cut into 
appropriate practical-sized sheets, cards and envelopes for formal, 
social and commercial uses. They embrace announcement 
papers, cabinets of commercial stationery, typewriter papers 
and writing tablets. For information see pages 244 to 274. 



A SUMMARY OF THE EAGLE-A LINE 

At the bottom of this page is reproduced a drawing of the 
cabinet containing a set of three sample books, 10" x 6", showing 
the actual samples of each grade of Eagle-A Papers in various 
colors, weights and finishes. Each sample bears a notation of 
the sizes, etc., in which it is made. 

The Cabinet represents in handy reference form the complete 
summation of the results obtained by the extensive investigation 
and analysis of paper uses and qualities made by the American 
Writing Paper Company. 

The papers in the Sample Books represent the most nearly 
complete line of printing and writing papers on the market, and 
the only line in which the papers are graded and priced according 
to scientific formulas that meet the present range of use-require- 
ments. 




Bond Papers 

OF EAGLE-A QUALITY-STANDARDS 

THE name "Bond Paper" was first applied to paper designed 
for a single specific use; namely, for engraved bonds and 
certificates. 

At present the term "Bond Papers" covers a wide range, some 
of which possess few of the characteristics of the original Bond. 
These characteristics were based on a long-fibered, high-grade 
rag stock, so treated as to obtain the maximum strength and 
hardness, with little or no attention to sheet formation. To- 
day, however, although bond papers are characterized by a cer- 
tain degree of rattle, translucency and hardness and a high ratio 
of strength to weight with good folding qualities, their content 
ranges from a permanent all-rag stock to one of temporary wood 
pulp. 

This condition has resulted from the development of written 
communication to a point undreamed of in the early days of 
paper-making. The introduction of the typewriter and the 
numerous duplicating machines, as well as the expansion of 
modern business and the development of direct-mail adver- 
tising — all have combined to create an enormous demand for 
papers having in common the quality of a hard, smooth sur- 
face and of considerable resistance to wear. To this class of 
papers the term "Bond" is now applied. 

There are thousands of different brands of bond paper on the 
market. Many of these brands represent the same paper made 
for different jobbers yet bearing different watermarks. (The 
watermark in high-grade papers is imparted while the sheet is 
still in process of formation by means of a cylindrical dandy 
roll which carries the watermark pattern in relief upon its sur- 
face. Low-grade papers cannot be marked in this way. It is 
necessary to stamp the design after the sheet is formed, with the 
result that the paper is injured.) (See page 344.) This needless 
duplication and the absence of a definite yardstick of grades 
confuse the buyer of paper, who finds it very difficult, unless the 
paper is accurately graded to some definite standard and that 
standard interpreted in terms of use by the manufacturer, to 
make a proper selection for a particular purpose. 

To overcome this uneconomic and confusing situation the 
American Writing Paper Company has carefully analyzed the 
uses of bonds in terms of the four fundamental qualities under 
which all requirements for bond papers may be grouped. These 
qualities are: (1) Longevity — the time during which the paper 
may be expected to resist decay; (2) Treatment — the amount 

[107] 



of handling, exposure and folding which the paper may receive; 
(3) Impress — the adaptability of the paper for receiving printed 
or other matter or illustrations in whatever form they may be 
applied; (4) Appearance — the qualities of a paper which appeal 
to the senses. 

The first grade bond must possess unlimited resistance to ex- 
posure to light and air. It must withstand the handling re- 
ceived during the life-time of a coupon bond, which may be 
one hundred years. In the case of certain legal documents like 
wills, the paper must withstand ordinary exposure during the 
period of human life and still retain the necessary strength to 
withstand severe handling at the end of that time in case of 
litigation and the presentation of the document as evidence 
in court. 

The first grade bond must also possess the characteristic 
appearance of a quality product which will be instantly detected 
by nine out of every ten people who see or handle it. 

In addition to these qualities, the paper must also possess 
the proper surface characteristics that render it suitable for 
such types of impress as die-stamping and steel plate engraving, 
as well as ordinary letterpress work. Suitability for typewriter 
and pen writing is of course fundamental to all bonds. 

The first grade bond of the American Writing Paper Com- 
pany's Eagle-A Line is Coupon Bond, a paper made from the 
highest grade of materials, under conditions that insure a product 
possessing all the qualities required for the most exacting use. 

Logical gradations based on variations in the importance of 
the same qualities of appearance, longevity, handling resistance 
and impress, which are the fundamental qualities to be con- 
sidered in grading all papers, have resulted in the establishment 
of the other eight bond grades of the Eagle-A Line. In the 
opinion of the paper-makers and paper experts of the American 
Writing Paper Company, backed up by the judgment of repre- 
sentative printers and paper merchants, these nine bonds cover 
the field of bond paper requirements. 

Because of their similarity, bond papers have been sold purely 
on vague general descriptions which would fit each of three or 
more consecutive grades. Hence these descriptions cannot be 
relied on as a buying guide. To overcome this, the American 
Writing Paper Company has compiled a chart of relative quality- 
standards, shown on pages 110-111, using the qualities required 
in the first grade bond as the standard with which the other grades 
are compared. This chart is based on the scientific knowledge of 
paper and the materials which enter into its manufacture, col- 
lected by workers in the field since the early days of paper-making, 
and the practical experience of both makers and users of paper. 
The values given in this chart are not absolute but relative. 

[108] 



This must be so because paper-making is not yet a perfected 
industry, and therefore the opportunity for improvement in all 
grades of paper is always present. 

This Company has a staff of workers engaged on problems 
which, when solved, will lead to great advances. The incentive 
of these investigations would be destroyed if it were felt that it 
was not necessary to go farther than present-day knowledge 
allows in any phase of manufacture. From this work there is 
resulting a betterment of service to all users of paper through the 
increased skill of the manufacturer and the more complete knowl- 
edge on his part of the use-requirement which his product must 
meet. Books 

The use of bond papers for business purposes is a subject 
covering a field so wide that, to aid large buyers of bonds in the Offsets 

selection of the right grade for each use, the American Paper 
Company has published a book in which the use of each grade 
has been taken up in detail. " overs 

This book was sent on request to over 100,000 persons within 
three months of the date of its publication, proving conclusively 
that such a book meets a real demand. The title of it is "The 
Correct Use of Bond Papers for Business Purposes." A copy 
may be obtained from any Eagle-A Service House, a list of which 
can be found in the Price List, between the end leaf and back 
cover of this book. 

In the following pages, which are devoted to a detailed de- 
scription of the nine bond grades, each paper will be described 
in two ways; first, in general terms from the standpoint of ap- 
pearance and content, and secondly, specifically with reference 
to the chart of Relative Quality-Standards. 

The nine grades of the Eagle-A line cover all requirements: 

COLOR 

White and 6 colors 
White only 
White and 3 colors 
White and 8 colors 
White only 
White only 
White and 7 colors 
White and 7 colors 
White and 6 colors 



GRADE 


WATERMARK 


Permanent I 


Coupon 


II 


Agawam 


III 


Persian 


Semi-Perm. IV 


Contract 


V 


Airpost 


VI 


Chevron 


Temporary VII 


Acceptance 


VIII 


Norman 


IX 


Telephone 



BOND PAPER TRADE CUSTOMS 

Trade customs pertaining to Bonds are explained in detail 
on pages 306-310. 



Eagfftf 



109 



GO 

u 

.ti< 

o3 <U 

£<~ 
•^ o 

P4 
C/5 

5-1 

<D 
Oh 

O 


P rt 

" H In 

•3 y 

. P 

•H 01 
P <1> 

•si 

■si ^ 

CD (D 
h & 

^a 

5 p 

.Q <u 
P^ 

"MP 

o 

cd cS 

P 

ll 

<D CD 




MHON 
00i-iO05 


CM l> CD 00 
ih CO 00 00 


^05 10"* 
CM t> CO 05 


toot^to 

CO >0 CO CM 


■*-*coco 

O5t>CO00 


P S 


00C5O© 

Hrt 


N. CM 05 CO 

I> 00 CO 05 


cooi>eo 

COl>I>00 


O5C0O5>O 

»ototot> 


rHIOiHtO 

io io co co 


a) 
o 

P 

03 
U 
nj 

0) 

a 
< 




HON'* 

OOliH 00 


CO 10 00 05 
CM-tfiocO 


IflHHN 

ooooo 


C5CMO00 
Oho© 


I>C0NtH 

■*io-*co 


t-00-HCO 

t-Ht-1 


O00OCM 

rHiH 


C0 00OCM 
iHrH 


CDOOOO 
1-1 


C0t-05iH 
iH 


ll 

8 '1 


iHiHrHr-t 
HHt- 1 i-H 


oooo 

OOOO 


CO CO CO CO 

MMMCO 


05 05 05 05 

oooooooo 


05 05 05 05 
OOOOOOOO 


iHtHtHiH 


oooo 


oooooooo 


OOOOOOOO 


OOOOOOOO 


O <" 


1— 1 T— 1 I— I T— I 


rHr-liHrH 


CO CO coco 
CO COCO CO 


C5O5 05O5 
OOOOOOOO 


05 05 05 05 
OOOOOOOO 


r-tr= IHH 
iHr-(iHr-l 


iHr-liHrH 
tHiHiHtH 


oooooooo 


OOOOOOOO 


oooooooo 


CD 


CO CO CO CO 
CO CO CO CO 


OOOO 


oooo 
oooooooo 


OOOO 
IN (MINIM 


oooo 


MMM» 
CO CO CO CO 


1 — t i-H i— 1 r-1 

coco coco 


CM CM CM CM 


(M(MlMCN! 
(MIMIMCN) 


10101010 

HiHHiH 


.P 

WJ 
P 
tu 
»-■ 
+-> 

m 


2 
"o 


OCD-*0 
-*CCCOO 


r-ICOCOO 

t^coi-io 


cmooo 

tooiao 


CO t^ COO 

COtOOiO 


OOCONO 
OCOCOO 


■ocoooo 


CM CO-* 10 


iH CM CM CO 


iHrtlMCN 


rHiHl-HN 




TfCOCOO 

■* cocoo 


CM to too 
C0O5'*iO 


CO»HH^|> 
O05r-IC0 


oo too-* 

tOWt^OO 


CO CO CM 05 
tHO0O0I> 


us so oo o 

iH 


■*>Ot^C0 


TjlTJ(tDN 


CO't'OtO 


coco-*»o 


CI 


CM 00 CO >H 

■*coeoo 


■*to>o-* 

00 05-* 05 


COTt<lOC^ 

COt>.THiO 


OtOOrH 

cocot-o 


coi>-*o 

iHOCOCD 


lOCOOOO 


■*iot>oo 


-tfiOt'OO 


■* iO CO 00 


TfiiOtOt^ 


M 

pq 


HCOCOCM 
■tf toco© 


HtOC* 

©iHt^CM 


Nt>.05(N 

totoo>o 


(MrHrHCN) 

O5 00OCM 


iH^t<lO»0 
CO-*iOCO 


locooo© 

iH 


iOc0t~O> 


■*iOt>00 


CO ^ «D IS 


CO^iOCO 


Substance 
Weight 

Basis 
17x22 


C0C0O-* 

rHrHCNIN 


cocoo-* 

rHiHINCM 


co toe* 

■HrHINlN 


co too-* 

HHNN 


co too-* 

rHtHCNCM 


a> 

o 


1— 1 

c 
o 

=3 

o 

u 


1— 1 
1— 1 

s 

bJO 

< 


1— ( 1 

l-H 

1— 1 

c 

'co 
0> 

Oh 


> 

1— 1 

+H 

o 
PS 

S-i 

G 

o 

o 


> 

co 

o 
&. 

< 



110] 





OOOrHCO 
00 00 rH CO 


OS CO * to 
lOCOOt>- 


IN •*■*■* 




COb"-itO 
Tjt-*iCiO 


»H * 05 CO 

•*-*-*iO 


toocoto 

(MIMCOCO 


(N^OO 
(M (MOM CO 


COCOO"5 
COIN 00 CO 


OOOINO 

t-ICOtHCO 


MOHH 

■*ooo 


•*to»o^ 

CO-* CO 


lOCINOl 


*-*tot> 


co*ioto 


COCO-*lC 


CM IN IN IN 
<M (MINIM 




^j ^ ■* TT 

TjH ^ -^ ^ 


CO COCO CO 
CO CO CO CO 


b-t~t^t~ 


U5i0i0"5 


^ ^ "* * 


CO CO CO CO 


oooo 
oooo 


^ T$* * Tt* 
^ ^ Tf* ^ 


to to to to 


IOIOIOU3 


oooo 

i-ItHi— IrH 


OOOO 


to to to to 


lOOifliO 


oooo 

lH>-Hr-liH 


CO CO CO CO 

oooo 


COCO CO CO 
CO CO CO CO 


CO CO CO CO 
CO CO CO CO 


1-I1H1H1H 


(NINININ 


coco coco 


co coco co 


t^CO-*i« 
CO-* U5 tO 


r^coiMO 

<NC0"*»O 


OCOOiO 
t-i<NiNC0 


oo o co »o 

©iHi-ilH 












T-t.HOStO 

00 "5 CO (M 


tOtOiO-* 


(MtOI>00 

o-*oto 


INC0-*lO 


NW*>0 


NCOCO* 


IN (M CO CO 


00 iO IN 00 
t-tDOOO 


00O»C<N 
OONiO 


NNOO 
lO^lOtO 


ot>t>t> 

OS 10-* CO 


C0-*iCtO 


■itifltON 


co-*oto 


IN C0-* "5 


•*^H00rH 

(MOOO 


(N^rtOO 

(ONON 


©00 10 IN 

lOOOOtO 


ot^ooo 
o*ot^ 


C0-*iOtO 


IN CO*-* 


IN CO CO-* 


(M IN CO CO 


MOO'* 

iHtHCNXN 


co too-* 

i-(iH(M(M 


co toe* 

iHr-l(NCq 


co too-* 

1H1-KNN 


> 

C 

o 
u 

> 

0) 

O 


1— 1 

<u 

o 

c 
a 
*-> 

Oh 

<u 
u 
u 

< 


1— 1 

1— 1 

> 

G 
a 

g 

o 


1— 1 

0) 

G 

o 
<u 



111 




Jiimmmmmmnimiiimrik 



Coupon Bond 

The First BOND Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(watermarked "coupon bond") 




COUPON BOND is the first bond grade of the Eagle-A Line. 
This means, not only par excellence in resistance to usage, 
but such beauty and distinctiveness as to be immediately appa- 
rent to the layman as well as to the expert; just as a thoroughbred 
wins admiration from the novice as well as from the fancier, 
so is the quality of Coupon Bond appreciated by even those 
least experienced regarding paper. This power of universal 
appeal, evidenced by its standing for half a century, is the chief 
factor leading to the extensive use of this paper. 

Coupon Bond is made almost entirely of new white rags in a 
mill devoted exclusively to the making of this bond. It is a 
loft-dried sheet made in white and six colors — in white, glazed 
and unglazed finishes; in colors, medium finish. 

GENERAL USES — Coupon Bond is recommended for uses which demand dig- 
nity of appearance, excessive wear and permanence, as follows — 

Stationery Documents Advertising 

Letterheads and Envelopes Deeds Price Lists 

Executives' Letters Contracts Envelope Enclosures 

Stocks and Bonds Letters of Credit Booklets 
Bank Notes 

IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type and line cuts) 
" " Litho Press (on glazed finish) 

" Offset Press 
" " Die Stamping from steel dies or copper plates 
" " Steel plate Engraving 
" Ruling 

The various types of impress as given above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of im- 
press is left to the judgment of the printer. 

The right side of the sheet for impressing (or felt side) faces the reader when the 
watermark reads correctly from left to right. 

SIZES, WEIGHTS and COLORS— Basis 17x22—500 sheets to ream. Flat 
sheets, trimmed four sides, stocked as follows: 

(Grain runs parallel to dimension in parentheses.) 

WHITE 
GLAZED AND UNGLAZED 



(17) x 22—13 —16 —20 —24 

17 x (28)— \6y 2 — 2oy 2 -25y 2 -3oy 2 

24 x (38)— 32 —39 —49 —59 



19 x (24)— 16— 19^— 2iy 2 — 29y 2 
22 x (34)— 26— 32 —40 —48 
28x(34)— 33— 41 —51 —61 



COLORS 

MEDIUM FINISH 



Buff 



Cafe Azure Opaline Pink Light Gray 

(17) x 22—16—20 22 x (34)— 32-40 

Sealed in reams, packed 500 to 600 pounds to case. 

11121 



Prices — Prices of Coupon Bond can be found in Price List 
attached to this book between the last page and cover. 

Where Stocked — Coupon Bond is carried in stock by all Eagle-A 
Service Houses, a list of which is given on the first inside page 
of Price List. 

Samples — Actual samples of Coupon Bond can be found in the 
Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, or samples of 
dummies, can be obtained from all Eagle-A Service Houses. 

Coupon Bond in cut sheets with envelopes to match in size and color can be found 
in the Commercial Stationery Cabinets, page 256, and packed also in boxes, page 
248, both of which are carried in stock by all Eagle-A Service Houses. 

Coupon Bond Typewriter Paper in standard weights in white only, regular stationery 
sizes, is cataloged under Typewriter Papers, page 263, and is carried in stock by 
all Eagle-A Service Houses. 

NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special colors of Coupon Bond can 
be taken only for a definite delivery in quantities of not less than 
3,300 pounds. BUT if Coupon Bond in the required color is 
being run at the mill at the time the paper is desired, or if the 
buyer can wait until it is to be run, then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any lengths or widths described below in 
minimum quantities of 1,100 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 
minimum quantities of 1,100 pounds. 

Non-standard finishes can be furnished under the same conditions in minimum 
quantities of 550 pounds. 

Under no condition can non-standard colors be made in quantities of less than 
3,300 pounds of a color. 

NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

Coupon Bond can be made only'in'widths (dimension across the grain) a multiple of 
which equals 48" to 66"; but the minimum must be 16" and the maximum 28". 
The sheets can be cut in lengths (dimension parallel to the grain) from 16" to 38". 
Thus the maximum sheet size possible to make in Coupon Bond is 28" x 38" with 
the grain parallel to the 38" dimension. 

NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight in which Coupon Bond can be 
made is 13 pounds, the maximum 28 pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, it is 
always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because condi- 
tions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 

COUPON BOND ENVELOPES 

Made in substances 20 and 24. Packed \4,m and J^m to box. 

Carried in stock by all Eagle-A Service Houses. 

Manufactured by United States Envelope Company. 



commercial 


BARONIAL 


OFFICIAL 


NO. 

5 
6H 


3xVx5^ 

3^x6 

3^x6^ 


NO. 

4 

5 

6 


3^x4H 
4^x5^ 
4^x5^ 
5 x6 


NO. 

7 
9 
10 


3%x6% 
3^x8^ 
4^x9K 


NO. 
11 

12 
14 


4^ x 10^ 
4^x11 
5 xllM 



Covers 



Special Envelopes can also be obtained through the Service Houses. 

[113] 




Jnnmiiw.ni. :::::i.:::: :.:.:& 



Agawam Bond 

The Second BOND Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(watermarked "agawam bond") 




AGAWAM BOND is a beautiful bluish-white bond, the 
appearance and texture of which render its high quality 
unmistakable. New white rags are used in its manufacture 
and the paper is loft-dried; consequently, it will withstand con- 
stant folding, handling and exposure to light over a long period 
of years. It is made in white only with glazed and unglazed 
finishes. 

Agawam Bond is a second-grade bond, as shown in the Bond 
Chart of Relative Quality-Standards on page 110. 

GENERAL USES — Agawam Bond is recommended for the following uses for 
which a high-grade appearance is desirable coupled with sturdy resistance to 
wear and light — 

Documents 
Contracts 
Letter of Credit 
Policies 
Permits 
Mortgages 



Stationery 

Letterheads and Envelopes 
General Letters 



Advertising 
Price Lists 
Envelope Enclosures 
Booklets 



IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type and line cuts) 
" " Litho Press (on glazed finish) 

" Offset Press 

" Die Stamping from steel dies or copper plates 
" " Steel Plate Engraving 

" " Ruling 

The various types of impress as given above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of im- 
press is left to the judgment of the printer. 

The right side of the sheet for impressing (or felt side) faces the reader when the 
watermark reads correctly from left to right. 

SIZES, WEIGHTS and COLOR— Glazed and Unglazed. Basis 17x22— 
500 sheets to ream. Trimmed four sides, stocked as follows: 

(Grain runs parallel to dimension in parentheses.) 
white only 

(17) x 22—13—16—20—24 

22 x (34)— 26— 32— 40-^8 

Sealed in reams, packed 500 to 600 pounds to case. 

Prices — Prices of Agawam Bond can be found in Price List at- 
tached to this book, between the last page and cover. 

Where Stocked — Agawam Bond is carried in stock by all Eagle-A 
Service Houses, a list of which is given on the first inside page 
of Price List. 

[1141 



Samples — Actual samples of Agawam Bond can be found in the 
Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, or samples 
for dummies, can be obtained from all Eagle-A Service Houses. 

Agawam Bond Typewriter Paper in standard weights in white only, regular sta- 
tionery sizes, is cataloged under Typewriter Papers (Ne Plus Ultra), page 264, and 
is carried in stock by all Eagle-A Service Houses. 



NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special colors of Agawam Bond can 
be taken only for a definite delivery in quantities of not less than 
3,300 pounds. BUT if Agawam Bond in the required color is 
being run at the mill at the time the paper is desired, or if the 
buyer can wait until it is to be run, then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any lengths or widths described below in 
minimum quantities of 1,100 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 
minimum quantities of 1,100 pounds. 

Non-standard finishes can be furnished under the same conditions in minimum 
quantities of 550 pounds. 

Under no condition can non-standard colors be made in quantities less than 
3,300 pounds. 



Offsets 
Covers 



NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

Agawam Bond can be made only in widths (dimension across the grain) a multiple 
of which equals 56" to 72"; but the minimum must be 16" and the maximum 28". 
The sheets can be cut in any lengths (dimension parallel to the grain) from 16" 
to 38". Thus the maximum sheet size possible to make in Agawam Bond is 
28" x 38" with the grain parallel to the 38" dimension. 



NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight in which Agawam Bond can 
be made is 13 pounds, the maximum 28 pounds. 

Important Notice: Whe'n an order is ready to be placed for making paper, it is 
always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because condi- 
tions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 



AGAWAM BOND ENVELOPES 

Made in substances 20 and 24. Packed %m and J^m to box. 

Carried in stock by all Eagle-A Service Houses. 

Manufactured by United States Envelope Company. 



commercial 


BARONIAL 


OFFICIAL 


no. 
5 

6H 


3tV*5M 
3^x6 

3^x6^ 


no. 

4 
5 

sy 2 

6 


4y 8 x5y 8 

4^x5^ 
5 x6 


NO. 

7 

9 
10 


3^x6^ 

3^x8% 
4^x9^ 


NO. 
11 

12 
14 


4^ x 10^ 
4^x11 
5 xll^ 



Special Envelopes can also be obtained through the Service Houses. 

[115] 



Persian Bond 




The Third BOND Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(WATERMARKED "PERSIAN BOND") 




47im/»ti}//tf>rrrrrr?!{rrTj7flflflf 



PERSIAN BOND is a paper of distinguished appearance, loft- 
dried, with a high rag content. It is made with medium 
finish in a good bluish-white and three colors. 

Persian Bond is a third-grade bond as shown in the Bond Chart 
of Relative Quality-Standards on page 110. 

GENERAL USES — Persian Bond's long life and ability to endure handling or 
folding are good reasons for using it when a paper with these qualities is necessary 
for— 



Stationery Documents 

Letterheads and Envelopes Contracts 
General Letters 
Bills and Statements 



IMPRESS— Sui, 



Advertising 
Price Lists 
Mortgages Booklets 

Checks Envelope Enclosures 

Purchase Orders Reports 
Permanent Office Forms 



able for Letterpress (type and line cuts) 

" Litho Press (any number of colors) 

" Offset Press 

" Engraving from steel dies or copper plates 

" Die Stamping 

" Ruling 

The various types of impress as given above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of im- 
press is left to the judgment of the printer. 

The right side of the sheet for impressing (or felt side) faces the reader when the 
watermark reads correctly from left to right. 

SIZES, WEIGHTS and COLORS— Basis 17 x 22—500 sheets to ream. Trimmed 
four sides, stocked as follows: 

(Grain runs parallel to dimension in parentheses.) 



(17) x 22— 13 —16 —20 - 
(17) x 28— 16H— 20^— 2SY 2 
(19) x 24— 16 — 19V 2 — 24H 



-24 22 x (34)— 26— 32— 40— 48 

28x(34)— 33— 41— 51 
24x(38)— 32— 39— 49 



COLORS 

Blue, Green and Buff 

(17) x 22—16—20 22 x (34)— 32— 40 

Sealed in reams, packed 500 to 600 pounds to case. 

Prices — Prices of Persian Bond can be found in Price List at- 
tached to this book, between the last page and cover. 

Where Stocked — Persian Bond is carried in stock by all Eagle-A 
Service Houses, a list of which is given on the first inside page 
of Price List. 

[1161 



Samples — Actual samples of Persian Bond can be found in the 
Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, or samples 
for dummies, can be obtained from all Eagle-A Service Houses. 

Persian Bond Typewriter Paper in standard weights in white only, regular sta- 
tionery sizes, is cataloged under Typewriter Papers, page 267, and is carried in 
stock by all Eagle-A Service Houses. 



NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special colors of Persian Bond can 
be taken only for a definite delivery in quantities of not less than 
4,950 pounds. BUT if Persian Bond in the required color 
is being run at the mill at the time the paper is desired, or if 
the buyer can wait until it is to be run, then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any lengths or widths described below in 
minimum quantities of 1,100 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 
minimum quantities of 1,100 pounds. 

Non-standard finishes can be furnished under the same conditions in minimum 
quantities of 550 pounds. 

Under no condition can non-standard colors be made in quantities less than 
4,950 pounds. 



Writings 

Books 
Offsets 

Covers 



NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

Persian Bond can be made only in widths (dimension across the grain) a multiple 
of which equals 72" to 88", but the minimum must be 16", and the maximum 28". 
The sheets can be cut in any lengths (dimension parallel to the grain) from 16" to 38". 
Thus the maximum sheet size possible to make in Persian Bond is 28"x38" 
with the grain parallel to the 38" dimension. 



NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight in which Persian Bond can be 
made is 13 pounds, the maximum 28 pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, it is 
always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because condi- 
tions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 



PERSIAN BOND ENVELOPES 

Made in substances 20 and 24. Packed J^m and \foiL to box. 

Carried in stock by all Eagle-A Service Houses. 

Manufactured by United States Envelope Company 



COMMERCIAL 


BARONIAL 


OFFICIAL 


NO. 

5 
6M 


3^x5^ 

3^x6 

3^x6^ 


NO. 

4 

5 

sy 2 

6 


3^x4^ 
4^x5^ 
43^x5^ 
5 x6 


NO. 

7 

9 

10 


3^x6% 
3^x8^ 
4^x9K 


NO. 
11 

12 
14 


4^ x 10^ 
4%xll 
5 xWA 



Special Envelopes can also be obtained through the Service Houses. 

[1171 




miiimminmiimmiiiim/k 



Contract Bond 

The Fourth BOND Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(watermarked "contract bond") 




CONTRACT BOND has a much higher character and 
appearance than its moderate price indicates. It is a semi- 
permanent paper that will last well beyond the period of ordinary 
legal requirements and will withstand a considerable amount of 
handling and folding without deteriorating. Contract Bond is 
a medium rag-content bond, loft-dried and made in a medium 
finish. It is stocked in a bluish white and eight different colors. 

Contract Bond grades fourth as indicated by the Bond Chart 
of Relative Quality-Standards on page 110. 

GENERAL USES — Contract Bond is particularly recommended for the following 
uses when the above qualities are desired — 



Stationery 

Letterheads and 

Envelopes 
General Letters 
Bills and Statements 



Forms and Documents 
Acknowledgments 
Bill Heads 
Checks and Drafts 
Debit Memos 
Estimate Orders 
Mfg. Orders 
Inventory Sheets 



Advertising 



Invoices 
Notes 

Purchase Orders 
Inventory Slips 
Time Slips 



Booklets 
Folders 
Price Lists 



IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type and line cuts) 

" " Litho Press (any number of colors) 

" Offset Press 
" " Engraving from steel dies or copper plates 
" " Die Stamping 

" Ruling 

The various types of impress as given above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of im- 
press is left to the judgment of the printer. 

The right side of the sheet for impressing (or felt side) faces the reader when the 
watermark reads correctly from left to right. 



SIZES, WEIGHTS and COLORS. Basis 17 x 22—500 sheets to ream. 
four sides, stocked as follows: 

(Grain runs parallel to dimension in parentheses.) 



Trimmed 



WHITE 

-24 22 x (34)- 

28 x (34)- 
24 x (38)- 



-26—32—40—48 

-33—41^51 

-32—39-49 



(17) x 22— 13 —16 —20 - 
(17) x 28—16^—20^—25^ 
(19) x 24— 16 — \9V 2 — 24^ 

COLORS 

Blue Pink Primrose Salmon Cherry Cafe Gray Goldenrod 
(17) x 22— 13— 16 —20 22 x (34)— 26— 32— 40 

(17)x28— — —2SY 2 28x(34)— — —51 

(19)x24— —19^ 24x(38)— —39 

Sealed in reams, packed 500 to 600 pounds to case. 

Prices — Prices of Contract Bond can be found in Price List at- 
tached to this book, between the last page and cover. 

[1181 



Where Stocked — Contract Bond is carried in stock by all Eagle-A 
Service Houses, a list of which is given on the first inside page 
of Price List. 

Samples — Actual samples of Contract Bond can be found in the 
Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, or samples 
for dummies, can be obtained from all Eagle-A Service Houses. 

Contract Bond in cut sheets with envelopes to match in size and color can be found 
in the Commercial Stationery Line, page 257, carried in stock by all Eagle-A Service 
Houses. 

Contract Bond Typewriter Paper in standard weights in white only, regular 
stationery sizes, is cataloged under Typewriter Papers, page 268, and is carried 
in stock by all Eagle-A Service Houses. 

NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special colors of Contract Bond can be 
taken only for a definite delivery in quantities of not less than 
4,400 pounds. BUT if Contract Bond in the required color is 
being run at the mill at the time the paper is desired, or if the 
buyer can wait until it is to be run, then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any lengths or widths described below 
in minimum quantities of 1,100 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 
minimum quantities of 1,100 pounds. 

Non-standard finishes can be furnished under the same conditions in minimum 
quantities of 550 pounds. 

Under no condition can non-standard colors be made in quantities less than 
4,400 pounds. 

NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

Contract Bond can be made only in widths (dimension across the grain) a 
multiple of which equals 56" to 72"; but the minimum must be 16", and the maxi- 
mum 28". The sheets can be cut in any lengths (dimension parallel to the grain) 
from 16" to 38". Thus the maximum sheet size possible to make in Contract 
Bond is 28" x 38" with the grain parallel to the 38" dimension. 

NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight in which Contract Bond can 
be made is 13 pounds, the maximum 28 pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, it is 
always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because condi- 
tions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 

CONTRACT BOND ENVELOPES 

Made in substances 20 and 24. Packed }/£m and J^m to box. 
Carried in stock by all Eagle-A Service Houses. 
Manufactured by United States Envelope Company 



commercial 


BARONIAL 


OFFICIAL 


NO. 

5 
6H 


3rVx5^ 

3J^x6 

3^x6^ 


NO. 
4 
5 

sy 2 

6 


3^x4fi 

m^sy 8 
VAxsy 2 

5 x6 


NO. 
7 
9 

10 


3%x6^ 

3>gx8^ 
4^x9^ 


NO. 
11 

12 
14 


iy 2 x 10^ 

4^x11 

5 xiiy 2 



Special Envelopes can also be obtained through the Service Houses. 

[119] 




wiiimmiiiiiiiiwuiimulm 



Airpost Bond 

The Fifth BOND Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(watermarked "airpost bond") 




mmmmmmnmam 



AIRPOST BOND is a good, loft-dried, rag-content paper. It 
is stocked in white only. It compares favorably in appear- 
ance with the higher Bond Grades, while its price is much lower. 
It is a semi-permanent Bond and will last well over fifteen 
years, and at the same time withstand a considerable amount 
of exposure, folding and handling. Made in white only. 

Airpost Bond grades fifth in the Bond Charts of Relative Quality- 
Standards as indicated on page 110. 

GENERAL USES — Airpost Bond is recommended for the following uses when a 
distinctive appearance, lasting qualities and a moderate price are desired. 



Stationery 

Letterheads and Envelopes 



Forms and Documents 
Statements 
Invoices 
Purchase Orders 



Advertising 
Booklets 



IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type and line cuts) 

' " Litho Press (any number of colors) 

" Offset Press 
' " Engraving from steel dies or copper plates 
' " Die Stamping 

" Ruling 

The various types of impress as given above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of im- 
press is left to the judgment of the printer. 

The right side of the sheet for impressing (or felt side) faces the reader when the 
watermark reads correctly from left to right. 

SIZES, WEIGHTS and COLORS— Basis 17 x 22—500 sheets to ream. Trimmed 
four sides, stocked as follows: 

(Grain runs parallel to dimension in parentheses.) 

WHITE ONLY 

(17) x 22—16 —20 —24 22 x (34)— 32-40— 48 

(17) x 28— 20H— 2Sy 2 ■ 24 x (38)— 39-^9 

(19) x 24—19^—243^ 28 x (34)— 41— 51 

Sealed in reams, packed 500 to 600 pounds to case. 



Prices — Prices of Airpost Bond can be found in Price List at- 
tached to this book, between the last page and cover. 

Where Stocked — Airpost Bond is carried in stock by all Eagle-A 
Service Houses, a list of which is given on the first inside page 
of Price List. 

[120] 



Samples — Actual samples of Airpost Bond can be found in the 
Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, or samples 
for dummies, can be obtained from all Eagle-A Service Houses. 

Airpost Bond Typewriter Paper in standard weights in white only, regular sta- 
tionery sizes, is cataloged under Typewriter Papers, page 269, and is carried in 
stock by all Eagle-A Service Houses. 



NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special colors of Airpost Bond can 
be taken only for a definite delivery in quantities of not less than 
4,400 pounds. BUT if Airpost Bond in the required color 
is being run at the mill at the time the paper is desired, or if 
the buyer can wait until it is to be run, then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any lengths or widths described below in 
minimum quantities of 1,100 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 
minimum quantities of 1,100 pounds. 

Non-standard finishes can be furnished under the same conditions in minimum 
quantities of 550 pounds. 

Under no condition can non-standard colors be made in quantities less than 
4,400 pounds. 



Offsets 
Covers 



NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

Airpost Bond can be made only in widths (dimension across the grain) a multiple 
of which equals 56" to 72"; but the minimum must be 16" and the maximum 28". 
The sheets can be cut in any lengths (dimension parallel to the grain) from 16" to 
38". Thus the maximum sheet size possible to make in Airpost Bond is 28" x 38" 
with the grain parallel to the 38" dimension. 



NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight in which Airpost Bond can be 
made is 13 pounds, the maximum 28 pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, it is 
always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because condi- 
tions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 



AIRPOST BOND ENVELOPES 

Made in substances 20 and 24. Packed J^m and %u to box. 

Carried in stock by all Eagle-A Service Houses. 

Manufactured by United States Envelope Company 



COMMERCIAL 


BARONIAL 


OFFICIAL 


NO. 

5 

6M 

6% 


3tV*5K 
3^x6 

3^x6^ 


NO. 

4 

5 

sy 2 

6 


3^x4H 
4^x5K 
4^x53^ 
5 x6 


NO. 

7 

9 

10 


3^x6^ 
3^x8^ 
4^x9^ 


NO. 
11 

12 
14 


4H x 10% 
4^x11 
5 xllH 



Special Envelopes can also be obtained through the Service Houses. 

[1211 



Chevron Bond 




The Sixth BOND Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(watermarked "chevron bond") 




CHEVRON BOND is a rag-content bond, air-dried in such 
manner as to give it the appearance of a loft-dried sheet. 
It is a semi-permanent paper that will last over the period covered 
by the legal statutes of limitations. It is made in white only, 
in a medium finish. 

Chevron Bond ranks sixth as determined by the Bond Chart 
of Relative Quality-Standards on page 111. 

GENERAL USES — Chevron Bond is recommended for the following uses when 
the above-named qualities are desired — 



Stationery 


Forms and Documents 


Advertising 


Letterheads and Envelopes 


Policies 


Bulletins 




Billheads 


Folders 




Statements 


Booklets 




Reports 






Estimates 





IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type and line cuts) 

" " Litho Press (any number of colors) 
" Offset Press 
" Ruling 

The various types of impress as given above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of im- 
press is left to the judgment of the printer. 

The right side of the sheet for impressing (or felt side) faces the reader when the 
watermark reads correctly from left to right. 

SIZES, WEIGHTS and COLORS— Basis 17 x 22—500 sheets to ream. Trimmed 
four sides, stocked as follows: 

(Grain runs parallel to dimension in parentheses) 

WHITE 

Basis — 17 x 22 sheet size 

(17) x 22— 13 —16— 20 —24 22 x (34)— 26— 32— 40— 48 

(17) x 28— WA— 20y 2 — 2SV 2 24 x (38)— 32— 39— 49 

(19) x 24— 16 —l9V 2 —24y 2 28 x (34)— 33— 41— 51 

Sealed in reams, packed 500 to 600 pounds to case. 

Prices — Prices of Chevron Bond can be found in Price List 
attached to this book, between the last page and cover. 

Where Stocked — Chevron Bond is carried in stock by all Eagle-A 
Service Houses, a list of which is given on the first inside page 
of Price List. 

Samples — Actual samples of Chevron Bond can be found in the 
Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, or samples 
for dummies, can be obtained from all Eagle-A Service Houses. 

[122] 



Chevron Bond Typewriter Paper in standard weights in white only, regular 
stationery sizes, is cataloged under Typewriter Papers, page 270, and is carried 
in stock by all Eagle-A Service Houses. 

NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special colors of Chevron Bond can 
be taken only for a definite delivery in quantities of not less than 
8,800 pounds. BUT if Chevron Bond in the required color 
is being run at the mill at the time the paper is desired, or if 
the buyer can wait until it is to be run, then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any lengths or widths described below in 
minimum quantities of 2,200 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 
minimum quantities of 2,200 pounds. 

Non-standard plater finishes can be furnished under the same conditions in 
minimum quantities of 550 pounds, but at least 2,200 pounds are required for 
special calender finishes. 

Under no condition can colors be made in quantities less than 8,800 pounds. 

NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

Chevron Bond can be made only in widths (dimension across the grain) a multiple 
of which equals 72" to 88"; but the minimum must be 16" and the maximum 
44". Sheets can be cut from these widths in lengths (dimension parallel to the 
grain) from 16" to 58". Thus the maximum sheet size possible to make in 
Chevron Bond is 44" x 58" with the grain parallel to the 58" dimension. Sheets 
22", 24" and 28" wide by any length between the limits given above can often 
be delivered more quickly than sheets in other widths, because this is the width of 
the rolls from which the standard size sheets are cut, and it is sometimes possible 
to cut sheets from these rolls in special lengths before the rolls have been sheeted. 

ROLLS (SPECIAL) 

Chevron Bond can also be supplied in rolls not to exceed 30" diameter, wound on 
steel or strawboard cores, in widths (dimension across grain) as given for sheets, 
in quantities not less than 2,200 pounds. 

NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight in which Chevron Bond can 
be made is 13 pounds, the maximum 28 pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, it is 
always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because condi- 
tions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 



Covers 



CHEVRON BOND ENVELOPES 

Made in substances 20 and 24. Packed %u and }4u to box. 

Carried in stock by all Eagle-A Service Houses. 

Manufactured by United States Envelope Company 



COMMERCIAL 


BARONIAL 


OFFICIAL 


NO. 

5 
6% 


3tV*5^ 

3^x6 

3^x6^ 


NO. 
4 

5 

sy 2 

6 


3^x4f£ 

4J^x5^ 

4^x5^ 
5 x6 


NO. 
7 
9 

10 


3^x63^ 
3^x8^ 
4^x9^ 


NO. 
11 

12 
14 


4^x10^ 
4^x11 
5 xll^ 



Special Envelopes can also be obtained through the Service Houses. 

[123] 




\Jmimmimmiiuwimiiml. 



Acceptance Bond 

The Seventh BOND Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(watermarked "acceptance bond") 




mumumuuumuuimmvu 



ACCEPTANCE BOND is the highest grade bond in the 
temporary class. For a short period, such as two or three 
years, it will withstand ordinary handling and folding. Accep- 
tance Bond is a rag-content paper, machine-dried. It is made 
in a medium finish in eight colors and white. It is also made in a 
linen finish in white and blue. 

Acceptance Bond grades seventh in the Bond Chart of Relative 
Quality-Standards as shown on page 111. 

GENERAL USES — Acceptance Bond is particularly adapted for the following 
uses, bearing in mind its above-described qualifications — 

Stationery File Copies Advertising 

Letterheads and Inter-Department Letters Receiving Reports Booklets 

Envelopes Order Blanks Requisitions Bulletins 

Form Letters Receipts Time Slips Price Lists 

Reports 

IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type and line cuts) 

" " Litho Press (any number of colors) 
" Offset Press 
" Ruling 

The various types of impress as indicated above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of im- 
press is left to the judgment of the printer. 

The right side of the sheet for impressing (or felt side) faces the reader when the 
watermark reads correctly from left to right. 

SIZES, WEIGHTS and COLORS— Basis 17 x 22—500 sheets to ream. Flat sheets 
trimmed four sides, stocked as follows: 

(Grain runs parallel to dimension in parentheses.) 
(Both dimensions in parentheses indicate grain may run either way) 



white 
(17) x 22—13 —16 —20 —24 

17 x (28)— 16M— 20M— 25^ 
(19) x 24—16 — 19M— 24^ 

22 x(34)— 26 —32 —40 —48 



24 x (38)— 32— 39^9 
(28) x 34—33—41—51 
(20) x (26)— 28 
(20) x (28)— 30 



COLORS 

Pink Russet Blue Buff Light Green Canary Golden Rod 
(17) x 22 —13 —16 —20—24 22 x (34)— 26— 32-^0-48 

17 x (28)— 20^—25^ 24 x (38)— 39-^9 

(19) x 24—193^—24^ (28)x34— 41— 51 

BLUE and buff 
(20) x (26)— 28 (20) x (28)— 30 

LINEN FINISH 

White Blue 

(17) x 22 —16—20 
22 x(34)— 32— 40 
Sealed in reams, packed 500 to 600 pounds to case. 

[1241 



Prices — Prices of Acceptance Bond can be found in Price List attached to this 
book, between the last page and cover. 

Where Stocked — Acceptance Bond is carried in stock by all Eagle-A Service 
Houses, a list of which is given on the first inside page of Price List. 

Samples — Actual samples of Acceptance Bond can be found in the Eagle-A 
Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, or samples for dummies, can be ob- 
tained from all Eagle-A Service Houses. 

Acceptance Bond in cut sheets with envelopes to match in size and color can be 

found in the Commercial Stationery Line, page 258, carried in stock by all Eagle-A 

Service Houses. 

Acceptance Bond Typewriter Paper in standard weights in white only, regular 

stationery sizes, is cataloged under Typewriter Papers, page 271, and is carried in 

stock by all Eagle-A Service Houses. 

NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, special finishes and 
special colors of Acceptance Bond can be taken only for a definite delivery 
in quantities of not less than 8,800 pounds. BUT if Acceptance Bond in the 
required color is being run at the mill at the time the paper is desired, or if the 
buyer can wait until it is to be run, then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any lengths or widths described below in 

minimum quantities of 1,650 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 

minimum quantities of 3,300 pounds. 

Non-standard plater finishes can be furnished under the same conditions in 

minimum quantities of 550 pounds, but at least 1,650 pounds are required for 

special calender finishes. 

Under no condition can non-standard colors be made in quantities less than 8,800 

pounds. 

NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 
Acceptance Bond can be made only in widths (dimension across the grain) a 
multiple of which equals 56" to 72"; but the minimum must be 16", and the maxi- 
mum 36". Sheets can be cut from these widths in lengths (dimension parallel 
to the grain) from 16" to 52". Thus the maximum sheet size possible to make in 
Acceptance Bond is 36" x 52" with the grain parallel to the 52" dimension. 
Sheets 22", 24" and 34" wide by any length between the limits given above can often 
be delivered more quickly than sheets in other widths, because these are the widths 
of the rolls from which the standard size sheets are cut, and it is sometimes possible 
to cut sheets from these rolls in special lengths before the rolls have been sheeted. 

ROLLS (SPECIAL) 

Acceptance Bond can also be supplied in rolls not to exceed 30" diameter wound on 
steel or strawboard cores in widths (dimension across grain) as given for sheets in 
minimum quantities of 1,650 pounds of a size. 

NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 
The minimum substance weight in which Acceptance Bond can be made is 13 
pounds, the maximum 28 pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, it is 
always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because condi- 
tions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 



Covers 



ACCEPTANCE BOND ENVELOPES 

Made in substances 20 and 24. Packed 3^m and }4m to box. 

Carried in stock by all Eagle-A Service Houses. 

Manufactured by United States Envelope Company. 



commercial 


BARONIAL 


OFFICIAL 


NO. 

5 
6% 


3^x5^ 

3^x6 

3^x6^ 


NO. 

4 

5 

6 


3^x4H 
4^x5^ 
4^x5^ 
5 x6 


NO. 
7 

9 
10 


3^x6% 
3Kx8K 
4^x9^ 


NO. 
11 

12 
14 


4^x10^ 
4^x11 

5 xiiy 2 



Special Envelopes can also be obtained through the Service Houses. 

[125] 




A,,,,,iui,i,miuiiii>iiimmfc 



Norman Bond 

The Eighth BOND Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(watermarked "norman bond") 




NORMAN BOND is a sheet of good appearance made of the 
best grade of bleached sulphite. It is made in white and 
seven colors in a medium finish and will withstand a moderate 
amount of handling and folding for a period of two or three years. 

Norman Bond ranks as the eighth grade Bond as indicated by the 
Bond Chart of Relative Quality-Standards on page 111. 

GENERAL USES — Norman Bond is recommended for the following uses where 
a bond paper is desired that will not have to last for a long period of time or be 
subjected to severe handling or exposure. 

Stationery General Office Forms Factory Forms Advertising 

Letterheads and Order Blanks Inventory Slips Folders 

Envelopes Purchase Orders 

IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type and line cuts) 

" " Litho Press (any number of colors) 
" Offset Press 
" Ruling 

The various types of impress as indicated above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of im- 
press is left to the judgment of the printer. 

The right side of the sheet for impressing (or felt side) faces the reader when the 
watermark reads correctly from left to right. 

SIZES, WEIGHTS, and COLORS— Basis 17 x 22—500 sheets to ream. Trimmed 
four sides, stocked as follows: 

(Grain runs parallel to dimension in parentheses.) 

WHITE 

Basis — 17 x 22 sheet 

(17) x 22 —16 —20 —24 24 x (38)— 39-49 

17 x (28)— 20^—25^ (28) x 34—41—51 

(19) x 24 —19y 2 —Uy 2 22 x (34)— 32— 40— 48 

(34) x 44 —64—80—96 



COLORS 

Pink Blue Buff Golden Rod Canary Salmon 
(17) x 22—16 —20 22 x (34)— 32— 40 

17 x (28)— 20V 2 24 x (38)— 39 

(19) x 24— 19^ (28) x 34—41 

Sealed in reams, packed 500 to 600 pounds to case. 



Opaline 



Prices — Prices of Norman Bond can be found in Price List 
attached to this book, between the last page and cover. 

Where Stocked — Norman Bond is carried in stock by all Eagle-A 
Service Houses, a list of which is given on the first inside page 
of Price List. 

[1261 



Samples — Actual samples of Norman Bond can be found in the 
Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, or samples 
for dummies, can be obtained from all Eagle-A Service Houses. 

NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special colors of Norman Bond can 
be taken only for a definite delivery in quantities of not less than 
8,800 pounds. BUT if Norman Bond in the required color 
is being run at the mill at the time the paper is desired, or if the 
buyer can wait until it is to be run, then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any lengths or widths described below in 
minimum quantities of 1,650 pounds in white or colors. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 
quantities of 3,300 pounds in white or colors. 

Non-standard plater finishes can be furnished under the same conditions in 
minimum quantities of 550 pounds, but at least 1,650 pounds are required for 
special calender finishes. 

Under no condition can non-standard colors be made in quantities less than 
8,800 pounds. 

NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

Norman Bond can be made only in widths (dimension across the grain) a multiple 
of which equals 56" to 72"; but the minimum must be 16" and the maximum 36". 
Sheets can be cut from these roll widths in lengths (dimension parallel to the 
grain) from 16" to 61". Thus the maximum sheet size possible to make in Norman 
Bond is 36" x 61" with the grain parallel to the 61" dimension.* 

Sheets 22", 24" and 34" wide by any length between the limits given above can 
often be delivered more quickly than sheets in other widths, because these are the 
widths of the rolls from which the standard size sheets are cut, and it is sometimes 
possible to cut sheets from these rolls in special lengths before the rolls have been 
sheeted. 

ROLLS (SPECIAL) 

Norman Bond can also be supplied in rolls not to exceed 30" diameter wound on 
steel or strawboard cores in widths (dimension across grain) as given for sheets in 
minimum quantities of 1,650 pounds of a size. 

NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight in which Norman Bond can 

be made is 13 pounds, the maximum 28 pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, it is 
always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because condi- 
tions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 



Offsets 



NORMAN BOND ENVELOPES 

Made in substances 20 and 24. Packed J^m and y*& to box. 

Carried in stock by all Eagle-A Service Houses. 

Manufactured by United States Envelope Company. 



LJM 



commercial 


baronial 


official 


no. 

5 

6H 


3&xsy 2 

3^x6 
3^x6^ 


no. 

4 

5 

sy 2 

6 


3^x4^ 

4^x5^ 

VAxsy 2 

5 x6 


no. 
7 
9 

10 


3^x8% 
4^x9^ 


no. 

11 

12 
14 


4M x \oy 8 

4%xll 
5 xUH 



Special Envelopes can also be obtained through the Service Houses. 

[127] 




\J)iii>it»inii>iim»i>iimm>R 



Telephone Bond 

The Ninth BOND Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(rubber-stamped "telephone bond") 




TELEPHONE BOND is an excellent paper to select when 
price is a dominating consideration. It is made of chemical 
wood pulp in a medium finish in white and six colors. 
Telephone Bond is the ninth grade Bond as indicated by the 
Bond Chart of Relative Quality-Standards on page 111. 

GENERAL USES — Telephone Bond is recommended for the following uses, 
for which a range of colors may be required, when the pieces do not have to 
be preserved for any length of time or will not receive much handling or folding — 

Stationery General Office Forms Advertising 

Letterheads and Memo Slips Booklets 

Envelopes Telephone Call Slips Envelope Enclosures 

IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type and line cuts) 

" " Litho Press (any number of colors) 
" Offset Press 
" Ruling 
The various types of impress as indicated above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of im- 
press is left to the judgment of the printer. 

Note: Expensive forms of impress are sometimes mistakenly applied to cheap 
bond papers. 

The right side of the sheet for impressing (or felt side) faces the reader when the 
rubber stamp reads correctly from left to right. 
SIZES, WEIGHTS and COLORS— Basis 17 x 22—500 sheets to ream. Trimmed 
four sides as follows: 

(Grain runs parallel to dimension in parentheses.) 
(Both dimensions in parentheses indicate grain may run either way.) 



Basis 
(17) x 22—13—16 —20—24 

(17) x 28 ioy 2 — —2SV 2 

(19)x(24) 19^ 243^ 

22 x(34)— 26— 32 —40^8 

Green 



WHITE 

17 x 22 sheet size 



(24) x (38)— 39- 
28 x(34)— 41- 
(34) x 44—52- 



-80—96 



COLORS 

Buff 



Blue Pink Green Buff Canary Golden Rod 

(17) x 22—16—20 22 x (34)— 32— 40 

(17) x 28 — 20K ' (24) x (38)— 39 

(19) x (24)— 193^ 28 x(34)— 41 

Sealed in reams, packed 500 to 600 pounds to case. 

Prices — Prices of Telephone Bond can be found in Price List 
attached to this book, between the last page and cover. 

Where Stocked — Telephone Bond is carried in stock by all 
Eagle-A Service Houses, a list of which is given on the first 
inside page of Price List. 

Samples — Actual samples of Telephone Bond can be found in 
the Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, or 
samples for dummies, can be obtained from all Eagle-A 
Service Houses. 

[1281 



NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special colors of Telephone Bond can 
be taken only for a definite delivery in quantities of not less than 
12,100 pounds. BUT if Telephone Bond in the required 
color is being run at the mill at the time the paper is desired, 
or if the buyer can wait until it is to be run, then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any lengths or widths described below in 
minimum quantities of 2,200 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 
minimum quantities of 4,400 pounds in white or colors. 

Non-standard plater finishes can be furnished under the same conditions in 
minimum quantities of 550 pounds, but at least 2,200 pounds are required for 
special calender finishes. 

Under no condition can non-standard colors be made in quantities under 12,100 
pounds. 

NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

Telephone Bond can be made only in widths (dimension across the grain) a 
multiple of which equals 72" to 88"; but the minimum must be 16" and the maximum 
44". Sheets can be cut from these widths in lengths (dimension parallel to 
the grain) from 16" to 52". Thus the maximum sheet size possible to make in 
Telephone Bond is 44" x 52" with the grain parallel to the 52". 

Sheets 22", 24", 28" and 44" wide by any length between the limits given above 
can often be delivered more quickly than sheets in other widths, because these are 
the widths of the rolls from which the standard size sheets are cut, and it is some- 
times possible to cut sheets from these rolls in special lengths before the rolls have 
been sheeted. 

ROLLS (SPECIAL) 

Telephone Bond can also be supplied in rolls not exceeding 30" diameter wound on 
steel or strawboard cores in widths (dimension across grain) as given for sheets in 
minimum quantities of 2,200 pounds of a size. 

NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight in which Telephone Bond 
can be made is 13 pounds, the maximum 28 pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, it is 
always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because condi- 
tions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 



TELEPHONE BOND ENVELOPES 

Made in substances 20 and 24. Packed }/£m and J/±m to box. 

Carried in stock by all Eagle-A Service Houses. 

Manufactured by United States Envelope Company. 



COMMERCIAL 


BARONIAL 


OFFICIAL 


NO. 

5 
6M 


3tVx5^ 

3^x6 

3^x6^ 


NO. 

4 

5 

sy 2 

6 


3^x4H 
4^x5^ 
43^x5^ 
5 x6 


NO. 

7 

9 

10 


3^x63/4 
3^x8% 
4^x9H 


NO. 
11 

12 
14 


VA x 10$* 
4^x11 
5 xllH 



Special Envelopes can also be obtained through the Service Houses. 

[1291 



Linen Papers 

OF EAGLE-A QUALITY-STANDARDS 

THE word "Linen," as applied to paper, is misleading and 
excusable only by the antiquity of the term. Linens are 
not made of linen rags, nor should the term be confused with 
"Linen Finish," which refers to a surface finish resembling the 
appearance of linen fabric. 

Originally all papers were made by hand and the hand mould 
was of necessity so constructed as to give a "laid" mark. The 
raw material used was largely linen. 

The paper industry soon attained a stage where linen could 
no longer serve as the sole supply. Cotton was introduced as an 
additional material and went into papers in increasing amounts 
until linen ceased to be a factor in the industry. 

The substitution was complete a good many years ago, and 
today the laid formation and a firm surface are the only dis- 
tinguishing characteristics of Linen Papers. Because of the 
original raw material, linens are usually of cream color. 

The surface qualities and appearance which give linens their 
appeal are obtained at a sacrifice of the qualities of the paper 
which enable it to resist handling and abrasion but have no 
effect on longevity or its resistance to exposure. 

Thus a first grade linen paper can be rated with a first grade 
bond as regards longevity and exposure, while in folding, en- 
durance and resistance to abrasion it ranks with a bond of the 
third grade. 

The methods used for the development of the nine Quality- 
Standard bond grades of the Eagle-A Line have been applied to 
the field of linens. In the opinion of the paper-makers, mer- 
chants and printers who took part in this study, four grades ade- 
quately meet all possible use-requirements for linens. 

Paralleling in construction the Quality-Standard Chart of 
Bond Papers (pages 110-111) the chart on the opposite page has 
been prepared to show the relation of these linens to one another 
when considered in terms of their fundamental characteristics. 

Detailed descriptions of these papers are given on the follow- 
ing pages. Each paper is described in two ways — first, from its 
standpoint of appearance and content; and secondly, with 
reference to the chart of Relative Quality-Standards in Linen 
Papers. 

The four grades of the Eagle-A Line cover all requirements: 

Grade Watermark Color 

Permanent I U. S. Linen Cream Laid 

II Colonial White Laid 

Semi-Perm. Ill Aulde Scotia Lynene Cream Laid 

Temporary IV Rival Cream Laid 

LINEN PAPER TRADE CUSTOMS 
Trade customs pertaining to Linens are explained in detail 
on pages 306-310. 

[130] 



In 

OS 

S ri 
+- 1 d 

c3 (L> 

w w 

£<~ 

<L> 
Oh 

Ph 

C 
<U 
C 


" CD 

^^ 

rH CO 

.5 t-< 

H CD 
• •S 

Cu'cS 

■£ a" 

£ u 
^u <u 

*H Qh 

C8 
03 d, 
Sh " 

cfl cu 

.2 a 

CU CU 

•a £ 

cu S> 

'So c 

o 

J2 '•£ 

"c3 cU 

c^ 

cu a> 
_2 +* 

c -1 o 






Nrt<OOrH 
r-i O i— <<-o 




tH co NO O 

C-l ■* NO i—l 


i-H OO CO ■*+! 
CO OO i-H Tj< 




NmON 
NOOO\C\ 


"-o OMo ■— i 
NO NO t>. 00 


O NO O co 


NO OO C-JIO 
CN CN CO CO 


CU 

o 

a 

cd 
Ih 

cd 
cu 

a, 

a, 
< 


§ 


CNCTmhco 


^ON00t(< 
O cv) f~~ ?<-> 


O0 O CN u-i 

On ON i-H co 


•* 00 CO NO 
NflNO 


t-~ 00 i— i co 


u-> no t^ On 


CO -*i NOt~- 


CN CO ■* ui 


1,3 a 
go 

nj S 

■eg 


---- 


OOOO 

oooo 


NO NO NO NO 


NO NO NO NO 




oooo 


NO NO NO NO 


U"> U-! U-) U-l 


(S <u 

tag 
o § 

O {D 


_„h^h,-h 


CN Ol (Nl O) 


OO OO OO 0O 

t — t — r—. i>~ 


r~— «-— - 1 — t~~ 

NO NO NO NO 


^l^^l^H 


On On ON ON 


r-»r^t~.r^ 


NO NO NO NO 


£ 
3 


oooo 

'T* ^T* ''^ ^f 


oooo 

OO OO OO OO 


OOOO 
O0 OO OO OO 


CO CO CO CO 
CO CO CO CO 


en CO i— 1 i— 1 
CO co 


CM CV) CN CN 


TP Tt^ "*f TX* 

l-H l-H l-H l-H 


CO CO CO CO 


.3 

M 

cu 
C/3 


to 


■* co <v) O 

U1HCJ\N 


>ONMO 

CO NO O LO 


NO -*u-)l~^ 
CO TflU-J NO 


"TfH O0 CV) ^O 

i-H i— I CN CN 


fNt^tn'* 


iHlHCNCS 






u 

ca 

CO 


0\NOO 
O co 0\>-0 


NOONiri 
t— i O co u-> 


TH OO NO tH 
i-H N0>-0 TjH 


00 i-H t-H i-H 
MOOtflCN 


m\ONO\ 


•*iO\ON 


i-H CO ^ lO 


CN CN CO •* 


0) 

a 

<u 
Eh 


cN t-h u-) io 

\O0OrH\0 


co c-1 uo ON 


OOl^- NOLO 

OONO\rH 


CO OO CN u-i 

■*1HMCS 


^<ioN OO 


■*i^vON 


CTrJivoN 


CO ■* UO NO 


i 


NO--*H-^ O 
rtCN-*N 


io co to On 

OO NO 00 O 


1^. On r^ ■* 

NtntnN 


NOt^ONO 


Tj< WO \Of~- 


W*U1(N 


CN CO -* u-> 


CN CN CO 1*1 


Substance 
Weight 

Basis 
17x22 




co VOO-* 

iHfHCNN 


co NO O ■* 

iHiHCSCNI 


CONOO-HH 
HHCNN 


cu 

o 


t— 1 
CO 

13 


t-H 
l-H 

"S 

_o 

"o 
U 


Aulde 
Scotia 
Lynene III 


> 

t-H 

> 



Writings 



Weddings 



graphs 

Announce- 
ment Line 

Stationery 



Typewriter 
Papers 

Writing 
Tablets, 

Special 
Papers 

Eaglet 



[131] 




U. S. Linen 

The First LINEN Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(watermarked "u. s. linen") 




Uimmmmmmiimimimmi 



US. LINEN is a beautiful cream laid sheet which has the 
• appearance of the old hand-made linens that are so restful 
to the eye. It is loft-dried and has a very high rag content — a 
paper that will last more than the span of the average human 
life without changing color and without cracking or breaking 
under severe treatment. 

U. S. Linen is the first Linen grade as indicated by the Linen 
Chart of Relative Quality-Standards on page 131. 

GENERAL USES — U. S. Linen is recommended for the following uses where a 
distinctive appearance coupled with long-lasting qualities is desired — 



Stationery Office Forms 

General Letterheads 

Executives' Letterheads Billheads 

Envelopes 



Advertising 
Announcements 
Envelope Stuffers 
Booklets 



IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type and line cuts) 

" " Litho Press (any number of colors) 

" Offset Press 
" " Engraving from steel dies or copper plates 
" " Die Stamping 

" Ruling 

The various types of impress as indicated above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of im- 
press is left to the judgment of the printer. 

The right side of the sheet for impressing (or felt side) faces the reader when the 
watermark reads correctly from left to right. 

SIZES, WEIGHTS and COLOR— Basis 17 x 22—500 sheets to ream. Trimmed 
four sides, stocked as 'follows: 

(Grain runs parallel to dimension in parentheses.) 
The chain mark is parallel to the grain. 

CREAM LAID 

Basis — 17 x 22 sheet 
17 x (22)— 9 —11—13 —16—20 —24 (22) x 34— 18— 22— 26— 32— 40— 48 
17 x (26)— 103^—13— ISV 2 — 19— 23H (26) x 34—21—26—31—38—47 



Prices — Prices of U. S. Linen can be found in Price List attached 
to this book, between the last page and cover. 

Where Stocked — U. S. Linen is carried in stock by all Eagle-A 
Service Houses, a list of which is given on the first inside 
page of Price List. 

[132] 



Samples — Actual samples of U. S. Linen can be found in the 
Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, or samples 
for dummies, can be obtained from all Eagle-A Service Houses. 

U. S. Linen Typewriter Paper in standard weights is cataloged under Typewriter 
Papers (Ne Plus Ultra), page 264, and is carried in stock by all Eagle-A Service 
Houses. 

NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special colors of U. S. Linen can be 
taken only for a definite delivery in quantities of not less than 
3,300 pounds. BUT if U. S. Linen in the required color is 
being run at the mill at the time the paper is desired, or if the 
buyer can wait until it is to be run, then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any lengths or widths described below in 
minimum quantities of 1,100 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 
minimum quantities of 1,100 pounds. 

Non-standard finishes can be furnished under the same conditions in minimum 
quantities of 550 pounds. 

Under no condition can non-standard colors be made in quantities less than 
3,300 pounds. 



Writings 



NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

U. S. Linen can be made only in widths (dimension across the grain) a multiple 
of which equals 56" to 72"; but the minimum must be 16" and the maximum 28". 
The sheets can be cut in lengths (dimension parallel to the grain) from 16" to 38". 
Thus the maximum sheet size possible to make in U. S. Linen is 28" x 38" with the 
grain parallel to the 38" dimension. 



NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight in which U. S. Linen can be 
made is 9 pounds, the maximum 28 pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, it is 
always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because condi- 
tions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 



U. S. LINEN ENVELOPES 

Made in substances 20 and 24. Packed 3^m and J^m to box. 

Carried in stock by all Eagle-A Service Houses. 

Manufactured by United States Envelope Company. 



LJDf 

m 



COMMERCIAL 


BARONIAL 


OFFICIAL 


NO. 

5 
6% 


3tVx5K 

3^x6 

3^x6^ 


NO. 

4 

5 

6 


3V s xm 
VAxSVs 

v/% x sy 2 

5 x6 


NO. 

7 

9 

10 


3Mx6M 
3^x8% 
4^x9^ 


NO. 
11 

12 
14 


4^x10^ 
4%xll 

5 xiiy 2 



Special Envelopes can also be obtained through the Service Houses. 

[133 1 




Jimimim\nu}inum{iinriik 



Colonial Linen 

The Second LINEN Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(watermarked "colonial linen") 




COLONIAL LINEN, a beautiful laid paper, has a bluish- 
white tone. It is a loft-dried linen with a very high rag 
content which gives it considerable durability and folding 
strength. 

Colonial Linen is the second grade of Linen of the Eagle-A 
Line as indicated by the Linen Chart of Relative Quality-Stand- 
ards on page 131. 

GENERAL USES — Colonial Linen is recommended for the following uses when 
a distinctive quality is desired, coupled with considerable strength and durability — 



Stationery 

General Letterheads 
Executive Letterheads 
Envelopes 



Office Forms 
Billheads 



Advertising 

Announcements 
Envelope Stuffers 
Booklets 



IMPRESS— Suitable for Letterpress (type and line cuts) 

" " Litho Press (any number of colors) 

" Offset Press 
" " Engraving from steel dies or copper plates 
" " Die Stamping 

" Ruling 



The various types of impress as indicated above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of im- 
press is left to the judgment of the printer. 

The right side of the sheet for impressing (or felt side) faces the reader when the 
watermark reads correctly from left to right. 

SIZES, WEIGHTS and COLORS— Basis 17 x 22—500 sheets to ream. Trimmed 
four sides, stocked as follows: 

(Grain runs parallel to dimension in parentheses.) 
The chain mark is parallel to the grain. 

WHITE LAID 

Basis — 17 x 22 sheet 
•24 



17x(22)— 9 
17 x (26)— 10J4 



-11- 
-13- 



-13 - 

-15K- 



-16- 

-19- 



-20 - 

-23M 



(22) x 34—18—22—26—32—40—48 
(26) x 34—21—26—31—38—47 



Sealed in reams, packed 500 to 600 pounds to case. 

Prices — Prices of Colonial Linen can be found in Price List 
attached to this book, between the last page and cover. 

Where Stocked — Colonial Linen is carried in stock by all 
Eagle-A Service Houses, a list of which is given on the first 
inside page of Price List. 

[1341 



Samples — Actual samples of Colonial Linen can be found in 
the Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, or 
samples for dummies, can be obtained from all Eagle-A 
Service Houses. 

Colonial Linen Typewriter Paper in standard weights is cataloged under Type- 
writer Papers (Ne Plus Ultra), page 267, and is carried in stock by all Eagle-A 
Service Houses. 

NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special colors of Colonial Linen can 
be taken only for a definite delivery in quantities of not less than 
3,300 pounds. B UT if Colonial Linen in the required color 
is being run at the mill at the time the paper is desired, or if 
the buyer can wait until it is to be run, then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any lengths or widths described below 
in minimum quantities of 1,100 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 
minimum quantities of 1,100 pounds. 

Non-standard finishes can be furnished under the same conditions in minimum 
quantities of 550 pounds. 

Under no condition can non-standard colors be made in quantities less than 
3,300 pounds. 

NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

Colonial Linen can be made only in widths (dimension across the grain) a 
multiple of which equals 56" to 72"; but the minimum must be 16" and the maximum 
28". The sheets can be cut in lengths (dimension parallel to the grain) from 16" 
to 38". Thus the maximum sheet size possible to make Colonial Linen is 28" x 38" 
with the grain parallel to the 38" dimension. 



Writings 



Covers 



graphs 



NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight in which Colonial Linen can 
be made is 9 pounds, the maximum 28 pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, it is 
always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because condi- 
tions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 



COLONIAL LINEN ENVELOPES 

Made in substances 20 and 24. Packed J^m and %m to box. 

Carried in stock by all Eagle-A Service Houses. 

Manufactured by United States Envelope Company. 



commercial 


BARONIAL 


OFFICIAL 


NO. 

5 
6M 


3tV*5^ 
3^x6 
3^8 x6H 


NO. 
4 

5 
6 


3%x4ri 
4^x5^ 

4Hx5M 
5 x6 


NO. 

7 

9 

10 


354 x6% 
3^x8% 
Vi x 9V 2 


NO. 
11 

12 

14 


4H x 10^ 
454x11 
5 xllM 



Special Envelopes can also be obtained through the Service Houses. 

[1351 




J)ninmmini))l}i»im»i»lfH 



Aulde Scotia Lynene 

The Third LINEN Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(watermarked "aulde scotia lynene" 




Wllll'lllllllmmimimmin 



AULDE SCOTIA LYNENE takes its name from its fine old- 
fashioned appearance. It is a creamy-tinted laid paper 
with a moderate rag content. 

Aulde Scotia Lynene is the third grade of linens of the Eagle-A 
Line as indicated by the Linen Chart of Relative Quality- 
Standards on page 131. 

GENERAL USES — Aulde Scotia Lynene is recommended for the following 
uses when appearance must be combined with durability and moderate price — 



Stationery 

General Letterheads 
Envelopes 



Office Forms 
Billheads 



Advertising 

Announcements 
Envelope Stuffers 
Booklets 



IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type and line cuts) 

" " Litho Press (any number of colors) 
" Offset Press 
" Ruling 

The various types of impress as indicated above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of im- 
press is left to the judgment of the printer. 

The right side of the sheet for impressing (or felt side) faces the reader when the 
watermark reads correctly from left to right. 

SIZES, WEIGHTS and COLORS— Basis 17 x 22—500 sheets to ream. Trimmed 
four sides, stocked as follows: 

(Grain runs parallel to dimension in parentheses.) 
The chain mark is parallel to the grain. 

CREAM LAID 

Basis — 17 x 22 Sheet Size 
17 x (22)— 13— 16— 20— 24 (22) x 34—26—32—40—48 

Sealed in reams, packed 500 to 600 pounds to case. 

Prices — Prices of Aulde Scotia Lynene can be found in Price 
List attached to this book, between the last page and cover. 

Where Stocked — Aulde Scotia Lynene is carried in stock by all 
Eagle-A Service Houses, a list of which is given on the first 
inside page of Price List. 

Samples — Actual samples of Aulde Scotia Lynene can be found 
in the Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, or 
samples for dummies, can be obtained from all Eagle-A 
Service Houses. 

[1361 



NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special colors of Aulde Scotia Lynene 
can be taken only for a definite delivery in quantities of not 
less than 3,300 pounds. BUT if Aulde Scotia Lynene in the 
required color is being run at the mill at the time the paper is 
desired, or if the buyer can wait until it is to be run, then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any lengths or widths described below 
in minimum quantities of 1,100 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 
minimum quantities of 1,100 pounds. 

Non-standard finishes can be furnished under the same conditions in minimum 
quantities of 550 pounds. 

Under no condition can non-standard colors be made in quantities less than 
3,300 pounds. 



NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

Aulde Scotia Lynene can be made only in widths (dimension across the grain) 
a multiple of which equals 46" to 53"; but the minimum must be 17" and the maxi- 
mum 26H"- The sheets can be cut in lengths (dimension parallel to the grain) 
from 16" to 38". Thus the maximum sheet size possible to make in Aulde Scotia 
Lynene is 263/2" x 38" with the grain parallel to the 38" dimension. 



NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight in which Aulde Scotia Lynene 
can be made is 13 pounds, the maximum 28 pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, it is 
always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because condi- 
tions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 



AULDE SCOTIA LYNENE ENVELOPES 



Made in substances 20 and 24. Packed A M and J^m to box. 

Carried in stock by all Eagle-A Service Houses. 

Manufactured by United States Envelope Company. 



tie, 



COMMERCIAL 


BARONIAL 


OFFICIAL 


NO. 

5 

6*4 
6% 


3tV*5^ 

3^x6 

3^x6^ 


NO. 

4 

5 

6 


3%x4H 
VA x sy 8 
^Axsy 2 

5 x6 


NO. 
7 

9 
10 


3%x6M 

3^x8% 

4^x9M 


NO. 
11 

12 
14 


4A x 10^ 
4% x 11 
5 xllj^ 



Special Envelopes can also be obtained through the Service Houses. 

[1371 



Rival Linen 




\ftmnmmmmimmimmit, 



The Fourth LINEN Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(watermarked "rival linen") 




RIVAL LINEN is a cream-white laid, machine-dried, rag- 
content paper. Whenever smart appearance must be 
combined with low price, but neither great strength nor wearing 
quality is required, this paper is to be recommended. 

Rival Linen is a fourth grade Linen as indicated by the Linen 
Chart of Relative Quality-Standards on page 131. 

GENERAL USES — With the above qualifications in mind Rival Linen is recom- 
mended for the following uses — 



Stationery 
General Letterheads 
Envelopes 



Office Forms 
Billheads 
Statements 



Advertising 
Announcements 
Envelope Stuffers 
Booklets 



IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type and line cuts) 

" " Litho Press (any number of colors) 

" Offset Press 
" " Engraving 

" Ruling 

The various types of impress as indicated above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of im- 
press is left to the judgment of the printer. 

The right side of the sheet for impressing (or felt side) faces the reader when the 
watermark reads correctly from left to right. 

SIZES, WEIGHTS and COLORS— Basis 17 x 22—500 sheets to ream. Trimmed 
four sides, stocked as follows: 

(Grain runs parallel to dimension in parentheses.) 

CREAM LAID 

Basis — 17 x 22 Sheet Size 
17 x (22)— 13— 16— 20— 24 (22) x 34—26—32—40—48 

Sealed in reams, packed 500 to 600 pounds to case. 

Prices — Prices of Rival Linen can be found in Price List at- 
tached to this book, between the last page and cover. 

Where Stocked — Rival Linen is carried in stock by all Eagle-A 
Service Houses, a list of which is given on the first inside 
page of Price List. 

Sam-pies — Actual samples of Rival Linen can be found in the 
Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, or samples 
for dummies, can be obtained from all Eagle-A Service Houses. 

[138] 



NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special colors of Rival Linen can be 
taken only for a definite delivery in quantities of not less than 
7,150 pounds. BUT if Rival Linen in the required weight 
and color is being run at the mill at the time the paper is desired, 
or if the buyer can wait until it is to be run, then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any lengths or widths described below in 
minimum quantities of 1,650 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 
minimum quantities of 3,300 pounds. 

Non-standard finishes can be furnished under the same conditions in minimum 
quantities of 1,650 pounds. 

Under no condition can non-standard colors be made in quantities less than 
7,150 pounds. 

NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

Rival Linen can be made only in widths (dimension across the grain) a multiple 
of which equals 64" to 75"; but the minimum must be 16" and the maximum 37J^". 
The sheets can be cut in lengths (dimension parallel to the grain) from 16" to 52". 
Thus the maximum sheet size possible to make Rival Linen is 37y," x 52", with 
the grain parallel to the 52" dimension. 

Sheets 17" and 34" wide by any length between the limits given above can often 
be made more quickly than sheets in other widths, because this is the width from 
which the standard size sheets are cut, and it is sometimes possible to cut sheets in 
special lengths before the widths have been sheeted. 



Covers 



ROLLS (SPECIAL) 

Rival Linen can also be made in rolls not to exceed 30" in diameter wound on steel 
or strawboard cores in widths (dimension across the grain) as given for sheets 
in minimum quantities of 1,650 pounds of a size. 

NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight in which Rival Linen can be 
made is 13 pounds, the maximum 28 pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, it is 
always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because condi- 
tions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 



RIVAL LINEN ENVELOPES 

Made in substances 20 and 24. Packed J^m and y,u to box. 

Carried in stock by all Eagle-A Service Houses. 

Manufactured by United States Envelope Company. 



commercial 



no. 

5 

6% 



3V 2 x6 
3%x6K 



baronial 



4 

5 

6 



3^x4x1 
4^x5^ 
4^x5^ 
5 x6 



NO. 

7 

9 

10 





NO. 


3M*6% 


11 


WsxSVs 


12 


4y s x9y 2 


14 



4^ x ioy 8 

4^x11 

5 xiiy 



Special Envelopes can also be obtained through the Service Houses. 

[1391 



Ledger Papers 

OF EAGLE-A QUALITY-STANDARDS 

EDGER PAPERS receive their class name from their chief 
■■— ' use as a Ledger book-filler. 

The important qualities desired are: even formation, smooth, 
uniform finish and good erasive and wearing qualities. A uni- 
form formation or "look-through" is obtained in the beating of 
the stock to form a "well-closed" sheet. The sizing is also an 
important factor. 

Although made from the same materials as Bond papers, a 
Ledger paper is more opaque and lower in strength, due to the 
method of manufacture necessary to obtain the particular 
Ledger qualities desired. On the other hand, the weights are 
heavier. 

The chief use of Ledger papers is where a heavy sheet which 
will lie flat is desired or where excellent erasive qualities are 
required. Generally speaking, weight not considered, the Ledger 
grades parallel the Bond grades in regard to paper qualities. 
That is, a first grade Ledger, though of heavier weight than the 
first grade Bond, is not much greater in strength. 

In selecting a Ledger paper rather than a Bond, it must be 
remembered that paper is sold by the pound and Ledger paper is 
more expensive per sheet than a Bond paper of similar strength 
qualities. Where Ledger qualities are desired in light weights 
and strength is not a factor, a Flat Writing will be satisfactory. 

In the following pages, which are devoted to detailed descrip- 
tions of the Eagle-A Quality-Standard Ledger Papers, each 
paper is described in two ways: first, in general terms from the 
standpoint of appearance and serviceability; secondly, specif- 
ically with reference to the Relative Chart of Quality-Standard 
Ledgers, page 141. 

The six grades of the Eagle-A line cover all Ledger require- 
ments: 



GRADE 




NAME 


COLOR 


Permanent 


I 


Government Record 


White, Buff, Blue 




II 


Brunswick Linen 


White, Buff, Blue 


Semi-Perm. 


III 


Account Linen 


White only 




IV 


Extension 


White, Buff, Blue 


Temporary 


V 


Gloria 


White and Buff 




VI 


Telephone 


White and Buff 



LEDGER PAPER TRADE CUSTOMS 

Trade Customs pertaining to Ledgers are explained in detail 
on pages 306-310. 

[1401 



Ih 

03 

G cU 

03 tun 

tx 

11 

p CD 

era 

03 
CD 

CD 
CD 


The numerals given below are relative only. They indi- 
cate the relation between the paper qualities in each grade 


ho X 

■H <U 


0)00 0)0 

■^^wco 


**00COrH 
COtHiHO) 


lO 00 ih i-i 
CO 00 iH CO 


CONOO) 

IN CO CO® 


iH-HlOt~ 

0)0010 


CM ih CM CO 

10^-Hrt 




iHtHiHiH 


IOHNIN 
0000)0 


CM t> CO 00 

t^t^oooo 


05 CO 00 IN 

lOcocOt- 


mocooo 


cot* O ^ 
COCO^ tp 




O 

a 

aS 

Ih 

cfl 

CD 

ft 
ft 
<! 


13 

M 


NOOO 
HO00N 


to OOOO 
IOC0-HO) 


OOOO 

oi>-*o 


OOOO)© 
OJCOOOTti 


000 0)0 

O)CO00"# 


NOOO 
CO 00 0)0 




-HCO^CO 
i-frHTH rH 


OCNTtHO 

i-HrHT-lrH 


OiHCOiO 

rHrHrHiH 


OOO-HCO 
iH-HrH 


OOOi-HCO 
iHiHrH 


COt^OOO 




«-2 

3 Ph 


fH -Hr-lrH 

HHHH 


OOOO 
OOOO 


00 00 00 00 


00 00 00 00 


CO co CO co 


^ *cH ^ ^ 






OOOO 


oooo oooo 


t^t»t>t» 


CO CO CO CO 


t^ ^1 y&y$ 




rt.g 
O V 


i— Ir-li-HrH 


OOOO 
OOOO 


oooo 
oooo 


00 00 00 00 

l>t>I>t> 


-H-Hi-It-H 


'cH t|] ti^ tH 
^ ^ ^ ^ 




1-Hrtr-lrH 


OOOO 

rHrHi-HrH 


oooo 

Hi- 1 rHiH 


t>t^t>t^ 


CO CO CO CO 


^ TJ^ ^ ^ 




£ 
3 




oooo 
oooo 


OOOO 
CO CO CO CO 


oooo 


lf5iC5>OiO 

CO CO CO CO 


IN CM CM (M 


CO CO CO CO 
CO CO CO CO 




NNNN 

COCO COCO 


CM CM CM CM 


CM CM IN CM 

NNNN 


CO COCO CO 

iHrHrHiH 


©o) O)© 


COCO CO CO 




bo 

a 

CD 
Sh 


2 
"3 
fa 


COCOOCO 

COrHOOO 


00 03 00 
OCOCOO 


(>^<CNO 

COOCNlO 


O00l>ifl 

iCiOcOt^ 


>ht«00<N 
IN CM CN CO 


I>0)<N10 

rHrHCMCM 




00 0)00 


coco co ^ 


rHrHCNCM 










C3 


-*O)O)i0 
rHCOCNOO 


cnt^co 

t^OINlO 


00 CO t~ CM 

OcOI>00 


OOCNO) 
t^cOI>iO 


c0t*-hO) 
NrtOOO 


CO-* -HO) 
CMrHOOO 




OOCMCO 


t~-OSO»H 
1H1H 


coi>ooo> 


iQCOOOO 


iOcOC-t> 


iOCOt»t> 




0) 


lOOOOCO 
C0t>rtiO 


OOOO 

COOtHtH 


ocooo 

OiHCOO 


-HcNiO"* 

MJ0O1O 


>HlO»Ot> 

iOt«C0<N 


rHlCWI^. 

iOtJICOIN 




00O)^CN 
iHr-l 


NOOOH 

rHTH 


N00OO 


cOt>000 


OCOI>00 


>OcOt*00 






CO^OOO 

COt* i-H T* 


00l>O00 
OiH-*-* 


-HO) COO 
CO COCOtJ* 


•^HMO 
CNOO)t> 


Ot>05cO 
ONCOrt 


OCMCO'* 
!>C0O)lO 




OOCSHCM 


00 0)0 

IH 


50 1^ 00 OS 


"5 CO CO t^ 


■*Tt<iOcO 


C0-*-*lO 




CD 

s'S3 

■§* 
CO 


PQr^ 


•*oocnco 
cm cm co co 


r* 00 CM CO 
CN IN CO CO 


■* 00 CM CO 
IMIMCOCO 


•* 00 IN CO 
IMINC0C0 


■* 00 CM CO 
CM CM CO CO 


•* 00 IN CO 
CM CM CO CO 




0) 

a 


Government 
Record I 


Brunswick 

Linen II 


Account 

Linen III 


> 

I-H 

c 

CO 

C 
eu 

W 


> 

.2 
o 

a 


I-H 
> 

CU 
C 

O 

-C 

Oh 

CU 

H 





[141 



Government Record Ledger 




The First LEDGER Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(watermarked "government record ledger") 




manna mmnnm aa 



GOVERNMENT RECORD LEDGER is a loft-dried paper 
made of the highest grade of rags and has the finest and 
most uniform hard-sized surface that can be obtained. Hard 
erasing does not mar the surface. Government Record Led- 
ger will stand a severe amount of handling and folding and has 
very great tensile strength. It is a permanent paper that will 
last longer than the span of a human life and will not change 
color. It comes in white, buff and blue. 

Government Record Ledger is the first Ledger Grade as indi- 
cated in Ledger Chart of Relative Quality-Standards on page 141. 

GENERAL USES — Government Record Ledger is often used instead of a 
bond when a very heavy weight paper is wanted for letterheads. It is suited 
for any of the following uses which require exceptionally high quality — 
Office Forms Stationery 

Accounting Systems Diplomas Envelopes 

Checks — Notes Drafts — Mortgages Executive Letters 

Contracts Record Book Pages General Letters 

Deeds 

IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type, line cuts medium screen Ben Day 
Plates) 
" " Litho Press (one color) 
" " Offset Press (one color) 
" " Die Stamping 
" " Steel or Copper Plate Engraving 
" " Pen Writing 
" Ruling 
The various types of impress as indicated above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of im- 
press is left to the judgment of the printer. 

The right side of the sheet for impressing (or felt side) faces the reader when the 
watermark reads correctly from left to right. 

SIZES, WEIGHTS and COLORS— Basis 17 x 22—500 sheets to ream. Trimmed 
four sides, stocked as follows: 

(Grain runs parallel to dimension in parentheses.) 

WHITE 

(16) x 21 —25 — 28^ (19) x 24 —29^—34 — 39 — 44 
16 x(42)— 57 21 x(32)— 50 —57 

(17) x 22—24 —28 22 x (34)— 48 —56 

(17) x 2S —30y 2 —3Sy 2 —40}4 23 x (36)— 71 

(18) x 23 —353^ 24 x (38)— 59 —68—78—88 

28 x(34)— 61 —71—81 



(16) x 21—28J^ 

(17) x 22—24 —28* 

(17) x 28— 30J^*— 353^ 

(18) x 23—353^ 

(19) x 24—34 —44* 

*Not stocked in blue 



BLUE AND BUFF 

21 x (32)— 57 

22 x (34)— 48— 56* 

23 x (36)— 71 

24 x (38)— 68 —88* 
28 x (34)— 61*— 71 
*Not stocked in blue. 



Sealed in reams, packed 500 to 600 pounds to case. 

F1421 



Prices — Prices of Government Record Ledger can be found in 
Price List attached to this book, between the last page and 
cover. 

Where Stocked — Government Record Ledger is carried in 
stock by all Eagle-A Service Houses, a list of which is given on 
the first inside page of Price List. 

Samples — Actual samples of Government Record Ledger can 
be found in the Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This 
cabinet, or samples for dummies, can be obtained from 
Eagle-A Service Houses. 

NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special colors of Government Record 
Ledger in which sheet size, substance weight, finish or color 
differs from standard specifications, as given above, can be 
taken only for a definite delivery in quantities of not less than 
3,300 pounds. BUT if Government Record Ledger in the 
required color is being run at the mill at the time the paper is 
desired, or if the buyer can wait until it is to be run, then — 

Non-standard sheet .sizes can be cut in any lengths or widths described below in 
minimum quantities of 550 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 
minimum quantities of 1,100 pounds. 

Non-standard finishes can be furnished under the same conditions in minimum 
quantities of 550 pounds. 

Under no condition can non-standard colors be made in quantities less than 
3,300 pounds. 

NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

Government Record Ledger can be made only in widths (dimension across the 
grain) a multiple of which equals 56" to 72"; but the minimum must be 16" and 
the maximum 28". The sheets can be cut in lengths (dimension parallel to the 
grain) from 16" to 42". Thus the maximum sheet size possible to make in Govern- 
ment Record Ledger is 28" x 42" with the grain parallel to the 42" dimension. 

NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight in which Government Record 

Ledger can be made is 20 pounds, the maximum 40 pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, it is 
always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because condi- 
tions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 



Covers 



GOVERNMENT RECORD LEDGER ENVELOPES 

Made in substances 20 and 24. Packed J^m and \i u t° box- 
Carried in stock by all Eagle-A Service Houses. 
Manufactured by United States Envelope Company. 



commercial 



baronial 



official 



5 
6% 



3tV*5K 
3^x6 

3^x6^ 



4 

5 

sy 2 

6 



3^x4fi 
4^x5^ 
4^x5^ 
5 x6 



NO. 

7 

9 

10 



3% x 6% 
3^x8^ 
4^x9^ 



NO. 

11 

12 
14 



4H x 10H 
4%xll 

5 xuy 2 



Special Envelopes can also be obtained through the Service Houses. 

[143 1 



Brunswick Linen Ledger 




The Second LEDGER Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(WATERMARKED "BRUNSWICK LINEN LEDGER") 




illlllllllliuiiiiminimmmnt 



BRUNSWICK LINEN LEDGER is a paper with remarkable 
strength and resistance to severe usage. It has a fine 
smooth surface for pen writing, machine ruling and printing, and 
takes erasing exceedingly well. It will not dog-ear from much 
handling and lasts practically the span of a human life without 
loss of color or deterioration. Brunswick Linen Ledger is a 
high rag-content, loft-dried ledger made in white, buff and blue. 

It is the second Ledger Grade as indicated by the Ledger Chart 
of Relative Quality-Standards on page 141. 

GENERAL USES — Brunswick Linen Ledger is recommended for the following 
uses when the above-named qualities are desired, and when a paper heavier than 
the standard bond weights must be used for letterheads — 



Office Forms 
Accounting Systems Diplomas 

Drafts — Mortgages 



Checks — Notes 
Contracts 
Deeds 
IMPRESS 



Record Book Pages 



Stationery 
Envelopes 
Executive Letters 
General Letters 



Suitable for Letterpress (type, line cuts, medium screen Ben Day 
Plates) 

" " Litho Press (one color) 
" " Offset Press (one color) 
" " Die Stamping 
" " Steel or Copper Plate Engraving 
" Pen Writing 
" Ruling 

The various types of impress as indicated above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of im- 
press is left to the judgment of the printer. 

The right side of the sheet for impressing (or felt side) faces the reader when the 
watermark reads correctly from left to right. 

SIZES, WEIGHTS and COLORS— Basis 17 x 22—500 sheets to ream. Trimmed 
four sides, stocked as follows: 

(Grain runs parallel to dimension in parentheses.) 

WHITE 

Basis — 17 x 22 Sheet Size 



(16) x 21 —25 —2Sy 2 




21 x(32)— 50— 57 




16 x(42)— 57 




22 x(34)— 48— 56 




(17) x 22 —24 —28 




23 x(36)— 71 




(17) x 28—30^—35^-40^ 


24 x(38)— 59— 68- 


-78 


(18) x 23 — 3Sy 2 




28 x(34)— 61— 71- 


-81 


'19) x 24— 29V 2 — 34 - 


-39 —44 








BUFF AND BLUE 




(16) x 21—283^ 




21 x (32)— 57 




(17) x 22—24 —28* 




22 x (34)— 48 —56* 




(17) x 28— 30^*— 35K 




23 x (36)— 71 




(18) x 23— 35^ 




24 x (38)— 68 




(19) x 24—34 




28 x (34)— 61*— 71 




*Not stocked in blue. 




*Not stocked in blue. 





Sealed in reams, packed 500 to 600 pounds to case. 

[144] 



Prices — Prices of Brunswick Linen Ledger can be found in 
Price List attached to this book, between the last page and 
cover. 

Where Stocked — Brunswick Linen Ledger is carried in stock 
by all Eagle-A Service Houses, a list of which is given on the 
first inside page of price list. 

Samples — Actual samples of Brunswick Linen Ledger can be 
found in the Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, 
or samples for dummies, can be obtained from Eagle-A 
Service Houses. 



Writings 



NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special colors of Brunswick Linen 
Ledger in which sheet size, substance weight, finish or color 
differs from a standard specification, as given above, can be 
taken only for a definite delivery in quantities of not less than 
3,850 pounds. BUT if Brunswick Linen Ledger in the required 
color is being run at the mill at the time the paper is desired, 
or if the buyer can wait until it is to be run, then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any lengths or widths described below in 
minimum quantities of 550 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 
minimum quantities of 1,100 pounds. 

Non-standard finishes can be furnished under the same conditions in minimum 
quantities of 550 pounds. 

Under no condition can non-standard colors be made in quantities less than 
3,850 pounds. 

NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 
Brunswick Linen Ledger can be made only in widths (dimension across the grain) 
a multiple of which equals 56" to 72"; but the minimum must be 16" and the maxi- 
mum 28". The sheets can be cut in lengths (dimension parallel to the grain) from 
16" to 42". Thus the maximum sheet size possible to make in Brunswick Linen 
Ledger is 28" x 42" with the grain parallel to the 42" dimension. 

NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight in which Brunswick Linen 

Ledger can be made is 20 pounds, the maximum 40 pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, it is 
always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because condi- 
tions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 



Covers 



BRUNSWICK LINEN LEDGER ENVELOPES 

Made in substance 24. Packed %m. and %m to box. 

Carried in stock by all Eagle-A Service Houses. 

Manufactured by United States Envelope Company 



commercial 



no. 
5 

&A 
6% 



3tVx53^ 

3^x6 

3^x6^ 



BARONIAL 



4 
5 

sy 2 

6 



3^x4H 
4^x5^ 
4^x5J^ 
5 x6 



NO. 

7 

9 

10 



4^x9^ 



NO. 
11 

12 
14 



4H x 10^ 
4%xll 
5 xll^ 



Special Envelopes can also be obtained through the Service Houses. 

[145] 



Lint 




Account Linen Ledger 

The Third LEDGER Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(watermarked "account linen ledger") 




ACCOUNT LINEN LEDGER has an excellent surface for 
pen writing and ruling, high resistance to tearing, and will 
stand considerable erasure. This ledger is in the semi-permanent 
group and will last many years with ordinary handling. It 
is a rag-content, loft-dried ledger made in white only. Account 
Linen Ledger is the third Ledger Grade as determined by the 
Ledger Chart of Relative Quality-Standards on page 141. 

GENERAL USES — Account Linen Ledger is recommended for the following 
uses, bearing in mind the qualifications enumerated above — 

Office Forms Stationery 

Accounting Systems Envelopes 

Checks — Notes Executive Letters 

Contracts General Letters 
Drafts — Mortgages 
Record Book Pages 

IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type, line cuts, medium screen Ben Day 
Plates) 
" " Litho Press (one color) 
" " Offset Press (one color) 
" " Die Stamping 
" " Steel or Copper Plate Engraving 
" Pen Writing 
" Ruling 
The various types of impress as indicated above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of im- 
press is left to the judgment of the printer. 

The right side of the sheet for impressing (or felt side) faces the reader when the 
watermark reads correctly from left to right. 

SIZES, WEIGHTS and COLORS— Basis 17 x 22—500 sheets to ream. Trimmed 
four sides, stocked as follows: 

(Grain runs parallel to dimension in parentheses.) 

(Both dimensions in parentheses indicate grain may run either way.) 

white only 

Basis — 17 x 22 Sheet Size 

(16) x (21)— 25 —283^ 21 x (32)— 50— 57 
16 x(42)— 57 % 22 x (34)— 48— 56 

(17) x 22—24 —28 23 x (36)— 71 

(17) x 28—30^—353^^0^ 24 x (38)— 59— 68— 78— 88 

(18) x 23 —35^ 28 x (34)— 61— 71— 81 

(19) x 24—293^—34 —39 —44 

Sealed in reams, packed 500 to 600 pounds to case. 

Prices — Prices of Account Linen Ledger can be found in Price 
List attached to this book, between the last page and cover. 

Where Stocked — Account Linen Ledger is carried in stock by 
all Eagle-A Service Houses, a list of which is given on the first 
inside page of Price List. 

[1461 



Samples — Actual samples of Account Linen Ledger can be 
found in the Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, 
or samples for dummies, can be obtained from all Eagle-A 
Service Houses. 



NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special colors of Account Linen Ledger 
in which sheet size, substance weight, finish or color differs from 
standard specifications, as given above, can be taken only for a 
definite delivery in quantities of not less than 4,950 pounds. 
BUT if Account Linen Ledger in the required color is being 
run at the mill at the time the paper is desired, or if the buyer 
can wait until it is to be run, then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any lengths or widths described below in 
minimum quantities of 550 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 
minimum quantities of 1,100 pounds. 

Non-standard finishes can be furnished under the same conditions in minimum 
quantities of 550 pounds. 

Under no condition can non-standard colors be made in quantities less than 
4,950 pounds. 

NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

Account Linen Ledger can be made only in widths (dimension across the grain) 
a multiple of which equals 56" to 72"; but the minimum must be 16" and the maxi- 
mum 28". The sheets can be cut in lengths (dimension parallel to the grain) from 
16" to 42". Thus the maximum sheet size possible to make in Account Linen 
Ledger is 28" x 42" with the grain parallel to the 42" dimension. 

NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight in which Account Linen 
Ledger can be made is 20 pounds, the maximum 40 pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, it is 
always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because condi- 
tions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 



ACCOUNT LINEN LEDGER ENVELOPES 

Made in substances 24 and 28. Packed J^m and J^m to box. 

Carried in stock by all Eagle-A Service Houses. 

Manufactured by United States Envelope Company. 



commercial 


baronial 


official 


no. 
6% 


3^*sy 2 

33^x6 
3^x6M 


no. 

4 
5 

sy 2 

6 


3%x4H 

4^x5M 
4Hx5H 
5 x6 


no. 
7 
9 

10 


43^x9^ 


NO. 
11 

12 
14 


4^ x 10H 
4^x11 
5 xllH 



Special Envelopes can also be obtained through the Service Houses. 

F1471 




Extension Ledger 

The Fourth LEDGER Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(watermarked "extension ledger") 




UlliimmmmnmiiiiiwumiiH 



EXTENSION LEDGER, because it has a good surface for pen 
writing and ruling, strength and stiffness, is a good choice 
for accounting systems and office forms that are to be preserved 
for a few years only. It has a good surface for erasure. This 
is a loft-dried, rag-content ledger paper that is made in white, 
blue and buff. 

Extension Ledger is the fourth Ledger Grade as determined by 
the Ledger Chart of Relative Quality-Standards on page 141. 

GENERAL USES — Extension Ledger is recommended for the following pur- 
poses when a good ledger is required that will not have to last over fifteen years — 



fjice Forms 
Record Book Pages 
D rafts — Mortga ges 
Checks — Notes 
Contracts 
Accounting Systems 



Stationery 
General Letters 
Envelopes 



IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type, line cuts, medium screen Ben Day 
Plates) 
" " Litho Press (one color) 
" " Offset Press (one color) 
" Pen Writing 
" Ruling 

The various types of impress as indicated above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of im- 
press is left to the judgment of the printer. 

The right side of the sheet for impressing (or felt side) faces the reader when the 
watermark reads correctly from left to right. 

SIZES, WEIGHTS and COLORS— Basis 17 x 22—500 sheets to ream. Trimmed 
four sides, stocked as follows: 

(Grain runs parallel to dimension in parentheses.) 
white, buff, blue 



Basis — 17 : 

(16) x 21 —28^ 

(17) x 22—24 —28 

(17) x 28 — 30M— 35^— 40^ 

(18) x 23 —35^—40 

(19) x 24—29)^—34 —39 —44 

(20) x 28—36 —54 

Sealed in reams, packed 500 to 600 pounds to case. 



22 Sheet Size 

21 x (32)— 57 

22 x (34)— 48— 56 

23 x (36)— 71— 80 

24 x (38) — 59 — 68 — 78- 
28 x (34)— 61— 71— 81 



Prices — Prices of Extension Ledger can be found in Price List 
attached to this book, between the last page and cover. 

Where Stocked — Extension Ledger is carried in stock by all 
Eagle-A Service Houses, a list of which is given on the first 
inside page of Price List. 

[148] 



Samples — Actual samples of Extension Ledger can be found 
in the Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, or 
samples for dummies, can be obtained from all Eagle-A 
Service Houses. 



NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special colors of Extension Ledger in 
which sheet size, substance weight, finish or color differs from 
standard specifications, as given above, can be taken only for a 
definite delivery in quantities of not less than 4,950 pounds. 
BUT if Extension Ledger in the required color is being run 
at the mill at the time the paper is desired, or if the buyer can 
wait until it is to be run, then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any lengths or widths described below in 
minimum quantities of 550 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 
minimum quantities of 1,100 pounds. 

Non-standard finishes can be furnished under the same conditions in minimum 
quantities of 550 pounds. 

Under no conditions can non-standard colors be made in quantities less than 
4,950 pounds. 



NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

Extension Ledger can be made only in widths (dimension across the grain) a 
multiple of which equals 56" to 72"; but the minimum must be 16" and the maximum 
28". The sheets can be cut in lengths (dimension parallel to the grain) from 
16" to 42". Thus the maximum sheet size possible to make in Extension Ledger 
is 28" x 42" with the grain parallel to the 42" dimension. 



NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight in which Extension Ledger 
can be made is 20 pounds, the maximum 40 pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, it is 
always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because condi- 
tions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 



EXTENSION LEDGER ENVELOPES 

Made in substance 24. Packed J^m and J^m to box. 

Carried in stock by all Eagle-A Service Houses. 

Manufactured by United States Envelope Company 



commercial 



baronial 



no. 

5 

6^ 



3tV*5^ 

3^x6 

3^x6^ 



NO. 

4 

5 

6 



3^x4H 
4^x5H 
4^x5^ 
5 x6 



NO. 

7 

9 

10 



3% x 6% 



NO. 
11 

12 
14 



4K x \m 

4^x11 
5 xll^ 



Special Envelopes can also be obtained through the Service Houses. 

[149] 




Aiiiimimmiimimmimniti 



Gloria Ledger 

The Fifth LEDGER Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(UNWATERMARKED ) 




GLORIA LEDGER is a paper of temporary life that has an 
exceptional value among lower priced ledgers. It has a 
good surface for pen writing and ruling, will withstand moderate 
erasure and handling and folding, and is made in sizes for book- 
keeping machines in addition to regular ledger sizes. Gloria 
Ledger is a machine-dried, rag-content paper that is manu- 
factured only in white and buff. 

Gloria Ledger is the fifth Ledger Grade as indicated in the 
Ledger Chart of Relative Quality-Standards on page 141. 

GENERAL USES — Gloria Ledger is adapted for the following uses when long 
life is not necessary, or where great resistance to handling and folding is not 
required — 





Office Forms 


Accounting Systems 


Checks 


Drafts 


Notes 



IMPRESS — Suitable /or Letterpress (type, line cuts, medium screen Ben Day 
Plates) 
" " Litho Press (one color) 
" " Offset Press (one color) 
" " Bookkeeping Machines 
" Ruling 

The various types of impress as indicated above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of im- 
press is left to the judgment of the printer. 

SIZES, WEIGHTS and COLORS— Basis 17 x 22—500 sheets to ream. Trimmed 
four sides, stocked as follows: 

(Grain runs parallel to dimension in parentheses.) 
(Both dimensions in parentheses indicate grain may run either way.) 



16 x(21)— 28^ 

17 x(22)— 24 —28 

17 x (28)— 30^—35^—403^ 

18 x (23)— 353^ 

(19) x 24—29^—34 —39 

(20) x (26)— 333^ 

17 x (22)— 24 —28 
17 x (28) — 303^—353^ 
22 x 34 —48 —56 



WHITE 

Basis — 17 x 22 Sheet Size 

(21) x 32 —57 



(28) x 34—61 
(23) x 36—71 
24 x(38)— 59— 68 
(22) x 34-48—56 



71—81 
78 



(223^) x (22^)— 38— Am 
(28) x 34 —61—71 
(24M) x {2AY 2 )-AS— 58 



Sealed in reams, packed 500 to 600 pounds to case. 

Prices — Prices of Gloria Ledger can be found in Price List 
attached to this book, between the last page and cover. 

Where Stocked — Gloria Ledger is carried in stock by all Eagle-A 
Service Houses, a list of which is given on the first inside page 
of Price List. 

[1501 



Samples — Actual samples of Gloria Ledger can be found in the 
Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, or samples 
for dummies can be obtained from all Eagle-A Service Houses. 



NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special colors of Gloria Ledger in 
which sheet size, substance weight, finish or color differs from 
standard specifications, as given above, can be taken only for a 
definite delivery in quantities of not less than 7,150 pounds. 
BUT if Gloria Ledger in the required color is being run at 
the mill at the time the paper is desired, or if the buyer can wait 
until it is to be run, then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any lengths or widths described below in 
minimum quantities of 1,650 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 
minimum quantities of 3,300 pounds. 

Non-standard finishes can be furnished under the same conditions in minimum 
quantities of 1,650 pounds. 

Under no condition can non-standard colors be made in quantities less than 
7,150 pounds. 



Covers 



NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

Gloria Ledger can be made only in widths (dimension across the grain) a multiple 
of which equals 64" to 76"; but the minimum must be 16" and the maximum 38". 
The sheets can be cut in lengths (dimension parallel to the grain) from 16" to 52". 
Thus the maximum sheet size possible to make in Gloria Ledger is 38" x 52" 
with the grain parallel to the 52" dimension. 

Sheets 24" and 34" wide by any length between the limits given above can often 
be made more quickly than sheets in other widths, because these are the widths 
from which the standard size sheets are cut, and it is sometimes possible to cut 
sheets in special lengths before the rolls have been sheeted. 



NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight in which Gloria Ledger can 
be made is 20 pounds, the maximum 40 pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, it is 
always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because condi- 
tions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 



GLORIA LEDGER ENVELOPES 

Made in substance 24. Packed J^m and ]4m to box. 

Carried in stock by all Eagle-A Service Houses. 
Manufactured by United States Envelope Company. 



commercial 



BARONIAL 



NO. 

5 
6M 



3^x5^ 

3^x6 

3^x6K 



NO. 

4 

5 

sy 2 

6 



3%x4H 
43^x5^ 
43^x5^ 
5 x6 



NO. 

7 

9 

10 



3%x8% 
4^x9^ 



NO. 
11 

12 
14 



4^ x ioy 8 

4%xll 

5 xiiy 2 



Special Envelopes can also be obtained through the Service Houses. 

[1511 




Aiiii)»ii>iini)i)»iHii)/mnfc 



Telephone Ledger 

The Sixth LEDGER Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(rubber-stamped "telephone ledger") 




r.rrrr. • ■ -. .. -.— " 



TELEPHONE LEDGER is a temporary paper for records 
that are kept only a short time and receive slight handling. 
It has a good writing surface and gives exceptional value at a 
low price. Made in white and buff. 

Telephone Ledger is the sixth Ledger Grade as indicated in 
the Ledger Chart of Relative Quality-Standards on page 141. 

GENERAL USES — Telephone Ledger is suggested for the following uses, with 
the above qualifications in mind — 

Office Forms 

Temporary Accounting Forms . 

Drafts 

Checks 

Notes 

IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type, line cuts, medium screen Ben Day 
Plates) 
" " Offset Press (one color) 

" Pen Writing 
" " Bookkeeping Machines 

The various types of impress as indicated above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of im- 
press is left to the judgment of the printer. 

The right side of the sheet for impressing (or felt side) faces the reader when the 
rubber stamp reads correctly from left to right. 

SIZES, WEIGHTS and COLORS— Ba sis 17 x 22—500 sheets to ream. Trimmed 
four sides, stocked as follows: 

(Grain runs parallel to dimension in parentheses.) 
(Both dimensions in parentheses indicate grain may run either way.) 



Basis- 



(17) x 22—24 
(17) x 28—30^ 
(19) x (24)-29^ 
(19) x 28—34 

(17) x (22)— 24 
(17) x (28)-30^ 
(19) x (24)-29^ 



WHITE 

-17 x 22 Sheet Size 

22 x(34)— 48 



24 
28 
28 



38—59 
x (34)— 61 
x (38)— 68 



22 x (34)^8 
(24) x (38)— 59 
28 x(34)— 61 



Sealed in reams, packed 500 to 600 pounds to case. 



Prices — Prices of Telephone Ledger can be found in Price List 
attached to this book, between the last page and cover. 

Where Stocked — Telephone Ledger is carried in stock by all 
Eagle-A Service Houses, a list of which is given on the first 
inside page of Price List. 

[152] 



Samples — Actual samples of Telephone Ledger can be found 
in the Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, or 
samples for dummies, can be obtained from all Eagle-A Service 
Houses. 



NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special colors of Telephone Ledger in 
which sheet size, substance weight, finish or color differs from 
standard specifications, as given above, can be taken only for a 
definite delivery in quantities of not less than 12,100 pounds. 
BUT if Telephone Ledger in the required color is being run 
at the mill at the time the paper is desired, or if the buyer can 
wait until it is to be run, then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any lengths or widths described below in 
minimum quantities of 2,200 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 
minimum quantities of 4,400 pounds. 

Non-standard finishes can be furnished under the same conditions in minimum 
quantities of 2,200 pounds. 

Under no condition can non-standard colors be made in quantities less than 
12,100 pounds. 



Covers 



NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

Telephone Ledger can be made only in widths (dimension across the grain) a 
multiple of which equals 72" to 88"; but the minimum must be 16" and the maxi- 
mum 44". The sheets can be cut in lengths (dimension parallel to the grain) from 
16" to 52". Thus the maximum sheet size possible to make in Telephone Ledger 
is 44" x 52" with the grain parallel to the 52" dimension. 

Sheets 22", 24", 28" and 38" wide by any length between the limits given above 
can often be made more quickly than sheets in other widths, because these are the 
widths from which the standard size sheets are cut, and it is sometimes possible to 
cut sheets in special lengths before the rolls have been sheeted. 

NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight in which Telephone Ledger 
can be made is 20 pounds, the maximum 40 pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, it is 
always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because condi- 
tions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 



TELEPHONE LEDGER ENVELOPES 

Made in substance 24. Packed ]/om and J^m i0 box. 

Carried in stock by all Eagle-A Service Houses. 

Manufactured by United States Envelope Company. 



commercial 


baronial 


OFFICIAL 


no. 

5 

6H 


3tVx5^ 

3^x6 

3^x6J^ 


no. 
4 

5 

sy 2 

6 


3^x4H 
4J^x5H 
4^x5^ 
5 x6 


NO. 

7 

9 

10 


3^x634 

3%x8% 
4^x9H 


NO. 

11 

12 
14 


4K x 10% 
4^x11 
5 xllH 



Special Envelopes can also be obtained through the Service Houses. 

1153 1 



Flat Writing Papers 

OF EAGLE-A QUALITY-STANDARDS 

PHE term "Writings" is often applied to all hard-sized 

A papers suitable for pen writing, and though sometimes used 

to include Bonds, Ledgers, Weddings and Papeteries, Fines and 

Flats, and Envelopes, it is used interchangeably with Flats and 

Fines. 

Flat or Fine writings are made of soft rags beaten to obtain 
uniform formation and a high degree of opacity in the finished 
product. They have a distinct softness that is not found in 
Bond or Ledger papers. 

While the grades range from practically all rag to all wood 
pulp, which are comparable with the Bond paper life factors, 
strength is less important and relatively lower. 

Flat writings are very largely used for inter-departmental 
letters and for office forms. They are supplied in a wide range 
of colors to meet the requirements. 

A writing should be selected only where appearance and pen 
writing (impress) are important factors, or as a substitute for a 
very light-weight Ledger where strength is not a governing 
condition. 

For these reasons the selection will usually be confined to 
the 20 and 24 pound substance weights. 

In the following pages, which are devoted to detailed descrip- 
tions of the Eagle-A Quality-Standard Writing Papers, each 
paper will be described in two ways: first, in general terms from 
the standpoint of appearance and serviceability; secondly, 
with reference specifically to the Relative Chart of Quality- 
Standards. 

The five writing grades of the Eagle-A line cover all Flat 
Writing requirements: 



GRADE 




WATERMARK 


WEIGHTS 


COLOR 


Permanent 


I 


Old Chester Mills 


20-24 


White 


Semi-Perm. 


II 


Parsons Tinted 


20-24 


Colors 




III 


Wauregan Colored Flats 


24 


Colors 


Temporary 


IV 


Mt. Nonotuck Mills 


16-20-24-28 


White 




V 


Mt. Tom Mills 


16-20 


White 



WRITING PAPER TRADE CUSTOMS 

Trade customs pertaining to Writings are explained in detail 
on pages 306-310. 



154 









>> X 


00 O 


NN 


oo rv) 


HH N£) 00 H 


^On t^. 








£ 0) 


1— 1 CO 


\OvO 


CO c«-> 


to to to CO 


0\Hijl 








5^3 




















NO O 


to On 


to On 


"HH^NO 


NHTji 






C 


>ON 


to io 


rt< rjn 


CO CO CO ^f 


CM CO CO 


dards 
apers 






JS 


Hhno 


OO 


NOO 


N NO to to 


O to O 






•3 


I— i ui 


TH HH 


04 OO 


to HH CO CM 


N3NON 








noo 


u-i no 


to N£) 


CO -H^ to NO 


HH to NO 






H 












§^ 




o 


























%M 




1,3 r 


CO CO 


OO 


to to 


00 OO 00 OO 


CM CM CM 


4-J • _< 




t-c 

a) 


»1 


NO no 

oo 


ON ON 
On On 


NO NO 

o\'o\ 


CO CO CO CO 

CO CO 00 00 


NO NO NO 


•Sh 1_ 




Oh 


Sri, 


T— 4 i— 1 










Qual 
-AW 




< 












w 












<u JJ 






r» 


1—1 1— 1 


On On 


00 00 


NMMN 


^^^ 






aj.5 




O0 CO 


t^- 1~- 




ativ 
Eag 


CvO 




o <" 


ss 


CO CO 


NN 


^O' NO NO NO' 


HH-H^H^ 


























































to to 


OO 


OO 


to to to to 


CO CO CO 




S 


03 




OO 


to to 




to to to to 


CO CO CO 






<+-! 


















3 




^h'^ 


CO OO 




to to to to 


CO CO CO 






CM CM 


1—1 1— 1 


1—1 1— 1 








oV 




































































4j> a* 


















£ u 


















CD <D 




*d 


N 00 


l^N 


CO ■* 


CM CO HH to 


cm co ■* 








"o 


oo 


OO 


OO 


oooo 


OOO 














ai CD 


















►»•£ 


















-2 « 


































CD 0) 


















*° > 






















n 


HO\ 


i-HON 


I-HON 


vONOOO 


NON CO 








cm O 


cm O 


cvi o 


Hh O NO co 


TfONO 








H 


■* to 


TfH U-, 


^ to 


CM CO CO HH 


CM CO CO 




'So a 


,3 
















o 

.3 '-3 


a 

dj 






























cd c3 














CD 


£ 
3 .3 

0) O 


S-C 

CO 





cm no 


cm no 


i^-no 


MO0NH 


O0CON 




a 

Eh 


On On 

HHtO 


On On 
•HH to 


1^ NO 
HHIO 


CM i—i O CO 
CO HH to to 


CM i-H O 
CO ^f to 


03 


H o 






























Qh 






ON 


ON 


CO O 


NO N C\ to 


NON ON 






+3 


ON 


ON 


ON 


i— iN co OO 


i— i N- co 








3 


T^HH 


■*■*' 


<^1 CO 


CM CM CO CO 


CM CM CO 


bJD 






CQ 












C 
































• ^H 






3 












4-J 




5^ 

-4-J -1- 


5 i2N 












• •»— i 






ohh 


Ohh 


O-* 


NO O HH 0O 


NOOHH 


J-H 






CM CM 


CM CN 


CM CN 


i— l CM CM CM 


^H CM CM 


St 




GO 


















l-H 
S-i 


t-H 
l-H 


l-H 
HH 


> 

l-H 


> 






- 


g3 

5 


4J 

CO 


C cu 

O +j 


ME 


o J2 

o*=h 


B 
o 










rz« 


w C 


3 aj 


.-^ 


^j 










T3krH 


1_ .-H 

0h^ 


rt o 


S3 


^ 



Writings 



Offsets 





Covers 



graphs 



Typewrite 
Papers 



Specii 



155 




Vinmiminimim.minimM 



Old Chester Mills 

The First WRITING Grade of the 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(WATERMARKED "OLD CHESTER MILLS") 




OLD CHESTER MILLS is an extremely high-grade Writing 
made in wove and laid with two finishes — Antique and 
Satin. It has the clearest white color of any Eagle-A Line and 
takes pen writing very easily. It is made in both laid and wove 
materials consisting, in large part, of new white rags. Old 
Chester Mills is a permanent paper and will last more than 
the span of a human life, but it has not the resistance to with- 
stand the severe handling and folding of a bond of the same 
grade. Old Chester Mills is made in white only. 

Old Chester Mills is the first Writing Grade as indicated by 
the Writing Chart of Relative Quality-Standards on page 155. 

GENERAL USES — Old Chester Mills is recommended for the following pur- 
poses when pen writing is to be applied to the printed piece and when a permanent 
paper of distinctive appearance is desired — 



Stationery 
Letterheads 
Executive Letters 
Envelopes 



Office Forms 
Checks 
Reports 
Statements 
Contracts 



Advertising 
Booklets 
Announcements 



IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type and line cuts) 
" " Litho Press 
" Offset Press 
" " Steel or Copper Plate 
The various types of impress as indicated above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of im- 
press is left to the judgment of the printer. 

The right side of the sheet for impressing (or felt side) faces the reader when the 
watermark reads correctly from left to right. 

SIZES, WEIGHTS and COLOR— Antique and Satin. Basis 17 x 22—500 
sheets to ream. Trimmed four sides, stocked as follows: 

(Grain runs parallel to dimension in parentheses.) 

WHITE ONLY 

Wove and Laid 
Antique and Satin Finishes 
17 x (22)— 20— 24 (22) x 34-^0—48 

Flat in cases, markers between reams. Packed 500 to 600 pounds to case. 

Prices — Prices of Old Chester Mills can be found in Price List 
attached to this book, between the last page and cover. 

Where Stocked — Old Chester Mills is carried in stock by all 
Eagle-A Service Houses, a list of which is given on the first 
inside page of Price List. 

Samples — Actual samples of Old Chester Mills can be found 
in the Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, or 
samples for dummies, can be obtained from all Eagle-A 
Service Houses. 

[156] 



NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special colors of 3,300 pounds in which 
the sheet size, substance weight, finish and color differ from 
standard specifications, as given above, can be taken only for a 
definite delivery in quantities of not less than 3,300 pounds. 
BUT if Old Chester Mills (white, only) is being run at the 
mill at the time the paper is desired, or if the buyer can wait 
until it is to be run, then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any length or width described below in Rnnks 

minimum quantities of 550 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in nw 4. 

minimum quantities of 1,100 pounds. UllSBtS 

Non-standard finishes can be furnished under the same conditions in minimum 

quantities of 550 pounds. fnvprc 

Under no condition can non-standard colors be made in quantities less than 3,300 
pounds. 



NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

Old Chester Mills can be made only in widths (dimension across the grain) 
a multiple of which equals 44" to 63"; but the minimum must be 16" and the 
maximum 28". Sheets can be cut from these roll widths in lengths (dimension 
parallel to the grain) from 16" to 42". Thus the maximum sheet size possible to 
make in Old Chester Mills is 28" x 42" with the grain parallel to the 42" dimen- 
sion. 



NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight in which Old Chester Mills 
can be made is 16 pounds, the maximum 28 pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, it is 
always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because condi- 
tions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 



OLD CHESTER MILLS ENVELOPES 

Old Chester Mills Envelopes to fit any printed piece can be obtained from 
each Eagle-A Service House. United States Envelope Company, authorized 
manufacturers. 

When ordering envelopes specify Old Chester Mills, weight, color, finish, 
quantity and style. (Envelope styles shown on pages 71-74.) If possible send 
sample dummy showing the above. 

Important: Complete information regarding Envelopes given on pages 68-75. 

Old Chester Mills in cut sheets with envelopes to match in size and color in 
cabinets cataloged on page 259, and packed also in boxes, page 248. 

[1571 



Parsons Tinted Writings 




The Second WRITING Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(watermarked "parsons tinted writings") 




uniiiiiwiiiiwiiwiiiiiiiiiiiiiin 



ARSONS TINTED WRITINGS are made in a wide range 
of colors with an excellent surface for pen writing. They 
are laid calendered papers, contain a good proportion of new 
soft rags, and are semi-permanent papers that will serve for uses 
requiring a paper to outlast any legal period. 

Parsons Tinted Writings are the second Writing Grade as in- 
dicated by the Writing Chart of Relative Quality-Standards 
on page 155. 

GENERAL USES — Parsons Tinted Writings are recommended for the following 
uses where a pen-writing surface and a wide range of colors and semi-permanent 
life are the requirements — 

Stationery Office Forms Advertising 

Letterheads Price Lists Booklets 

Acknowledgment of Order Brochures 

Billheads Announcements 
Invoices 
Credit Memos 

IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type and line cuts) 
" " Litho Press 
" Offset Press 
" " Die Stamping Press 
" " Copper Plate Press 
" Ruling 

The various types of impress as indicated above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of im- 
press is left to the judgment of the printer. 

The right side of the sheet for impressing (or felt side) faces the reader when the 
watermark reads correctly from left to right. 

SIZES, WEIGHTS and COLORS— Basis 17 x 22—500 sheets to ream. Trimmed 
four sides, stocked as follows: 

(Grain runs parallel to dimension in parentheses.) 

LAID ONLY 

Azurine Blue Dark Blue Dark Green Cherry Fawn 

Amber Pink Melon Canary 
(17) x 22— 20 —24 22 x (34)— 40— 48 

(17) x 28— 30^ 28 x (34) —61 

(19) x 24— 243^ 24x(38)-49 

Sealed in reams, packed 500 to 600 pounds to case. 

Prices — Prices of Parsons Tinted Writings can be found in 
Price List attached to this book, between the last page and 
cover. 

Where Stocked — Parsons Tinted Writings are carried in stock 
by all Eagle-A Service Houses, a list of which is given on the 
first inside page of Price List. 

[1581 






Samples — Actual samples of Parsons Tinted Writings can be 
found in the Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, 
or samples for dummies, can be obtained from all Eagle-A 
Service Houses. 



NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special colors of Parsons Tinted 
Writings in which the sheet size, substance weight, finish and 
color differ from standard specifications, as given above, can 
be taken only for a definite delivery in quantities of not less 
than 4,950 pounds. BUT if Parsons Tinted Writings in the 
required color is being run at the mill at the time the paper is 
desired, or if the buyer can wait until it is to be run, then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any length or width described below in 
minimum quantities of 1,100 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 
minimum quantities of 1,100 pounds. 

Non-standard finishes can be furnished under the same conditions in minimum 
quantities of 550 pounds. 

Under no condition can non-standard colors be made in quantities less than 
4,950 pounds. 



NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

Parsons Tinted Writings can be made only in widths (dimension across the 
grain) a multiple of which equals 56" to 72"; but the minimum must be 16" and 
the maximum 28". Sheets can be cut from these widths in lengths (dimension 
parallel to the grain) from 16" to 42". Thus the maximum sheet size possible to 
make in Parsons Tinted Writings is 28" x 42" with the grain parallel to the 42" 
dimension. 



NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight in which Parsons Tinted 
Writings can be made is 16 pounds, the maximum 28 pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, it is 
always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because condi- 
tions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 



PARSONS TINTED WRITINGS ENVELOPES 

Parsons Tinted Writings Envelopes to fit any printed piece can be obtained 
from each Eagle-A Service House. United States Envelope Company, authorized 
manufacturers. 

When ordering envelopes specify Parsons Tinted Writings, weight, color 
finish, quantity and style. (Envelope styles shown on pages 71-74.) If possible 
send sample dummy showing the above. 

Important: Complete information regarding Envelopes given on pages 68-75. 

[1591 



Line 




Wauregan Colored Flats 

The Third WRITING Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(unwatermarked) 




WAUREGAN COLORED FLATS are made with a smooth 
surface suitable for pen writing in both laid and wove. 
The laid is made in ten colors, the wove in five colors. Wauregan 
Colored Flats have an exceptional appearance, although the 
price is very moderate. They are rag-content, semi-permanent 
papers. 

Wauregan Colored Flats are the third grade of Eagle-A 
Writings as indicated by the Writing Chart of Quality-Standards 
on page 155. 

GENERAL USES — Wauregan Colored Flats are suggested for the following 
uses when the requirements call for a pen-writing surface, a wide range of colors, 
a semi-permanent life and moderate price — 



Stationery 




Office Forms 




Advertising 


Envelopes 




Billheads 




Announcements 


Letterheads 




Invoices 
Memo Slips 
Receipts 
Reports 
Time Slips 
Checks 




Booklets 
Brochures 
Envelope Stuffers 
House Organs 


IMPRESS— Suitable 


fot 


Letterpress (type and line 


cuts) 




a 


a 


Offset Press 






« 


tt 


Pen Ruling 







The various types of impress as indicated above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of im- 
press is left to the judgment of the printer. 

SIZES, WEIGHTS and COLORS— Basis 17 x 22—500 sheets to ream. Trimmed 
four sides, stocked as follows: 

(Grain runs parallel to dimension in parentheses.) 
(Both dimensions in parentheses indicate grain may run either way.) 

WOVE 

Shell Rose Marguerite Canary 

(22) x 34—48 
(28) x 34—61 
24 x(38)— 59 
(28) x (38)— 68 



Blue Opaline 

17 x(22)— 24 
17 x(28)— 30^ 
(19) x 24—293/£ 
(19) x (28)— 34 



Cherry Fawn 



Blue Opaline Shell Rose Marguerite Canary 
Green Lilac Melon 

17 x(22)— 24 (22) x 34—48 

17 x(28)— 30^ (28) x 34—61 

(19) x 24— 29Y 2 24 x (38)— 59 

Flat in cases, markers between reams. Packed 500 to 600 pounds to case. 

Prices — Prices of Wauregan Colored Flats can be found in 
Price List attached to this book, between the last page and 
cover. 

[160] 



Where Stocked — Wauregan Colored Flats are carried in stock 
by all Eagle-A Service Houses, a list of which is given on the 
first inside page of Price List. 

Samples — Actual samples of Wauregan Colored Flats can be 
found in the Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, 
or samples for dummies, can be obtained from all Eagle-A 
Service Houses. 

NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special colors of Wauregan Colored 
Flats in which the sheet size, substance weight, finish or color 
differs from standard specifications, as given above, can be taken 
only for a definite delivery in quantities of not less than 10,000 
pounds. BUT if Wauregan Colored Flats in the required 
color is being run at the mill at the time the paper is desired, or 
if the buyer can wait until it is to be run, then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any lengths or widths described below in 
minimum quantities of 1,650 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 
minimum quantities of 3,300 pounds. 

Under no condition can non-standard colors be made in quantities less than 
10,000 pounds. 

NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

Wauregan Colored Flats can be made only in widths (dimension across the 
grain) a multiple of which equals 64" to 72"; but the minimum must be 16" and 
the maximum 36". Sheets can be cut from these widths in lengths (dimension 
parallel to the grain) from 16" to 52". Thus the maximum sheet size possible to 
make in Wauregan Colored Flats is 36" x 52" with the grain parallel to the 52" 
dimension. 

Sheets 24" and 34" wide by any length between the limits given above can often 
be delivered more quickly than sheets in other widths, because these are the widths 
of the rolls from which the standard size sheets are cut, and it is sometimes possible 
to cut sheets from these rolls in special lengths before the rolls have been sheeted. 

NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight in which Wauregan Colored 
Flats can be made is 16 pounds, the maximum 28 pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, it is 
always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because condi- 
tions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 



WAUREGAN COLORED FLATS ENVELOPES 

Wauregan Colored Flats Envelopes to fit any printed piece can be obtained 
from each Eagle-A Service House. United States Envelope Company, authorized 
manufacturers. 

When ordering envelopes specify Wauregan Colored Flats, weight, color, 
finish, quantity and style. (Envelope styles shown on pages 71-74.) If possible 
send sample dummy showing the above. 

Important: Complete information regarding Envelopes given on pages 68-75. 

[1611 



Covers 




Mt. Nonotuck Mills 

The Fourth WRITING Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(watermarked "mt. nonotuck mills") 




jBBHHZHBaBBHBBaflBBBa 



MT. NONOTUCK MILLS has the smooth surface charac- 
teristic of all writings that is so well adapted to pen 
writing. It is made in white only. Mt. Nonotuck Mills 
should be used only as a temporary paper although it contains a 
small proportion of rag. 

Mt. Nonotuck Mills is the fourth Writing Grade of the 
Eagle-A Line as indicated by the Writing Chart of Relative 
Quality-Standards on page 155. 

GENERAL USES — Mt. Nonotuck Mills is recommended for the following 
uses when a pen-writing surface is desired and only a temporary life factor is 
necessary — 



Stationery 
Blank Books 

Fillers for Loose Leaf Books 
School Papers 



Office Forms 
Memo Books 
Memo Slips 
Statements 



IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type and line cuts) 
" Offset Press 
" Pen Ruling 

The various types of impress as indicated above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of im- 
press is left to the judgment of the printer. 

The right side of the sheet for impressing (or felt side) faces the reader when the 
watermark reads correctly from left to right. 

SIZES, WEIGHTS and COLORS— Basis 17 x 22—SOO sheets to ream. Trimmed 
four sides, stocked as follows: 

(Grain runs parallel to dimension in parentheses.) 



WHITE ONLY 



17 x(22)— 16 —20 —24 —28 
17 x (28)— 20^— 25^—30^— 35^ 
(19) x 24 —19H—24K— 29^—34 



(22) x 34—32—40-^8—56 
(28) x 34—41—51—61—71 
24 x (38)— 39— 49— 59— 68 



Sealed in reams, packed 500 to 600 pounds to case. 

Prices — Prices of Mt. Nonotuck Mills can be found in Price 
List attached to this book, between the last page and cover. 



Where Stocked — Mt. Nonotuck Mills is carried in stock by all 
Eagle-A Service Houses, a list of which is given on the first 
inside page of Price List. 

[1621 



Samples — Actual samples of Mt. Nonotuck Mills can be found 
in the Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, or 
samples for dummies, can be obtained from all Eagle-A 
Service Houses. 

NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special colors of Mt. Nonotuck Mills 
in which the sheet size, substance weight, finish or color differs _____ 

from standard specifications, as given above, can be taken only 
for a definite delivery in quantities of not less than 8,800 pounds. Books 

BUT if Mt. Nonotuck Mills (white, only) is being run at the 
mill at the time the paper is desired, or if the buyer can wait -^ . 

until it is to be run, then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any lengths or widths described below in 

minimum quantities of 1,650 pounds. COVBfS 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 
minimum quantities of 3,300 pounds. 

Non-standard finishes can be furnished under the same conditions in quantities BflSl 

of 1,650 pounds. 

Under no conditions can non-standard colors be made in quantities less than WBQI 

8,800 pounds. 311(1 

NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE „ 

gra 

Mt. Nonotuck Mills can be made only in widths (dimension across the grain) 

a multiple of which equals 64" to 75"; but the minimum must be 16" and the maxi- Afll 

mum 37J_". Sheets can be cut from these widths in lengths (dimension parallel qjo 

to the grain) from 16" to 52". Thus the maximum sheet size possible to make 

in Mt. Nonotuck Mills is 373^" x 52" with the grain parallel to the 52" dimension. „. 

Sheets 24" and 34" wide by any length between the limits given above can often Ca 

be delivered more quickly than sheets in other widths, because these are the widths 
of the rolls from which the standard size sheets are cut and it is sometimes possible - 

to cut sheets from these rolls in special lengths before the rolls have been sheeted. 'W 

Papi 

NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight in which Mt. Nonotuck Mills 
can be made is 16 pounds, the maximum 28 pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, it is 
always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because condi- 
tions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements r, 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 

u 

MT. NONOTUCK MILLS ENVELOPES 

Mt. Nonotuck Mills Envelopes to fit any printed piece can be obtained from 
each Eagle-A Service House. United States Envelope Company, authorized 
manufacturers. 

This paper is not suitable for envelopes which have to withstand ordinary usage 
in the mails. Acceptance Bond Envelopes or those of any other Eagle-A 
Bond should be used. 

Important: Complete information regarding Envelopes given on pages 68-75. 

[163] 




Ml Tom Mills 

The Fifth WRITING Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(UN WATERMARKED ) 




Ummmssmmmnmrnsm 



MT. TOM MILLS is a writing of a temporary nature pos- 
sessed of the smooth surface characteristic of this class 
of papers. It is made of chemical wood pulp and therefore long 
endurance cannot be expected from it. 

Mt. Tom Mills is the fifth Writing Grade as indicated by the 
Writing Chart of Relative Quality-Standards on page 155. 

GENERAL USES — Mt. Tom Mills is suggested for the following uses when a 
pen-writing surface is required and when the piece will have to last only a tem- 
porary period of time and meet with little or no handling or folding. 

Stationery Office Forms 

School Papers, Ruled and Plain Memo Books 

Fillers for Loose Leaf Books Memo Slips 
Tablets 



IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type and line cuts) 
" Offset Press 
" Ruling 
" " Pen or pencil 

The various types of impress as indicated above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of im- 
press is left to the judgment of the printer. 



SIZES, WEIGHTS and COLORS— Basis 17 x 22—500 sheets to ream. 
four sides, stocked as follows: 



Trimmed 



WHITE ONLY 



Stocked only in UV 2 " and 38^" rolls, Sub. Nos. 16, 20, 24. 
Can be furnished in sheets of any size that will cut from these rolls without waste. 
Trimmed four sides, packed flat in cases, markers between reams, 500 to 600 
pounds to case. 



Prices — Prices of Mt. Tom Mills can be found in Price List at- 
tached to this book, between the last page and cover. 

Where Stocked — Mt. Tom Mills is carried in stock by all Eagle-A 
Service Houses, a list of which is given on the first inside page 
of Price List. 

Samples — Actual samples of Mt. Tom Mills can be found in the 
Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, or samples 
for dummies, can be obtained from all Eagle-A Service Houses. 

[164] 



NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special colors of Mt. Tom Mills in 
which the sheet size, substance weight, finish or color differs 
from standard specifications, as given above, can be taken only 
for a definite delivery in quantities of not less than 10,000 pounds. 
BUT if Mt. Tom Mills (white, only) is being run at the mill at 
the time the paper is desired, or if the buyer can wait until it is 
to be run, then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any length or width described below in 
minimum quantities of 1,650 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 
minimum quantities of 3,300 pounds. 

Non-standard finishes can be furnished under the same conditions in minimum 
quantities of 1,650 pounds. • 

Under no condition can non-standard colors be made in quantities less than 
10,000 pounds. 



NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

Mt. Tom Mills can be made only in widths (dimension across the grain) a multiple 
of which equals 64" to 78"; but the minimum must be 16" and the maximum 39". 
Sheets can be cut from these widths in lengths (dimension parallel to the grain) 
from 16" to 52". Thus the maximum sheet size possible to make in Mt. Tom 
Mills is 39" x 52" with the grain parallel to the 52" dimension. 

Sheets 34" wide by any length between the limits given above can often be delivered 
more quickly than sheets in other widths, because these are the width of the rolls 
from which the standard size sheets are cut, and it is sometimes possible to cut 
sheets from these rolls in special lengths before the rolls have been sheeted. 



NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight in which Mt. Tom Mills can 
be made is 16 pounds, the maximum 28 pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, it is 
always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because condi- 
tions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 



MT. TOM MILLS ENVELOPES 

Mt. Tom Mills Envelopes to fit any printed piece can be obtained from each 
Eagle-A Service House. United States Envelope Company, authorized manu- 
facturers. 

This paper is not suitable for envelopes that have to withstand ordinary usage in 
the mails. Acceptance Bond Envelopes, or those of any other Eagle-A bond 
should be used. 

Important: Complete information regarding Envelopes given on pages 68-75. 

[165] 



Book Papers 

OF EAGLE-A QUALITY-STANDARDS 



THE development of book papers has kept pace with improve- 
ments in the printer's art. As new methods have come into 
use and new processes have been invented there has been a call 
for special papers adapted to these developments. This ten- 
dency has naturally multiplied the number of book papers re- 
quired to bring out to the best advantage the effect sought from 
the method of printing employed. 

The most important characteristic of a book paper is suit- 
ability for the sort of impress for which it is designed. The 
requirements of different processes are so dissimilar that it is 
impossible to get any one book paper suited for all kinds of work. 
Nor is it fair to grade papers according to the nature of the print- 
ing requirements for which they are suited. To a larger extent 
their adaptability for various forms of impress is determined by 
the finish applied to them after they are made. 

A first grade book paper, in addition to possessing proper 
qualities of impress and freedom from dust and fuzz, must possess 
considerable strength so that it can be used for folders or an- 
nouncements where it does not have the protection of a cover. 
It should be possible to make envelopes from a first grade book. 
The materials used in a book paper of this class are high grade and 
will give to the paper a quality distinction not to be obtained 
where inferior materials are used. 

A first grade book paper must withstand exposure to light 
and air indefinitely so that books printed on it shall last without 
deterioration for many years. 

The Eagle-A Line of Quality-Standard Book Papers has been 
established according to this line of reasoning. The qualities 
required in papers of this class have been studied in the light 
of the factors of appearance, treatment and life, and analyzed to 
determine the degree in which they possess these characteristics, 
and graded according to the results. 

Two specially distinguished grades of these papers, Deckle 
d'Aigle and American Vellum, are classified as De Luxe grades. 
Six other grades are included in the book series, the sixth grade 
of which comprises three papers of practically equal quality but 
distinguished from one another by their finishes. These are 
American Eggshell, American Super Calendered Book, 
and American English Finish Book. 

On pages 168 and 169 will be found a chart showing the rela- 
tive qualities among the eight Book grades. 

[166] 



In the following pages devoted to detailed descriptions of the 
individual papers of the line, each paper is described in two ways: 
first, in general terms of its appearance character and with par- 
ticular reference to the types of impress to which it is best suited; 
secondly, according to its relative grade position in the chart 
of Quality-Standards in Book papers. 

The following grades of the Eagle-A line cover substantially 
all requirements: 



GRADE 






NAME 


COLOR 


Permanent 


I De Luxe 


Deckle d'Aigle 


Laid Natural White 


Temporary 


II De 


Luxe 


American Vellum 


White and two colors 


Semi-Perm. 


I 




Berkshire Text 


White and two colors 




II 




Albion Text 


White and one color 




III 




American Bulking Book 


White 


Temporary 


IV 




Railroad Folder 


White and eight colors 




V 




Arrive Halftone 
( Amer. Super Calendered 


White and one color 
White 




VI 




-J American English Finish 
( American Eggshell 


White 

White and one color 



Covers 



BOOK PAPER TRADE CUSTOMS 

Trade customs pertaining to book papers are explained in de- 
tail on pages 311-314. 



Weddini 



graph: 

iou 



Typewri 
Papers 



Tal 

Spi 

Pai 

Eagle 






[167] 









tHIO 


00 CM CM 


CM 05 


00 IN 


05OOO 






1-HlO 


OtHCM 


COIN 


■*CO 


00 05 00 05 






cd'd 


WO 


03COCM 


th'cS 


00 CO 


IN 10 00 rH 






3 a 


CNCO 


cot>oo 


100 


mm 


■*-*-*iO 






O? 1-1 


COCO 


























'■sti 


OO 


000 


00 


00 








OO 


000 


00 


00 








do" 


UMOW 


do 


00 




CO 




WW 
IN CM 


CO COCO 


T-frH 


tHi-I 




*-d co 




5° 












S « 


























t»N 


!>!>!> 


coco 


M> 


NNNN 






©O 


000000 


coco 


COCO 


COcOOCO 


lity-Sta: 
Book P 









COCO 


co co co 


■*T)H 


coco 


coco coco 


















.« 


l>t» 


i>t^t> 


00 


00 


COCO CO CO 






'3 


1H1-I 


1-H1H1H 


0000 


00 00 


10 10 10 10 


2 ^ 






s 


nd 


CM CM CM 


T-irH 


1-Hi-i 


1H1H1H1H 


A*< 
















OJi 




<D 






























CO 














ative 
Eag 


, > o 


,M 


CO CM 


00l>CO 


ON 


coo 


00 00 IN t>- 


.a s 

60 


cS 
13 

a, 

Ph 

< 


*3 
pq 


05 C5 
COTfl 


CM CO 1 * 

co-* 10 


I>05 

co** 


OSCM 

cod 


tH 05 00 CO 

-*i-*dd 


2^ 
















>. 


















COM 


CO CO CO 


coco 


coco 


CM CO CO CO 




..9 







CM CO 


05 CM CO 


05 cq 


©5 CM 


l>05OCM 




„K> to 




ft 
O 


OO 


IQ CO CO 


»od 


Ki<6 


10 iO CO CO 




o.-y 


































cu'rt 




0) 














5 5. 




a 


1H1H 


iHi-HrH 


coco 


00 


rHi-Hi-liH 




•43 cr 




& 


1H1H 


iHtHiH 


COCO 


COCO 


rHiHi-HlH 




- Si 




j2 


1-1 iH 


1-ItHi-H 


dd 


(6<6 


tHi-4iHiH 




<u a> 




"3 














*h a. 

CO 
03 Q< 
*3 




§ 


























aj a> 


<x> 


OO 


CO coco 


coco 


00 


iO iO 10 iO 




r^ 


t+H 


OO 


CO COCO 


O5 05 


■*Tjf 


CO CO COO 




£^ 


J 


1>I> 


CO CO CO 


CM CM 


t>l> 


0000 




.2 « 




coco 




1H1-I 




rHTHiHl-t 




cu <u 






























S"S 




09 

2 


coco 


CO CO CO 


coco 


■*■* 


^ * ^H ^ 








co co 


co coco 


00 


00 


0000 




'So fl 




fa 

































W'-Jj 


















aj^ 


















fl +3 




H 


IO1H 


00 t-^o 


IO CO 


iHtH 


*^«H 




4-> 


a> 


t^TjH 


lOt>05 


05 CM 


(Nt> 


05t^iOCO 




H 


CO 00 


co cod 

r-l 


cod 


■*d 


co Tjidd 




<U 0) 

H 


a 

In 














<X> 














Vh 


co 





COLO 


CMOiH 


00 cq 


CO 00 


COt^NO 


0) 

Oh 
C3 






a 


05 ■* 


OCON. 


05O 


00» 


O-*IN05 








lO bJ 


Tjiiod 


CM-* 


CM CO 


COtHiOiO 


















M 












Oh 






£ 


00 CO 


COU5-* 


i-lOO 


1HN 


-^oo^o 






"55 


05 iH 


r-110 05 


coo 


00 


COt^Nt^. 








3 


■*CO 


Tiiio'd 


CMM 


NCX) 


IN IN CO CO 








« 












o 


















ubstance 

Weight 

Basis 
25x38 












o 




00 


000 


00 


00 


0000 




000 

iH 


CO 00O 
IH 


CO 00 


CO 00 


IO CD t~ 00 


PQ 




CO 














1— 1 


\— I 


H-l 


l-H 


l-H 










HH 




l-H 


1— 1 








~ 


C "7! 


CD 




c~ 






0) 

co" 
u ■ 




Deckle 
d'Aigle 

(De Luxi 


America 
Vellum 

(De Lux( 


CO j_i 

l-i CD 


c 

^ 

•a x 


America: 
Bulking 








<^ 



168] 



00 05 
CO ^ 

ooj 


38.33 
40.27 
41.97 
43.51 


30.67 
33.91 
36.99 
40.29 


32.69 
35.04 
37.37 
39.73 
41.98 


29.19 
31.21 
33.33 
35.36 
37.48 




oo 
oo 

c 

*°3 












oo 
oo 


oooo 
oooo 

* * * * 


CO CO CO CO 
COCO CO CO 

co co co co 


ooooo 
ooooo 


ooooo 
ooooo 


« ««,*<* 


co coco co co 


05 05 
1010 


oooo 
oooo 

oooo 

i— 1 rtH i— 1 


CO CO CO CO 

oooo 

SI SI SI SI 


ooooo 
ooooo 

ooooo 

1-i tH r-< tH i— 1 


wmwrtio 

050 05OO 

51 SI SI SI SI 


t-o 

05 CO 


t»»C(N05 

00 (MOO 

i-i (MINN 


iHlfl^HCO 

t^-^sio 
co^ico 


Tff~OOiO 


00*000 

00 CO 00 COt' 


--HiHSisieo 


ih CM SI CO CO 


oco 

OlH 

CO 


(NC0OO 
t^OON 

ujiOOO 


SIC0OO 
NOIOM 

OiOOO 


ooooco 

TflOOOO'H 


osicooo 

OMSON 


OifJiOOO 


l£nOiOOO 


oo 
oo 

do 


oooo 

OcCCDCD 
OOOO 


T-I1-I1-I.H 
1-Hr- trHiH 

1-Hi-Hi-Hi-I 


i— 1 iH i— 1 i-H ?H 
i-H iH i-H i-H i-H 


ooooo 

O CO CD oo 


iHiHrHrHi-H 


ooooo 


coco 
coco 

CO CO 


COCO COCO 
CO CO CO CO 

co co co co 


CO CO CO CO 

CO cO coco 

CO COCO CO 


CO CO COCO CO 
CO CO CO coco 


CO CO CO CO CO 
CO CO CO CO CO 


COCO CO CO CO 


COCO CO CO CO 


coco 
oo 


COCO CO CO 

oooo 


oooo 


ooooo 


SI SI SI SI SI 

ooooo 






000 

■*05 


O CO t^ i- I 
rtcooio 

si i si i co co 


SI-HTi<00 

i-H05t^"5 
rtl •*' iO o' 


OOOSICOO 

sioo-*oio 


OCOOOO-H 

rH SO i-l CO St 


SI SI CO-** 


SI SI CO CO 1 * 


00 00 
OS1 

NC0 


00 00 CO SI 
OSIOCO 

S1C0C0'*" 


NcOtOifl 
•*C0S1^H 

■*iddt> 


oocot^sio 

ffit~-tf SIO 


■* COCO CO 00 
OCO 00-* 00 


sico^ioio 


r^SISI CO CO 


*H00 
C0t> 

si si 


lOOt^OO 

ooi-i-*i> 
i-<sisisi 


OOOOt^ 

t^cooo-* 
si cow* 


m-HooTtio 

OOCOt^SIO 


OO-HCOO 
NHCOffiM 


ih si si co co 


rtSI SI SI CO 


OO 
lOO 


oooo 

IO1ON00 


oooo 

»OSDt>00 


ooooo 

-*lOCOt~00 


OOOOO 
■tfiOONOO 


> 

t-H 

O CD 

"c3 o 


> 

c 


c 


i— i 
> 

C 

1 s. 

£ 3 


1— 1 

> 

c 

*-> ■— i C/3 

oj OJ0--3 

6 c.S 



169] 




Deckle cP Aigle 

FOUR DECKLE EDGE (MOULD-MADE) 
The First DeLuxe BOOK Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(watermarked "deckle d'aigle" and shield) 




■■ ■■ "■■"'■' aa 



DECKLE d'AIGLE provides for modern use a paper of the 
richly beautiful appearance and sterling, old-time quality 
characteristic of the fine papers hand-fashioned by master crafts- 
men in the fifteenth century. Like them, it has a natural deckle 
on all four sides. Made from the highest quality of new, white 
rags, loft-dried, it possesses an elegance of finish and texture 
which make it a fitting background for the highest achieve- 
ment in craftsmanship. Its quality of endurance safeguards 
the value of priceless works. 

Deckle d'Aigle is the first DeLuxe Book grade, as indicated 
by the chart of Relative Quality-Standards on page 168. 

GENERAL USES — Deckle d'Aigle expresses the highest achievement in fine 
paper-making, yet its cost is comparatively moderate. It can be recommended 
in any of the following cases where distinction and richness are desired — 



Advertising 
Annou ncements 
Booklets 
Calendars 
Catalogs 



Stationery 
High-grade Letterheads 
and Envelopes 



Books and Periodicals 
Editions de luxe 



IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type and line cuts; coarse stipple and coarse 
screen Ben Day) 
" " Die Stamping Press 
" " Embossing 

The various types of impress as indicated above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of im- 
press is left to the judgment of the printer. 

Fine screen half-tones can be applied after hot pressing. 

Through the process employed in producing Deckle d'Aigle, the surfaces on 
both sides of the sheet are alike. Unlike machine-made papers the "felt" and 
"wire" sides need not be considered. As a matter of form only, sheets should 
be printed with the watermark reading correctly from left to right. 

SIZES, WEIGHTS and COLORS— Basis 500 sheets to ream. Flat sheets, stocked 
as follows: 

Deckle d'Aigle being mould-made, there is almost an entire absence of "grain" 
so that it folds equally well in either direction. 

LAID, NATURAL WHITE ONLY 

Light Weight 
\2V 2 x 19—20 19 x 25—40 

Heavy Weight 
12^x19—25 19x25—50 

Packed: Sealed in half reams. 



[170] 



Prices — Prices of Deckle d'Aigle Book Paper can be found in 
Price List attached to this book between the last page and 
cover. 

Where Stocked — Deckle d'Aigle is carried in stock by all 
Eagle-A Service Houses, the list of which is given on the first 
inside page of Price List. 

Samples — Actual samples of Deckle d'Aigle book will be found 
in the Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, or 
samples for dummies, can be obtained from Eagle-A Service 
Houses. 

Deckle d'Aigle Cover Paper in white, gray and green, and in sizes to fit the 
Deckle d'Aigle book sizes is described on pages 202-203; it is carried in stock by- 
all Eagle-A Service Houses. 

Deckle d'Aigle in small sheets and cards with envelopes to match in size and 
color can be found in the Announcement Line, page 246, and in boxed station- 
ery, page 254. These are carried in stock by all Service Houses. 



NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

DECKLE d'AIGLE Book can be made in any size from 11" x 
17"to20"x30". 

Order for colors, and special whites, will be accepted in lots 
of not less than 1,650 pounds of an item, where the size specified 
is either of the two standard sizes listed. 

Orders for sizes in either white or colors, other than the two 
standard sizes listed, will be accepted in lots of not less than 2,000 
pounds of an item. Where other than standard sizes are speci- 
fied, the manufacture of such special sizes necessitates the 
making of a complete new mould. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, it is 
always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because condi- 
tions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 



DECKLE D'AIGLE ENVELOPES 

Deckle d'Aigle Envelopes to fit any printed piece can be obtained from each 
Eagle-A Service House. United States Envelope Company, authorized manu- 
facturer. 

When ordering envelopes specify Deckle d'Aigle, weight, color, finish, quantity 
and style. (Envelope styles shown on pages 71-74.) If possible send sample 
dummy showing the above. 

Important: Complete information regarding Envelopes given on pages 68-75. 



[171] 




gjZZZZZZZZZ ZZZZZZZZZZZZZZ Z ZZZZB 



American Vellum 

(DECKLED EDGE) 
The Second DeLuxe BOOK Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(un watermarked) 




AMERICAN VELLUM is so named because its appearance 
recalls the rich, mottled look of old vellum paper. It is 
made with both antique and plate finishes, in white, gray and 
India, and with deckle edges running the long way of the sheet. 
The plate finish will take 120-line screen half-tones with excep- 
tional results. 

American Vellum is the second DeLuxe Book Grade as indi- 
cated by the Book Chart of Relative Quality-Standards on 
page 168. 

GENERAL USES — American Vellum is recommended for the uses listed below 
when it is desired to render unmistakable the look and feel of quality — 



Advertising 
Announcements Broadsides 
Booklets 
House Organs 
Catalog Covers 
Catalog Pages 
Circulars 



Envelope Enclosures 
Mailing Folders 
Illustrated Letters 
Calendars 
Envelopes 



Books and Labels and 

Periodicals Wrappers 

Books Package Labels 

De Luxe Editions Catalog Con- 
Magazines tainers 



Brochures 



IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type, line cuts, 120 and 133 screen half-tones) 
" " Rotogravure Press 
" " Die Stamping Press (Light dies) 

" Copper Plate Press 
" " Lithograph or Offset Press in one color only. 

The various types of impress as indicated above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of im- 
press is left to the judgment of the printer. 

SIZES, WEIGHTS and COLORS— Glazed and Unglazed. Basis 25 x 38— 
500 sheets to ream. Flat sheets, untrimmed, stocked as follows: 



(Grain runs parallel to dimension in parentheses.) 

white, india, gray (Deckle Edge) 

Plate and Antique Finishes 

Basis — 25 x 38 Sheet Size 

Plate Finish 25 x (38)— 60— 80— 100 
Antique Finish 25 x (38)— 60— 80— 100 

60 pounds sealed in reams, 80 and 100 pounds put up in half reams. 
Packed 500 to 600 pounds to case. 

[172] 



Prices — Prices of American Vellum can be found in Price List 
attached to this book between the last page and cover. 

Where Stocked — American Vellum is carried in stock by all 
Eagle-A Service Houses, a list of which is given on the first 
inside page of Price List. 

Samples — Actual samples of American Vellum can be found in 

the Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, or 

samples of dummies, can be obtained from all Eagle-A Service 

Houses. 

American Vellum in cut sheets with envelopes to match in size and color can be 
found in the Announcement Line, page 248, carried in stock by all Eagle-A Service 
Houses. 

NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special colors of American Vellum, 
as given above, can be taken only for a definite delivery in quan- 
tities of not less than 12,000 pounds. B U T if American Vellum 
in the required color is being run at the mill at the time the 
paper is desired, or if the buyer can wait until it is to be run, 
then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any length or width described below in 

minimum quantities of 2,200 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 

minimum quantities of 4,400 pounds. 

Non-standard finishes in this grade are not made. 

Under no condition can non-standard colors be made in quantities less than 

12,000 pounds. 

NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

American Vellum can be made only in widths (dimension across the grain) a 
multiple of which equals 75" to 84"; but the minimum must be 25" and the maxi- 
mum 42". Sheets can be cut from these widths in lengths (dimension parallel 
to the grain) from 16" to 643^". Thus the maximum sheet size possible to make 
in American Vellum is 42" x 64J^" with the grain parallel to the 64}^" dimension. 
However, the unglazed finish cannot be furnished in larger sizes than 26" x 40". 
Sheets 25" wide by any length between the limits given above can often be delivered 
more quickly than sheets in other widths because this is the width of the rolls from 
which the standard size sheets are cut, and it is sometimes possible to cut sheets 
from these rolls in special lengths before the rolls have been sheeted. 

NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight that American Vellum can 

be made in is 50 pounds, the maximum 120 pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, it is 
always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because condi- 
tions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 

AMERICAN VELLUM ENVELOPES 

American Vellum Envelopes to fit any printed piece can be obtained from each 
Eagle-A Service House. United States Envelope Company, authorized manu- 
facturers. 

When ordering envelopes specify American Vellum, weight, color, finish, quan- 
tity and style. (Envelope styles shown on pages 71-74.) If possible send 
sample dummy showing the above. 

Important: Complete information regarding Envelopes given on pages 68-75. 

[173] 




Berkshire Text 

(DECKLED EDGE) 
The First BOOK Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(WATERMARKED "BERKSHIRE TEXT") 




BERKSHIRE TEXT is a book paper of excellent grade dis- 
tinguished by the soft richness of its antique finish. It has 
a high rag content and will not deteriorate with age — is made in 
both wove and laid; in three very desirable colors, white, India 
and French gray, and has a deckle edge the long way of the sheet. 

Berkshire Text is the first Book Grade as indicated by the 
Book Chart of Relative Quality-Standards on page 168. 

GENERAL USES — Berkshire Text is recommended for the following purposes, 
and particularly in booklets and other advertising pieces to the type matter or 
line cuts of which it is desired to give an air of scholarly taste and dignity. 



Advertising 
House Organs Announcements 



Booklets 
Brochures 
Circulars 
Mailing Folders 



Broadsides 
Envelope Stuffers 
Calendars 
Menus 



Books and Periodicals 
Magazines 
Children's Books 
Editions de Luxe 



Labels 

Package 

Labels 



IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type, line cuts, 120 and 133 screen half-tones) 
" " Rotogravure Press 
" " Die Stamping Press (Light Dies) 
" " Copper Plate Press 
" " Lithograph or Offset Press in one color only. 

The various types of impress as indicated above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of im- 
press is left to the judgment of the printer. 



SIZES, WEIGHTS and COLORS— Antique Finish. Basis 25 x 38- 
to ream. Flat sheets, untrimmed, stocked as follows: 

(Grain runs parallel to dimension in parentheses.) 

WOVE AND LAID 

25 x (38)— 60— 80 



-500 sheets 



COLORS 
WHITE, INDIA AND FRENCH GRAY 

60 pounds sealed in reams, 80 pounds in half reams 
Packed 500 to 600 pounds to case. 

Prices — Prices of Berkshire Text can be found in Price List 
attached to this book, between the last page and cover. 

Where Stocked — Berkshire Text is carried in stock by all 
Eagle-A Service Houses, a list of which is given on the first 
inside page of Price List. 

f 1741 



Samples — Actual samples of Berkshire Text can be found in 
the Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, or 
samples of dummies, can be obtained from all Eagle-A Service 
Houses. 



NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special colors of Berkshire Text can 
be taken only for a definite delivery in quantities of not less than 
10,000 pounds. BUT if Berkshire Text in the required color is 
being run at the mill at the time the paper is desired, or if the 
buyer can wait until it is to be run, then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any length or width described below in 
minimum quantities of 2,200 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 
minimum quantities of 4,400 pounds. 

Non-standard finishes in this grade are not made. 

Under no condition can non-standard colors be made in quantities less than 
10,000 pounds. 



NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

Berkshire Text can be made only in widths (dimension across the grain) a multiple 
of which equals 75" to 84"; but the minimum must be 25" and the maximum 42". 
Sheets can be cut from these widths in lengths (dimension parallel to the grain) 
from 26" to 64J^". Thus the maximum sheet size possible to make in Berkshire 
Text is 42" x 64J^" with the grain parallel to the 64^2" dimension. 

Sheets 25" wide by any length between the limits given above can often be delivered 
more quickly than sheets in other widths, because this is the width of the rolls from 
which the standard size sheets are cut, and it is sometimes possible to cut sheets from 
these rolls in special lengths before the rolls have been sheeted. 



NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight that Berkshire Text can be 
made in is 50 pounds, the maximum 120 pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, it is 
always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because condi- 
tions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 



BERKSHIRE TEXT ENVELOPES 

Berkshire Text Envelopes to fit any printed piece can be obtained from each 
Eagle-A Service House. United States Envelope Company, authorized manu- 
facturers. 

When ordering envelopes specify Berkshire Text, weight, color, finish, quan- 
tity and style. (Envelope styles shown on pages 71-74.) If possible send 
sample dummy showing the above. 

Important: Complete information regarding Envelopes given on pages 68-75. 

[175] 




Ummsaannnmanssm 



Albion Text 

(DECKLED EDGE) 
The Second BOOK Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(watermarked "albion text") 




ALBION TEXT has the distinction of a rich antique finish 
with deckle edges the long way of the sheet, and is made in 
white and India. A substantial rag content makes this a paper 
that will last a long time without deteriorating. 

Albion Text is the second Book Grade as indicated by the Book 
Chart of Relative Quality-Standards on page 168. 

GENERAL USES — Albion Text is recommended for the following uses when a 
distinctive quality is desired. It can be printed on from type and line cuts only — 



Advertising 
House Organs Announcements 



Booklets 
Brochures 
Circulars 
Mailing Folders 



Broadsides 
Envelope Stuffers 
Calendars 
Menus 



Books and 

Periodicals 
Magazines 
Children's Books 
Editions de Luxe 



Labels and 
Wrappers 
Catalog 
Containers 



IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type, and line cuts) 
" " Rotogravure Press 
" " Die Stamping Press 
" Copper Plate Press 
" " Lithograph or Offset Press in one color only 

The various types of impress as indicated above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of im- 
press is left to the judgment of the printer. 

The right side of the sheet for impressing (or felt side) faces the reader when the 
watermark reads correctly from left to right. 

SIZES, WEIGHTS and COLORS— Antique Finish. Basis 25 x 38—500 sheets 
to ream. Flat sheets, untrimmed, stocked as follows: 

(Grain runs parallel to dimension in parentheses.) 

WHITE AND INDIA 

Wove and Laid 
25 x (38)— 60— 80 
60 pounds put up in reams, 80 pounds in half reams 
Packed 500 to 600 pounds to case. 



Prices — Prices of Albion Text can be found in Price List at- 
tached to this book between the last page and cover. 

Where Stocked — Albion Text is carried in stock by all Eagle-A 
Service Houses, a list of which is given on the first inside page 
of Price List. 

[176] 



Samples — Actual samples of Albion Text can be found in the 
Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, or samples 
of dummies, can be obtained from all Eagle-A Service Houses. 



NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special colors of Albion Text can be 
taken only for a definite delivery in quantities of not less than 
10,000 pounds. BUT if Albion Text in the required color 
is being run at the mill at the time the paper is desired, or if the 
buyer can wait until it is to be run, then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any length or width described below in 
minimum quantities of 1,650 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 
minimum quantities of 3,300 pounds. 

Non-standard finishes in this grade are not made. 

Under no condition can non-standard colors be made in quantities less than 
10,000 pounds. 



NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

Albion Text can be made only in widths (dimension across the grain) a multiple 
of which equals 72" to 76"; but the minimum must be 24" and the maximum 38". 
Sheets can be cut from these widths in lengths (dimension parallel to the grain) 
from 2S" to 64". Thus the maximum sheet size possible to make in Albion Text 
is 38" x 64" with the grain parallel to the 64" dimension. 

Sheets 25" wide by any length between the limits given above can often be delivered 
more quickly than sheets in other widths, because this is the width of the rolls from 
which the standard size sheets are cut, and it is sometimes possible to cut sheets 
from these rolls in special lengths before the rolls have been sheeted. 



NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight that Albion Text can be made 
in is 50 pounds, the maximum 100 pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, it is 
always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because condi- 
tions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 



ALBION TEXT ENVELOPES 

Albion Text Envelopes to fit any printed piece can be obtained from each 
Eagle-A Service House. United States Envelope Company, authorized manu- 
facturers. 

When ordering envelopes specify Albion Text, weight, color, finish, quantity 
and style. (Envelope styles shown on pages 71-74.) If possible send sample 
dummy showing the above. 

Important: Complete information regarding Envelopes given on pages 68-75. 

[177] ^ 



American Bulking Book 




The Third BOOK Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(UNWATERMARKED ) 




mmmnimmnmmmmma 



AMERICAN BULKING BOOK has been primarily devel- 
oped to fill the demand for a paper with exceptional thick- 
ness or bulk for its weight. This paper gives an impression of 
substance and value out of all proportion to its cost. The extra 
bulking, moreover, distinctly enhances the appearance of a 
printed sheet. American Bulking Book has a high rag con- 
tent and will not deteriorate with age. It is especially adapted 
for books and advertising pieces that do not carry fine line cuts 
and half-tones. 

American Bulking Book is the third grade Book as determined 
by the Book Chart of Relative Quality-Standards on pages 
168-169. 

GENERAL USES — American Bulking Book is recommended for the following 
uses where extreme bulk and long life are the desirable features — 



House Organs 
Booklets 
Mailing Folders 
Announcements 



Advertising 

Broadsides 
Envelope Stuffers 
Calendars 
Menus 



Books and Periodicals 
Magazines 
Children's Books 
Popular Novels 



IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type and line cuts) 
" " Rotogravure Press 
" " Die Stamping Press 
" " Copper Plate Press 

The various types of impress as indicated above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of im- 
press is left to the judgment of the printer. 

SIZES, WEIGHTS and COLORS— Basis IS x 38—500 sheets to ream. Flat sheets, 
untrimmed, stocked as follows: 

(Grain runs parallel to dimension in parentheses.) 



WHITE ONLY 



25 x (38)— 50— 60— 70— 80 
(28) x 42—62—74—86 
(28) x 44—65—78—91 



Basis— IS x 38 

(30K) x 41— 66— 79— 92 
(32) x 44— 74— 89—104 
(38) x 50—100—120—140—160 



25 x 38—50 bulk 376 pages per inch 25 x 38—70 bulk 270 pages per inch 

25 x 38—60 bulk 316 pages per inch 25 x 38—80 bulk 236 pages per inch 

Packed flat, untrimmed, in cases, markers between reams. 500 to 600 pounds 
to case. 



Prices — Prices of American Bulking Book can be found in 
Price List attached to this book between the last page and 
cover. 

[1781 



Where Stocked — American Bulking Book is carried in stock by- 
all Eagle-A Service Houses, a list of which is given on the first 
inside page of Price List. 

Samples — Actual samples of American Bulking Book can be 
found in the Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, 
or samples of dummies, can be obtained from all Eagle-A 
Service Houses. 

NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes and special substance weights 
of American Bulking Book can be taken only for a definite 
delivery in quantities of not less than 15,000 pounds. BUT if 
American Bulking Book is being run at the mill at the time 
the paper is desired, or if the buyer can wait until it is to be run, 
then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any length or width described below in 
minimum quantities of 3,300 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 
minimum quantities of 6,000 pounds. 

Non-standard finishes in this grade are not made. 

Under no condition can non-standard shades be made in quantities less than 
15,000 pounds. 

NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

American Bulking Book can be made only in widths (dimension across the 
grain) a multiple of which equals 96" to 110"; but the minimum must be 16" and 
the maximum 55". Sheets can be cut from these widths in lengths (dimension 
parallel to the grain) from 16" to 64". Thus the maximum sheet size possible 
to make in American Bulking Book is 55" x 64" with the grain parallel to the 
64" dimension. 

Sheets 25", 44" and 50" wide by any length between the limits given above can 
often be delivered more quickly than sheets in other widths, because these are the 
widths of the rolls from which the standard size sheets are cut, and it is sometimes 
possible to cut sheets from these rolls in special lengths before the ro'ls have been 
sheeted. 

NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight that American Bulking Book 
can be made in is 50 pounds, the maximum 120 pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, it is 
always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because condi- 
tions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 

AMERICAN BULKING BOOK ENVELOPES 

American Bulking Book Envelopes to fit any printed piece can be obtained 
from each Eagle-A Service House. 

When ordering envelopes specify American Bulking Book, weight, color, 
finish, quantity and style. (Envelope styles shown on pages 71-74.) If pos- 
sible send sample dummy showing the above. 

Important: Complete information regarding Envelopes given on pages 68-75. 

[179] 




Railroad Folder 

The Fourth BOOK Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(UNWATERMARKED ) 




RAILROAD FOLDER is a book paper that is manufactured 
in white and eight attractive colors in both a wove antique 
and a plate finish. Fine screen half-tones may be printed on the 
plate finish with entire success. When a wide range of colors is 
needed, this paper merits attention. 

Railroad Folder is the fourth Book Grade as indicated by the 
Book Chart of Relative Quality-Standards on pages 168-169. 

GENERAL USES — Railroad Folder is recommended for the following uses, 
bearing in mind the above qualifications — 



Booklets 
Circulars 
Mailing Folders 



Advertising 

Broadsides 
Envelope Stuffers 
Calendars 



Labels and Wrappers 
Package Labels 



IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type, line cuts, 120 and 133 screen half-tones) 
" " Rotogravure Press 
" " Die Stamping Press (Light Dies) 
" " Copper Plate Press 
" " Lithograph or Offset Press in one color only. 

The various types of impress as described above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of im- 
press is left to the judgment of the printer. 

SIZES, WEIGHTS and COLORS— Glazed and Unglazed. Basis 25 x 38— 
500 sheets to ream. Flat sheets, untrimmed, stocked as follows: 

(Grain runs parallel to dimension in parentheses.) 
(Both dimensions in parentheses indicate grain may run either way.) 
in white and colors 
colors 
Rose Apple Green Canary Granite R. E. Blue 
Nile Green India Tint Straw 
Basis — 25 x 38 
Wove Plate (25) x (38)— 60 bulk 618 pages per inch 
Wove Plate 28 x (44)— 78 
Wove Antique (25) x (38) — 60 bulk 390 pages per inch. 

Packed flat in cases, markers between reams. 500 to 600 pounds to case. 

Prices — Prices on Railroad Folder can be found in Price List 
attached to this book between the last page and cover. 

Where Stocked — Railroad Folder is carried in stock by all 
Eagle-A Service Houses, a list of which is given on the first 
inside page of Price List. 

[1801 



Samples — Actual samples of Railroad Folder can be found in 
the Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, or 
samples of dummies, can be obtained from all Eagle-A 
Service Houses. 

NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special colors of Railroad Folder can 
be taken only for a definite delivery in quantities of not less than 
10,000 pounds. BUT if Railroad Folder in the required 
color is being run at the mill at the time the paper is desired, 
or if the buyer can wait until it is to be run, then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any length or width described below in 
minimum quantities of 2,200 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 
minimum quantities of 4,400 pounds. 

Non-standard finishes in this grade are not made. 

Under no condition can non-standard colors be made in quantities less than 
10,000 pounds. 



NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

Railroad Folder can be made only in widths (dimension across the grain) a 
multiple of which equals 75" to 86"; but the minimum must be 16" and the maxi- 
mum 43". Sheets can be cut from these widths in lengths (dimension parallel 
to the grain) from 16" to 643^". Thus the maximum sheet size possible to make in 
Railroad Folder is 43" x 64}^" with the grain parallel to the 643^" dimension. 

Sheets 25", 28" and 38" wide by any length between the limits given above can 
often be delivered more quickly than sheets in other widths, because these are the 
widths of the rolls from which the standard size sheets are cut, and it is sometimes 
possible to cut sheets from these rolls in special lengths before the rolls have been 
sheeted. 



NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight that Railroad Folder can be 

made in is 40 pounds, the maximum 120 pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, it is 
always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because condi- 
tions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 



RAILROAD FOLDER ENVELOPES 

Railroad Folder Envelopes to fit any printed piece can be obtained from each 
Eagle-A Service House. United States Envelope Company, authorized manu- 
facturers. 

When ordering envelopes specify Railroad Folder, weight, color, finish, quan- 
tity and style. (Envelope styles shown on pages 71-74.) If possible send 
sample dummy showing the above. 

Important: Complete information regarding Envelopes given on pages 68-75. 

[181] 




'iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiimii/iimiiS 



Arrive Halftone 

The Fifth BOOK Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(UN WATERMARKED ) 




nnannammmmnnnsa 



ARRIVfi HALFTONE is a high-grade book paper developed 
purposely for fine screen half-tone work. The nature of the 
paper and the fact that it is entirely free from coating give it 
exceptional wearing qualities and long life. Moreover, it has 
not the glaring reflections so objectionable in enamel paper. It 
is made in white and India with a high super-calendered finish. 

Arrive Halftone is the fifth Book Grade as indicated by the 
Book Chart of Relative Quality-Standards on pages 168-169. 

GENERAL USES — Arriv£ Halftone is recommended for the following purposes 
when a paper is desired that will print 133-line screen half-tones perfectly, having 
at the same time strength and durability not found in coated papers of the 
same substance weight. 

Advertising Books & Periodicals Labels E£ Wrappers 

Booklets Illustrated Letterheads Magazines Package Labels 

House Organs Catalog Covers Text Books Wrappers 

Catalog Pages Posters Children's Books 

Circulars Announcements 

Envelope Stuffers Mailing Folders 
Broadsides Calendars 

Envelopes Menus 

Brochures 

IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type, line cuts, 120 and 133 screen half-tones) 
" " Rotogravure Press 
" " Die Stamping Press (Light Dies) 

" Copper Plate Press 
" " Lithograph or Offset Press in one color only 

The various types of impress as indicated above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of im- 
press is left to the judgment of the printer. 

SIZES, WEIGHTS and COLORS— Plate Finish. Basis 25 x 38—500 sheets to 
ream. Flat sheets, untrimmed, stocked as follows: 

(Stocks on hand with grain in either direction.) 

WHITE AND INDIA 

Basis— IS x 38 

White High Plate Finish 25 x 38—50—60—70—80 
India High Plate Finish 25 x 38—60—80 

25 x 38 — 50 bulk 865 pages per inch 
25 x 38 — 60 bulk 727 pages per inch 
25 x 38 — 70 bulk 653 pages per inch 
25 x 38—80 bulk 508 pages per inch 

Packed flat in cases, markers between reams, 500 to 600 pounds to case. 

Prices — Prices on Arrive Halftone can be found in Price List 
attached to this book between the last page and cover. 

[182] 



Where Stocked — Arrive Halftone is carried in stock by all 
Eagle-A Service Houses, a list of which is given on the first 
inside page of Price List 

Samples — Actual samples of Arrive Halftone can be found in 
the Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, or 
samples of dummies, can be obtained from all Eagle-A Service 
Houses. 

NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special colors of Arrive Halftone 
can be taken only for earliest possible delivery in quantities of 
10,000 pounds or more. BUT if Arrive Halftone is being 
run in the required color at the time the paper is desired, or if 
the buyer can wait until it is to be run, then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any length or width described below in 
minimum quantities of 2,200 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 
quantities as low as 4,400 pounds. 

Non-standard finishes in this grade are not made. 

Under no condition can non-standard colors be made in quantities less than 
10,000 pounds. 



NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

Arrives Halftone can be made only in widths (dimension across the grain) a 
multiple of which equals 76" to 86"; but the minimum must be 19" and the maxi- 
mum 43". Sheets can be cut from these widths in lengths (dimension parallel 
to the grain) from 16" to 64J^". Thus the maximum sheet size possible to make in 
Arrive Halftone is 43" x 643^" with the grain parallel to the 643^" dimension. 

Sheets 25" wide by any length between the limits given above can often be delivered 
more quickly than sheets in other widths, because this is the width of the rolls from 
which the standard size sheets are cut, and it is sometimes possible to cut sheets 
from these rolls in special lengths before the rolls have been sheeted. 



NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight that Arrive Halftone can be 
made in is 50 pounds, the maximum 120 pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, it is 
always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because condi- 
tions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 



ARRIVE HALFTONE ENVELOPES 

Arriv^ Halftone Envelopes to fit any printed piece can be obtained from each 
Eagle-A Service House. United States Envelope Company, authorized manu- 
facturers. 

When ordering envelopes specify Arrivts Halftone, weight, color, finish, quan- 
tity and style. (Envelope styles shown on pages 71-74.) If possible send 
sample dummy showing the above. 

Important: Complete information regarding Envelopes given on pages 68-75. 

[183] 



American Super Calendered Booh 




friiiiiiiiimwmiiiiiiiiwn, 



The Sixth BOOK Grade* of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(unwatermarked) 




fill. II. Mill II ilS 



AMERICAN SUPER CALENDERED BOOK has, as its 
name implies, an excellent super calendered finish and will 
print fine screen half-tones especially well. It is distinguished for 
strength and uniformity. This paper is made in a creamy-white 
only. In many instances the character of this paper and its 
high finish make it a substitute for the regular enamel papers 
without their objectionable glaring surfaces. 

American Super Calendered is the sixth Book Grade as indi- 
cated by the Book Chart of Relative Quality-Standards on 
pages 168-169. 

GENERAL USES — American Super Calendered Book is recommended for the 
following uses when fine screen half-tones are to be used and where exceptional 
strength for this type is demanded — 



Advertising 
House Organs Mailing Folders 



Brochures 
Catalog Covers 
Catalog Pages 
Circulars 



Announcements 
Broadsides 
Envelope Stuffers 
Posters 



Books and Periodicals Labels 

Magazines Package 

Children's Books Labels 
Text Books 



IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type, line cuts, 120 and 133 screen half-tones) 
" " Rotogravure Press 
" " Die Stamping Press (Light Dies) 
" " Copper Plate Press 
" " Lithograph or Offset Press in one color only. 

The various types of impress as indicated above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of im- 
press is left to the judgment of the printer. 

SIZES and WEIGHTS— Basis IS x 38—500 sheets to ream. Flat sheets, un- 
trimmed, stocked as follows: 

(Grain runs parallel to dimension in parentheses.) 
(Both dimensions in parentheses indicate grain may run either way.) 



WHITE 


ONLY 












Basis— 


-25 x 38 












80 


(32) x 


(44)- 


-59— 


74— 89- 


-104—119 




(38) x 


50- 


-80—100—120- 


-140- 


-160 



25 x (38)— 40— 50— 60— 70- 
28 x (42)— 50— 62— 74— 86 
28x(44)— —65—78 
33x(46)— —80—96 

25 x 38 — 40 bulk 914 pages per inch 
25 x 38 — 50 bulk 762 pages per inch 
25 x 38 — 60 bulk 640 pages per inch 
25 x 38 — 70 bulk 542 pages per inch 
25 x 38 — 80 bulk 470 pages per inch 

Packed flat in cases, markers between reams 500 to 600 pounds to case. 

*This grade is made in three finishes: English, Eggshell, and Super Calendered. 

[1841 



Prices — Prices of American Super Calendered Book can be 
found in Price List attached to this book between the last page 
and cover. 

Where Stocked — American Super Calendered Book is carried 
in stock by all Eagle-A Service Houses, a list of which is given 
on the first inside page of Price List. 

Samples — Actual samples of American Super Calendered 
Book can be found in the Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. 
This cabinet, or samples of dummies, can be obtained from all 
Eagle-A Service Houses. 

NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights and 
special shades of American Super Calendered Book can 
be taken only for a definite delivery in quantities of not less than 
10,000 pounds. BUT if American Super Calendered Book 
is being run at the mill at the time the paper is desired, or if 
the buyer can wait until it is to be run, then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any length or width described below in 
minimum quantities of 3,300 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can befurnished under the same conditions in 
minimum quantities of 6,000 pounds. 

Non-standard finishes of this grade are not made. 

Under no condition can non-standard shades be made in quantities less than 
15,000 pounds. 

NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 
American Super Calendered Book can be made only in widths (dimension across 
the grain) a multiple of which equals 96" to 110"; but the minimum must be 16" 
and the maximum 55". Sheets can be cut from these widths in lengths (dimen- 
sion parallel to the grain) from 16" to 64". Thus the maximum sheet size possible 
to make in American Super Calendered Book is 55" x 64" with the grain parallel 
to the 64" dimension. 

Sheets 25", 28", 32", 33," 44" and 50" wide by any length between the limits given 
above can often be delivered more quickly than sheets in other widths, because 
these are the widths of the rolls from which the standard size sheets are cut, and 
it is sometimes possible to cut sheets from these rolls in special lengths before the 
rolls have been sheeted. 

NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 
The minimum substance weight that American Super Calen- 
dered Book can be made in is 40 pounds, the maximum 120 
pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, it is 
always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because condi- 
tions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 

AMERICAN SUPER CALENDERED ENVELOPES 

American Super Calendered Envelopes to fit any printed piece can be obtained 
from each Eagle-A Service House. United States Envelope Company, authorized 
manufacturers. 

When ordering envelopes specify American Super Calendered Book, weight, 
color, finish, quantity and style. (Envelope styles shown on pages 71-74.) If 
possible send sample dummy showing the above. 

Important: Complete information regarding Envelopes given on pages 68-75. 

[185] 



Covers 



American English Finish Book 




The Sixth BOOK Grade* of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(UN WATERMARKED ) 




,111.11111111,11. iinmmiik 



AMERICAN ENGLISH FINISH BOOK combines with the 
charm of its creamy, natural-white color a finish like dull 
satin. It is free from lint and dust, economical of ink, and takes 
120-line screen half-tones perfectly. 

American English Finish Book is the sixth Book Grade as 
indicated by the Book Chart of Relative Quality-Standards on 
page 169. 

GENERAL USES — American English Finish Book is unsurpassed for printing 
120-line screen half-tones when a dull finish paper is desired, and is especially 
recommended for school and text-books, and for the other uses following — 



Advertising 


Books and Periodicals 


Labels 


Booklets Mailing Folders 


Popular Novels 


Package 


Brochures Circulars 


Children's Books 


Labels 


Catalog Insides House Organs 


Text-books 




Broadsides Calendars 


Newspapers 




Announcements Menus 


Magazines 




Envelope Stuffers Envelopes 






Posters 







IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type, line cuts, 120 screen half-tones) 
" " Rotogravure Press 
" " Die Stamping Press (Light Dies) 
" " Copper Plate Press 
" " Lithograph or Offset Press in one color only 

The various types of impress as indicated above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of im- 
press is left to the judgment of the printer. 

SIZES, WEIGHTS and COLORS. Basis 25x38—500 sheets to ream. Flat 
sheets, untrimmed, stocked as follows: 

(Grain runs parallel to dimension in parentheses.) 

(Both dimensions in parentheses indicate grain may run either way.) 



(32) x 44 —59— 74— 89—104 
33 x (46)— 80— 96 
(38) x (50)— 80— 100— 120— 140— 160 
(36) x (48)— 75— 82— 91—109 
pages to 1 inch 



WHITE ONLY 

Basis — 25 x 38 
(25) x (38)— 40— 45— 50— 60— 70— 80 
(24) x (36)— 36— 41 — 45 — 55 
(28) x 42 —50—62—74—86 
(28) x 44—52—65—78—91 

25 x 38-40 bulk 89 

25 x 38—50 bulk 672 pages to 1 inch 

25 x 38—60 bulk 546 pages to 1 inch 

25 x 38—70 bulk 488 pages to 1 inch 

25 x 38—80 bulk 422 pages to 1 inch 
Packed flat in cases, markers between reams. 500 to 600 pounds to case. 

Prices — Prices of American English Finish Book can be found 
in Price List attached to this book between the last page and 
cover. 

This grade is made in three finishes: Super Calendered, Eggshell, and English. 

[1861 



Where Stocked — American English Finish Book is carried in 
stock by all Eagle-A Service Houses, a list of which is given on 
the first inside page of Price List. 

Samples — Actual samples of American English Finish Book 
can be found in the Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This 
cabinet, or samples of dummies, can be obtained from all 
Eagle-A Service Houses. 

NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special colors of American English Finish Book in which 
the sheet size, substance weight, finish or color differs from stand- 
ard specifications, as given above, can be taken only for a definite 
delivery in quantities of not less than 10,000 pounds. BUT if 
American English Finish Book is being run at the mill at the 
time the paper is desired, or if the buyer can wait until it is to 
be run, then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any length or width described below in 
minimum quantities of 6,000 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 
minimum quantities of 30,000 pounds. 

Non-standard finishes in this grade are not made. 

Under no condition can non-standard colors be made in quantities less than 
60,000 pounds. 

NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

American English Finish Book can be made only in widths (dimension across 
the grain) a multiple of which equals 125" to 138"; but the minimum must be 25" 
and the maximum 69". Sheets can be cut from these widths in lengths (dimen- 
sion parallel to the grain) from 16" to 64H". Thus the maximum sheet size pos- 
sible to make in American English Finish Book is 69" x 64K" with the grain 
parallel to the 64J^" dimension. 

Sheets 24", 25", 33", 36," 38", 48" and 50" wide by any length between the limits 
given above can often be delivered more quickly than sheets in other widths because 
these are the widths of the rolls from which the standard size sheets are cut, and 
it is sometimes possible to cut sheets from these rolls in special lengths before the 
rolls have been sheeted. 

NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight that American English Finish 
Book can be made in is 45 pounds, the maximum 100 pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, it is 
always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because condi- 
tions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 



AMERICAN ENGLISH FINISH ENVELOPES 

American English Finish Envelopes to fit any printed piece can be obtained 
from each Eagle-A Service House. United States Envelope Company, author- 
ized manufacturers. 

When ordering envelopes specify American English Finish Book, weight, 
color, finish, quantity and style. (Envelope styles shown on pages 71-74.) If 
possible send sample dummy showing the above. 

Important: Complete information regarding Envelopes given on pages 68-75. 

[1871 




/immiiiniHiiwiiiminrrm 



American Eggshell 

The Sixth BOOK Grade* of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(watermarked) 




mnnnmmnmnnnnmnm 



AMERICAN EGGSHELL is a blue-white antique book 
paper of high quality, with a smooth, suede-like finish that 
beautifies any type layout. It is distinctly economical for long 
runs. 

American Eggshell is the sixth Book Grade of the Eagle-A 
Line as indicated by the Book Chart of Relative Quality-Stand- 
ards on page 169. 

GENERAL USES — American Eggshell is recommended for production in 
quantity that calls for a paper of fine appearance. 



Advertising 
House Organs Announcements 

Booklets Envelope Stuffers 

Brochures Calendars 

Circulars Magazines 



Books and Periodicals 
Magazines 
Children's Books 
Novels 
Private Editions 



IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (with type, line cuts and coarse stipple or 
screen Ben Day plates and wood cuts) 
" " Offset in one color 

The various types of impress as indicated above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of im- 
press is left to the judgment of the printer. 

The right side of the sheet for impressing (or felt side) faces the reader when the 
watermark reads correctly from left to right. 

SIZES, WEIGHTS and COLORS— Antique. Basis 25 x 38—500 sheets to ream. 
Flat sheets, untrimmed, stocked as follows: 

(Grain runs parallel to dimension in parentheses.) 

(Both dimensions in parentheses indicate grain may run either way.) 



white 
25 x (38)— 50— 60— 70— 80 
28 x (42)— 62— 74— 86 
28 x (44)— 65— 78— 91 
(32) x (44)— 74— 89—104 
(38) x 50 —100—120—140—160 



INDIA 

25 x (38)— 50— 60— 70 
28 x (42)— — 74— 86 
28 x (44)— 65— 78 
(32) x (44)— — 89—104 
(38) x 50—100—120—140 



25 x 38 — 50 bulk 438 pages per inch 
25 x 38 — 60 bulk 356 pages per inch 
25 x 38 — 70 bulk 314 pages per inch 
25 x 38 — 80 bulk 280 pages per inch 
Flat in cases, markers between reams. Packed 500 to 600 pounds to case. 

Prices — Prices of American Eggshell Book can be found in 
Price List attached to this book between the last page and 
cover. 

Where Stocked — American Eggshell Book is carried in stock 
by all Eagle-A Service Houses, a list of which is given on the 
first inside page of Price List. 

*This grade is made in three finishes: Super Calendered, English, and Eggshell. 

[188] 



Samples — Actual samples of American Eggshell Book can be 
found in the Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, 
or samples of dummies, can be obtained from all Eagle-A 
Service Houses. 

NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special colors of American Eggshell 
in which the sheet size, substance weight or color differs from 
standard specification, as given on opposite page, can be taken 
only for earliest possible delivery in quantities of 15,000 pounds 
or more. BUT if American Eggshell Book is being run in the 
required color at the time the paper is desired, or if the buyer 
can wait until it is to be run, then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any length or width described below in 
minimum quantities of 3,300 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 
minimum quantities of 6,000 pounds. 

Non-standard finishes in this grade are not made. 

Under no conditions can non-standard colors be made in quantities less than 
15,000 pounds. 

NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

American Eggshell Book can only be made in widths (dimension across the grain) 
a multiple of which equals 96" to 110"; but the minimum must be 16" and the maxi- 
mum 55". Sheets can be cut from these widths in lengths (dimension parallel 
to the grain) from 16" to 64". Thus the maximum sheet size possible to make 
in American Eggshell Book is 55" x 64" with the grain parallel to the 64" dimen- 
sion. 

Sheets 25", 28", 32" and 50" wide by any length between the limits given above 
can often be delivered more quickly than sheets in other widths, because these are 
the widths of the rolls from which the standard size sheets are cut, and it is some- 
times possible to cut sheets from these rolls in special lengths before the rolls have 
been sheeted. 



NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight that American Eggshell Book 
can be made in is 40 pounds, the maximum 120 pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, it is 
always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because condi- 
tions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 



AMERICAN EGGSHELL ENVELOPES 

American Eggshell Envelopes to fit any printed piece can be obtained from each 
Eagle-A Service House. United States Envelope Company, authorized manu- 
facturers. 

When ordering envelopes specify American Eggshell Book, weight, color, finish, 
quantity and style. (Envelope styles shown on pages 71-74.) If possible send 
sample dummy showing the above. 

Important: Complete information regarding Envelopes given on pages 68-75. 

[189] 



Offset Papers 

OF EAGLE-A QUALITY-STANDARDS 



OFFSET papers are designed primarily for use in offset presses, 
where special qualities are demanded in papers if they are 
to give satisfactory results at a high operating speed. More- 
Over, they are also suitable for letterpress printing. 

The characteristics demanded in an offset paper are: first, 
uniform, smooth surface which must not pick; second, uniformity 
of texture with strength as nearly as possible equal with and 
across the grain. The paper should have a minimum of con- 
traction and expansion when exposed to moisture. These char- 
acteristics are vitally necessary to secure maximum press pro- 
duction and perfect register. 

The first Offset grade has a good color and a smooth, uniform 
surface, free from any tendency to pick. The dimensions of a 
sheet when wet should differ but slightly from those of a dry 
paper and there must be no tendency of the paper to curl during 
the printing process. In fact, it should be so made as to lie 
perfectly flat under practically all conditions of storage in order 
that it may feed properly into the press. 

Offset papers must in general meet the same use-requirements 
as book papers. Because of their texture and pure white color 
offsets are interchangeable for many purposes with weddings and 
papeteries. 

On page 191 will be found a chart showing the relative qualities 
among the four offset grades. 

The following grades of Offset papers cover all requirements: 



GRADE 


NAME 


COLOR 


Semi-Perm. I 


Albion 


White 


II 


Beebe 


White 


III 


Chester 


White 


Temporary IV 


Dickinson 


White 



OFFSET PAPER TRADE CUSTOMS 

Trade customs pertaining to Offsets are explained in detail 
on page 314. 



[190] 



T3 

l-H 

C3 
"O en 

Ch ' m 

£ Cfl 

C3 qj 

+3 O 

JS 

P4 
CD 

<d 

CD 

o 


The numerals given below are relative only. They indi- 
cate the relation between the paper qualities in each grade. 


>>* 


OOOOINt^ 
CO ©5 CO CM OS 


o-* oo oo in to 

INO51ON00© 


OOCMOtOCMt^ 
OlJfrHt^OO 


CSO^Ht~ rH05. 

osmooooeo 


t~ o ■* -h t>. 
co t)(tj4 io m 


lOt^OCOOO^ 
CO CO *#'*'* »0 


05 CM i-H t>- CO 00 
CM CO COCO *^ ^ 


NONOO«3 

oi co co co i* 1 if 


o 

a 
fS 

ID 

a. 

< 


IH 

*o 
O 


00 00 00 00 00 


oooooo 
©ooooo 


CO CO coco coco 
COCO CO CO CO CO 


t~ t^ t- ^ t> t^ 

oooooo 


COCO CO CO CO 


^^^^^^ 


co co co co co co 


IN IN CM IN IN CM 


J3 

•a 


OIOIOC^O) 


os os os os os os 


OS OS 05 OS OS OS 


05 OS Os OS OS OS 


<N IN IN IN CM 


IN <N CM CM IN CM 


CM CM IN CM CM CM 


CM CM CM CM CM CM 


pq 


t^OCOOO'* 
i-hNININCO 


•* f~ O CO 00 if 
CO i-l t> CM CM CO 


•* NOCOOO-* 
OrHt^CMCMCO 


•* N> O CO 00 Tf 
O-Ht^lNCMCO 


CO CO if "SO 


CM CO CO <* "5 O 


N CO CO •* "5 » 


CMCOCOTHlOO 


43 

'3 

0] 

0. 
O 


C0O^t»l> 
CO^iOOO 


OS CO to tJ( t- t>. 

i-i CO Tfiirs to to 


os co o i+i t- b- 

HW*iOCOIO 


OS CO O •* t- t>- 
i-HCOTjiiOOO 


to to to to to 


to to to too to 


oooooo 


OOOOOO 


a 
o 

3 










0) 

M-H 

13 




CO CO CO CO CO 
COCO COCO CO 


10 10*0*010^5 
IN IN IN CM IN CM 


oooooo 

t^l>t^Ot>t^ 


CO CO coco coco 
coco coco coco 


COCO CO CO CO 


00 00 00 00 00 00 


co coco coco co 


co co co co co co 


^3 

Pi 

0) 

t-l 

w 


en 

"o 

&h 


iOOt~000 

OOOOH 


THioot^OOO 

OOOOOH 


i+iioor^ooo 

OOOOOrH 


TfiCOt^OOO 
OOOOO'H 










t-c 

rt 
V 

H 


Or«<Nr~<N 
NHONW 


00 00C3Ot^l> 

tocoooocot^ 


ooooosot^t^ 
ocoooocot> 


CO IO 000005 
CO OS CO IN l> 00 


iOOI>000 


CO'+KOiOt^OO 


co-*ioiot^oo 


COCOTtllOOt* 


C 
0) 

H 


rH CO "5 05 CO 


t>. CM O i-l U5 tJ( 
OOOCOrHt^CM 


CMlXNOiO-* 
t^-* IN OS-* OS 


l> ■* (N 05 ■* OS 


t^odes^-* 

iH-H 


coTtnoot^os 


eo-*ioioi>oo 


coTtiioiot^oo 


M 
C 

m 


CMOsOOi* 1 
OCOi-Ht^lN 


CO-^tOCMiOOi 
OsiOiHOOOO 


00 05 iO t^ i# <N 
t~ CO 00 ■<)< "5 O 


t^ CO OS i-H CO iO 
Tt<OSCOOOSOO 


■*>CtOt>0> 


CM CO ■>*<•* "5 1» 


CM CO CO 1 * 10IO 


IN CM CO •* ■* IO 


0) 

y + 

£.! 

to t 

■§& 


u fflio 


ooooo 

Ot>00O<N 

Hrt 


OOOOOO 

lOOt^OOOiN 

I-ll-H 


oooooo 

KJONOOON 
iHrH 


oooooo 

lOOt^-OOOCM 
1H1-H 




►— 1 

c 
'-S 

< 


1— 1 

l-H 

<u 
u 


t-H 

y— ( 
1— 1 

u 

<u 
+-> 
</l 

<u 

J3 

o 


> 

l-H 

c 
o 

CO 

u 

B 



191 




Jiiimiimmiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii). 



Albion Offset 

The First OFFSET Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(UNWATERMARKED ) 




ALBION OFFSET is exceptionally strong and therefore is 
adapted for special offset requirements where strength and 
wearing qualities are to be considered. It is especially desirable 
for work in eight or ten colors. 

The paper is so made that perfect register results even under 
the most exacting conditions. The surface is exceptionally 
clear and free from fuzz. 

Albion Offset is the first Offset Grade as indicated by the 
Offset Chart of Relative Quality-Standards on page 191. 

GENERAL USES — With the above qualifications in mind Albion Offset can 
be recommended for the following — 



Advertising 
Announcements 
Booklets 
Broadsides 
Brochures 
Calendars 
Catalog Covers 
Envelopes 



Books y 

Periodicals 
Children's Books 
De Luxe Editions 
Magazines 



Folders 

Greeting Cards 
House Organs 
Inserts 
Menus 
Pictures 
Posters 
Tickets 

IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type, coarse stipple Ben Day, coarse screen 
Ben Day) 
" " Offset Press or Lithography 
" " Die Stamping Press 
" " Embossing 

The various types of impress as indicated above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of 
impress is left to the judgment of the printer. 
SIZES and WEIGHTS— Basis IS x 38—500 sheets to ream. Flat sheets, trimmed 
four sides, stocked as follows: 

(Grain runs parallel to dimension in parentheses.) 

WHITE ONLY 

25 x (38)— 60— 70— 80—100—120 
28 x (42)— 74— 86— 99—124 
32 x (44)— 89—104—119—148 
36x(48)— 109— 127— 146 
38 x (50)— 120— 160— 200 

Flat in cases, markers between reams. Packed 500 to 600 pounds to case. 

Prices — Prices of Albion Offset can be found in Price List at- 
tached to this book, between the last page and cover. 

Where Stocked — Albion Offset is carried in stock by all Eagle-A 
Service Houses, a list of which is given on the first inside page 
of Price List. 

Samples — Actual samples of Albion Offset can be found in the 
Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, or samples 
for dummies, can be obtained from all Eagle-A Service Houses. 

[192 1 



NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special colors of Albion Offset can 
be taken only for a definite delivery in quantities of not less 
than 10,000 pounds. BUT if Albion Offset is being run at the 
mill at the time the paper is desired, or if the buyer can wait until 
it is to be run, then — 

Non-standard sizes can be cut in any lengths or widths described below in mini- 
mum quantities of 1,650 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 
minimum quantities of 3,300 pounds. 

Non-standard finishes in this grade are not made. 

Under no condition can non-standard colors be made in quantities less than 
10,000 pounds. 

NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

Albion Offset can only be made in widths (dimension across the grain) a multiple 
of which equals 64" to 80"; but the minimum must be 16" and the maximum 40". 
Sheets can be cut from these widths in lengths (dimension parallel to the grain) 
from 16" to 63)4". Thus the maximum sheet size possible to make in Albion 
Offset is 40" x 63}/£" with the grain parallel to the 633^" dimension. 

Sheets 25", 28", 32", 36" and 38" wide by any length between the limits given above 
can often be delivered more quickly than sheets in other widths, because these are 
the widths of the rolls from which the standard size sheets are cut, and it is some- 
times possible to cut sheets from these rolls in special lengths before the rolls have 
been sheeted. 

NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight that Albion Offset can be 
made in is 45 pounds, the maximum 185 pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, it is 
always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because condi- 
tions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 



ALBION OFFSET ENVELOPES 

Albion Offset Envelopes to fit any printed piece can be obtained from each 
Eagle-A Service House. The United States Envelope Company is the authorized 
manufacturer. 

When ordering envelopes specify Albion Offset, weight, finish, quantity and 
style. (Envelope styles shown on pages 71-74.) If possible send sample dummy 
showing the above. 

Important: Complete information regarding Envelopes given on pages 68-75. 



Covers 



193 




AmiimimlllwiiwiiDliiillSa 



Beebe Offset 

The Second OFFSET Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY -STANDARDS 

(UNWATERMARKED ) 




BEEBE OFFSET bulks better for its weight than do most 
Offset Papers. It also possesses unusual strength and 
smoothness of surface. Eight to ten colors can be successfully 
impressed on this paper. 

Beebe Offset is the second Offset Grade as indicated by the 
Offset Chart of Relative Quality-Standards on page 191. 

GENERAL USES — With the above qualifications in mind Beebe Offset can be 
recommended in the following cases: 



Advertising 



Announcements 
Booklets 
Broadsides 
Brochures 
Calendars 
Catalog Covers 
Catalog Insides 
Envelopes 
Envelope Stuffers 



Folders 

Greeting Cards 
House Organs 
Inserts 

Mailing Cards 
Menus 
Pictures 
Posters 
Tickets 



Books and Periodicals 
Children's Books 
De Luxe Editions 
Magazines 



IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type, coarse stipple Ben Day, coarse screen 
Ben Day) 
" " Offset Press or Lithography 
" " Die Stamping Press 
" " Embossing 

The various types of impress as indicated above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of 
impress is left to the judgment of the printer. 



SIZES and WEIGHTS— Basis 25 x 38—500 sheets to ream. 
four sides, stocked as follows: 



Flat sheets trimmed 



(Grain runs parallel to dimension in parentheses.) 



WHITE ONLY 

22Y 2 x (343^) — 40— 48 

25 x (38) —50—60—70—80—100—120 
28 x(42) — —74—86—99—124 



32 x (44)— 89—104—119—148 

36 x (48)— 109— 127— 146 

38 x (50)— 120— —160—200 



Flat in cases, markers between reams. Packed 500 to 600 pounds to case. 

Prices — Prices of Beebe Offset can be found in Price List 
attached to this book, between the last page and cover. 

Where Stocked — Beebe Offset is carried in stock by all Eagle-A 
Service Houses, a list of which is given on the first inside page 
of Price List. 

Samples — Actual samples of Beebe Offset can be found in the 
Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, or samples 
for dummies, can be obtained from all Eagle-A Service Houses. 

[194] 



NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special colors of Beebe Offset can 
be taken only for a definite delivery in quantities of not less 
than 10,000 pounds. BUT if Beebe Offset is being run at the 
mill at the time the paper is desired, or if the buyer can wait 
until it is to be run, then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any length or width described below in 
minimum quantities of 1,650 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 
minimum quantities of 3,300 pounds. 

Non-standard finishes in this grade are not made. 

Under no condition can non-standard colors be made in quantities less than 
10,000 pounds. 



NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

Beebe Offset can be made only in widths (dimension across the grain) a multiple 
of which equals 64" to 80"; but the minimum must be 16" and the maximum 40". 
Sheets can be cut from these widths in lengths (dimension parallel to the grain) 
from 16" to 63J^". Thus the maximum sheet size possible to make in Beebe 
Offset is 40" x 63^" with the grain parallel to the 633^" dimension. 

Sheets 22^", 25", 28", 32", 36" and 38" wide by any length between the limits given 
above can often be delivered more quickly than sheets in other widths, because 
these are the widths of the rolls from which the standard size sheets are cut, and it 
is sometimes possible to cut sheets from these rolls in special lengths before the 
rolls have been sheeted. 



NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight that Beebe Offset can be 
made in is 45 pounds, the maximum 185 pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, 
it is always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because 
conditions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 



BEEBE OFFSET ENVELOPES 

Beebe Offset Envelopes to fit any printed piece can be obtained from each 
Eagle-A Service House. The United States Envelope Company is the authorized 
manufacturer. 

When ordering envelopes specify Beebe Offset, weight, color, finish, quantity 
and style. (Envelope styles shown on pages 71-74.) If possible send sample 
dummy showing the above. 

Important: Complete information regarding Envelopes given on pages 68-75. 



195] 




Chester Offset 

The Third OFFSET Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(UNWATERMARKED ) 




CHESTER OFFSET is suitable for eight- or ten-color work. Its 
strength is sufficient to meet the ordinary requirements for 
a paper of this class. The surface is clear so that little trouble 
is experienced from fuzz in the presses. 

Chester Offset is the third Offset Grade as indicated by the 
Offset Chart of Relative Quality-Standards on page 191. 

GENERAL USES — In addition to regular offset work Chester Offset may be 
used for: 



Advertising 
Announcements Folders 
Booklets 
Broadsides 
Brochures 
Calendars 
Catalog Covers 
Catalog Insides 
Circulars 
Envelopes 
Envelope Stuffers 



Greeting Cards 
House Organs 
Inserts 

Mailing Cards 
Menus 
Pictures 
Posters 
Tickets 



Books y Periodicals 
Children's Books 
De Luxe Editions 
Magazines 



Labels & Wrappers 
Package Labels 



IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type, coarse stipple Ben Day, coarse 
screen Ben Day) 
" " Offset Press and Lithography 
" " Die Stamping Press 
" " Embossing 

The various types of impress as indicated above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of 
impress is left to the judgment of the printer. 



SIZES and WEIGHTS— Basis 25 x 38—500 sheets to ream. 
four sides, stocked as follows: 



Flat sheets, trimmed 



(Grain runs parallel to dimension in parentheses.) 

WHITE ONLY 



22^ x (34^ 


)— 40— 48 


25 x (38) 


— 50— 60— 70— 80—100—120 


28 x (42) 


— 74— 86— 99—124 


32 x (44) 


— 89—104—119—148 


36 x (48) 


—109—127—146 


38 x (50) 


—120—160—200 



Flat in cases, markers between reams. Packed 500 to 600 pounds to case. 

Prices — Prices of Chester Offset can be found in Price List 
attached to this book, between the last page and cover. 

Where Stocked — Chester Offset is carried in stock by all 
Eagle-A Service Houses, a list of which is given on the first 
inside page of Price List. 

[1961 



Samples — Actual samples of Chester Offset can be found in 
the Eagle-A cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, or 
samples for dummies, can be obtained from all Eagle-A 
Service Houses. 



NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special colors of Chester Offset can 
be taken only for a definite delivery in quantities of not less 
than 10,000 pounds. BUT if Chester Offset is being run at 
the mill at the time the paper is desired, or if the buyer can wait 
until it is to be run, then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any lengths or widths described below in 
minimum quantities of 1,650 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 

quantities as low as 3,300 pounds. COVEIS 

Non-standard finishes in this grade are not made. 

Under no condition can non-standard colors be made in quantities less than 

10,000 pounds. gfj s j 

NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE Weill 

Chester Offset can be made only in widths (dimension across the grain) a multi- '""' 

pie of which equals 64" to 80"; but the minimum must be 16" and the maximum 40". 
Sheets can be cut from these widths in lengths (dimension parallel to the grain) Mil 

from 16" to 63}^". Thus the maximum sheet size possible to make in Chester org 

Offset is 40" x 63J^" with the grain parallel to the 633^" dimension. 

Sheets 223^", 25", 28", 32", 36" and 38" wide by any length between the limits given Am 
above can often be delivered more quickly than sheets in other widths, because these rflg 
are the widths of the rolls from which the standard size sheets are cut and it is some- 
times possible to cut sheets from these rolls in special lengths before the rolls have «. 
been sheeted. ™" 

Ca 

NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE y y p, 

The minimum substance weight that Chester Offset can be Papt 

made in is 45 pounds, the maximum 185 pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, 
it is always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because 
conditions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 



CHESTER OFFSET ENVELOPES 

Chester Offset Envelopes to fit any printed piece can be obtained from each 
Eagle-A Service House. The United States Envelope Company is the authorized 
manufacturer. 

When ordering envelopes specify Chester Offset, weight, color, finish, quantity 
and style. (Envelope styles shown on pages 71-74.) If possible send sample 
dummy showing the above. 

Important: Complete information regarding Envelopes given on pages 68-75. 



[197] 




UiiiiiiiiimifiimimiiimmS 



Dickinson Offset 

The Fourth OFFSET Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(unwatermarked) 




Auhiiiii/iinhrhnnimmmii, 



DICKINSON OFFSET is suitable for offset work where 
only one or two colors are to be used. It is not recom- 
mended, however, for more elaborate types of printing. 

Dickinson Offset is the fourth Grade as indicated by the Offset 
Chart of Relative Quality-Standards on page 191. 



GENERAL USES — With the above qualifications in mind Dickinson Offset 
can be recommended in the following cases: 



Advertising 
Announcements Envelope Stuffers 



Booklets 
Broadsides 
Brochures 
Calendars 
Catalog Covers 
Catalog Insides 
Circulars 
Envelopes 



House Organs 

Inserts 

Mailing Cards 

Menus 

Pictures 

Posters 

Tickets 



Books y Periodicals 
Children's Books 
De Luxe Editions 
Magazines 
Text Books 



Labels y Wrappers 
Package Labels 



IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type and line cuts; coarse screen and 
coarse stipple Ben Day) 
" " Offset Press and Lithography 
" " Die Stamping Press 
" " Embossing 

The various types of impress as described above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of 
impress is left to the judgment of the printer. 

SIZES and WEIGHTS— Basis 25 x 38—500 sheets to ream. Flat sheets, trimmed 
four sides, stocked as follows: 

(Grain runs parallel to dimension in parentheses.) 

WHITE ONLY 



25 x (38)— 60— 70— 80—100—120 
28 x (42)— 74— 86— 99—124 
32 x (44)— 89— 104— 119— 148 

Flat in cases, markers between reams. 



36 x (48)- 
38 x (50)- 



-109—127—146 
-120—160—200 



Packed 500 to 600 pounds to case. 



Prices — Prices of Dickinson Offset can be found in Price List 
attached to this book, between the last page and cover. 

Where Stocked — Dickinson Offset is carried in stock by all 
Eagle-A Service Houses, a list of which is given on the first 
inside page of Price List. 

[198] 



Samples — Actual samples of Dickinson Offset can be found in 
the Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, or 
samples for dummies, can be obtained from all Eagle-A 
Service Houses. 



NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special colors of Dickinson Offset 
can be taken only for a definite delivery in quantities of not 
less than 15,000 pounds. BUT if Dickinson Offset is being 
run at the mill at the time the paper is desired, or if the buyer 
can wait until it is to be run, then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any length or width described below in 
minimum quantities of 3,300 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 
minimum quantities of 6,000 pounds. 

Non-standard finishes in this grade are not made. 

Under no condition can non-standard colors be made in quantities less than 
15,000 pounds. 



NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

Dickinson Offset can be made only in widths (dimension across the grain) a 
multiple of which equals 96" to 110"; but the minimum must be 16" and the maxi- 
mum 55". Sheets can be cut from these widths in lengths (dimension parallel 
to the grain) from 16" to 633^". Thus the maximum sheet size possible to make 
in Dickinson Offset is 55" x 633^" with the grain parallel to the 633^" dimension. 

Sheets 25", 28", 32", 36" and 38" wide by any length between the limits given above 
can often be delivered more quickly than sheets in other widths, because these are 
the widths of the rolls from which the standard size sheets are cut, and it is some- 
times possible to cut sheets from these rolls in special lengths before the rolls have 
been sheeted. 



NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight that Dickinson Offset can be 
made in is 45 pounds, the maximum 120 pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, it is 
always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because condi- 
tions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 



DICKINSON OFFSET ENVELOPES 

Dickinson Offset Envelopes to fit any printed piece can be obtained from each 
Eagle-A Service House. The United States Envelope Company is the authorized 
manufacturer. 

When ordering envelopes specify Dickinson Offset, weight, color, finish, quan- 
tity and style. (Envelope styles shown on pages 71-74.) If possible send sample 
dummy showing the above. 

Important: Complete information regarding Envelopes given on pages 68-75. 

[1991 



Cover Papers 

OF EAGLE-A QUALITY-STANDARDS 



'T 1 HE term "covers" is applied to a great variety of papers 
used for covers for booklets, price lists, for box covers and 
sometimes photograph albums and mounts as well as for a multi- 
plicity of other purposes almost impossible to classify. 

A wide variety of colors is very necessary and a range of sur- 
face finishes is also essential because almost any type of impress 
may be used on these papers. Although for the most part 
longevity is not an important factor because of the temporary 
nature of most cover paper requirements, a high resistance to 
handling is a requisite in almost all cases. Folding qualities 
and appearance are particularly important, the latter because 
the cover creates the first impression on the recipient of a printed 
piece. Consequently, it is generally desirable that one of the 
higher grades of covers be used. 

Unusual types have a legitimate use for certain limited pur- 
poses, but they are not included in the standard line of cover 
papers for the reason that the particular quality which makes 
them in demand to-day would be out of style to-morrow and 
necessitate a complete change in manufacturing conditions. 

Eagle-A Cover papers have been graded according to their 
use-requirements and qualities in a manner similar to other 
Quality-Standard Papers. 

The standard for the Relative Chart of Cover Paper qualities 
(on page 201) has been considered to be the first grade cover, 
which possesses strength and a distinctive and attractive appear- 
ance and is suitable for many types of impress, including die- 
stamping and embossing. The fact that it is supplied in a range 
of attractive colors and finishes, and possesses the necessary 
durability to withstand considerable use over a rather long 
period, further justifies its use as a basis of comparison. 

The following grades of the Eagle-A Line meet all requirements 
of cover papers: 

GRADE NAME COLOR 

Permanent I De Luxe Deckle d'Aigle White and two colors 

Semi-Perm. I Herculean White and ten colors 

II Arven Plate White and four colors 

III Paradox White and six colors 

Temporary IV Riverdale White and eight colors 

V Standard Twelve colors 

COVER PAPER TRADE CUSTOMS 

Trade customs pertaining to cover papers are explained in 
detail on pages 315 and 316. 

[200] 










>> tx! 




oo to 


COft 


■*t^ON 


IO1H1H 


■*C0"5 








■ti o 


to 


t>co 


rt031>CM 


C0NO 


ONt> 










to 


OtO 


ON 


OOCO^'iH 


>OCN05 


IOO5C0 








M 

CO 


ifltO 


UJIO 


•*iO(0 05 


CO*^ "^ 


CNCNCO 




CD ., 




















'P 

.5 «-■ 


o 
o 


















o 














C/3 




+j rt 


>o 




















<M 














tanda 
Pape 














































t» 


oo 


t»t» 


NNNN 


NNN 


NNN 










CO 


oo 


OtO 


(O(O(0(O 


to CO to 


tO CO CO 








o 
O 


lO 


•*'■* 


COCO 


CO CO CO CO 


tHtHtH 


t-IiHtH 




ality-S 
Cover 










































.c 


CO 


oo 


oo 


CO CO CO CO 


OOO 


lOiOiO 










o 


coco 




oooo 


CO CO CO 


l>t^t> 








c 


CM 


CNCN 


N-t~ 


NCMCNCM 


(NCNKN 


^«ji^ 




«1 




CD 


































<u 




O 


















Relative 
of Eagl 




a 

c3 
(-1 


.m 


CN) 


tOCN 


HS 


CDCNO'* 


N.COCO 


05 T^Tt< 




:3 <u 


*3 


o 


IOC5 


lOCO 


■*O00O 


•*iOiO 


00 r-l CO 




£ csj 


cd 
CD 

Oh 

< 


pq 


t^ 


t^o 


«■* 


lONHTti 
iHrH 


■*o'i> 


fHcoco 




















c_, cti 
" 4) 




>> 


N 


NS 


NN 


t>NN-l> 


l>t>N 


05 CO CO 








'o 

a! 


CD 


to to 


to to 


CO to to to 


(OtO CO 


05 CO 1 * 






. S3 




CO 


COCO 


coco 


to to to to 


0(0(0 


irjtoto 






>>'~ 




O 


















Ai w 










































w 












































a) 




















a 


iH 


co co 


coco 


CO CO CO CO 


CO CO CO 


COCO CO 








& 




coco 


coco 


CO CO CO CO 


cOcoco 


CO CO CO 






4J CJ 1 




o 


















"S . 








coco 


coco 


CO CO CO CO 


CO coco 


COCO CO 






T! I-i 




u 


















0) 0) 

2 o. 




§ 


















O 


coco 


coco 


CO to to 1> 


t>N-N 


I>t>N 






^ <u 


d) 


o 


coco 


coco 


CNCNNCN 


CO CO to 


to too 






•^ 


3 


t^ 


coco 


coco 


05 05 05 05 










£-p 

.2 C 




co 




































CD 0) 






















J2 CD 


























2 


lO 


CN"* 


cot~ 


■^to^co 


NCNO 


C0l>O 








CN 


t)<0 


00 >H 


OOOC0 

'oo 


iHNcO 


OOrH 




























we 

o 

JES--Z3 










































ci cd 






















•h -t! 




tH 


CN 


ON- 


IC5C0 


l>0<N^ 


00 to 05 


co ooo 






CD CD 




rt 


iO 


05-* 


NCO 


lOt^lC* 


OOCNr-l 


CBCOIN 






S 


xi 


H 


O 


otd 


coco 


tdt>o>o 


t>OTji 


NC01O 










r-l 


iHtH 




i-l rH 


T— 1 T— 1 






C/5 


0) 0) 


CD 


































J-H 


t -1 o 


w 


<u 
















<D 






■* 


ON 


10 00 


-lO-^O 


N-COlO 


COCON 








H 


05 


lOCO 


CNO 


00 CO 05 CO 


OM 


CMr-C* 




Qh 








od 


l>iH 


05 CM 


ION.00-* 

IH 


lOCON- 


CNC0-* 




cs 






















.2 
















Ph 






o 


CN00 


(0U5 


TJHCO^N- 


05t>05 


1OC0C5 








In 


■* 


(OO 


T-H00 


CNO5CO00 


COrt^ CO 


CO-* CO 










H 


t^ 


■*t> 


COI> 


ifltdodco 


COtfiO 


tHMCO 




s-h 






pq 








rt 










CD 
















<u 




G 2 tflS 


U5 


irtO 


0"5 


omoo 


O"0O 


U510O 




> 




-2 .If'JS * 


CO 


(OO 

r-l 


lOCO 


lO to 00 CO 


IOCO00 


CNC01C5 




o 


















U 




C/2 




















1— 1 


t— 1 


t— i 

»— 1 


> 


> 








0) 


0) 

Dp 




■M 


"a? 


J*f 


T3 "3 1 








ctj 


Oi.lP'S? 


E 




T3 -S 


C3 --■ 








o 


eckl 
d'A 

.ntiqu 


"3| 

!-l '-' 


> 


PS 


CU < 


T3 5i 
a 

4J 










Q s 


X 


< 


PL| 


S 


tV3 





[201 




„„,!,,, „„,,,„,,,„,,,,,, ,„,„Ti 



Deckle d? Aigle 

FOUR DECKLE EDGE (MOULD-MADE) 
The First DeLuxe COVER Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(watermarked "deckle d'aigle" and shield) 




mnmasmsmnnnnnsm 



DECKLE D'AIGLE Cover has the appearance of old-time 
quality papers, such as were hand-fashioned by master 
craftsmen in the fifteenth century, and, like them, it has a 
natural deckle on all four sides. It is manufactured from the 
highest quality of new white rags. The sheets are loft-dried 
and possess a superb finish and texture that make this paper a 
suitable background for the highest type of printing craftsman- 
ship. 

Deckle d'Aigle Cover is the first line of four deckle edge, 
mould-made paper to be made in this country in book and cover 
papers to match. It is produced in white, green and gray, in 
one weight only. 

Deckle d'Aigle Cover is the first De Luxe Cover grade, as 
indicated by the cover chart of Relative Quality-Standards on 
page 201. 

GENERAL USES — Deckle d'Aigle Cover expresses the highest achievement 
in fine paper-making, yet its cost is comparatively moderate. It can be recom- 
mended in any of the following cases where distinction and richness are desired — 



Advertising 

Announcements 
Booklet Covers 
Calendars 
Catalog Covers 



Stationery 

Greeting Cards 
Social Cards 



Books and Periodicals 
Editions de luxe 



IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type and line cuts; coarse stipple and coarse 
screen Ben Day) 
" " Die Stamping Press 
" " Embossing 

The various types of impress as indicated above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of 
impress is left to the judgment of the printer. 
Fine screen half-tones can be applied after hot-pressing. 

Through the process employed in producing Deckle d'Aigle, the surfaces 
on both sides of the sheet are alike. Unlike machine-made papers the "felt" 
and "wire" sides need not be considered. As a matter of form only, sheets 
should be printed with the watermark reading correctly from left to right. 

SIZES, WEIGHTS and COLORS— Basis 500 sheets to ream. Flat sheets, stocked 
as follows: 

COLORS 

Laid Natural White Green Gray. 
13 x 19%— 32 \9% x 26—64 

Deckle d'Aigle being mould-made, there is almost an entire absence of "grain" 
so that it folds equally well in either direction. 

Packed: Sealed in half reams. 

[2021 



Deckle d'Aigle book paper in white, and in sizes to fit the Deckle d'Aigle Cover 
sizes can be found on page 170; carried in stock by all Eagle-A Service Houses. 

Deckle d'Aigle in small sheets and cards with envelopes to match in size and 
color can be found in the Announcement Line, page 246, and in boxed stationery, 
page 254. These are carried in stock by all Service Houses. 

Prices — Prices of Deckle d'Aigle Cover Paper can be found in 
Price List attached to this book, between the last page and 
cover. 

Where Stocked — Deckle d'Aigle Cover is carried in stock by 
all Eagle-A Service Houses, the list of which is given on the 
first inside page of Price List. 

Samples — Actual samples of Deckle d'Aigle Cover will be 
found in the Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, 
or samples for dummies, can be obtained from Eagle-A Service 
Houses. 

NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

DECKLE D'AIGLE Cover can be made in any size from n—j 

ll"xl7"to20"x30' , . 

Orders for colors, other than those carried in stock, will be ac- m j 

cepted in lots of not less than 1,650 pounds of an item, where ^a 

the size specified is either of the two standard sizes listed. 

Orders for sizes in either white or colors, other than the two Mil 

standard sizes listed, will be accepted in lots of not less than gra 

2,000 pounds of an item. Where other than standard sizes are 
specified, the manufacture of such special sizes necessitates the 
making of a complete new mould. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, 
it is always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because 
conditions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 



DECKLE D'AIGLE ENVELOPES 

Deckle d'Aigle Envelopes to fit any printed piece can be obtained from each 
Eagle-A Service House. United States Envelope Company, authorized manu- 
facturers. 

When ordering envelopes specify Deckle d'Aigle, weight, color, finish, quantity 
and style. (Envelope styles shown on pages 71-74.) If possible send sample 
dummy showing the above. 

Important: Complete information regarding Envelopes given on pages 68-75. 



me 



[203 



Herculean Cover 




The First COVER Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(UNWATERMARKED ) 




iiiiiiillliiiiiiiiiliiiiiiira 



HERCULEAN COVER has been developed primarily to 
meet the demand for a cover paper of exceptional strength. 
Herculean Cover possesses strength and wearing qualities 
suitable for the most exacting requirements. The rich Antique 
Finish and wide range of colors adapt it particularly for use 
when attention value is desired. The Ripple and Linen Finishes 
in which this cover is also supplied are particularly suited where 
a distinctive appearance is called for. Herculean Cover is 
furnished in ten colors and white. 

Herculean Cover is the first Cover Grade of the Eagle-A Line 
of Cover Papers as indicated by the Cover Chart of Relative 
Quality-Standards on page 201. 

GENERAL USES — Herculean Cover can be recommended for the following 
uses when a cover paper of great strength and endurance is required in a wide 
range of colors — 

Advertising 
Announcements Greeting Cards 

Calendars Mailing Cards 

Car and Show Cards Mailing Folders 

Catalog Covers Menus 

Envelope Stuffers Tickets 

IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type, line cuts, coarse stipple and screen 
Ben Day) 
" " Die Stamping 
" " Embossing 
The various types of impress as described above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of 
impress is left to the judgment of the printer. 

SIZES, WEIGHTS and COLORS— Basis 20 x 26—500 sheets to ream. Stocked 
as follows : 

(Both dimensions in parentheses indicate grain may run either way.) 

WHITE AND COLORS 

Antique Finish 

Army Brown Olive Green Oxford Gray Cadet Blue Shamrock Green 

Colonial Buff Nubian Black Columbia Blue White 

Pompeian Red Havana Brown 

(20) x (26)— 65— 100 (23) x (33)— 95— 146 

65 pound sealed in half reams, 2 reams to a bundle. 95 pound in half reams, 

\y% reams to a bundle. 100 pound in J/*j reams, \}/2 reams to a bundle. 146 

pound in }/% reams, i ream to a bundle. 

Prices — Prices of Herculean Cover can be found in Price List 
attached to this book, between the last page and cover. 

Where Stocked — Herculean Cover is carried in stock by all 
Eagle-A Service Houses, a list of which is given on the first 
inside page of Price List. 

[204] 



Samples — Actual samples of Herculean Cover can be found in 
the Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, or 
samples for dummies, can be obtained from all Eagle-A 
Service Houses. 

NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special colors of Herculean Cover 
can be taken only for a definite delivery in quantities of not less 
than 10,000 pounds. BUT if Herculean Cover in the required 
color is being run at the mill at the time the paper is desired, or 
if the buyer can wait until it is to be run, then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any length or width described below in 
minimum quantities of 2,000 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 
minimum quantities of 4,000 pounds; however, calender finishes require a mini- 
mum of 2,000 pounds. 

Non-standard plater finishes can be furnished in minimum quantities of 550 
pounds. 

Under no condition can non-standard colors be made in quantities less than 
10,000 pounds. 

NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

Herculean Cover can be made only in widths (dimension across the grain) a 
multiple of which equals 34" to 41", or 58" to 66", or 78" to 86"; but the minimum 
must be 16" and the maximum 43". Sheets can be cut from these widths in 
lengths (dimension parallel to the grain) from 16" to 64". Thus the maximum 
sheet size possible to make in Herculean Cover is 43" x 64" with the grain parallel 
to the 64" dimension. However, the largest possible size in non-standard plater 
finishes is 26" x 40". 

Sheets 20", 23", 26", 33" and 40" wide by any length between the limits given above 
can often be delivered more quickly than sheets in other widths, because these are 
the widths of rolls from which the standard size sheets are cut, and it is sometimes 
possible to cut sheets from these rolls in special lengths before the rolls have been 
sheeted. 

NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight that Herculean Cover can be 
made in is 25 pounds, the maximum 130 pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, 
it is always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because 
conditions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 



Ann 



HERCULEAN COVER ENVELOPES 

Herculean Cover Envelopes to fit any printed piece can be obtained from each 
Eagle-A Service House. The United States Envelope Company is the author- 
ized manufacturer. When ordering envelopes specify Herculean Cover, 
weight, color, finish, quantity and style. (Envelope styles shown on pages 71-74.) 
If possible send sample dummy showing the above. 
Important: Complete information regarding Envelopes is given on pages 68-75. 



205 







Arven Plate 

The Second COVER Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(UN WATERMARKED ) 




mmmsmmmnnnnnnsm 



ARVEN PLATE has a high plate finish made especially for 
half-tone work. With this paper 133-line screens may be 
successfully used. It also possesses great strength, which gives 
it the necessary qualities to allow for folding with or against the 
grain. The colors are subdued, as they must be to bring out 
the details in the half-tones. It is furnished in four colors and 
white. 



Arven Plate is the second Cover Grade as indicated by the 
Cover Chart of Relative Quality-Standards on page 201. 

GENERAL USES — Arven Plate can be recommended in the following cases, 
and especially for fine half-tone printing — 



Announcements 
Broadsides 
Calendars 
Catalog Covers 
Envelopes 



Advertising 

Envelope Stuffers 
Mailing Cards 
Mailing Folders 
Menus 
Tickets 



IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type; line cuts; 120, 110, 85 screen half- 
tones on plate finish; fine and coarse screen and stipple 
Ben Day.) 
" " Lithograph Press 
" " Rotogravure 

" Die Stamping 
" " Embossing 

The various types of impress as indicated above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of 
impress is left to the judgment of the printer. 

SIZES, WEIGHT and COLORS— Basis 20 x 26—500 sheets to ream. Stocked as 
follows: 

(Both dimensions in parentheses indicate grain may run either way.) 



WHITE AND COLORS 

Super Finish Only 
White Gray Pearl Green 

(26) x (40)— 100— 130 



India 



(Sealed in half reams, 100 pounds, 1}^ reams to bundle; 130 pounds, 1 ream to 
bundle.) 

Prices — Prices of Arven Plate can be found in Price List at- 
tached to this book between the last page and cover. 

Where Stocked — Arven Plate is carried in stock by all Eagle-A 
Service Houses, a list of which is given on the first inside page 
of Price List. 

[2061 



Samples — Actual samples of Arven Plate can be found in the 
Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, or samples 
for dummies, can be obtained from all Eagle-A Service HouseSo 



NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special colors of Arven Plate can 
be taken only for a definite delivery in quantities of not less than 
10,000 pounds. BUT if Arven Plate in the required color is 
being run at the mill at the time the paper is desired, or if the 
buyer can wait until it is to be run, then — 



Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any lengths or widths described below in 
minimum quantities of 2,000 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 
minimum quantities of 4,000 pounds. 

Non-standard finishes can be furnished in minimum quantities of 2,000 pounds. 

Under no condition can non-standard colors be made in quantities less than 
10,000 pounds. 



NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

Arven Plate can be made only in widths (dimension across the grain) a multiple 
of which equals 34" to 41" or 58" to 66", or 78" to 86"; but the minimum must be 
16" and the maximum 43". Sheets can be cut from these widths in lengths 
(dimension parallel to the grain) from 16" to 64". Thus the maximum sheet size 
possible to make in Arven Plate is 43" x 64" with the grain parallel to the 64" 
dimension. 

Sheets 26" and 40" wide by any length between the limits given above can often 
be delivered more quickly than sheets in other widths, because these are the widths 
of the rolls from which the standard size sheets are cut, and it is sometimes possible 
to cut sheets from these rolls in special lengths before the rolls have been sheeted. 



NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight that Arven Plate can be made 
in is 25 pounds, the maximum 130 pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, 
it is always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because 
conditions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 



ARVEN PLATE ENVELOPES 

Arven Plate Envelopes to fit any printed piece can be obtained from each Eagle-A 
Service House. The United States Envelope Company is the authorized manu- 
facturer. 

When ordering envelopes specify Arven Plate, weight, color, finish, quantity and 
style. (Envelope styles shown on pages 71-74.) If possible, send sample dummy 
showing the above. 

Important: Complete information regarding Envelopes given on pages 68-75. 

[2071 




Mmiimmmiinimimiiim/ia 



Paradox Cover 

The Third COVER Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(UN WATERMARKED ) 




mmninimmnmiimmk 



PARADOX COVER is a medium grade of paper furnished in 
both Antique and Plate Finishes, the latter to allow for 120- 
line half-tone work. Where distinctive effects are desired Para- 
dox Cover in Ripple Finish gives very satisfactory results. This 
paper is well adapted for broadsides, as it comes in sufficiently 
heavy weights to mail without the use of stifFeners. It has the 
necessary folding endurance and is well adapted for embossing. 
It is supplied in white and six colors and in a variety of substance 
weights. 

Paradox Cover is the third grade of Eagle-A Line of Cover 
Papers, as indicated by the Cover Chart of Relative Quality- 
Standards on page 201. 

GENERAL USES — With the above qualifications in mind Paradox Cover can 
be recommended in the following cases — 



Wrappers and Labels 
Catalog Containers 
Envelopes 
Package Labels 



Advertising 

Announcements 

Booklet Covers 

Broadsides 

Business Cards 

Calendars, Mounts and Pads 

Car and Show Cards 

Catalog Covers 

Magazines 

Magazine Inserts 

Mailing Cards (Double thick) 

Mailing Folders 

Tickets 

IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type, line cuts, 120, 110 screen squared up 
half-tones (plate finish only) ; coarse screen and stipple, 
fine screen and stipple, Ben Day Plates (plate finish 
only) 
The various types of impress as indicated above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of 
impress is left to the judgment of the printer. 

SIZES, WEIGHTS and COLORS— Basis 20 x 26—500 sheets to ream. Stocked 
as follows: 

(Both dimensions in parentheses indicate grain may run either way.) 

WHITE AND COLORS 

White India Green Buff Brown Fibril Granite Blue 

Antique, Plate, Ripple, Linen and Crash Finishes 
(20) x (26)— 50— 65— 80— 130 (23) x (33)— 73— 95— 117— 190 

Sealed as follows: 

in half reams, 2J/£ reams to the bundle. 

in half reams, 2 reams to the bundle. 

in half reams, 2 reams to the bundle. 

in half reams, \ x /i reams to the bundle. 

in half reams, V/2 reams to the bundle. 

in half reams, 1 ream to the bundle. 

in 100 sheet packages, 1 ream to the bundle. 

in 100 sheet packages, 400 sheets to the bundle. 

[208] 



50 pound substance weight 

65 pound substance weight 

73 pound substance weight 

80 pound substance weight 

95 pound substance weight 

117 pound substance weight 

130 pound substance weight 

190 pound substance weight 



Prices — Prices of Paradox Cover can be found in Price List 
attached to this book, between the last page and cover. 

Where Stocked — Paradox Cover is carried in stock by all 
Eagle-A Service Houses, a list of which is given on the first 
inside page of Price List. 

Samples — Actual samples of Paradox Cover can be found in 
the Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, or 
samples for dummies, can be obtained from all Eagle-A 
Service Houses. 

NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special colors of Paradox Cover can 
be taken only for a definite delivery in quantities of not less than 
10,000 pounds. BUT if Paradox Cover in the required color 
is being run at the mill at the time the paper is desired, or if the 
buyer can wait until it is to be run, then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut from rolls in any length or width described 
below in minimum quantities of 2,000 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 
minimum quantities of 4,000 pounds. 

Non-standard plate finishes can be furnished in minimum quantities of 550 
pounds. 

Under no condition can non-standard colors be made in quantities less than 
10,000 pounds. 

NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

Paradox Cover can be made only in widths (dimension across the grain) a multiple 
of which equals 34" to 41", or 58" to 66, or 78" to 86"; but the minimum must be 
16" and the maximum 43". Sheets can be cut from these widths in lengths 
(dimension parallel to the grain) from 16" to 64". Thus the maximum sheet size 
possible to make in Paradox Cover is 43" x 64" with the grain parallel to the 64" 
dimension. However, the largest possible size in special Plater Finish is 26" x 40". 

Sheets 20", 23", 26", 33", and 40" wide by any length between the limits given above 
can often be delivered more quickly than sheets in other widths, because these are 
the widths of rolls from which the standard size sheets are cut, and it is sometimes 
possible to cut sheets from these rolls in special lengths before the rolls have been 
sheeted. 

NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight that Paradox Cover can be 

made in is 25 pounds, the maximum 130 pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, 
it is always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because 
conditions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 

PARADOX COVER ENVELOPES 

Paradox Cover Envelopes to fit any printed piece can be obtained from each 
Eagle-A Service House. United States Envelope Company is the authorized 
manufacturer. 

When ordering envelopes specify Paradox Cover, weight, color, finish, quantity 
and style. (Envelope styles shown on pages 71-74.) If possible, send sample 
dummy showing the above. 

Important: Complete information regarding Envelopes given on pages 68-75. 

r 2091 




Jimmiimminwiiwimrm 



Riverdale Cover 

The Fourth COVER Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(UN WATERMARKED ) 




litiiiiiiiiiuiiiiiiittiiiiitaiiinm 



RIVERDALE COVER is designed particularly for use in 
advertising matter of a temporary character in which good 
appearance is important. It is supplied in eight colors and 
white in Antique Finish only. Fancy finishes, as well as Linen, 
Ripple and Crash, can be furnished on special order. 

Riverdale Cover is the fourth Cover Grade as indicated by the 
Cover Chart of Relative Quality-Standards on page 201. 

GENERAL USES — Riverdale Cover can be used in the following cases with 
exceptionally good results when distinctive appearance and moderate price govern 
the choice — 

Advertising Labels and Wrappers 

Broadsides Envelopes Package Labels 

Calendars Mailing Folders 

Catalog Containers Menus 

Catalog Covers Tickets 

Circulars 

IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type, line cuts, 120, 110, 85 screen half-tones, 
coarse stipple and coarse screen Ben Day) 
" " Die Stamping (light) 

The various types of impress as described above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of 
impress is left to the judgment of the printer. 



SIZES, WEIGHTS and COLORS- 
as follows: 



-Basis 20 x 26 — 500 sheets to ream. Stocked 



(Both dimensions in parentheses indicate grain may run either way.) 



WHITE AND COLORS 



White 

(20) 

(20) 
(20) 
(23) 
(23) 
(26) 
(23) 
(26) 
(26) 



Antique Finish Only 
Gold Fawn Steel Gray 

Brown Green 



x (26) — 50 pounds sealed 
x (26) — 65 pounds sealed 
x (26) — 80 pounds sealed 
x (33) — 73 pounds sealed 
x (33) — 95 pounds sealed 
x (40) — 100 pounds sealed 
x (33) — 117 pounds sealed 
x (40) — 130 pounds sealed 
x (40) — 160 pounds sealed 



n half reams, 
n half reams, 
n half reams, 
n half reams, 
n half reams, 
n half reams, 
n half reams, 
n half reams, 
n half reams, 



Blue Granite Blue 

Red 
2J^2 reams to bundle. 
2 reams to bundle. 
\}/2 reams to bundle. 
2 reams to bundle. 
\}/2 reams to bundle. 
13^ reams to bundle. 
1 ream to bundle. 
1 ream to bundle. 
1 ream to bundle. 



Prices — Prices of Riverdale Cover can be found in Price List 
attached to this book, between the last page and cover. 

Where Stocked — Riverdale Cover is carried in stock by all 
Eagle-A Service Houses, a list of which is given on the first 
inside page of Price List. 

[210] 



Samples — Actual samples of Riverdale Cover can be found in 
the Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, or 
samples for dummies, can be obtained from all Eagle-A Service 
Houses. 

NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special colors of Riverdale Cover in 
which the sheet size, substance weight, finish or color differs 
from standard specifications, as given above, can be taken only 
for a definite delivery in quantities of not less than 10,000 pounds. 
BUT if Riverdale Cover in the required weight, color and 
finish is being run at the mill at the time the paper is desired, or if 
the buyer can wait until it is to be run, then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any length or width described below in 
minimum quantities of 2,000 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 
minimum quantities of 4,000 pounds. 

Non-standard plater finishes can be furnished in minimum quantities of 550 
pounds; however, special calender finishes require a minimum of 2,000 pounds. 

Under no condition can non-standard colors be made in quantities less than 
10,000 pounds. 

NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

Riverdale Cover can be made only in widths (dimension across the grain) a 

multiple of which equals 34" to 41", or 58" to 66", or 78" to 86"; but the minimum 

must be 16" and the maximum 43". However, the largest possible size in special 

plate finishes is 26" x 40". Sheets can be cut from these widths in lengths j\[)[|l 

(dimension parallel to the grain) from 16" to 64". Thus the maximum sheet size 

possible to make in Riverdale Cover is 43" x 64" with the grain parallel to the 

64" dimension. 

Sheets 20", 23", 26", 33" and 40" wide by any length between the limits given above 
can often be delivered more quickly than sheets in other widths, because these are 
the widths of rolls from which the standard size sheets are cut, and it is sometimes 
possible to cut sheets from these rolls in special lengths before the rolls have been 
sheeted. 

NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight that Riverdale Cover can be 
made in is 25 pounds, the maximum 130 pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, 
it is always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because 
conditions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 



RIVERDALE COVER ENVELOPES 

Riverdale Cover Envelopes to fit any printed piece can be obtained from each 
Eagle-A Service House. The United States Envelope Company is the authorized 
manufacturer. 

When ordering envelopes specify Riverdale Cover, weight, color, finish, 
quantity and style. (Envelope styles shown on pages 71-74.) If possible send 
sample dummy showing the above. 

Important: Complete information regarding Envelopes given on pages 68-75. 

[2111 



men 




Standard Cover 

The Fifth COVER Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(unwatermarked) 




Munimiiiiiiiiiiiiniiimmh 



STANDARD COVER is a light-weight cover paper well adapt- 
ed for labels, fliers and posters, as well as for covers of book- 
lets or catalogs of a temporary nature. Standard Cover in 
Super Calendered Finish is supplied in twelve distinctive colors, 
while six colors are available in Antique. 

Standard Cover is the fifth Cover Grade as indicated by the 
Cover Chart of Relative Quality-Standards on page 201. 

GENERAL USES — Standard Cover, bearing in mind the characteristics in- 
dicated above, can be used as follows — 

Advertising Labels and Wrappers 

Broadsides Envelope Stuffers Package Labels 

Calendars Mailing Folders 

Circulars Menus 

Envelopes 

IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type; line cuts; 110, 85 screen half-tones; 
coarse stipple and coarse screen Ben Day.) 
" " Rotogravure Press 
" " Die Stamping (light) 
" " Embossing 

The various types of impress as indicated above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of 
impress is left to the judgment of the printer. 

SIZES, WEIGHTS and COLORS— Basis 20 x 26—500 sheets to ream. Stocked 

as follows: 

(Both dimensions in parentheses indicate grain may run either way.) 

COLORS ONLY 

Super Wove 

Apple Green, Buff, Cherry, Canary, Fawn, Gold, Blue Granite, Blue, 

Mandarin, R. E. Blue, Scarlet, Steel Gray. 

(20) x (26)— 25— 35— 50 (23) x (33)— 51— 73 

Antique Wove 
Fawn, Gold, Mandarin, R. E. Blue, Blue Granite, Steel Gray 
(20) x (26)— 50 
(20) x (26) — 25 pounds sealed in reams, 5 reams to the bundle 
(20) x (26) — 35 pounds sealed in reams, 4 reams to the bundle 
(20) x (26) — 50 pounds sealed in reams, 3 reams to the bundle — Super Finish 
(23) x (33) — 51 pounds sealed in reams, 3 reams to the bundle 
(23) x (33) — 73 pounds sealed in reams, 2 reams to the bundle 
(20) x (26) — 50 pounds sealed in reams, 2 reams to the bundle — Antique Finish 

Prices — Prices of Standard Cover can be found in Price List 
attached to this book, between the last page and cover. 

Where Stocked — Standard Cover is carried in stock by all 
Eagle-A Service House, a list of which is given on the first 
inside page of Price List. 

[2121 



Samples — Actual samples of Standard Cover can be found in 
the Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, or 
samples for dummies, can be obtained from all Eagle-A 
Service Houses. 



NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special colors of Standard Cover can 
be taken only for a definite delivery in quantities of not less than 
10,000 pounds. BUT if Standard Cover in the required weight, 
color and finish is being run at the mill at the time the paper is 
desired, or if the buyer can wait until it is to be run, then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any lengths or widths described below in 
minimum quantities of 2,000 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 
minimum quantities of 4,000 pounds. 

Non-standard plater finishes can be furnished in minimum quantities of 550 
pounds. 

Under no condition can non-standard colors be made in quantities less than 
10,000 pounds. 



NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

Standard Cover can be made only in widths (dimension across the grain) a multi- MM! 

pie of which equals 34" to 41", or 58" to 66", or 78" to 86"; but the minimum must be gf3| 

16" and the maximum 43". Sheets can be cut from these widths in lengths 

(dimension parallel to the grain) from 16" to 64". Thus the maximum sheet size Ann 

possible to make in Standard Cover is 43" x 64" with the grain parallel to the 64" 

dimension. Mfil 

Sheets 20", 23", 26", 33", and 40" wide by any length between the limits given above Ct« 

can often be delivered more quickly than sheets in other widths, because these are pi 

the widths of rolls from which the standard size sheets are cut, and it is sometimes ""' 
possible to cut sheets from these rolls in special lengths before the rolls have been 

sheeted. Twnn 



NON-STOCK SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight in which Standard Cover can 
be made is 25 pounds, the maximum 130 pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, 
it is always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because 
conditions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 



STANDARD COVER ENVELOPES 

Standard Cover Envelopes to fit any printed piece can be obtained from each 
Eagle-A Service House. The United States Envelope Company is the authorized 
manufacturer. 

When ordering envelopes specify Standard Cover, weight, color, finish, quantity 
and style. (Envelope styles shown on pages 71-74). If possible, send sample 
[ dummy showing the above. 

Important: Complete information regarding Envelopes given on pages 68-75. 

1213 1 



Bristols 

OF EAGLE-A QUALITY-STANDARDS 

*T)RISTOL" was originally applied to a high-class, light- 
■*-' weight cardboard first made at Bristol, England. Numer- 
ous papers of this general type, all known as "Bristols," are 
in wide use at present. 

The higher grades are known to the trade as "Index Bristols." 
They are used almost exclusively in card index systems. The 
others are known as "Bristols" or "Mill Blanks." 

The characteristics of an Index Bristol in the order of their 
importance are: (1) snap; (2) erasive qualities; (3) writing 
surface; (4) thickness; (5) color; (6) strength. 

A first grade must possess snap and stiffness to such a degree 
that it has almost a metallic ring when the corner of it is bent 
and allowed to snap back. Repeated several times, such a test 
should not develop any wrinkle in the paper. When tested by 
erasing with a knife the paper should not peel but must dust 
off" in very small particles and leave the surface smooth and 
well sized so that it may again be written upon without feathering 
the ink. 

The surface of a first grade should be smooth but not glossy 
enough to cause the pen to skip. The thickness must not vary 
more than one-half a point from the proper thickness for the 
particular weight. A range of colors is essential, as classification 
by colors is often a part of the filing system. 

Often considerable folding resistance is demanded. Its use 
in files frequently consulted over a long period of time also calls 
for good strength. Other Bristol grades besides serving for 
index purposes may be used for posters, display cards, sample 
cards and similar advertising uses. 

In the following pages, which are devoted to detailed descrip- 
tions of the Eagle-A Quality-Standard Bristols, each paper is 
described in two ways: first in general terms of appearance and 
serviceability; secondly, with specific reference to the chart of 
relative qualities on page 215. 

The following grades of the Eagle-A Line cover all the re- 
quirements for Bristols: 

GRADE NAME COLOR 

Permanent I Agawam White and six colors 

Semi-Perm. II Cherokee White and five colors 

III Darien White and three colors 

Temporary IV American Rope Thirteen colors 

V American Post Card Cream 

BRISTOL PAPER TRADE CUSTOMS 
Trade customs pertaining to Bristols are explained in detail 
on pages 316-318. 

[214] 









momo 


OOlN-H© 


■"tfWCiOO 


00 








£3 <u 


lOTjioOtO 


OOO^f 


t^r-lTf-^ 


o 


CM 


COOQOl 


IN 00 CO 00 


NNOO 






t~00O<N 


O00OIN 


N 


t^ 






rHr-liHIN 


Hrt 




tH 




tr> 






0) 












dard 
stols 






>d 


OOOO 


ooooo 


00 (MOO 


o 


o 








WhOO 


«)O^H 


O^^-H 


N 


00 


9MOM 


MOSS 


(NOOtJ*^ 






(NfO<*iO 


INCOME 


(NINCO^ 


CO 


<M 


Bffl 




o 














"gfl 












°? x 




cS 


S.2 

c o 
,3 * 


050005 


OOOO 


NNNN 


o 


00 






a! 


00 00 00 00 


00 00 00 00 


OOOO 


o 
o" 


l> 


00 00 00 00 


00 00 00 00 


oooo 


us a 




Q< 








'-I 




ive Qua 
agle-A I 




<J 


w 












•a « 


oooo 


(DOlOtS 


oooo 


oo 


T^ 


;3 » 




2 S 

o o 


00 00 00 00 
00 00 00 00 


lOmmin 
lOinmm 


oooo 

in iO in in 






Relat 
of E 


■*■" i-. 




°U 


























J? 


oooo 


00 CO CO CO 


CO CO CO CO 


o 


CO 




-. C 


u-t 


OtOtOtO 


CO 00 CO CO 


COCO CO CO 


lO 


oo 




£« 


r-5 


oooo 

CM CM IN IN 


COM 00 CO 


CO CO CO CO 


00 

iH 


oo 




C <1> 
















o-£ 
















S?^ 


















.£ s 


















+-> Q" 


















c3 




to 

2 


(ONHffl 


OCO^O 


OiHt)<00 


rH 


o 




*o5 s 

"- 1 a 




fHSDiHN 


■HiHtH iH 


O-Hr-lrH 


00 
"5 


O-h^OO 








„, «s 






rHrHrH 












2 a 


















03 n) 














































.2 a 




M 


OfflN'* 


lOtOiflN 


mOiOO 


N 


10 

o 




4) <D 




OJ 


t~-t^mC0 


oooooo 


oooooo 








H 


Oi«ho 


OMCrt 


OOOOi-H 


^ 


d 




rC 
4-> 

M 




NINCO'* 


HHHN 


.HtHrHlN 


IN 




S" 














'Sic 
o 


G 






























wrt 


4-a 


















co 


.2 


ONffiO 
OOl>00 


oocmco 


<NO00-* 


fH 


o 
o 




s 






OOmcO 


ONTfoO 


•* 






■oooooo 


CMOOiO 


>-i>O00CO 


CO 


IH 


C/5 






rHr-lCMCO 


rHrti-HCq 


i-lr*l-l(N 


IH 


"o 


at <u 

£"8 




























+-> 


H o 




ho 

c 
12 

3 

pq 












CD 






•*•* O00 
OOi-HOO 


rHONlN 

O^HCOO 


OOOO 
t>0O0OTf< 


o 

00 




CO 






OOOOOO 

•H>H IN <N 


t^OINO 


t«0SiH«0 


oo 

rH 


d 


p™^ 




4> vn 
















ubstan 
Weigh 

Basis 
5^x30 


OOOO 

rHrHrHCq 


oooo 

rH"*t^<N 


oooo 

r-lrHrHCM 


oo 
co 


in 

IN 


T3 




CO «n 












G 

1— 1 




















1— H 


1— 1 


1— 1 

h— 1 


> 


> 












HH 


>—t 


T3 






a) 


s 

M 
< 


<u 




a 


r- ^ 
C eg 






2 


u 

o 

V 

u 1 


c 

03 

Q 


America 
Rope 


go 
< 



Weddings 



Typewritei 

Papers 

Writii 



Speci; 



Eai 

Line 

I 

Gi 



215 



< 



Agawam Index Bristol 




ui»iimmmm»»nminmna 



The First BRISTOL Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 




uiiiiiimiiiiiuMja 



AGAWAM INDEX BRISTOL is designed to meet the most 
exacting filing requirements. Particular attention is paid 
to stiffness, snap, folding and erasing qualities in the manufacture 
of this paper. It is recommended as particularly adapted for 
permanent files. 

Agawam Index Bristol is the first Bristol Grade as indicated 
by the Bristol Chart of Relative Quality-Standards on page 215. 

GENERAL USES — Agawam Index Bristol can be recommended for the fol- 
lowing purposes where great strength and endurance and a wide range of colors 
are required. 

Advertising 
Calendars Filing Cards Mailing Cards 

IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type; line cuts; squared-up half-tones; 110 
line screen half-tones; Ben Day plates — coarse stipple.) 
" Litho Press 

The various types of impress as indicated above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of 
impress is left to the judgment of the printer. 

SIZES, WEIGHTS and COLORS— Basis 2$Y 2 x 303^—500 sheets to ream. 
Trimmed four sides, stocked as follows: 

(Grain runs parallel to dimension in parentheses.) 

Note: All weights heavier than basis 253^" x 303^" — 110 are pasted. 

WHITE 

20K x (24%)— 72— 91—111—143 25^ * (30^)— 110— 140— 170— 220 

223^ x (283^)— 91— 115— 140— 181 

COLORS 

Buff Blue Salmon 

20K x (24%)— 72— 91—111—143 25K x (30K)— 110— 140— 170 
22Y 2 x (283^)— 115— 140 

Canary Green Fawn 

22K x (283^)— 115— 140 ' 253^ x (30^)— 1 10-140-1 70 

Sealed in packages of 100 sheets. Packed 500 to 600 pounds to case. 



Prices — Prices of Agawam Index Bristol can be found in Price 
List attached to this book, between the last page and cover. 

Where Stocked — Agawam Index Bristol is carried in stock by all 
Eagle-A Service Houses, a list of which is given on the first 
inside page of Price List. 

[2161 



Samples — Actual samples of Agawam Index Bristol can be 
found in the Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, 
or samples for dummies, can be obtained from all Eagle-A 
Service Houses. 



NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special colors of Agawam Index 
Bristol can be taken only for a definite delivery in quantities of 
not less than 3,850 pounds. BUT if Agawam Index Bristol in 
the required color is being run at the mill at the time the paper is 
desired, or if the buyer can wait until it is to be run, then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any lengths or widths described below in 
minimum quantities of 1,100 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 
minimum quantities of 2,200 pounds. 

Non-standard finishes can be furnished under the same conditions in minimum 
quantities of 550 pounds. 

Under no condition can non-standard colors be made in quantities less than 
3,850 pounds. 

NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

Agawam Index Bristol can only be made in widths (dimension across the grain) 
a multiple of which equals 60" to 72", but the minimum must be 16" and the maxi- 
mum 303^". Sheets can be cut from these widths in lengths (dimension parallel to 
the grain) from 16" to 42". Thus the maximum sheet size possible to make in 
Agawam Index Bristol is 30K" x 42" with the grain parallel to the 42" dimension. 

NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum weight (253^" x 303^" basis) in which Agawam 
Index Bristol can be made is 110 pounds, the maximum 220 
(pasted) pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper? 
it is always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because 
conditions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 



ENVELOPES 

The following Eagle-A Papers in envelope form are suitable for use with Agawam 
Index Bristol: 

Coupon Bond, Sub. 20-24 — Page 112. 
Agawam Bond, Sub. 20-24 — Page 114. 
Acceptance Bond, Sub. 20-24 — Page 124. 

Envelopes made of these papers to fit any printed piece can be obtained from each 
Eagle-A Service House. The United States Envelope Company is the author- 
ized manufacturer. 

Important: Complete information regarding Envelopes given on pages 68-75. 



217] 



men 



Cherokee Index Bristol 




The Second BRISTOL Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY -STANDARDS 




CHEROKEE INDEX BRISTOL is a medium quality Bristol. 
Its erasing qualities are good and its strength is sufficient to 
meet requirements of moderate service. 

Cherokee Index Bristol is the second Bristol Grade as indi- 
cated by the Bristol Chart of Relative Quality-Standards on 
page 215. 

GENERAL USES — Cherokee Index Bristol is recommended for moderate 
service in the following cases — 



Advertising 
Calendars 
Mailing Cards 



Office Forms 
Filing Cards 



IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type, line cuts, squared-up half-tones, 110 
line screen half-tones, coarse stipple Ben Day) 
" Litho Press 

The various types of impress as indicated above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of 
impress is left to the judgment of the printer. 

SIZES, WEIGHTS and COLORS— Basis 25^x30^—500 sheets to ream. 
Trimmed four sides, stocked as follows: 

(Grain runs parallel to dimension in parentheses.) 

WHITE AND COLORS 

White Blue Salmon Buff Cherry Green 

20^ x (24%)— 72— 91— 111— 143 2Sy 2 x (30^)— 110— 140— 170— 220 

Sealed in packages of 100 sheets. Packed 500 to 600 pounds to case. 

Prices — Prices of Cherokee Index Bristol can be found in 
Price List attached to this book, between the last page and 
cover. 

Where Stocked — Cherokee Index Bristol is carried in stock 
by all Eagle-A Service Houses, a list of which is given on the 
first inside page of Price List. 

Samples — Actual samples of Cherokee Index Bristol can be 
found in the Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, 
or samples for dummies, can be obtained from all Eagle-A 
Service Houses. 



NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special colors of Cherokee Index 
Bristol can be taken only for a definite delivery in quantities 
of not less than 12,000 pounds. BUT if Cherokee Index 

[2181 



Bristol in the required color is being run at the mill at the 
time the paper is desired, or if the buyer can wait until it is to 
be run, then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut any length or width described below in 
minimum quantities of 2,200 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 
minimum quantities of 4,400 pounds. 

Non-standard finishes can be furnished under the same conditions in minimum 
quantities of 2,200 pounds. 

Under no condition can non-standard colors be made in quantities less than 
12,000 pounds. 

NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

Cherokee Index Bristol can be made only in widths (dimension across the grain) 
a multiple of which equals 76" to 86"; but the minimum must be 16" and the maxi- 
mum 43". Sheets can be cut from these widths in lengths (dimension parallel 
to the grain) from 16" to 64". Thus the maximum sheet size possible to make in 
Cherokee Index Bristol is 43" x 64" with the grain parallel to the 64" dimension. 

Sheets 20J^" and 25^" wide by any length between the limits given above can 
often be delivered more quickly than sheets in other widths, because these are the 
widths of the rolls from which the standard size sheets are cut, and it is sometimes 
possible to cut sheets from these rolls in special lengths before the rolls have been 
sheeted. 

NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

ana raps 
The minimum weight (basis 253^" x 30M>") in which Cherokee 
Index Bristol can be made is 110 pounds, the maximum 220 Mimeo- 

pounds. PPhS 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, 
it is always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because 
conditions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 



ENVELOPES 

The following Eagle-A papers in envelope form are suitable for use with Darien 
Index Bristol: 

Persian Bond, Sub. 20-24 — Page 116. 
Chevron Bond, Sub. 20-24 — Page 122. 
Telephone Bond, Sub. 20-24 — Page 128. 

Envelopes made of these papers to fit any printed piece can be obtained from 
each Eagle-A Service House. The United States Envelope Company is the 
authorized manufacturer. 

Important: Complete information regarding Envelopes given on pages 68-75. 



Weddings 



219 



Darien Index Bristol 




The Third BRISTOL Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 




iiiiiiiiiiimimnnnmmminl 



DARIEN INDEX BRISTOL is satisfactory for temporary 
index uses or for employment where it will not be sub- 
jected to a great amount of handling. In addition to index 
use, Darien is particularly well adapted for poster work, and in 
some cases may be recommended for gelatine printing of the 
type used for moving-picture advertising. 

Darien Index Bristol is the third Bristol Grade as indicated 

by the Bristol Chart of Relative Quality-Standards on page 215. 

GENERAL USES — Darien Index Bristol is recommended for the following 
purposes, bearing in mind its characteristics as stated above — 

Advertising 
Calendars Filing Cards Mailing Cards Posters 

Impress — Suitable for Letterpress (type, line cuts, squared-up half-tones, 110-line 
screen half-tones, coarse stipple, Ben Day) 
" Litho Press 

The various types of impress as indicated above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of 
impress is left to the judgment of the printer. 

SIZES, WEIGHTS and COLORS— Basis 2S l / 2 x 30^—500 sheets to ream. 
Trimmed four sides, stocked as follows: 

(Grain runs parallel to dimension in parentheses.) 
(Both dimensions in parentheses indicate grain may run either way.) 



(20V 2 ) x (24^)- 
(22^) x (28J0- 

(2sy 2 ) x (3oy 2 y 



- 72— 91 

- 91—115 
-110—140 



20J/£x(24%)— 111 
22^ x (28y 2 )— 140 
2Sy 2 x (30y 2 )— 170 



BUFF, SALMON, BLUE 

203^ x (24M)— 72— 91—111 
25y 2 x (30^)— 110— 140— 170 

All weights are solid. 
Sealed in packages of 100 sheets. Packed 500 to 600 pounds to case. 

Prices — Prices of Darien Index Bristol can be found in Price List attached 
to this book, between the last page and cover. 

Where Stocked — Darien Index Bristol is carried in stock by all Eagle-A Service 
Houses a list of which is given on the first inside page of Price List. 

Samples — Actual samples of Darien Index Bristol can be found in the Eagle-A 
Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, or samples for dummies, can be ob- 
tained from all Eagle-A Service Houses. 

NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special shades of Darien Index Bristol, 
white, from 110 to 140 pounds, basis 253 / 2" x 30/^", can be taken 
only for a definite delivery in quantities of not less than 90,000 

[220] 



pounds. Order for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special shades of Darien Index Bristol, 
white, 170 pounds, basis 25/^"x 303^", and all colors in all weights 
can be taken only for a definite delivery in quantities of not less 
than 12,000 pounds. BUT if Darien Index Bristol in the 
required color is being run at the mill at the time the paper is 
desired, or if the buyer can wait until it is to be run, then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any length or width described below in 
minimum quantities of 6,000 pounds of 110 pound and 140 pound white, and 
2,200 pounds of 170 pound white and all weights in colors. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 
minimum quantities of 45,000 pounds from 110 pound to 140 pound white and 
4,400 pounds from 140 pound to 170 pound white and all weights in colors. 

Non-standards finishes in Darien Index Bristol are not made. 

Under no condition can non-standard white shades be made in quantities less 
than 90,000 pounds in 110 and 140 basis, or 12,000 in 170 basis, or 12,000 of all 
weights of all colors. 

NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

Darien Index Bristol, white, 110 and 140, basis 25^" x 303^", can be made only 
in widths (dimension across the grain) a multiple of which equals 125" to 138"; 
but the minimum must be 20}^" and the maximum 46". Sheets can be cut from 
these widths in lengths (dimension parallel to the grain) from 16" to 52". Thus 
the maximum sheet size possible to make in Darien Index Bristol is 46" x 52" 
with the grain parallel to the 52" dimension. ^ ■ ,. 

In colors (all weights) and 170 pound, white, basis 25J^" x 30J^", Darien Index .j Don. 

Bristol can be made in widths (dimension across the grain) a multiple of which 

equals 76" to 86"; but the minimum must be 16" and the maximum 43". Sheets 

can be cut from these widths in lengths (dimension parallel to the grain) from 16" MiniGO- 

to 64". Thus the maximum sheet size possible to make in Darien Index Bristol Pf3DhS 

is 43" x 64" with the grain parallel to the 64" dimension. 

Sheets 20J^" and 253^" wide by any length between the limits given above can AnnQI ,r 

often be delivered more quickly than sheets in other widths, because they are the II18QK 

widths of the rolls from which the standard sizes sheets are cut, and it is sometimes 
possible to cut sheets from these rolls in special lengths before the rolls have been 
sheeted. 

NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight in which Darien Index 
Bristol can be made is 110 pounds* the maximum 170 pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, 
it is always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because 
conditions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 

ENVELOPES 

The following Eagle-A Papers in envelope form are suitable for use with Darien 
Index Bristol paper. 

Persian Bond, Sub. 20-24 — Page 116. 
Chevron Bond, Sub. 20-24 — Page 122. 
Telephone Bond, Sub. 20-24 — Page 128. 

Envelopes made of these papers to fit any printed piece can be obtained from 
each Eagle-A Service House. The United States Envelope Company is the 
authorized manufacturer. 

When ordering envelopes specify one of the above papers, weight, color, finish, 
quantity and style. (Envelope styles shown on pages 71-74.) If possible send 
sample dummy showing the above. 

Important: Complete information regarding Envelopes given on pages 68-75. 

[221] 







American Rope Bristol 

The Fourth BRISTOL Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 




AMERICAN ROPE BRISTOL is designed particularly for 
posters, display cards and sample cards. It is supplied in 
thirteen colors for display purposes. The surface is soft enough 
to allow for pasting of "swatches" but at the same time hard 
enough so that it will not pick when the ordinary forms of print- 
ing are employed. 

American Rope Bristol is the fourth Bristol Grade as indi- 
cated by the Bristol Chart of Relative Quality-Standards on 
page 215. 

GENERAL USES — American Rope Bristol has qualities that recommend it 
particularly for the following purposes — 



Labels and Wrappers 
Package Labels 



Advertising 
Calendars Filing Cards 

Catalog Containers Tags 

Catalog Covers Tickets 

IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type, line cuts, 110-line screen half-tones, 
coarse stipple, Ben Day) 
The various types of impress as indicated above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of 
impress is left to the judgment of the printer. 

SIZES, WEIGHTS and COLORS— Basis 22 ^ x 28^—500 sheets to ream. Flat 
sheets, stocked as follows: 

(Grain runs parallel to dimension in parentheses.) 

COLORS ONLY 

Brown Cherry Dark Blue Green Lawn Green Light Blue 

Purple Red Russet Scarlet Steel Gray Tea Yellow 

22Kx(28J^)— 110 

Sealed in packages of 100 sheets, one ream to a bundle. 

Prices — Prices of American Rope Bristol can be found in Price 
List attached to this book, between the last page and cover. 

Where Stocked — American Rope Bristol is carried in stock by 
all Eagle-A Service Houses a list of which is given on the first 
inside page of Price List. 

Samples — Actual samples of American Rope Bristol can be 
found in the Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, 
or samples for dummies, can be obtained from all Eagle-A 
Service Houses. 



NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special colors of American Rope 
Bristol can be taken only for a definite delivery in quantities of 
not less than 8,250 pounds. BUT if American Rope Bristol 

[222 1 



in the required color is being run at the mill at the time the 
paper is desired, or if the buyer can wait until it is to be run, 
then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any length or width described below in 
minimum quantities of 1,650 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 
minimum quantities of 3,300 pounds. 

Non-standard plater and embossed finishes can be furnished under the same con- 
ditions in minimum quantities of 550 pounds, but 3,300 pounds are required for 
other special finishes. 

Under no condition can non-standard colors be made in quantities less than 
8,250 pounds. 

NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

American Rope Bristol can be made only in widths (dimension across the grain) 
a multiple of which equals 673^" to 80"; but the minimum must be 17" and the 
maximum 40". Sheets can be cut from these widths in lengths (dimension 
parallel to the grain) from 16" to 50". Thus the maximum sheet size possible to 
make in American Rope Bristol is 40" x 50" with the grain parallel to the 50" 
dimension. 

Sheets 22^" wide by any length between the limits given above can often be 
delivered more quickly than sheets in other widths, because this is the width of the 
rolls from which the standard size sheets are cut, and it is sometimes possible to cut 
sheets from these rolls in special lengths before the rolls have been sheeted. 



ROLLS (SPECIAL) 

American Rope Bristol can be made in rolls not to exceed 30" diameter wound on 
steel or strawboard cores in widths (dimension across grain) as given for sheets in 
minimum widths of 1,650 pounds of a size. 



NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight (basis 223^" x 28/^") in which 
American Rope Bristol can be made is 110 pounds; the 
maximum 220 pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, 
it is always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because 
conditions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 



AMERICAN ROPE BRISTOL ENVELOPES 

American Rope Bristol Envelopes to fit any printed piece can be obtained from 
each Eagle-A Service House. The United States Envelope Company is the 
authorized manufacturer. 

When ordering envelopes specify American Rope Bristol, weight, color, finish, 
quantity and style. (Envelope styles shown on pages 71-74.) If possible send 
sample dummy showing the above. 

Important: Complete information regarding Envelopes given on pages 68-75. 



graphs 



223 




American Post Card 

The Fifth BRISTOL Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 




HHilmmmimiiiinimmmk 



AMERICAN POST CARD is made to the specifications 
drafted by the United States Government for its post card 
stock. It is, therefore, the ideal paper to use for post cards as 
well as being suitable for poster work where colors are not 
essential. It is also adapted for use in connection with the 
gelatine printing process. American Post Card is furnished 
in cream only. 

American Post Card is the fifth Bristol Grade as indicated by 
the Bristol Chart of Relative Quality-Standards on page 215. 

GENERAL USES — American Post Card is adapted for the following uses when 
colors are not required — 

Advertising 
Calendars Mailing Folders Tickets 

Filing Cards Menus 

Mailing Cards Tags 

IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type; line cuts; squared-up half-tones; 
110-line screen half-tones; Ben Day plates — coarse 
stipple) 

The various types of impress as indicated above are those which can be success-, 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of 
impress is left to the judgment of the printer. 

SIZES and WEIGHTS— Basis 22^x28^—500 sheets to ream. Flat sheets, 
trimmed four sides, stocked as follows: 

(Grain runs parallel to dimension in parentheses.) 

CREAM COLOR ONLY 

22 x (28)— 100 22^ x (283/0— 105 (28) x 44—200 

Sealed in packages of 100 sheets. Packed 500 to 600 pounds to case. 

Prices — Prices of American Post Card can be found in Price 
List attached to this book, between the last page and cover. 

Where Stocked — American Post Card is carried in stock by all 
Eagle-A Service Houses, a list of which is given on the first 
inside page of Price List. 

Samples — Actual samples of American Post Card can be found 
in the Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, or 
samples for dummies, can be obtained from all Eagle-A 
Service Houses. 



NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special colors of American Post Card 
can be taken only for a definite delivery in quantities of not less 
than 90,000 pounds. BUT if American Post Card is being 

[224] 



run at the mill at the time the paper is desired, or if the buyer 
can wait until it is to be run, then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any lengths or widths described below in 
minimum quantities of 6,000 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 
minimum quantities of 45,000 pounds. 

Non-standard finishes in this grade are not made. 

Under no condition can non-standard colors be made in quantities less than 90,000 
pounds. 



NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

American Post Card can only be made in widths (dimension across the grain) a 
multiple of which equals 125" to 138", but the minimum must be 20^" and the 
maximum 46". Sheets can be cut from these widths in lengths (dimension 
parallel to the grain) from 16" to 52". Thus the maximum sheet size possible to 
make in American Post Card is 46" x 52" with the grain parallel to the 64" dimen- 
sion. 

Sheets 22", 22J^", 44" and 45" wide by any length between the limits given above 
can often be delivered more quickly than sheets in other widths, because these 
are the widths of the rolls from which the standard size sheets are cut, and it is 
sometimes possible to cut sheets from these rolls in special lengths before the rolls 
have been sheeted. 



NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight that American Post Card can 

be made in is 110 pounds, the maximum 140 pounds, basis 

253^x3034 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, 
it is always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because 
conditions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 



ENVELOPES 

The following Eagle-A paper in envelope form is suitable for use with American 
Post Card: 

Arrive Halftone, Sub. 60-80— Page 182. 

Envelopes made of this paper to fit any printed piece can be obtained from each 
Eagle-A Service House. The United States Envelope Company is the author- 
ized manufacturer. 

Important: Complete information regarding Envelopes given on pages 68-75. 



[225 



Weddings and Papeteries 

OF EAGLE-A QUALITY-STANDARDS 



THE term "Weddings" applies to papers primarily designed 
for engraved announcements, invitations and cards. 
Appearance is the sole factor to be considered. 

If furnished in white the stock must have neither a blue nor 
a yellow cast. If in colors the shade must be delicate, yet bright 
and pleasing. Two finishes — lawn and plated vellum — are used 
almost exclusively. 

Two grades are adequate. To obtain the proper color and 
appearance only high-grade materials can be used. 

The first grade, the purest white obtainable, is finished with 
the greatest care. All but perfect sheets are rejected in sorting. 
The second grade is made with the same care and attention to 
detail but from a different grade of material. 



PAPETERIES 

The term "Papeteries" applies to papers for boxed stationery 
for social and business requirements. 

These papers are primarily adapted for pen writing and for 
various other forms of impress. Appearance is their dominant 
quality. 

They are supplied in a range of finishes and colors, as dis- 
tinctive shades are often very desirable. The three Eagle-A 
Papeteries are graded according to the factors of appearance, 
strength and life as shown in the Relative Chart of Quality- 
Standard Weddings and Papeteries on page 227. 

The following grades of the Eagle-A Line meet all require- 
ments of Weddings and Papeteries: 

COLOR 

White 

White and six colors 
White and six colors 
White and six colors 
White and six colors 



GRADE 


NAME 


Permanent I 
II 


Arden Wedding 
Biscay Wedding 


Semi-Perm. I 

II 

Temporary III 


Chesterfield Papeterie 
Dorrington Papeterie 
Farnsworth Papeterie 



226 







>>* 


co 


io i— ( io 


NO 


t-^ tN 


^^o O 






ON 


en to cn 


•-- 1 


ro 00 


NO ON 








OO 


NOOON 


ITN 


O c<-> 


r-1 u-i 






On 


t^ OO OO 


NO 


NO NO 


'HH-'f 






a 1-1 


















o 


8 


co co <» 


5 


t^- r^» 


»— ■ >-o 








•3 


ooon ^h 


i— i co 


o» r-i 


I_l 






d 


»-H 


t^ 00'— I 


t^ 


O0ON 


t^ OO 


<u 






B 


*" H ' 


1—1 








CO *-> 




















































OS 03 




0) 

o 


3.2 


o 


OO CO OO 




VO >-o 









cS 


ui 


ON On On 




NO NO 


csi rv) 






c3 P 


On 


OO OO OO 


_; 


t-~ t-~ 


t^I^ 


■•-> d 




<u 












CO 03 




Oh 
Oh 


3 Cl. 
t/3 












^ CO 




<J 


























• -< qj 


















rt ^3 






•a w 


OO 


,— 1 ^H — < 


o 


l-H 1-4 


Q Q 






^.S 


NO 




o 








^5 ^ 
C c5 




o"S 


,_; 


^^'rt 


d 


i-i^-i 


do 




o <u 


>— i 


»-l i— < I— 1 




i— i i—i 


rH ^-H 




■S1 




U5 
























ti > 


H $ 














03 <U 


k CL> 




o 


OOO 


o 


OO 


OO 






CD 


o 


OO CO CO 


LO 


iy-> U-) 


r-~ r~- 


C^ 03 

w 


4-1 

3 


1^ 


t^-r-- t-^ 


00 


OO OO 


m <^» 


r— ; t/2 


co 


MCSN 


~ 






o 


















































•— " »H 


















<o S3 




u 


OO 


UKNm 




^-1 OO 


1-H OO 


cr> 


n 0, 




a! 

H 


NO 


t~- t^- CO 


NO 


NO"") 


NO LO 


<U 






CO 


NOt^ On 


io 


IT) NO 


in \h0 


5-h 




























<u 


4) <U 
















+-J 






w 


no 


NmM 


o 


m o 


ro O 


OJ 




"o 




T^r^"* 


o 


CO O 


OO O 


Pap 


>^3 

'Si a 
o 


C 


fe 


t^ 


NNm 






















ll 


CO 


^h 


u-i 


-hO^hh 


l-O 


C~l l» 


r-j c-i 








t~» 


t^- VhQ to 


OO 


NO C~l 


NO c^ 


T3 




Eh 


t>! 


VONON 


NO 


■*in 


Tflfl 


fi 


0) 0) 

c -1 o 
















<3 


































60 












C/5 






_g 


NO 


uriNUI 


On 


CO -HH 


tr> ■* 






w 




t^^< ^t 1 


NO 


CO -HH 


't 1 ON 






3 


vd 


■*ioN 


tH 


tn ■* 


f<-> CO 


C 






pq 












T3 
































T3 




ubstan 
Weigh 

Basis 
17x22 


c^ 


CO <"N> O 


CS 


oo r-J 


00 CN 






to 


CS m TJH 


c<-> 


cN m 


CN CO 


> 




CO 












> 








1— 1 




•-H 


J= 






ID 






I 


1 

bJD 


H-J 

Ih 

O 

c 

l-l 






t-l 

o 




>> 

o 




C 

u- O 

O ^ 








< 


s 


U 


Q 


fe 



Weddings 

and Paps. 



graphs 
Annjr 

Stationery 



Typewriter 
Papers 

Writing 



Special 
Papers 

Eagle-A 

Line 



227 



/ 




flrfTunimmTTnmrmrrrrmm 



Arden Wedding 

The First WEDDING Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(un watermarked) 




ARDEN WEDDING has the purest white color that it is 
possible to obtain in paper. It is made of all new white 
rags in order to provide a base stock capable of meeting the most 
exacting appearance requirement that may be demanded of 
paper for engraved announcements and invitations. It is 
supplied both in lawn and plated vellum finishes in single or 
pasted sheets. 

Arden Wedding is the first grade of the Eagle-A Line of 
Weddings, as indicated by the Wedding Chart of Relative 
Quality-Standards on page 227. 

GENERAL USE — Arden Wedding is adapted to the following uses when a 
paper of highest quality is required — 



Stationery 
Envelopes 
Social Stationery 
Wedding Announcements 



Advertising 
Announcements 
Catalog Containers 
Greeting Cards 
Mailing Cards 
Menus 
Programs 
Tickets 

IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type, line cuts, Ben Day plates, coarse 
stipple) 
" " Rotogravure 
" Die Stamping 
" Wood Cuts 

The various types of impress as indicated above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms 'of 
impress is left to the judgment of the printer. 

SIZES and WEIGHTS— Basis 21^ x 33—500 sheets to ream. Flat sheets, trimmed 
four sides, stocked as follows: 

(Grain runs parallel to dimension in parentheses.) 

WHITE ONLY 

2\y 2 x (33)— 60^— 76 

LAWN FINISH 

PLATED VELLUM 

PASTED STOCK 

21^ x (33)— 2-60^'s— 3-60^'s 
Sealed in Yi reams, pasted stock in packages of 100 sheets. Packed 500 to 
600 pounds to case. 

Prices — Prices of Arden Wedding can be found in Price List 
attached to this book, between the last page and cover. 

Where Stocked — Arden Wedding is carried in stock by all 
Eagle-A Service Houses, a list of which is given on the first 
inside page of Price List. 

[228] 



Samples — Actual samples of Arden Wedding can be found in 
the Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, or 
samples for dummies, can be obtained from all Eagle-A 
Service Houses. 

Arden Wedding in cut sheets with envelopes to match in size and color can be found 
in the Announcement Line, page 247, carried in stock by all Eagle-A Service Houses. 



NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
and special colors of Arden Wedding can be taken only for 
a definite delivery in quantities of not less than 2,750 pounds. 
BUT if Arden Wedding (white only) is being run at the mill 
at the time the paper is desired, or if the buyer can wait until it 
is to be run, then — 



Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any lengths or widths described below 
in minimum quantities of 550 pounds. 

Non-standard weights can be furnished under the same conditions in minimum 
quantities of 1,100 pounds. 

Non-standard finishes can be furnished under the same conditions in minimum 
quantities of 550 pounds. 

Under no condition can non-standard colors be made in quantities less than 
2,750 pounds. 



NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

Arden Wedding can be made only in widths (dimension across the grain) a multiple 
of which equals 58" to 66"; but the minimum must be 16" and the maximum 22". 
Sheets can be cut from these widths in lengths (dimension parallel to the grain) 
from 16" to 34". Thus the maximum sheet size possible to make in Arden 
Wedding is 22" x 34" with the grain parallel to the 34" dimension. 



NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight that Arden Wedding can be 

made in is 20 pounds, the maximum 40 pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, 
it is always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because 
conditions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 



ARDEN WEDDING ENVELOPES 

Arden Wedding Envelopes to fit any printed piece can be obtained from each 
Eagle-A Service House. The United States Envelope Company is the authorized 
manufacturer. 

When ordering envelopes specify Arden Wedding, weight, color, finish, quantity 
and style. (Envelope styles shown on pages 71-74.) If possible, send sample 
dummy showing the above. 

Important: Complete information regarding Envelopes given on pages 68-75. 

[2291 



Typewriter 
Papers 



Eagle-A 
Line 




Biscay Wedding 

The Second WEDDING Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(UNWATERMARKED ) 




Uliiimimiimmiim.iimmmk 



BISCAY WEDDING is made with the same care and atten- 
tion as Arden, but from materials slightly lower in grade. 
It is supplied in six colors and white in lawn or plated vellum 
finishes, either single or pasted sheets. 

Biscay is the second grade of the Eagle-A Line of Weddings, as 
indicated by Chart of Relative Quality-Standards on page 227. 

GENERAL USES — Biscay Wedding is an excellent choice for any of the following 
purposes and especially when a variety of colors is desired — 



Advertising 
Announcements Menus 

Envelopes Programs 

Greeting Cards Tickets 

Mailing Cards 



Stationery 
Envelopes 
Social Stationery 
Wedding Announcements 



IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type, line cuts, Ben Day plates, coarse 
stipple) 
" " Rotogravure 
" Die Stamping 
" Wood Cuts 

The various types of impress as indicated above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of 
impress is left to the judgment of the printer. 

SIZES, WEIGHTS and_ COLORS— Basis 21 ^ x 33—500 sheets to ream. Flat 
sheets, trimmed four sides, stocked as follows: 

(Grain runs parallel to dimension in parentheses.) 

WHITE 

2\y 2 x (33)— 53— 60^—76 

Buff Blue Gray Pink Green Lavender 

223^ x (33)— 60>£ 

LAWN FINISH 

PLATED VELLUM 

PASTED STOCK 

21^ x (33)— 2-60^'s— 3-60^'s 

Sealed in J^ reams, pasted stock in packages of 100 sheets. Packed 500 to 600 

pounds to case. 

Prices — Prices of Biscay Wedding can be found in Price List 
attached to this book, between the last page and cover. 



Where Stocked — Biscay Wedding is carried in stock by all 
Eagle-A Service Houses, a list of which is given on the first 
inside page of Price List. 

[2301 



Samples — Actual samples of Biscay Wedding can be found in 
the Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, or 
samples for dummies, can be obtained from all Eagle-A 
Service Houses. 

Biscay Wedding in cut sheets with envelopes to match in size and color can be 
found in the Announcement Line, page 247, carried in stock by all Eagle-A Service 
Houses. 



NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, and 
special colors of Biscay Wedding can be taken only for 
a definite delivery in quantities of not less than 3,300 pounds. 
BUT if Biscay Wedding in the required color is being run at 
the mill at the time the paper is desired, or if the buyer can wait 
until it is to be run, then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any lengths or widths below in minimum 
quantities of 550 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 
quantities of 1,100 pounds. 

Non-standard finishes can be furnished under the same conditions in minimum 
quantities of 550 pounds. 

Under no condition can non-standard colors be made in quantities of less than 
3,300 pounds. 

NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

Biscay Wedding can be made only in widths (dimension across the grain) a multi- 
ple of which equals 58" to 66"; but the minimum must be 16" and the maximum 
22". Sheets can be cut from these widths in lengths (dimension parallel to the 
grain) from 16" to 34". Thus the maximum sheet size possible to make in Biscay 
Wedding is 22" x 34" with the grain parallel to the 34" dimension. 



NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight that Biscay Wedding can be 
made in is 20 pounds, the maximum 40 pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, 
it is always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because 
conditions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 



BISCAY WEDDING ENVELOPES Papers 

Biscay Wedding Envelopes to fit any printed piece can be obtained from each 

Eagle-A Service House. The United States Envelope Company is the authorized Eagl6-/l 

manufacturer. Ijg 

When ordering envelopes specify Biscay Wedding, weight, color, finish, quantity Dpi 

and style. (Envelope styles shown on pages 71-74). If possible, send sample 

dummy showing the above. ""' 

Important: Complete information regarding Envelopes given on pages 68-75. 



231 



Chesterfield Papeterie 




The First PAPETERIE Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(unwatermarked) 




'mmnnmnnmmnmmrflfc 



CHESTERFIELD PAPETERIE is designed to meet the 
most exacting requirements for social stationery. The 
colors are clear and delicate and the various finishes are designed 
to give a quality appearance containing nothing of the bizarre. 
Chesterfield Papeterie is supplied in white and seven colors 
in lawn or plated vellum. Pasted stock for cards in either finish 
is also available. 

Chesterfield Papeterie is the first Papeterie Grade as indi- 
cated by the Papeterie Chart of Relative Quality-Standards on 
page 227. 

GENERAL USES — Chesterfield Papeterie can be recommended for the 
following — 

Advertising Stationery 

Announcements Menus Envelopes 

Greeting Cards Programs Social Stationery- 

Mailing Cards Tickets 

IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type, line cuts, Ben Day plates, coarse 
stipple) 
" " Rotogravure 
" " Die Stamping 
" Wood Cuts 

The various types of impress as indicated above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of 
impress is left to the judgment of the printer. 

SIZES, WEIGHTS and COLORS— Basis 2V/ 2 x 33—500 sheets to ream. Flat 
sheets, trimmed four sides, stocked as follows: 

(Grain runs parallel to dimension in parentheses.) 

WHITE AND COLORS 

White Pink Violet Blue Buff Gray Green 

l\y 2 x (33)— 60^ 

LAWN FINISH 

PLATED VELLUM 

PASTED STOCK 

2VA x (33) — 2-603^'s— 3-60^'s 

Sealed in J^ reams, pasted stock in packages of 100 sheets. Packed 500 to 
600 pounds to case. 



Prices — Prices of Chesterfield Papeterie can be found in 
Price List attached to this book, between the last page and 
cover. 

[232 1 



Where Stocked — Chesterfield Papeterie is carried in stock by 
all Eagle-A Service Houses, a list of which is given on the first 
inside page of Price List. 

Samples — Actual samples of Chesterfield Papeterie can be 
found in the Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, 
or samples for dummies, can be obtained from all Eagle-A 
Service Houses. 



NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special colors of Chesterfield Pape- 
terie can be taken only for a definite delivery in quantities of 
not less than 3,850 pounds. BUT if Chesterfield Papeterie 
in the required color is being run at the mill at the time the paper 
is desired, or if the buyer can wait until it is to be run, then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any lengths or widths described below in 
minimum quantities of 550 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 
minimum quantities of 1,100 pounds. 

Non-standard finishes can be furnished under the same conditions in minimum 
quantities of 550 pounds. 

Under no condition can non-standard colors be made in quantities less than 
3,850 pounds. 



NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

Chesterfield Papeterie can be made only in widths (dimension across the grain) 
a multiple of which equals 43" to 63"; but the minimum must be 16" and the maxi- 
mum 22". Sheets can be cut from these widths in lengths (dimension parallel 
to the grain) from 16" to 34". Thus the maximum sheet size possible to make in 
Chesterfield Papeterie is 22" x 34" with the grain parallel to the 34" dimension. 



NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight that Chesterfield Papeterie 
can be made in is 20 pounds, the maximum 40 pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, 
it is always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because 
conditions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 



CHESTERFIELD PAPETERIE ENVELOPES 

Chesterfield Papeterie Envelopes to fit any printed piece can be obtained 
from each Eagle-A Service House. The United States Envelope Company is 
the authorized manufacturer. 

When ordering envelopes specify Chesterfield Papeterie, weight, color, finish, 
quantity and style. (Envelope styles shown on pages 71-74.) If possible, send 
sample dummy showing the above. 

Important: Complete information regarding Envelopes given on pages 68-75. 

[2331 



graphs 
fur 




Dorrington Papeterie 

The Second PAPETERIE Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(UN WATERMARKED ) 




•liminiiimiiiiiiiiiiiiiimiink 



DORRINGTON PAPETERIE is a high-grade paper suitable 
for almost all papeterie requirements. It is supplied in 
seven colors and in lawn and plated vellum finishes. Pasted 
sheets of Dorrington Papeterie in white and colors are also 
available. 

Dorrington Papeterie is the second Papeterie Grade as 
indicated by the Papeterie Chart of Relative Quality-Standards 
on page 227. 

GENERAL USES — Dorrington Papeterie offers a wide range of colors that 
adapts it particularly for the following uses — 



Advertising 
Announcements Menus 

Greeting Cards Programs 

Mailing Cards Tickets 



Stationery 
Envelopes 
Social Stationery 
Wedding Announcements 



IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type, line cuts, Ben Day plates, coarse 
stipple) 
" " Rotogravure 
" " Die Stamping 
" Wood Cuts 

The various types of impress as indicated above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of 
impress is left to the judgment of the printer. 

SIZES, WEIGHTS and COLORS— Basis IV/2 x 33—SOO sheets to ream. Flat 
sheets, trimmed four sides, stocked as follows: 

(Grain runs parallel to dimension in parentheses.) 

WHITE AND COLORS 

White Blue Violet Buff Pink Green Gray 

21^x(33)— 53— 60J^ 

FINISHES 

Plated Vellum, Lawn 

PASTED BRISTOL (WHITE AND COLORS) 

2\Y 2 x (33)— 2-53's— 3-53's 2iy 2 x (33)— 2-60^'s— 3-60^'s 

Sealed in Y 2 reams, pasted stock in packages of 100 sheets. Packed 500 to 

600 pounds to case. 

Prices — Prices of Dorrington Papeterie can be found in Price 
List attached to this book, between the last page and cover. 

Where Stocked — Dorrington Papeterie is carried in stock by all 
Eagle-A Service Houses, a list of which is given on the first 
inside page of Price List. 

[234] 



Samples — Actual samples of Dorrington Papeterie can be 
found in the Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, 
or samples for dummies, can be obtained from all Eagle-A 
Service Houses. 

Dorrington Papeterie in cut sheets with envelopes to match in size and color can 
be found in the Announcement Line, page 247, carried in stock by all Eagle-A 
Service Houses. 



NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special colors of Dorrington Papeterie 
can be taken only for a definite delivery in quantities of not less 
than 7,500 pounds. BUT if Dorrington Papeterie in the 
required color is being run at the mill at the time the paper is 
desired, or if the buyer can wait until it is to be run, then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any lengths or widths described below in 
minimum quantities of 1,100 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 
minimum quantities of 2,200 pounds. 

Non-standard finishes can be furnished under the same conditions in minimum 
quantities of 550 pounds. 

Under no condition can non-standard colors be made in quantities less than 
7,500 pounds. 



NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 



DORRINGTON PAPETERIE ENVELOPES 

Dorrington Papeterie Envelopes to fit any printed piece can be obtained 
from each Eagle-A Service House. The United States Envelope Company is 
the authorized manufacturer. 

When ordering envelopes specify Dorrington Papeterie, weight, color, finish, 
quantity and style. (Envelope styles shown on pages 71-74.) If possible send 
sample dummy showing the above. 

Important: Complete information regarding Envelopes given on pages 68-75. 

[2351 



graphs 



Dorrington Papeterie can be made only in widths (dimension across the grain) 

a multiple of which equals 64" to 72"; but the minimum must be 16" and the maxi- DIGO 

mum 22". Sheets can be cut from these widths in lengths (dimension parallel 

to the grain) from 16" to 34". Thus the maximum sheet size possible to make in 

Dorrington Papeterie is 22" x 34" with the grain parallel to the 34" dimension. 



NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight that Dorrington Papeterie 
can be made in is 20 pounds, the maximum 40 pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, 
it is always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because 
conditions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 



Eagle-A 



Farnsworth Papeterie 




The Third PAPETERIE Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(unwatermarked) 




llMmn.inmmiimiimm. 



FARNSWORTH PAPETERIE is recommended for many of 
the less exacting social stationery requirements, especially 
where economy is a consideration. It is supplied in a range of 
white and seven colors in sectional linen or calender vellum 
finishes. White and colors are available in pasted sheets. 

Farnsworth Papeterie is the third Papeterie Grade as indi- 
cated by the Papeterie Chart of Relative Quality-Standards on 
page 227. 

GENERAL USES — Farnsworth Papeterie is adapted for the following pur- 
poses — 

Advertising Stationery 

Announcements Menus Envelopes 

Greeting Cards Programs Social Stationery- 

Mailing Cards Tickets 

IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type, line cuts, Ben Day plates, coarse 
stipple) 
" " Rotogravure 
" " Die Stamping 
" Wood Cuts 

The various types of impress as indicated above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of 
impress is left to the judgment of the printer. 

SIZES, WEIGHTS and COLORS— Basis 1\Y 2 x 33—500 sheets to ream. Flat 
sheets, trimmed four sides, stocked as follows: 

(Grain runs parallel to dimension in parentheses.) 

WHITE AND COLORS 

White Buff Blue Green Gray Pink Lavender 

2\y 2 x (33)— S3— 6oy 2 

SECTIONAL linen 

CALENDER VELLUM 
PASTED STOCK 

(White and Colors) 
2\y 2 x (33)— 2-53's— 3-53's— 2-60^'s— 3-60^'s 

Sealed in }/% reams, pasted stock in packages of 100 sheets. Packed 600 to 600 

pounds to case. 



Prices — Prices of Farnsworth Papeterie can be found in Price 
List attached to this book, between the last page and cover. 

Where Stocked — Farnsworth Papeterie is carried in stock by 
all Eagle-A Service Houses, a list of which is given on the first 
inside page of Price List. 

[236] 



Samples — Actual samples of Farnsworth Papeterie can be 
found in the Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, 
or samples for dummies, can be obtained from all Eagle-A 
Service Houses. 

NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special colors of Farnsworth Pape- 
terie can be taken only for a definite delivery in quantities of 
not less than 10,000 pounds. BUT if Farnsworth Papeterie 
in the required color is being run at the mill at the time the 
paper is desired, or if the buyer can wait until it is to be run, 
then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any lengths or widths described below in 
minimum quantities of 1,650 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 
quantities of 3,300 pounds. 

Non-standard plate finishes can be furnished in minimum quantities of 550 
pounds, but calendered finishes require at least 1,650 pounds. 

Under no condition can non-standard colors be made in quantities of less than 
10,000 pounds. 

NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE. 

Farnsworth Papeterie can only be made in rolls in widths (dimension across 

the grain) a multiple of which equals 64" to 72", but the minimum must be 16" MilUGO- 

and maximum 36". Sheets can be cut from these widths in lengths (dimension 

parallel to the grain) from 16" to 52". Thus the maximum sheet size possible 

to make in Farnsworth Papeterie is 36" x 52" with the grain parallel to the 

52" dimension. 

However, the maximum size possible in plate finished sheets is 22" x 34", with the 
grain parallel to the 34" dimension. 

Sheets 21J^" wide by any length between the limits given above can often be de- 
livered more quickly than sheets in other widths, because this is the width of the 
rolls from which the standard size sheets are cut, and it is sometimes possible to 
cut sheets from these rolls in special lengths before the rolls have been sheeted. 

NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight that Farnsworth Papeterie 
can be made in is 20 pounds, the maximum 40 pounds. . 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, 
it is always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because 
conditions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 



FARNSWORTH PAPETERIE ENVELOPES 

Farnsworth Papeterie Envelopes to fit any printed piece can be obtained from 
each Eagle-A Service House. The United States Envelope Company is the 
authorized manufacturer. 

When ordering envelopes specify Farnsworth Papeterie, weight, color, finish, 
quantity and style. (Envelope styles shown on pages 71-74.) If possible send 
sample dummy showing the above. 

Important: Complete information regarding Envelopes given on pages 68-75. 

[237] 



graphs 
Anno 






Mimeograph Papers 

OF EAGLE-A QUALITY-STANDARDS 



MIMEOGRAPH paper, as the term implies, has been de- 
veloped for use in connection with the mimeograph dupli- 
cating machine. 

The principal characteristic of these papers is a high degree of 
absorbency. This is demanded in order that the sheets as 
mimeographed may stack without any blurring of the ink. Ink 
must strike into the surface at once. For mimeograph papers 
of a better class which may be used for mailing purposes or for 
preservation, some attention must be given to appearance. 
Great strength cannot be expected in papers of this type because 
the proper absorbency can be obtained only at a sacrifice of 
strength in the paper. 

The requirements to be met by mimeograph papers are, there- 
fore, much more limited than for most other papers. Conse- 
quently, the Eagle-A Line of Mimeograph Papers contains but 
two grades. Both of these papers have the same degree of 
absorbency, but the first grade possesses also a high color and 
exceptionally uniform texture which give it the necessary appear- 
ance demanded for high-class mimeograph work. 

In the following pages, which are devoted to detailed descrip- 
tions of the Eagle-A Mimeograph Papers and include a relative 
Chart on page 239, the proper distinction between these grades 
is drawn and recommendations for specific uses are made. 

These two Mimeograph grades of the Eagle-A Line meet all 
requirements: 

GRADE 

Semi-Perm. I 
Temporary II 



NAME 


COLOR 


Peerless 


White 


Delta 


White and three colors 



[238] 









•^ P 


C-) to 








3 c 


r-H l^ 
CO VO 


C-l oo 
MD OS 








co co 


CN C^) 








0» M 








C0 






a) 








Ih 








I— 1 T*< 


^H -^H 




«5 g 






a 


r- ~h 


t^ ^H 




•8 & 






rt 

n 


ui t«» 


vy-1 (-». 




OJPL, 






























(U 

o 

a 










4-> TO 




3 


w> 10 


u-1 u-i 




>» o 




ft 


§3 


co co 

VO VO 


CO CO 

VO vd 




4-> <u 




ft 


w fe 








13 .s 




< 


















' 0) 






1^ t^. 


On ON 










VO VO 


00 oo 






*9'2 

W) 




°1 

O 0) 


vd vd 


co co 




i— H TO 




















<-*-H 

o 


..s 

mis 
> 3 






CO CO 
CO CO 

CO CO 


















•43 o< 














.3 *H 














0) CD 




Ih 


CO I-H 


CO i-H 










nj 
U 


VO to 


VO ui 






1h 




H 


CN co 


CN CO 






cti <D 














^ «=i 














£+> 














.9 a 














CD CD 














.Q CD 














& 




"3 


CI ■* 


CO ■* 




C/5 


g"B 




O O 


o o 




$M 


I" 


J3 


Ph 








<u 


Son" 
o 












C3 


w-43 

P 












a) 






Oh 






CO CI 

VO -* 

r-> en 


OO CO 

VO ■* 

CN CO 






CD 0) 












JH 


t -1 o 












Oh 




60 








rt 






_g 


o vo 
1^ .— 1 


O VO 

t^ ^H 




Uh 






w 








bJO 






3 


1—1 (V) 


i— 1 CN 




O 

<L> 
















CD 








s 




-P -in 2 * 


VO o 


VO O 




PH 




m i) ~r 


i-H CN 


I— 1 (-si 




• ¥-H 




CO 










HH 


t— 1 










I— 1 








0) 












*d 












cd 

(4 


C/3 
CO 










o 


CD 
Ih 

<u 
Cm 


*-> 

Q 





graphs 



Stationery 



Typewriter 
Papers 

Writing 



Special 
Papers 

Eagle-A 
Line 

Refere 



[239 




Peerless Mimeograph 

The First MIMEOGRAPH Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(watermarked "peerless mimeograph") 




utiiiiiiti'iiiiititiu'iiiiiitmiim 



PEERLESS MIMEOGRAPH is a mimeograph paper pos- 
sessed of the degree of absorbency required for this specialized 
use. It is made under conditions that insure uniformity of 
surface and ability to furnish an exceptional number of good, 
clear copies from a single stencil. It is supplied in laid formation 
and a clear white color only. The paper is especially attractive 
in appearance. 

Peerless Mimeograph is the first grade of the Eagle-A Line of 
Mimeograph Papers as indicated in the Mimeograph Chart of 
Relative Quality-Standards on page 239. 

GENERAL USES — Peerless Mimeograph is recommended for use in the follow- 
ing cases where mimeographed matter is to be mailed to outside addresses or 
to be subjected to more than ordinary handling and exposure — 

IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type, line cuts, Ben Day plates, coarse 
stipple) 
" " Mimeographing 

The various types of impress as indicated above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of 
impress is left to the judgment of the printer. 

The right side of the sheet for printing (or felt side) faces the reader when the 
watermark reads correctly from left to right. 

SIZES and WEIGHTS— Basis 17 x 22—500 sheets to ream. Flat sheets. Trimmed 
four sides, stocked as follows: 

(Grain runs parallel to dimension in parentheses.) 
white laid only 



17 x (28)— 2oy 2 —2sy 2 

(22) x 34 —32 —40 



16x(26)— —22 
17 x (22)— 16— 20 
17x(26)— —233^ 

Sealed in reams, packed 500 to 600 pounds to case. 



Prices — Prices of Peerless Mimeograph can be found in Price 
List attached to this book, between the last page and cover. 

Where Stocked — Peerless Mimeograph is carried in stock by 
all Eagle-A Service Houses, a list of which is given on the first 
inside page of Price List. 

Samples — Actual samples of Peerless Mimeograph can be 
found in the Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, 
or samples for dummies, can be obtained from all Eagle-A 
Service Houses. 

[2401 



NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special colors of Peerless Mimeo- 
graph can be taken only for a definite delivery in quantities of not 
less than 8,000 pounds. BUT if Peerless Mimeograph (white 
only) is being run at the mill at the time the paper is desired, 
or if the buyer can wait until it is to be run, then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any lengths or widths described below in 
minimum quantities of 1,650 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 
minimum quantities of 3,300 pounds. 

Non-standard finishes in this grade are not made. 

Under no condition can non-standard colors be made in quantities of less than 
8,000 pounds. 

NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

Peerless Mimeograph can be made only in widths (dimension across the grain) a 
multiple of which equals 66" to 75"; but the minimum must be 17" and the maxi- 
mum 37%". Sheets can be cut from these widths in lengths (dimension 
parallel to the grain) from 16" to 52". Thus the maximum sheet size possible to 
make in Peerless Mimeograph is 37J^" x 52" with the grain parallel to the 52" 
dimension. 

Sheets 34" wide by any length between the limits given above can often be delivered 
more quickly than sheets in other widths, because this is the width of the rolls 
from which the standard size sheets are cut, and it is sometimes possible to cut 
sheets from these rolls in special lengths before the rolls have been sheeted. 



NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight that Peerless Mimeograph 
can be made in is 16 pounds, the maximum 24 pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, 
it is always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because 
conditions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 



ENVELOPES 

The following Eagle-A papers in envelope form are suitable for use with Peerless 
Mimeograph paper: 

Acceptance Bond, Sub. 20-24 — Page 124 
Norman Bond, Sub. 20-24 — Page 126 
Telephone Bond, Sub. 20-24— Page 128 

Envelopes made of these papers to fit any printed piece can be obtained from 
each Eagle-A Service House. The United States Envelope Company is the 
authorized manufacturer. 

When ordering envelopes specify any one of the papers above with the weight, 
color, finish, quantity and style. (Envelope styles shown on pages 71-74.) If 
possible, send sample dummy showing the above. 

Important: Complete information regarding Envelopes given on pages 68-75. 



241 




fiumnnmnuiimmmmftfa 



Delta Mimeograph 

The Second MIMEOGRAPH Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY- STANDARDS 

(UNWATERMARKED ) 




DELTA MIMEOGRAPH possesses the required absorbency 
for mimeograph use. It is supplied in laid formation in 
white, pink, blue and buff". 

Delta Mimeograph is the second grade of the Eagle-A 
Line of Mimeograph Papers as indicated on the Mimeograph 
Chart of Relative Quality-Standards on page 239. 

GENERAL USES — Delta Mimeograph is recommended for uses as a mimeo- 
graph paper for intra-company work, or for special bulletins where the printed 
matter is of a temporary nature — 

IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type, line cuts, Ben Day plates, coarse 
stipple) 
" " Mimeographing 

The various types of impress as indicated above are those which can be success- 
fully applied under ordinary conditions. The application of other forms of 
impress is left to the judgment of the printer. 

SIZES, WEIGHTS and COLORS— Basis 17 x 22—500 sheets to ream. Flat sheets, 
trimmed four sides, stocked as follows: 

(Grain runs parallel to dimension in parentheses.) 
white, pink, buff and blue laid 
17 x (22)— 16 —20 (22) x 34— 32— 40 

17x(28)— 20^—25^ 

Sealed in reams, packed 500 to 600 pounds to case. 

Prices — Prices of Delta Mimeograph can be found in Price List 
attached to this book, between the last page and cover. 

Where Stocked — Delta Mimeograph is carried in stock by all 
Eagle-A Service Houses, a list of which is given on the first 
inside page of Price List. 

Samples — Actual samples of Delta Mimeograph can be found 
in the Eagle-A Cabinet of Sample Books. This cabinet, or 
samples for dummies, can be obtained from all Eagle-A 
Service Houses. 



NON-STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 

ORDERS for special sheet sizes, special substance weights, 
special finishes and special colors of Delta Mimeograph 
can be taken only for a definite delivery in quantities of not less 
than 15,000 pounds. BUT if Delta Mimeograph in the re- 

[242] 



quired color is being run at the mill at the time the paper is 
desired, or if the buyer can wait until it is to be run, then — 

Non-standard sheet sizes can be cut in any lengths or widths described below in 
minimum quantities of 2,200 pounds. 

Non-standard substance weights can be furnished under the same conditions in 
minimum quantities of 4,400 pounds. 

Non-standard finishes in this grade are not made. 

Under no condition can non-standard colors be made in quantities less than 
12,000 pounds. 



NON-STANDARD SHEET SIZES POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

Delta Mimeograph can be made only in widths (dimension across the grain) a 
multiple of which equals 80" to 88"; but the minimum must be 16" and the maxi- 
mum 44". Sheets can be cut from these widths in lengths (dimension parallel 
to the grain) from 16" to 52". Thus the maximum sheet size possible to make in 
Delta Mimeograph, in colors, is 44" x 52" with the grain parallel to the 52" 
dimension. 

Sheets 34" wide by any length between the limits given above can often be delivered 
more quickly than sheets in other widths, because this is the width of the rolls from 
which the standard size sheets are cut, and it is sometimes possible to cut sheets 
from these rolls in special lengths before the rolls have been sheeted. 



NON-STANDARD SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS POSSIBLE TO MAKE 

The minimum substance weight that Delta Mimeograph can 
be made in is 16 pounds, the maximum 24 pounds. 

Important Notice: When an order is ready to be placed for making paper, 
it is always advisable to get in touch with an Eagle-A Service House because 
conditions at the mill may permit the company to meet the buyer's requirements 
more closely than the provisions set forth above would indicate. 



ENVELOPES 

The following Eagle-A papers in envelope form are suitable for use with Delta 
Mimeograph paper: 

Acceptance Bond, Sub. 20-24 — Page 124 
Norman Bond, Sub. 20-24 — Page 126 
Telephone Bond, Sub. 20-24 — Page 128 

Envelopes made of these papers to fit any printed piece can be obtained from each 
Eagle-A Service House. The United States Envelope Company is the authorized 
manufacturer. 

When ordering envelopes specify any one of the papers above with the weight, 
color, finish, quantity and style. (Envelope styles shown on pages 71-74.) If 
possible, send sample dummy showing the above. 

Important: Complete information regarding Envelopes given on pages 68-75. 



243 



Converted Forms of Ragle- A 
Papers 

SMALL SHEETS AND CARDS WITH ENVELOPES TO MATCH — 

BOXED STATIONERY — TYPEWRITER PAPERS — 

WRITING TABLETS 



Several of the various kinds and grades of Eagle-A Quality- 
Standard Papers are available in convenient and attractive 
forms for formal, social and commercial use. These converted 
papers are divided into the following. 



Eagle-A Announcement Papery 

Folded and flat sheets and cards — plain and paneled — with envelopes 

to match in both color and size 246-249 

Wedding Announcements in Cabinets 250 

Stork Announcements 251 

Visiting Cards 252 

Mourning Stationery 253 

Boxed Stationery 254 

Commercial Stationery 

Cabinets of sheets and envelopes to match 255-259 

Typewriter Papers 

A grade for each requirement 260-273 

Writing Tablets 

Nine grades 274 



Eagle-A Quality-Standard Announcement Papers and Commer- 
cial Stationery are obtainable from Eagle-A Service Houses, 
stationers, printers, lithographers, engravers and from the sta- 
tionery departments of the better class of department stores. 
All grades of Quality-Standard Typewriter Papers are sold by 
stationers, and may also be obtained from Service Houses, 
printers, lithographers and engravers. Eagle-A Writing Tablets, 
in convenient sizes, are regularly stocked by the leading stationers, 
department stores and drug stores. 



244 



The Ragle- A Announcement Line 

CONSISTING OF FOLDED AND FLAT SHEETS AND CARDS (PLAIN AND 
PANELED), WITH MATCHED ENVELOPES IN COLOR AND 
SIZE, IN POPULAR SIZES FOR SOCIAL STA- 
TIONERY AND COMMERCIAL USES 



THE Eagle-A Announcement Line has been developed to 
give the printer, engraver and stationer a complete range of 
sheets and cards with envelopes to match made from Eagle-A 
Quality-Standard Papers, each of which has been carefully graded 
and standardized in content and process of making to produce 
the greatest possible uniformity and at the lowest cost. 

GENERAL USES 

A line such as this Announcement Line can be used, not only for social and station- 
ery purposes, but also with great effectiveness for advertising, business announce- 
ments, folders, envelope stuffers, mailing cards, menus, programs, tickets, etc., 
when the piece must express quality and conditions are such that it can be printed 
one at a time. 

Any single item in the Eagle-A Announcement Line can be obtained in bulk, 
packed separately in boxes, with the exception of Stork Announcements. 

A special feature of this line is the cabinets of Wedding Announcements and 
Stork Announcements which have been developed for printers and stationers to 
meet the occasions when comparatively small quantities are required. The cabi- 
nets are original in design and appearance and express taste and quality even to 
the most critical judgment. 

There are two general classes of paper into which this line may be divided — the 
first and a de luxe grade, the distinctive Deckle d'Aigle, a hand-fashioned paper, 
each piece of which, whether card or envelope, is deckled on all four edges. This 
paper is the extreme of quality and has strength and wearing surpassed only by the 
first grade of Eagle-A Bonds. 

The second class consists of fine quality-standard machine-made papers, care- 
fully graded in quality and price to fit all use-requirements. 

Printers and stationers may obtain a complete sample book, "Eagle-A An- 
nouncements for Social and Commercial Purposes," from their Service Houses on 
request. This book contains actual samples of every item in the Announcement 
Line, showing quality, styles and finishes. It is a book that will be found dis- 
tinctly helpful and convenient for anyone who buys this class of paper. 




[245] 



T3 
D 

_r'o 

£•- 

^ CO 

Ph cu 

rtW 



C/5 

u 

-d 



CO 

E 

-d 

"o 

fa 



Xi.o o o 

*B ^1+4 

Is S- 3 

w .-B^ls 1 
n m+3 a a 

U o g « 

1-1 ° a_, 

^ a tsSg 

3 B -t> <»\Z 



w (D -H m*0 UM J;0 

Bfl^V _ <U « Si "-2 

w '_ 

-«^«-i t-j r.*-* 1 cu o^j*-* <d»b 
cuxiP a*w m 8 ftio-S 



en ft :j - _ a a K o o 

8*3 ft 2 c S+s»o > 



Q"g£ 
M §w 

8 83 
S SSP. 



O CU i <U O 

a! B <u -S 
CO +? <*! a! 

W •g*§ w g ft . 
Jr* a> *3 +J "S 
Oh jjj.o «••-; 

fcri co\~ Sh-i hH 

3*a* § 8 
ggB/sSfti 

ftilW 0+3 



a&! 



£> .2*. 



a) c 



3 ca 5 
So* 
•2 m! 



S3 -a: 

M O. 



S^sp|? 



m a 2 
S*d S 

o n! B 



5*^— ' 



.« a 

m B 
CO bi) • 

o53.!2 

>*aS^ 



co.B uuitCv 



CU B <L> J3 



_ .-2*S^ ft 

gC"i*dg^ oB 
OS§^ d »*3-2 

■8 o|2 1 §2 



H*d 
►J J> 



i*j -m 






■a a 



S » K 



<J O H a) 

3 s^8 



a 



-s ° 
*«ft^ 

to g OJ 

ago 



.9 3 

W 4-> 



P b ^ B 3 «) fe 

w^ss-g-SI' 

-^ta c-9 <8 S ft 

.^k> a - +3 

b c b a fa 2 

T3 R B - -"^ B 



O O O <« «- jJ-4 
fc-'TI-BW cs tu*>, c 



..Q 



o c3 
2»5 8 H | J S 

k s o*" k b*3 wx*3xt;'a 

«*j<»S 0^,0 ^_ C0>°C0 g CJ 
O B co M M ^42 M~T3 S^J 

a^-ss aH §o p.a " » ° . 

S B B B 

I •: 3 cu cu cu 

:w a g a a 



S-2 

cu 

a b 



S-§c5 



§11 






B.S 



ooeeseoes 



cMeNicNicqcNeNicNicqeq 



X K M M 
CO CO CO CO 



CO CO CO CO CO CO 



aw 



E a 
§"2 






CO CO CO CO CO CO 



s 



;\*^? 



*T3 - Ll 

— cu 

o a 

fx. jo 



2b 



NC*S^I 

t- 1- 1~ t^ r- P. 

MMMMKH 
t& IO "^ "3 t~ t^ 






^ 



CU 









l^.a -0 



3 J" 



<u<N B** 

.T3 ctj <D 

u cs " ni 

■-B8 

B | CO o W 
ft MB K* 

cS C3^ C 



O << rt ii (J o £ 
V 0.3 ft ftft, u 



P 



246 



Is 

M 3 

2 



U 



_o 

> 

a 
W 
-a 

(73 

U 



CO 



N 

i ^H 

CO 

<D 
CO 



jg I 

?ffl2 



a, 



ta 



c/3.2 






,o 



s [ 

ID .2 



»-Hf>vOt>0 



oooo 



X X K X 
-^COCOCM 



asnsx 

X X X X 



xx-ex 

CO *0 c© W5 
X X X X 



X XX 

X X X X 

XXX35 

-<* cocoes 






CO CO CO CO 



=M!X 

X X X X 
■^ CO CO CM 



CO CO CO CO CO 



,._1C>1C^1CMC^C^C<1C<1C^<^C^CS1C^C^CNJCMCN1C<IC<IC^CNJ 

COCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCO 



xx 






»OiO 


X 


■S. M 


X 


"*■*_ 


X 

CO 




WSR 

K X M M 



■*■*< 



xx-kx 

COUD COiO 
X X X X 

XX=ras 

^ ^ CO CO 



. ...WCR 

CO iO CO lo 
X X X X 



X XX 

X X X X 

XXX35 

■*«)CO(M 



J* 

■S I 



2 c 



X » 

CO 00 CO t-» 
* X X 

X XX 



,f5 JJ <u w <u 
.in 2 P< 60 60 

K Ort«[fl 

Ih ^-^ 05 rt w 



X X 

CO GO CO t* 
X X X X 

X XX 



x X 

oo oocor* 
x x x x 

x xx 



m.S 9.2 3 

Am hco 

'•3352 



n 



x xx 

X X X X 

xxx:i: 

-«* cocoes 



COCOCOt^ 
X X X X 

X XX 

co*CuDiO 



00 CO CO t*- 
X X X X 

X XX 






3 iO *0 If3 KO U3 iftiO»0»bt> t>-r-l> t-» C*- !>• t*» t- t*- WD 

iXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 









X 



X 



xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx; 

CO0000C0CO000000Q00000t>-t^I>-I>-I>-t>-l^r»I^F 




Stationery 



Typewriter 
Papers 

Writing 



Special 
Papers 

Eagle-A 



0£ 



(a 

: 3: 

pq 



: .eg: 



a so 

o a 



SI'S* 

-_, a) 3t) 9"«s 
o « - "J o«S/-n 
■e„+J '2'a'"S: 

.S a oS ■«*.„ 

r! * u *~i c <u 60 



[247] 



/ 



2-2 






IMIMCqiM 



r^ tJ* rc ^ 



fC ^ rt ^ fC ^ 
-< <m ns «5 oo oo 



««N<MWN 



<N(Meq<N(NC<I(NIM 



<NW5 ■* >n t>oo 

O* &> O O 1 ©* ^ 



CO CO CO CO CO CO 



u 



Oh 

_o 

> 

W 

1/3 

S-H 



1) 

CO 



GO 

d 

C/3 

■M 

CO 



oJ. 



,fl 

Ot3 



■^ ^f CO CO 



W5 1/3 lO U5 W3 H3 



lOioioicccncoM 









IJ 



to i 



N*\^ 



CO 00 



lOiOifliOSNNN 



<u a) 



u 3 o 3 « d 

E gS g£ g 
< < <! 



.3 rt K.3 



S 6 



e (J ., o i) fi ,, o 



o K.S o £ s 



^ 3_. oo 

a 1" 
o 



F-t fit-. (U 

6sls 



.3 2 8^ 



n ° ** 
B5.S- 



a § °i% 

2 2 °~w 

g H .£ w a 
ctf C << ,_ n 



.-. a 8 



b o t5 <" ° 

o 



248 




Stationery 



Typewriter 
Papers 

Writing 



Special 
Papers 



Eagle-A 



Refere 



G 

u 

a 

O 

a 

• i— I 



<4H 

o 






.a.otS o 

C (HIM 

w .a^ 

3§s£.;2 
£3 83 



o 

1-1 a 

<J U 
On 



, v oa u 

M w v £ o 



«>< 



(3 D CU^ 2 

. a a-a-a-S 
■■S as t;x> 

ts.2 e g * 



IP xl OJ 
i-. o o 
c3 <ST 



S >>«> 



»i S i • 

£ She 



.cdtri'a 

rt a^-g 
""'S sua 



£ H QIU 

B »oS H 



W 

o 



s 



+3 2 






9 cu: :=!.q 

o +j v o a 

"3 3 

Pi tS'Scfl 5 C 

Q 

Pi 

o 
o 



03 

*o3 o 



"^ 3 S- 

O S M ™ ™ 

s a 2 n>1n 






& 43"S fl d O 8 

a) m a. a -*> 
fla p ■ -* ■" 



i-g'S 



•2-s.a 



S3-- 

6.2.3 



T3 



3-S O 



°'o O-g „r 

o o o o) «) 



x! "ltd 

fp n 




S-2 

iS a 
^_ 



"5S 



w") 



5: 



lo o t-; o 

X X X X 



CO CO ^t* ^ 



t* CD 00 00 
X X M M 

as x 

W5 kO iC CD 






d-d « 

J) o 

wra'G 

(US ft ^-s 
t3.S(N 

U — - at > Pi 



X X X X 




a x 

t* CD 00 00 
X X X X 

XX X 

O WD ift CO 



l>.eO O0OO 
X X X X 



»3 a a S 

CO ^n c^ M 
.^< — ' CO is ft 



X-12^ 

to CO lO CO 
X X X X 

35S5XX 

CO CO ^ Th 



CO CO "^ tH 



X X 

t~ to 00 00 
K M X K 

ITS W3 W5 CO 



X X 

r* co 00 00 

X X X X 

XX X 



CO CD CO CO 



CT3 Jj 

'" §w 

tu OJ 

3 c 

c3 u tn 

.S8S 



a m5 
o c^ 

CO 



ft.H 



Q 



I ft ^ 
'la ^ 

oi.5<N 

'aS » 
5 g rt 

M P ft 



250 























CES 
es will 
the P 
jn the b 
end lea: 






^^' 




















t— f o ni 














PR 

All pri 
and in 
st betwi 
ver and 
is book. 




'"'•'• je"**'!!*.^ 












■ ■ if?? # 


5 








£3 85 




4 m 


^HOP^' V 






W a 3 

MP p 




1/ 








X u 

rann 
girl. 

rann 
boy. 




P / 111 












•••■.fife: a s 










c2 fe °fe ° 




,: #^* a *» S *^# «8 




rm\W^ ' <■» 7 






ENE 

ink: 

birth 

lue: 

birth 








Mr Jm*/ 


















O P< M Pq 60 




■ ■ :£vr^ "^Ifcrj... - .: 




W JsSr^F : <■■ 






.s .s 


















If t 




~^r^\ 








"a as g I- 




gl h a 














'■ v-T yl_ 1 £ 










h golftB 




|if ^ii 






1 -■ 


>•>■'•:• 














PAC 

a boxe 

cards, 

enve 

d1 ribl 






I 
















1 Si s 


C/5 








\ #1 *« 












4-» 






K 1 












c 






'•?' \ 
















OJ 


CKED 

s are 

each 

irvice 




P \ 












6 












v'SvX 




0> 

u 


8 g*s 












/•:-:•:■:- 




a 


HERE 
All it 
ocked 
agle-A 
ouse. 
















3 












:^s 




o 






': 










CI 


£ »Wffi 






















each 
ained 
gle-A 
listed 




















tn +? ra +? 












In 

o 


MPLE: 
les of 
y be ob 
ny E 
House 
rice Lis 






— _ — 


































SA 
Samp 
ece ma 
Dm a 
:rvice 
itheP 


QJ 
















CO 


6 
1 

E 


1-H 


>* 


<o 


"* 


o 








aiico p 


CO 


CO 


M 


CO 


co 
































M 
























^ 


s? 


S 


^ 


^ 












>> 


CM 


C3 


<n 


<M 


C<I 












K 


X 


X 


« 


M 












ed 


«S 


«B 


H2 


45 


HS 








>. 






















+a 


w 






















N 




































Gj 


tfl 




















P5 & 




B 


^ 


^ 


^ 


^ 


^ 








9 "o 




•o 


CO 


CO 


CO 


CO 


CO 








g ^ 




id 


^ 


jg 


X 


^ 


^ 








o Ss 






<M 


CM 


IN 


O) 


<M 








_ J3 




% 


















2 6 






































B 




















O S 






































wa 










Ih 


(_^ 








>> 

ft* 

o 
a) 


o 








O 

pq 


o 
pq 








a 


►J 


0) 






rM 


<u 








W 


o 


4J 


-id 


(D 


a 


o 










o 


■J3 


13 


3 

3 




of 












ti 


g 


a 


-4-> 


4J 












*c3 


'3 


'J3 


2 


3 












s 


s 


S 


s 


g 







Stationery 



Typewriter 
Papers 

Writing 






Special 
Papers 



Eagle-A 



1 



251] 



id u^C" 



Oh 
O 

«— -H 
<L> 
!> 

a 

w 

a 

CO 

Id 

u 



> 






^4 



0i C S fe S S 

£ ft— 5 nlXi 



o « 
IO ft 



: -d > 



V O K 

Ph n .. o 

^"2 o 

O o 

4J<N 



0)^3 a> 



Q 
W 
M 

O 01 h 

« — *4 u „: 



(jo) i oO 

of MS M 
CO o * <* 

W o-SWcjft 
£j Sg^ 3 >>h2 £3 
3 ftS d 8 



co S 



t 1 « 



w E 



i—i 

2 



tJoi « 



rr o ™ 

W o T3 



D-d 






a> i-. «j rj 



_j w Jh Ctf tf I-. U 3 

i-j i»oi^ija«)«i 
O o-d: J> iu-2^ 






03 



a 



BH cs C^ X) 
" O fc o "> rt » 



<D O O 



ONS43 <-> B"s c 



O . N li r< ."V r! 



' a 0) ■ ' 



(U 

Oh 
O 

> 

w 

a 

CO 

J-. 

u 

bJD 

a 

'5 

u 

S 

o 

s 






2w 



•s« 



o 

> 

a 

W 

a 

CO 

u 



dn 



l>>Oll)Tll«(Si« 



CO CC CO CO CO C3 •* 
X !«! X « X H M 

tH (M N CM (N N IN 



CM CO CO CO CO CO "st*' 
X K X M t* X 

X ^^^^ 



B 

3- . 






« B 

g 



w 



oooeooe 
i> \o m ti< «5 <n i-c 



CO CO CO CO CO CO ■>* 
X « X X X X X 

^ N W (N (N N (N 



OJ CO CO CO CO CO ^ 
X X X X X X X 

i-H CM Cq CM ?3 CM C-l 



i-H CM CM CM CM CM CM 



fl 2 w 
to"*" 3 w 

73 .S goo 

T3 <3 "On 

<u S — 'd 
^ -x*d o 

> °S^ 

a) ^2 S'd v 

U O. to rtCO 





252 




CO 

a 
o 



M "& o. 

M OJ <u <u 



<u (h a; <u 

+3 rC -*J -M 

•S^sl 

£. </j • k "1 ™ o 

•35 8.8^-g f 



U (D 

On 
*o'55 



.a-. 



d o S oi ^ 3 fti> 

■*>,g p <u tfl c I-, 

5; g a i> o.oj ^ja 

■g a S'-'o'c <u B 



> 

a 

w 

d 

CO 

J-i 

u 



<u 
^d 

d 

d 

d 
o 



^ 



.S"0« 



IS- 

■§H§ 
fl lir 

5331 



Q 



> 

d 

W 
d 

co 
u 

u 

bJO 

d 



> 

bJO 

d 
"3 

V-i 

d 
o 



•H .2 

o > 



■S« 



CO CO CO CO CO CO -^ 
X X X X X X X 

^-i CM <M <M <M <M <M 



2S ^iiGSsSS 

(M CO CO CO CO CO Tt* 

X X X * x X 

~H <M C3 <M <M C^ W 



S 1 ?'* oi 

T3-a P..H 

^J^rtOl 



Stationery 



Typewriter 
Papers 

Writing 



Special 
Papers 

Eagle-A 
Line 

Refers 



(D.2 S*0 



< 



& p. 



[,253 





[254] 



Commercial Stationery Cabinets 




AS ILLUSTRATED, Eagle-A Commercial Cabinets are 
especially designed boxes of stationery each containing 
250 letter sheets and 250 envelopes to match. They differ from 
the stationery boxes in the Announcement Line inasmuch as 
they are intended for permanent and convenient use on desks 
or writing tables. 

The Cabinets are made in two sizes for sheets 7*4" x 10^" 
and 83^" x 11". Strongly made to permit of constant use, they 
are attractively finished in a rich steel gray color. The contents 
are thoroughly protected from dust when the cabinet is closed. 

The cabinets which contain no advertising, enable the printer 
or engraver to remove the paper from the box, print or engrave 
it, return it to the cabinet and deliver the complete job to the 
customer. 

Eagle-A Commercial Cabinets are obtainable from all Eagle-A 
service houses, printers, engravers, stationers, and the better 
department stores. The Commercial Stationery line is available 
in three bond grades and in one writing grade. 



BOND GRADES 



Permanent 

Semi-Permanent 

Temporary 

Permanent 



Coupon Bond 
Contract Bond 
Acceptance Bond 



WRITING GRADE 



Old Chester Mills 



Line 



[255] 



Coupon Bond Stationery Cabinets 




Jimnnmmi.nmimimimt, 



The First STATIONERY CABINET Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY-STANDARD BONDS 




WIT 



Contents of Cabinet 

The paper and envelopes in these cabinets are cut from 
Coupon Bond, Substance 24, white only, the first Bond grade of 
Eagle-A Quality-Standards. Coupon Bond is described in detail 
on pages 112 and 113. 

Each cabinet contains 250 sheets and 250 envelopes to match. 



Styles and Sizes 

Monarch 
Sheet size— 7}i x 10^ flat 
Envelope size — 3% x 7^ 



Sovereign 
Sheet size — 8J4 x 11 flat 
Envelope size — 3% x 6J^ 



Monarch sizes are used largely by executives and profes- 
sional men; for letters of a semi-social and commercial character. 
Sovereign sizes are employed more especially for commercial 
correspondence that partakes somewhat of a personal nature. 

Packing 

Coupon Bond Commercial Stationery Cabinets, in both the 
Monarch and Sovereign sizes, are packed four to a carton. 

Prices 

Prices are given in the Handbook Price List which may be 
found between the back cover and the end leaf. 

Where Stocked 

Commercial Stationery Cabinets are obtainable from all 
Eagle-A Service Houses, printers, engravers, stationers and the 
better class of department stores. 

Samples 

Samples may be obtained from any Eagle-A Service House. 



Note: Coupon Bond in all standard sizes, colors and weights may be obtained 
from each Eagle-A Service House. See page 112. 

[2561 



Contract Bond Stationery Cabinets 



The Second STATIONERY CABINET Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY-STANDARD BONDS 





Sovereign 
Sheet size-^^x 11 flat 
Envelope size — 3^$ x 6J^ 



Contents of Cabinet 

The paper and envelopes in these cabinets are cut from Con- 
tract Bond, Substance 24, white only, the fourth Bond grade 
of Eagle-A Quality-Standards. Contract Bond is described 
in detail on pages 118 and 119. In this form Contract Bond 
can be obtained in white only. 

Each cabinet contains 250 sheets and 250 envelopes to match. 

Styles and Sizes 

Monarch 
Sheet size— 1\i x lOJ^ flat 
Envelope size — 3J^ x 7J^ 

Monarch sizes are used largely by executives and profes- 
sional men; for letters of a semi-social and commercial character. 
Sovereign sizes are employed more especially for commercial 
correspondence that partakes somewhat of a personal nature. 

Packing 

Contract Bond Commercial Stationery Cabinets, in both the 
Monarch and Sovereign sizes, are packed four to a carton. 

Prices 

Prices are given in the Handbook Price List which may be 
found between the back cover and the end leaf. 

Where Stocked 

Commercial Stationery Cabinets are obtainable from all 
Eagle-A Service Houses, printers, engravers, stationers and the 
better department stores. 

Sam-pies 

Samples of paper may be obtained from any Eagle-A Service 
House. 



Eagle-A 



Note: Contract Bond in all standard sizes, colors and weights may be ob- 
tained from each Eagle-A Service House. See page 118. 

[2571 






Acceptance Bond Stationery 
Cabinets 




Mmnwiiimmiiimimmiita 



The Third STATIONERY CABINET Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY-STANDARD BONDS 




Contents of Cabinet 

The paper and envelopes in these cabinets are cut from 
Acceptance Bond, Substance 20, white only, the seventh Bond 
grade of Eagle-A Quality-Standards. Acceptance Bond is 
described in detail on pages 124 and 125. In this form Accept- 
ance Bond can be obtained in white only. 

Each cabinet contains 250 sheets and 250 envelopes to match. 



Styles and Sizes 

Monarch 
Sheet size— 7% x \Q l A flat 
Envelope size — 3% x 7J^ 



Sovereign 
Sheet size — 8J^ x 11 flat 
Envelope size 3% x 6^ 




Monarch sizes are used largely by executives, and profes- 
sional men; for letters of a semi-social and commercial character. 
Sovereign sizes are employed more especially for commercial 
correspondence that partakes somewhat of a personal nature. 

Packing 

Acceptance Bond Commercial Stationery Cabinets, in both 
the Monarch and Sovereign sizes, are packed four to a carton. 

Prices 

Prices are given in the Handbook Price List which may be 
found between the back cover and the end leaf. 

Where Stocked 

Commercial Stationery Cabinets are obtainable from all 
Eagle-A Service Houses, printers, engravers, stationers and the 
better department stores. 

Samples 

Samples of paper may be obtained from any Eagle-A Service 
House. 



Note: Acceptance Bond in all standard |sizes, colors and weights may be 
obtained from each Eagle-A Service House. See page 124. 

[2581 



Old Chester Mills Stationery 
Cabinets 




BZZZZZZZ ZZZ ZZ fl 



The First STATIONERY CABINET Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY-STANDARD WRITINGS 




Ulininmniiimiiiiiiniwiiiwa 



Contents of Cabinet 

The paper and envelopes in these cabinets are cut from Old 
Chester Mills, Substance 24, white only, the first writing 
grade of Eagle-A Quality-Standards. Old Chester Mills 
is described in detail on pages 156 and 157. In this form Old 
Chester Mills can be obtained in white only. 

Each cabinet contains 250 sheets and 250 envelopes to match. 



Styles and Sizes 
Monarch 

Sheet size— 7M x 10^ flat 
Envelope size — 3% x 73^ 



Sovereign 
Sheet size — 8J^ x 11 flat 
Envelope size — 3% x ^2 



Monarch sizes are used largely by executives and professional 
men; for letters of a semi-social and commercial character. Sov- 
ereign sizes are employed more especially for commercial corre- 
spondence that partakes somewhat of a personal nature. 

Packing 

Old Chester Mills Commercial Stationery Cabinets, in 
both the Monarch and Sovereign sizes, are packed four to a 
carton. 

Prices 

Prices are given in the Handbook Price List which may be 
found between the back cover and the end leaf. 

Where Stocked 

Commercial Stationery Cabinets are obtainable from all 
Eagle-A Service Houses, printers, engravers, stationers and the 
better department stores. 

Samples 

Samples of paper may be obtained from any Eagle-A Service 
House. 

Note: Old Chester Mills in all standard sizes, colors and weights may be 
obtained from each Eagle-A Service House. See page 156. 

[259] 



Eagle-A 



Typewriter Papers 

OF EAGLE-A QUALITY-STANDARDS 





TYPEWRITER papers are primarily bond and linen papers, 
specially made for typewriter purposes. They are plain 
and marginal ruled, cut to letterhead and legal typewriter sizes 
such as 8" x 10^", 83^" x 11", 8" x 13" and %Y 2 " x 13", and are 
boxed in reams of 500 sheets for the convenience of the user. 

Two of the sizes intended for lawyers' briefs, contracts, etc., 
are ruled at both margins the long way in red. The 8" x 13" 
sheet is ruled to allow a margin of \ z /% at left hand and a Y% 
margin at right hand, with 634" space between. The 8/^" x 13" 
sheet has side margins similar to the smaller sheet but allows 
6/4" space between the rules. 

In the Ne Plus Ultra group, however, the ruling margins differ, 
as follows: 

8" x 13", distance between rules, 63^"; left-hand margin 

13^"; right-hand margin, %". 
83^" x 13", distance between rules, 7"; left-hand margin, 
13^"; right-hand margin, %". 
Typewriter papers are made in 7, 8, 9, 11, 13, 16, 20 and 24 
pound substance weights. The lighter weights are used when 
many carbon copies are required. 

The Eagle-A Typewriter Papers are made in 7 grades of 
Eagle-A bonds and linens, some of the grades having two or 
more papers to select from in each grade level. The seven lines 
are: 

[2601 



I 


Coupon Bond 


Ruled and plain 


Blue Box 


II 


f Agawam Parchment 
\ U. S. Linen 


Ruled and plain 


Ne Plus Ultra Box 


Ruled and plain 


Ne Plus Ultra Box 




( Roman 


Ruled and plain 


Ne Plus Ultra Box 


III 


< Persian Bond 


Ruled and plain 


Light Gray Box 




(Colonial Pro and Con 


Ruled and plain 


Ne Plus Ultra Box 




SEMI-PERMANENT 






IV 


Contract Bond 


Ruled and plain 


Dark Green Box 


V 


Airpost Bond 


Ruled and plain 


Orange Box 


VI 


Chevron Bond 


Ruled and plain 


Army Brown Box 


VII 


Acceptance Bond 


Ruled and plain 


Dark Gray Box 




Quality Manifold 


Plain 






Manuscript Cover 


Plain 





The Eagle-A Typewriter Papers are cataloged in their grade 
levels. 

All papers cut into these typewriter sizes, except Roman 
Typewriter Paper and Agawam Parchment (Agawam Bond 
with parchment finish) may be found in Eagle-A standard grades. 
Colonial Pro and Con is only the Typewriter Paper name for 
Colonial Linen. To enable anyone to find easily and without 
loss of time any Eagle-A Typewriter Paper item, a chart has 
been compiled which shows all the grades made in each weight 
and size. 

Where longevity, strength to resist handling and folding, and 
small bulk are required, Manuscript Covers, as their name indi- 
cates, should be used for the outside covers of manuscript and 
documents, and for this reason are usually provided only for the 
legal sizes of typewriter and bond papers. 

The main purpose of a Manuscript Cover is ability to with- 
stand a great amount of folding and handling in itself, as well 
as to protect the papers it confines. It has the characteristics 
of bond paper and may be described as an extra heavy-weight 
bond. The surface characteristics with reference to impress 
are the same as for bond papers, but the flat tone colors used give 
it a somewhat different appearance. 






[261] 













^ 


to m «-■ 

|J1 












~d 










+3 O^-rOtO 












u 










<U oooooooo 














o 










J <d <u a) a> 


Sjs 




















o 2 2 2 H 


f.SP-d 












4_) 










+> cowco'co 


<d <d a; 












CO 










& M M 


o&.E 


d 










CO 










$ <moQ 


HOlO 


3 
"p. 








































<=> 




^ 




^ 


? 


? 


^ 


^ 




<L> 




^H 


9 


d 


"P 


6 


pq 


d 


d 


d 

1 


d 

1 


d 




d-« a> ^ 




CO 


1 

n 


M 


< 


pq 


Ji 


pq 


f? 


p? 


pq 


PQ 




writer Pa 

column) indicat 
.t head of columr. 








Ji 




Ji 




Ji 


i 


Ji 


Ji 


Ji 










9 


9 


9 


9 


f=l 


9 


7 1 


t$ 


7 1 






O 




d 

i 

pq 


d 
i 


6 
i 

pq 


6 

i 

pq 


d 

1 
pq 

l 


d 
i 


d 

i 


d 
i 


d 
i 

pq 

| 










Ji 


<! 


< 


Ji 


Ji 


Ji 


Ji 


Ji 


< 








9 


ci 


Cl 


Ci 


<=> 


«? 


7 1 


? 


I 




CD -^ 




^O 


Q 


6 

i 


d 

1 


i 

i 


i 


d 
i 


d 

i 


d 
i 


d 
i 


d 
i 




1 ■ 4-a 






« 


pq 


P5 


pq 


pq 


pq 


pq 


PQ 


pq 


pq 












I 
< 


i 

< 


4j 


i 
< 


i 
< 


1 

< 


1 

<1 


1 
"<1 


Ji 




w 
E-" 

w 

o 

w 






























9 


9 


^ 


=> 


Q 


^ 


^ 


7 1 


^ 






m 




d 

i 

PQ 


6 
i 

pq 


6 
i 

pq 


d 
i 

pq 


d 

i 

pq 


d 
i 

pq 


d 

i 

p? 


d 
i 

pq 


d 
i 

pq 




1 o & 

« — i a 








■4 


Ji 


^ 


Ji 


Ji 


A 


i 
<i 


i 


Ji 
































i— i 




§ 


8 


§ 


§ 
















02 


T— 1 




i 


i 

pq 

I 


1 

pq 

| 


1 

pq 
i 














^ *s- s 


ffl 

P 
CO 






< 


Ji 


Ji 


Ji 






































u £2 








? 


<? 


? 


i 














ctf M i< 








6 


6 


6 


d 














« -so 




G\ 




i 

P5 


i 

pq 


i 

pq 

1 


i 

pq 

1 






















< 


4i 


Ji 


Ji 




































Q 


• »— 1 In'd 


























6 
i 


»->— 1 O In 




oo 
















































pq 
i 




























<! 








Q 




Q 
















•H »S ^H 








T 




i 
















O o 

co °2 




r*. 




6 

1 




6 
i 
















tn S & 








pq 




pq 
















OXJ "- 1 








1 




Ji 
















^~"™ 






















• fH -(JO) 


,,»! 






















We 

e: Let 
rent siz 




i— i 




H 

H 


1— H 
1— 1 




> 

>— i 


> 


> 


i— i 
i— i 

> 




nd 

Not 
diffe 
































U 
















S3 

CO 

<U 
SI 

CO 

u 


w 

Q 
< 

Pi 
O 


la 

o w 

PhO) 
OrQ 


4^> 

a 
8 s 

h «-" 

P-llD 

Si 
cdOn 

& <D 

Wr 1 


0) 

a 
tog 


ft 


O 

US 

CS o 

o« 

u >> 
Png 

o.SP 


<u 
PQ is 

"to 3 

0) Ph 
Ph <u 


a) 

O X 
CQ ° 

Q 


PQg 

8,1 


c 

og 
fflpq 

o & 

Vh O 

8| 

<; 


T3 u 
C.S 
O J 

pq * 
8 -a 

O (8 


2 
'S 

oj 

IS 

a 


CO 






<J 




S 
o 


U 















[262] 



Coupon Bond Typewriter Paper 




•iinmmimuiimimmmiia 



(THE BLUE BOX LINE) 
The First TYPEWRITER PAPER Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY-STANDARDS 

(watermarked "coupon bond") 




wiiitiHmwriHnu/wrmrflfi 



COUPON BOND Typewriter Paper consists of the first bond 
grade, "Coupon" (described in detail on pages 112-113), 
cut to suitable sizes and boxed for typewriter use. It has an 
unusually high quality and character appeal and is a permanent 
paper with extreme resistance to hard usage. It is furnished in 
white only. 
General Uses 

Coupon Bond Typewriter Paper can be used in all makes of 
typewriters. It is especially adapted for the higher grades of 
letterheads, for legal briefs and other important documents of 
a permanent or impressive nature. 
Sizes, Weights and Ruling 







Stock No. 


Ruling — in red ink only- 


Sheet 


Substance 












Size 


Weight 


Unruled 


Ruled 


Bet ween 
Lines 


Left-hand 
Margin 


Right-hand 
Margin 


8^x 11 


13 


413 










8}^xll 


16 


416 










8^x11 


20 


420 










8J^xll 


24 


424 










8^x13 


13 


513 


613 


6M" 


l 3 A" 


H" 


8^x13 


16 


516 


613 


(>M" 


Wz" 


Z A" 


8^x13 


20 


520 


613 


6M" 


W%" 


y%" 


8J^x 13 


24 


524 


613 


6M» 


m" 


w 



Packed 500 sheets to box. Two boxes to a package. 

Where Stocked 

Coupon Bond Typewriter Papers are carried in stock by all 
Eagle-A Service Houses, a list of which can be found in the 
Price List, between back cover and end leaf of this book. 
Prices 

Prices are shown in Price List. 
Samples 

Samples can be obtained from any Eagle-A Service House. 
Envelopes 

Envelopes to match Coupon Bond Typewriter Paper may 
be obtained from all Eagle-A Service Houses. 
In Ordering 

Always specify grade name and stock number. 
Covers 

Manuscript Cover suitable for covers of briefs, manuscripts 

and documents is described in detail on page 273. 

Note: Coupon Bond in standard sheet sizes, weights and colors is stocked 
by all Eagle-A Service Houses — see page 112 for details. 

[263 1 



Eagle-A 



Agawam Parchment and 
U. S. Linen Typewriter Papers 




fimmm mfUTnmrmtmmfi 



The Second TYPEWRITER PAPER Grade of fj 



EAGLE-A 
QUALITY-STANDARDS 



(watermarked) 




mmnimmmnmminiminn 



TN this grade there are two papers from which to select. The 
■*■ strength is relatively equal but the appearances differ. As 
indicated in the respective names, Agawam Parchment has a 
parchment finish, while U. S. Linen has the usual laid ^nish 
characteristic of linen papers. 

General Uses 

The papers in the second grade can be used when distinctive 
appearance, long life and great wearing qualities are required. 

Agawam Parchment Typewriter Paper 

(Ne Plus Ultra Line) 

Agawam Parchment Typewriter Paper consists of the second 
grade of Bond papers, "Agawam Bond" (described in detail 
on pages 114-115), in parchment finish, cut to suitable sizes 
and boxed for typewriter use. It is made in white only. 



Sizes, Weights and 


Ruling 










Unruled 


Ruled or 


Jnruled 


Ruling — in red ink only 


Sheet 


Substance 


Sheet 


Substance 


Distance 


Left-hand 


Right-hand 


Size 


Weight 


Size 


Weight 


Lines 


Margin 


Margin 


8 x 10H 


7 


8 x 13 


7 


6V 2 " 


lYs" 


%" 


8 xlO^ 


9 


8 xl3 


9 


6V 2 " 


\w 


Vs" 


8 x 10^ 


11 


8 x 13 


11 


6V 2 " 


w%" 


X" 


8 xlO^ 


13 


8 x 13 


13 


6V2" 


m" 


X" 


8 xlO^ 


16 


8 xl3 


16 


6V 2 " 


\y%" 


%" 


8 xlOJ^ 


20 


8 x 13 


20 


6y 2 " 


iy s " 


Vs" 


8 xlO^ 


24 


8 x 13 


24 


6V 2 " 


\y s " 


X" 


8^x11 


7 


83^x13 


7 


7" 


w 


S A" 


8^x11 


9 


83^ x 13 


9 


7" 


m" 


X" 


8J^xll 


11 


8J^xl3 


11 


7" 


w 


Vs" 


8^x11 


13 


8^x13 


13 


7" 


\y%" 


Vs" 


8^x11 


16 


8^x13 


16 


7" 


IX" 


X" 


8J^xll 


20 


8J^xl3 


20 


7" 


IX" 


Vs" 


8Hx 11 


24 


8^x 13 


24 


7" 


ix" 


X" 



Packed 500 sheets to box. Two boxes to a package. 



Information regarding samples, prices, where stocked, etc., 
is given on page 265. 



264] 



U. S. Linen Typewriter Paper 

(Ne Plus Ultra Line) 

U. S. Linen Typewriter Paper consists of the first grade of 
linen papers, "U. S. Linen" (described in detail on pages 132-133), 
cut to suitable sizes and boxed for typewriter use. It is a laid 
paper of very distinctive appearance and furnished in a cream 
white only. 

Sizes, Weights and Ruling 



Unruled 


Ruled or Unruled 


Ruling — in red ink only 


Sheet 


Substance 


Sheet 


Substance 


Distance 


Left-hand 


Right-hand 


Size 


Weight 


Size 


Weight 


Between 
Lines 


Margin 


Margin 


8 x \0}4 


9 


8 x 13 


9 


6V 2 " 


W 


H" 


8 x 10^ 


11 


8 xl3 


11 


6V 2 " 


W 


Vs" 


8 x \0H 


13 


8 xl3 


13 


W 


iy s " 


Vs" 


8 x 10J-3 


16 


8 xl3 


16 


6W 


IK" 


3 A" 


8 x 10}4 


20 


8 xl3 


20 


6H" 


\w 


%" 


8 x 10}^ 


24 


8^x13 


9 


7" 


Ws" 


%" 


83^x11 


9 


8^x13 


11 


7" 


\y%" 


H" 


8J^xll 


11 


8^x13 


13 


7" 


Di" 


3 A" 


8^x11 


13 


8J^xl3 


16 


7" 


W 


Vs" 


8^x11 


16 


8^x13 


20 


7" 


IK" 


K" 


8^x11 


20 












83^x11 


24 













Packed 500 sheets to a box. Two boxes to a package. 

Where Stocked 

Agawam Parchment and U. S. Linen Typewriter Papers are 
carried in stock by all Eagle-A Service Houses, a list of which 
can be found in the Price List, between back cover and end leaf 
of this book. 

Prices 

Prices are shown in Price List. 

Samples 

Samples can be obtained from any Eagle-A Service House. 

In Ordering 

Always specify grade name, size and substance weight, and 
whether ruled or unruled. 

Envelopes 

Envelopes to match Agawam Parchment and U. S. Linen 
Typezvriter Papers may be obtained from all Eagle-A Service 
Houses. 

Covers 

Manuscript Cover suitable for covers of briefs, manuscripts 
and documents is described in detail on page 273. 

Note: Agawam Parchment and U. S. Linen in standard sheet sizes and 
weights are stocked by all Eagle-A Service Houses — see pages 114 and 132 for 

details. 

[265] 



Eagle-A 
Line 



Roman, Persian Bond and Colonial 
Pro and Con Typewriter Papers 




The Third TYPEWRITER PAPER Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY-STANDARDS 




Umilllllllliimimiiiiimimnk 



The three papers in this grade are permanent papers, with 
good resistance to folding and tearing. They differ in appear- 
ance, Colonial Pro and Con being a laid paper while the other 
two are wove. 

General Uses 

This grade is recommended for use when permanency is essen- 
tial and a moderate resistance to handling is required. 

Roman Typewriter Paper 

(Ne Plus Ultra Line) 

Roman Typewriter Paper has been developed primarily as a 
typewriter paper and is made in very light weights so that it is 
especially adapted for use when many carbon copies are desired. 
It is furnished in white only. 

Sizes, Weights and Ruling 



Unruled 


Ruled or Unruled 


Ruling — in red ink only 


Sheet 


Substance 


Sheet 


Substance 


Distance 


Left-hand 


Right-hand 


Size 


Weight 


Size 


Weight 


Between 
Lines 


Margin 


Margin 


8 x \0A 


7 


8 x 13 


7 


6H" 


Wi" 


H" 


8 x \oy 2 


9 


8 x 13 


9 


6V 2 " 


W 


3 A" 


8 x 103^ 


11 


8 x 13 


11 


(>A" 


w 


Vs" 


8 x \0A 


13 


8 x 13 


13 


6A" 


w 


Vs" 


8 7L\0y 2 


16 


8 x 13 


16 


6V 2 " 


w 


Vs" 


8 xlOJ^ 


20 


8 x 13 


20 


6y 2 " 


w%" 


Vs" 


8 x \0A 


24 


8 x 13 


24 


6V 2 " 


m" 


H" 


8^x11 


7 


8^x13 


7 


7" 


\y%" 


Vs" 


8^x11 


9 


8^x13 


9 


7" 


IVs" 


Vs" 


8^x11 


11 


8^x 13 


11 


7" 


Hi" 


y%" 


8J^x 11 


13 


8^x13 


13 


7" 


\y%" 


Vs" 


8^x11 


16 


8^x13 


16 


7" 


w 


Vs" 


8^x11 


20 


8Hx 13 


20 


7" 


w 


H" 


8J^x 11 


24 


8Jixl3 


24 


7" 


w 


H" 



Packed 500 sheets to a box. Two boxes to a package. 

Information regarding samples, prices, where stocked, etc., 
is given on page 267. 

Persian Bond Typewriter Paper 

(Light Gray Box Line) 
Persian Bond Typewriter Paper consists of the third bond 
grade of Eagle-A Quality-Standards — "Persian" (described in 
detail on pages 116-117) cut to suitable sizes and boxed for 
typewriter use. It is furnished in white only. 

[266] 



Sizes, Weights and Ruling 





Substance 
Weight 


Stock No. 


Ruling — in red ink only 


Sheet 
Size 


Unruled 


Ruled 


Distance 
Between 

Lines 


Left-hand 
Margin 


Right-hand 
Margin 


8 x 10K 
8 xlOH 
8 x 10K 
8 xlO^ 
8K* 11 
8^x11 
8Kxll 
8^x11 
8^x13 
8^x13 
8^x13 
8^x13 
8 xl3 
8 xl3 
8 x 13 
8 x 13 


13 
16 
20 
24 
13 
16 
20 
24 
13 
16 
20 
24 
13 
16 
20 
24 


313 
316 
320 
324 
413 
416 
420 
424 
513 
516 
520 
524 
713 
716 
720 
724 


613 
616 

620 
624 
813 
816 
820 
824 


6M" 
6M" 
6M" 
6%" 
6X" 
6H" 
6M" 
6H" 


IK" 

m" 
w 

m" 


K" 
K" 
K" 
Vs" 
K" 
K" 
K" 
%" 



Packed 500 sheets to box. Two boxes to a package. 



Colonial Pro and Con Typewriter Paper 

(Ne Plus Ultra Line) 

Colonial Pro and Con Typewriter Paper consists of the second 
linen grade of Eagle-A Quality-Standards, "Colonial Linen" 
(described in detail on pages 134-135), cut to suitable sizes and 
boxed for typewriter use. It is a laid paper furnished in white. 

Sizes, Weights and Ruling. 



Unruled 


Ruled or Unruled 


Ruling 


— in red ink only 


Sheet 


Substance 


Sheet 


Substance 


Distance 


Left-hand 


Right-hand 


Size 


Weight 


Size 


Weight 


Lines 


Margin 


Margin 


8 x 103^ 


9 


8 x 13 


9 


6V 2 " 


IK" 


K" 


8 x 10H 


11 


8 x 13 


11 


6V 2 " 


IK" 


K" 


8 xlO^ 


13 


8 x 13 


13 


6Y 2 " 


w 


K" 


8 xlOJ^ 


16 


8 x 13 


16 


6y 2 " 


IX" 


H" 


8 xlOJ^ 


20 


8 x 13 


20 


6K" 


w 


y%" 


8 x!03^ 


24 


8 x 13 










8K* 11 


9 


8^x13 


9 


7" 


IK" 


w 


8^x11 


11 


8^x 13 


11 


7" 


iK" 


K" 


8^x11 


13 


83^x13 


13 


7" 


w%" 


K" 


8^x11 


16 


8^x13 


16 


7" 


ik" 


K" 


8^x11 


20 


8K x 13 


20 


7" 


IK" 


K" 


/8Mx 11 


24 













Packed 500 sheets to box. Two boxes to a package. 

Where Stocked — Roman Typewriter Paper, Persian Bond, 
and Colonial Pro and Con are carried in stock by all Eagle-A 
Service Houses, a list of which can be found in first page of Price 
List between back cover and end leaf of this book. 

Prices are shown in Price List. 

Samples can be obtained from any Eagle-A Service House. 

In ordering, always specify grade name, size and substance 
weight, and whether ruled or unruled. 

Envelopes to match Roman, Persian Bond and Colonial 
Pro and Con Typewriter Papers may be obtained from all Eagle-A 
Service Houses. 

Covers — Manuscript Cover suitable as covers of briefs, manu- 
scripts and documents is described in detail on page 273. 

Note: Roman Typewriter Paper, Persian Bond and Colonial Pro and Con are stocked in 
standard sheet sizes, weights and colors by all Eagle-A Service Houses, see page 116, Persian Bond; 
page 134, Colonial Pro and Con (Colonial Linen). 

12671 



Eagle-A 
Line 





Contract Bond Typewriter Paper 

(DARK GREEN BOX LINE) 
The Fourth TYPEWRITER PAPER Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY-STANDARDS 

(watermarked) 

CONTRACT BOND Typewriter Paper consists of the fourth 
bond grade — "Contract" (described in detail on page 118) 
cut in suitable sizes and boxed for typewriter use. It is furnished 
in white only. 

General Uses 

Contract Bond Typewriter Paper is recommended for use 
when a semi-permanent paper is required that will withstand a 
moderate amount of handling. 

Sizes, Weights and Ruling 





Substance 
Weight 


Stock No. 


Ruling — in red ink only 


Sheet 
Size 


Unruled 


Ruled 


Distance 

Between 

Lines 


Left-hand 
Margin 


Right-hand 
Margin 


8 xl034 
8 xl034 
8 xlO}^ 
8 xl0}4 
81^x11 
8J^xll 
83^x11 
83^x11 
83^x13 
83^x13 
83^x13 
83^x13 
8 x 13 
8 x 13 
8 xl3 
8 x 13 


13 
16 
20 
24 
13 
16 
20 
24 
13 
16 
20 
24 
13 
16 
20 
24 


313 
316 
320 
324 
413 
416 
420 
424 
513 
516 
520 
524 
713 
716 
720 
724 


613 
616 
620 
624 
813 
816 
820 
824 


6H" 
6%" 

e%" 

634" 
634" 

614" 

6M" 


IK" 

m" 
w 
m" 
m» 
i% a 
m" 
w 


Vs" 
Vs" 
Vs" 
Vs" 
Vs" 
Vs" 
Vs" 
H" 



Packed 500 sheets to box. Two boxes to a package. 

Where Stocked 

Contract Bond Typewriter Papers are carried in stock by all 
Eagle-A Service Houses, a list of which can be found in first page 
of Price List, between back cover and end leaf of this book. 

Prices are shown in Price List. 

Samples can be obtained from any Eagle-A Service House. 

In ordering, always specify grade name and stock number. 

Envelopes 

Envelopes to match Contract Bond Typewriter Paper may 
be obtained from all Eagle-A Service Houses. 

Covers 

Manuscript Cover suitable for use as covers of briefs, manu- 
scripts and documents is described in detail on page 273. 

Note: Contract Bond in standard sheet sizes, weights and colors is stocked 
by all Eagle-A Service Houses — see page 118 for details. 

[268] 





Airpost Bond Typewriter Paper 

(ORANGE BOX LINE) 
The Fifth TYPEWRITER PAPER Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY-STANDARDS 

(watermarked) 

AIRPOST BOND Typewriter Paper consists of the fifth bond 
grade — "Airpost" (described in detail on page 120) cut in 
suitable sizes and boxed for typewriter use. It is furnished in 
white only. 

General Uses 

It is recommended for use when unusual appearance is de- 
manded and when a semi-permanent paper meets the use-re- 
quirements. 

Sizes, Weights and Ruling 



Sheet 


Substance 
Weight 


Stock No. 


Ruling — in red ink only 


Size 


Unruled 


Ruled 


Distance 

Between 

Lines 


Left-hand 
Margin 


Right-hand 
Margin 


8 xlO^ 
8 xlOJ^ 
8 xl03^ 
8 xlOJ^ 
8^x11 
8}ixll 
8^x11 
8^x11 
8J^x 13 
8J^xl3 
8^x13 
8J^xl3 
8 x 13 
8 xl3 
8 xl3 
8 x 13 


13 
16 
20 
24 
13 
16 
20 
24 
13 
16 
20 
24 
13 
16 
20 
24 


313 
316 
320 
324 
413 
416 
420 
424 
513 
516 
520 
524 
713 
716 
720 
724 


613 
616 
620 
624 
813 
816 
820 
824 


6H" 
6H" 
6H" 
6U" 
6H" 

6M" 
6M" 


m" 

m" 
w 

W" 


Vs" 

%" 
Vs" 
Vs" 
Vs" 
%" 
Vs" 

w 



Packed 500 sheets to box. Two boxes to a package. 

Where Stocked 

Airpost Bond Typewriter Papers are carried in stock by all 
Eagle-A Service Houses, a list of which can be found in first page 
of Price List, between back cover and end leaf of this book. 

Prices are shown in Price List. 

Samples 

Samples can be obtained from any Eagle-A Service House. 

In Ordering 

Always specify grade name and stock number. 

Envelopes 

Envelopes to match Airpost Bond Typewriter Paper may be 
obtained from all Eagle-A Service Houses. 

Covers 

Manuscript Cover suitable for use as covers of briefs, manu- 
scripts and documents is described in detail on page 273. 

Note: Airpost Bond in standard sheet sizes and weights is stocked by all 
Eagle-A Service Houses — see page 120 for details. 

[269] 



Eagle-A 





Chevron Bond Typewriter Paper 

(ARMY BROWN BOX LINE) 
| The Sixth TYPEWRITER PAPER Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY-STANDARDS 

(watermarked) 

CHEVRON BOND Typewriter Paper consists of the sixth bond 
grade — "Chevron" (described in detail on pages 122-123) 
cut to suitable sizes and boxed for typewriter use. It is furnished 
in white only. 

General Uses 

Chevron Bond Typewriter Paper is recommended for use 
when special quality appearance is desired for semi-permanent 
use. 

Sizes, Weights and Ruling 



Sheet 
Size 


Substance 
Weight 


Stock No. 


Ruling — in red ink only 


Unruled 


Ruled 


Distance 

Between 

Lines 


Left-hand 
Margin 


Right-hand 
Margin 


8 x 10^ 
8 x 103-£ 
8 xl0}4 
8 xlOJ^ 
83^x11 
8^x11 
8^x11 
83^x11 
83^x13 
83^x13 
83-3x13 
83^x13 
8 xl3 
8 xl3 
8 xl3 
8 x 13 


13 
16 
20 
24 
13 
16 
20 
24 
13 
16 
20 
24 
13 
16 
20 
24 


313 
316 
320 
324 
413 
416 
420 
424 
513 
516 
520 
524 
713 
716 
720 
724 


613 
616 
620 
624 
813 
816 
820 
824 


6%" 
6%" 
6H" 
6%» 

6M" 
6M" 
634" 


w 


Vs" 
Vs" 
Vs" 
%" 

K 

K 




Packed 500 sheets to box. Two boxes to a package. 

Where Stocked 

Chevron Bond Typewriter Papers are carried in stock by all 
Eagle-A Service Houses, a list of which can be found in first page 
of Price List, between back cover and end leaf of this book. 

Prices are shown in the Price List. 

Samples can be obtained from any Eagle-A Service House. 

In Ordering always specify grade name and stock number. 

Envelopes 

Envelopes to match Chevron Bond Typewriter Paper may 
be obtained from all Eagle-A Service Houses. 

Covers 

Manuscript Cover suitable for covers of briefs, manuscripts 
and documents is described in detail on page 273. 

Note: Chevron Bond in standard sheet sizes and weights is stocked by all 
Eagle-A Service Houses — see page 122 for details. 

[270] 



Acceptance Bond Typewriter Paper 




(DARK GRAY BOX LINE) 
The Seventh TYPEWRITER PAPER Grade of 

EAGLE-A 
QUALITY-STANDARDS 

(watermarked) 




Uummmmmnmmimmmto 



ACCEPTANCE BOND Typewriter Paper consists of the 
seventh bond grade — "Acceptance" (described in detail on 
page 124) cut to suitable sizes and boxed for typewriter use. It 
is furnished in white only. 

General Uses 

Acceptance Bond Typewriter Paper is recommended when a 
paper of good appearance is desired for temporary use. 

Sizes, Weights and Ruling 





Substance 


Stock No. 


Ruling — in red ink 


only 


Sheet 












Size 


Weight 


Unruled 


Ruled 


Between 
Lines 


Left-hand 
Margin 


Right-hand 
Margin 


8 x 10M 


13 


313 










8 x 10H 


16 


316 










8 x 103^ 


20 


320 










8 x 10H 


24 


324 










8^x11 


13 


413 










8^x11 


16 


416 










&y 2 % 11 


20 


420 










83^ xll 


24 


424 










8J^xl3 


13 


513 


613 


6M" 


m* 


Vs" 


83^x13 


16 


516 


616 


6M" 


Wt" 


%" 


83^x13 


20 


520 


620 


&A" 


W&" 


w 


83^x13 


24 


524 


624 


6%" 


m* 


3 A" 


8 x 13 


13 


713 ' 


813 


6M" 


m» 


Vs" 


8 xl3 


16 


716 


816 


6X" 


\w 


Vs" 


8 xl3 


20 


720 


820 


6H" 


m" 


3 A" 


8 x 13 


24 


724 


824 


6H" 


w 


Vs" 



Packed 500 sheets to box. Two boxes to a package. 

Where Stocked 

Acceptance Bond Typewriter Papers are carried in stock by 
all Eagle-A Service Houses, a list of which can be found in the 
Price List, between back cover and end leaf of this book. 

Prices are shown in Price List. 

Samples can be obtained from any Eagle-A Service House. 

In ordering, always specify grade name and stock number. 

Envelopes to match Acceptance Bond Typewriter Paper 
may be obtained from all Eagle-A Service Houses. 

Covers 

Manuscript Cover suitable for covers of briefs, manuscripts 
and documents is described in detail on page 273. 

Note: Acceptance Bond in standard sheet sizes, weights and colors is stocked 
by all Eagle-A Service Houses — see page 124 for details. 

[271] 



Special 
Papers 

Eagle-A 



Quality Manifold Typewriter 
Paper 




EAGLE-A 
QUALITY-STANDARDS 




QUALITY MANIFOLD is cut from "Quality Manifold" 
paper made especially for typewriter use, in suitable sizes 
and boxed for convenience. It is an all-sulphite pulp sheet made 
in 8-pound substance weight only, in unglazed finish, in white and 
six colors. 

General Uses 

Quality Manifold is designed to serve where a large number 
of typewritten copies must be obtained and where a high degree 
of permanence is not a factor. 



Substance Weights 




Sizes, Weights, Colors 

Sheet Sizes 
8 x 103^ 8 

8*^x11 . 8 

&A x 13 8 

8 at 13 8 . 

COLORS 

White, Blue, Canary, Cherry, Green, Pink and Goldenrod. 
Packed 500 sheets to box — 2 boxes to package. 

Where Stocked 

Quality Manifold papers are carried in stock by all Eagle-A 
Service Houses, a list of which can be found in first page of Price 
List, between back cover and end leaf of this book. 

Prices 

Prices are shown in Price List. 

Samples 

Samples can be obtained from any Eagle-A Service House. 

Quality Manifold, in basis weights 17" x 22" — 8, in the 

colors listed above, is obtainable in the following sheet sizes and 

weights: 

24 x 34—16 ) 

24 x 38—19^ \ Basis 17 x 22—8 

28 x 34— 20}4 J 

Quality Manifold Typewriter Paper and standard sheet sizes 
are stocked by all Eagle-A Service Houses. 

[272] 



Manuscript Cover 




MANUSCRIPT COVER has been primarily developed for 
use as covers for briefs, typewritten manuscripts and 
other documents. It is an extremely tough, long lasting paper 
which resists much folding and hard usage. 

GENERAL USES — Manuscript Cover is recommended for uses which demand 
dignity of appearance, considerable handling and permanence, as follows: 
Legal Briefs Contracts 

Manuscripts Bids 

Typewritten Specifications 

IMPRESS — Suitable for Letterpress (type and line-cuts) 
" Offset press 
" " Steel plate, die stamping 
" " Typewriting 
" " Pen writing 

SIZES, WEIGHTS and COLORS — Manuscript Cover is stocked in legal sizes 
and weights as follows: 

8V 2 x \Sy 2 —9K 9 x ISH—IO 

COLORS 

White, Primrose, Pink, Canary, Emerald, Chocolate, Blue, and Terra Cotta 
Put up in 100-sheet packages. 

Prices 

Prices of Manuscript Cover can be found in price list attached 
to this book between the last page and cover. 

Where Stocked 

Manuscript Cover can be obtained from all Eagle-A Service 
Houses and leading stationers. 



Eagle-A 
Line 



* Manuscript Cover can be obtained in sizes 17" x 31" — 37 pounds and 18" x 31° 
— 40 pounds through any Eagle-A Service House. 

[273] 



Writing Tablets 




IN deference to many requests which have come for Eagle-A 
bonds in tablet form the American Writing Paper Company 
has placed upon the market a series of writing tablets made in 
three sizes— 5^" x 8^", 7^' x 10^" and 8%" x 11". 

These are bound the short way in good cover stock hand- 
somely printed in two colors and contain a ruled sheet, blotter, 
and from 50 to 100 sheets of paper. A gauze cloth and a special 
glue hold the sheets firmly together, so that the annoyance of 
loose sheets is eliminated, a feature that will commend itself to 
every user of writing pads. 

The stock used comprises the nine grades of Eagle-A bonds; 
a different colored cover distinguishes each grade. 

The sizes and distinguishing cover colors of the Eagle-A Writing 
Tablets are shown as follows: 



Grade 


Weight 


Cover Colors 


Sizes 


Coupon Bond 


201b. 


Columbia Blue 


PAxVA, 7H* 10J4 8^x11 


Agawam Bond 


201b. 


Green 


5^x8M, 7^x10^,8^x11 


Persian Bond 


201b. 


Granite 


5y 2 xsy 2 ,7Hxioy 2 ,8y 2 xn 


Contract Bond 


201b. 


Shamrock Green 


5y 2 x8y 2 ,7yxioy 2 ,8y 2 xii 


Airpost Bond 


201b. 


Mandarin 


5y 2 x8y 2 ,sy 2 xii 


Chevron Bond 


201b. 


Army Brown 


sy 2 x8y 2 ,8y 2 x\\ 


Acceptance Bond 


201b. 


Oxford Gray 


Sy x 8y, plain and ruled 


Norman Bond 


201b. 


Fawn 


Sy 2 x 834 Plain 


Telephone Bond 


201b. 


Gold 


Sy x 8y, plain and ruled 



The tablets are wrapped 12 to a package and labeled with 
quantity, grade and size. 

Eagle-A Writing Tablets are carried in stock by all Eagle-A 
Service Houses, a list of which is given in the Price List. 

Envelopes for use with the writing tablet sheets are made 
from Eagle-A bonds in commercial, baronial and official styles. 
These can be obtained from each Eagle-A Service House. The 
United States Envelope Company is the authorized manufacturer. 

Prices of Eagle-A Writing Tablets can be found in Price List 
attached to this book, between the last page and cover. 

[274] 



Specialties and Industrial Papers 

The successful manufacture of Specialties and Industrial 
Papers depends very largely on close co-operation between 
the user and a manufacturer possessing widely diversified equip- 
ment, a corps of experts in all the problems of paper manufacture, 
an operating personnel especially trained in the production of 
paper possessing unusual qualities, and a laboratory completely 
equipped and efficiently manned. 

Papers for specialty and industrial uses are either satisfactory 
or virtually useless. There is no middle ground in many cases. 

In order to insure a margin of safety for his operation, the 
user will often demand that his paper be made according to 
definite specifications which he arbitrarily establishes. This 
does not always result satisfactorily to either party concerned 
because of the numerous factors to be considered in the manu- 
facture of the paper. 

The user is interested in performance, not in specifications. The 
translation of use-requirements into terms of definite tests is 
extremely difficult and should not be attempted save by experts 
both in the interpretation of tests and in actual paper-making. 

THE CORRECT USE OF SPECIFICATIONS 

All specifications must be drafted in the light of complete 
knowledge of the use-requirements, the raw materials that 
go into the paper, the manufacturing equipment and the methods 
of processing. This means that both maker and user must 
pool their knowledge of requirements, raw materials and manu- 
facturing methods in order to develop a paper suitable for the 
purpose. 

When this point has been reached it is proper to draft specifi- 
cations to control manufacture. The indeterminate factors 
dependent on manufacturing equipment and the human element 
will be the same in all future orders, for the paper will always 
be made in the same mill. Specifications will then be used only 
to insure uniformity of product. 

In this way, there is no temptation for the manufacturer to be 
satisfied by meeting certain tests and to consider his work com- 
plete when that stage is reached. His interest in the product 
does not end until the paper has successfully fulfilled the purpose 
for which it was designed. 

DEVELOPMENT OF SPECIAL AND TECHNICAL PAPERS 

Specialty and industrial papers must be developed by the 
users coming into close contact with the men who will make 
the paper. There is no place for a distributor in this relation- 

[2751 



ship except for specialties of more general use. His lack of 
familiarity with either manufacturer or user will only be a 
handicap, no matter how good his intent may be. For this 
reason negotiations concerning manufacture of these papers 
are conducted by the manufacturing department and the 
technical stafF of the American Writing Paper Company. The 
ordinary salesman is not concerned with this, for there is little 
he can do. 

The successful development of paper for these uses can be 
secured with the least delay when the manufacturer is allowed 
to make a complete study of the operations which the paper 
must undergo. His knowledge of paper materials and methods, 
plus the knowledge of particular use-requirements, will enable 
him to outline the entire manufacturing process and establish 
such specifications as will insure satisfactory performance. 

EXPERIMENTAL EQUIPMENT FOR SPECIALTY AND INDUSTRIAL 

PAPERS 

Many paper-makers hesitate over the development of new 
specialties because of the experimental nature of the first 
orders. These destroy the balance of a mill and in some cases 
do not lead to any further business. 

For such purposes the American Writing Paper Company has 
available an experimental paper machine arranged to make any 
grade of paper that may be called for. On this machine the 
operating details are worked out and trial orders are made until 
the right sort of product has been developed. The orders are 
then transferred to the mill best suited for making them and this 
mill is furnished with a full set of instructions as to the exact 
procedure to be followed during manufacture. 

Each specialty made by this company is confined to a particu- 
lar mill and almost always to a single machine in that mill. 
Since a specialty which may only amount to one per cent, of the 
company's business will keep a machine running six months of 
the year, the mill is able to establish a definite practice for every 
step of the operation and to train the workmen so that to all 
intents and purposes the paper is standardized as much as any 
item of the Primary Line. 

The more important specialties made by the American Writing 
Paper Company to meet the requirements of different classes of 
manufacturers are described below. No two manufacturers in 
these classes will require identical qualities in the paper that is 
made for them because their operating conditions will differ. 
Consequently, no complete description of any of these papers 
can be published. 

In the following pages are brief descriptions of the more familiar 
specialties which are made by the American Writing Paper 

[276] 



Company. The Manufacturing Department and the Depart- 
ment of Technical Control of the American Writing Paper Com- 
pany are always ready to co-operate with a user in the drafting 
of specifications for a particular requirement or to assist in the 
development of new papers for new uses. 

Album Papers 

These papers are made in solid colors, particularly in black and gray. They 
are designed primarily for making up albums for photographs. A soft 
surface which will take paste without cockling is essential. The paper 
must be free of impurities which would discolor the print. 

Bag Paper 

Paper for bags must be quite well sized and at the same time have a surface 
that will take paste readily. A high tensile strength is also necessary for 
most purposes. All sorts of bags are made for numerous requirements, 
and consequently a variety of raw materials is used. Candy bags are 
usually made from materials similar to those used in a low grade bond 
because good color and appearance are required. For cement bags, strength 
is the only consideration. These represent the two extremes. 

Box Boards 

Single and double white patent coated, news and chip board, used for 
paper boxes. 

Box Covers 

Fancy boxes are made by pasting sheets of special high-grade paper to 
a box board base. These papers come in a variety of surfaces and numerous 
colors. Several contrasting colors often appear in the same sheet, giving 
unusual and striking effects. 

Papers for Chemical Processes and Operations 

Filter Paper, used by pharmacists, photographers, chemists and chemical 
manufacturers for clarifying solutions. 

Hard Fiber Paper is the base paper used in the manufacture of various kinds 
of vulcanized fiber. The paper is subjected to chemical processes during 
conversion into the finished product. 

Nitrating Paper is treated with nitric and sulphuric acid to form cellulose 
nitrate as a preliminary step in the manufacture of celluloid. 

Chart Papers 

The various grades of these papers are used by lithographers for map and 
chart printing. The paper must have a minimum of distortion when 
subjected to the action of moisture. 

Coating Papers Specia | 

Include a variety of papers designed for the application of coating com- PaOfifS 

pounds to obtain a glossy surface or other effect. 

Construction Paper Eagle-A 

This is a soft paper supplied in a wide range of colors. It is used for cheap , LlflB 

mounts and in kindergarten work for the construction of a variety of paper n 

objects. 

J Gi 

Calender Roll Paper 

Is a soft, long-fibered paper, readily laminated by the application of pressure 

and used in the construction of pressure finishing rolls. ||)|j| 

Drawing Paper 

Is a fairly absorbent paper with sharp tooth for pencil work. It must be of 
good color, cream white rather than blue white being preferred. Its name 
describes its principal use. 

[277] 



Duplex Papers 

Where a paper having two surfaces different in color, formation and appear- 
ance is required, the American Writing Paper Company is equipped to 
produce this effect upon a special combination of cylinder and Fourdrinier 
machines. Greater uniformity of results is obtained with a paper con- 
structed in this manner as the defects of one type of machine are offset 
by the other. 

Facing Paper 

Is a soft paper of very uniform formation and surface, made in white and 
colors. Appearance is more essential than strength because the paper is 
usually pasted to a cardboard or similar base. 

For many purposes where a pasted sheet of three or more ply is required the 
inside sheets may be of inferior quality, serving only to add thickness and 
stiffness to the card. Facing paper is designed for use where it can be 
reinforced in this way. The sheet is made so as to take paste readily while 
showing no tendency to curl after pasting. It must reflect light uniformly. 

Food Containers 

Paper is used for a variety of food containers. Among the more important 

are those designed for conversion into 

Butter Dishes Coffee Bags Ice Cream Pails 

Cake Circles Drinking Cups Oyster Pails 

Gumming Papers 

Paper made primarily for the application of an adhesive. In addition to 
this characteristic, certain gumming papers must have high tensile strength 
— sealing tape being an example. Made in white and colors. 

Jute Bristols 

A sheet of unusual toughness, having high tearing strength and used for 
shipping tags and job forms, etc. 

Map Papers 

These are - light-weight papers having all the properties of chart paper 
and in addition considerable folding endurance, necessary in their use in 
books and folders. 

Music Roll Paper 

As the name indicates, this paper is used for the manufacture of player-piano 
rolls. It must be strong and tough and subject to a minimum of stretch or 
shrinkage with changes of atmospheric moisture. 

Pattern Paper 

The paper used for patterns is light in weight in order to reduce the bulk. 
The sheet must be well closed and extremely tough and strong in order to 
resist handling. High-grade materials are required to meet these require- 
ments. 

Pencil Paper 

Is used for the manufacture of paper lead pencils. It must have a well 
closed formation, free from lumps. When cut, it should present a true, 
fine edge. 

Papers for Printing Processes 

These papers are not printed upon but are used in connection with certain 
methods of printing. Prominent among them are: 

Chalk Overlay Paper Medio Board 

Photo Mounts 

These are demanded in a variety of styles. They may be solid or pasted 
stock, possibly with deckle edges. Photo mounts are usually in colors 
and may be plain or mottled. They are made in numerous finishes from 
antique to plated and embossed. 

[2781 



Special Printing Papers 

Certain methods of printing of a specialized nature require a printing surface 
out of the ordinary. Two examples of this class follow: 

Gelatine Board must possess a smooth surface which is hard enough to 
stand the use of tacky inks without picking. It must change in dimen- 
sion but slightly when wet. 

Ticker Paper is designed for use with news or stock tickers and cash 
registers. 

Safety Paper 

Checks and railroad tickets, among other similar types, are printed on a 
special paper impregnated with chemicals which render alteration or erasure 
impossible without detection. These papers are made according to special 
formulae. Usually some part of the chemicals used for protection is added 
by the paper-maker. The rest of the formulae is applied by the converter. 

Sand Paper Base 

An especially strong and durable paper is required for the base paper for 
sand or emery paper because of the severe use to which it is subjected. 

Paper for Sensitizing Processes 

Blueprint Paper is the most widely used paper of this class. The develop- 
ment of semi-automatic printing machinery for making blueprints has called 
for the development of a paper of exceptional strength when wet and the 
general use-requirements demand great resistance to wear under all condi- 
tions. The paper is supplied generally in three grades and in various 
weights, all of which are made on a basis of definite physical tests. 

Brown Print Paper. The brown print process requires that the paper be 
printed through in order to make a positive of the original drawing. This 
necessitates a thin sheet of high transparency. The severe handling which 
this paper receives, together with the transparency required, limits it to 
one grade, an all rag paper made from the highest quality of raw materials 
throughout. 

Photographic Paper. The paper which after coating and sensitizing is used 
for photographs presents more difficulties than are encountered in making 
almost any other sort of paper. The highest grades of material are used and 
every care exerted that the surface may be just right to coat properly. The 
most skillful workmanship is required throughout the manufacture. 

Photostat Papers are a variety of photographic papers but less rigorous in 
their demands, for absolute perfection of surface is not so essential. 

Shado-Craft Watermarking 

This method of watermarking is a combination of the old-style outline 
method together with its reverse. The design on the old-style dandy roll is 
raised and thins the sheet at the points of contact. Consequently, when the 
sheet is held to the light, the design appears lighter than the surrounding 
paper. 

In Shado-Craft watermarking, the design is chiefly intaglio — that is, lower 
than the surface of the dandy roll, and thickens the sheet at the points of 
contact. Consequently, the mark appears darker in the finished sheet, and Eagle 

shading effects are possible. j ling 

These marks find their chief demand among large users who desire a special 
letterhead, or other form, bearing their own trade mark or identification. 
The marks are localized — that is, centered in the final cut sheet. 
By means of this process, the beautiful shaded effects heretofore produced 
only in imported hand-made papers can be secured in machine-made papers. 
The marks are of the same character as those appearing in the documents 
of our Department of State, Bank of England notes, French notes, and in 
practically all the paper money and stamps of foreign countries. It is an 
absolute safeguard and positively cannot be counterfeited. 
Since each demand requires special consideration, depending on the com- 
plexity of the design and other factors, those desiring such marks should 
see any Eagle-A Service House. 

[2791 



Special Wrapping Papers 

The papers used for wrapping many manufactured articles must meet re- 
quirements that are often both unusual -and rigid. For these special pur- 
poses, strength, normally the prime requisite in wrapping paper, may be of 
minor importance. A whole list of papers that are made to meet special 
requirements in this class would be formidable. The following selections 
show the variety of qualities demanded. 

Acid or Alkali Proof Papers. This term is given to colored papers which 
must not fade or change color when exposed to acid or alkali. The 
range of dyes that can be used for such papers is quite limited. 

Anti-Rust Papers are required for wrapping objects of polished steel 
like ball bearings and fine tools. These papers are made of carefully 
selected materials free of traces of any corrosive compounds. 

Anti-Tarnish Paper. The paper used for wrapping silverware must 
not contain any compound that will induce tarnishing. Here again the 
raw materials, including the chemicals used in the manufacture, must 
be closely inspected. 

Black Wrapping Papers. A black wrapping paper is chosen whenever 
a light-proof wrapper is required. As this is most often essential in 
the case of photographic goods the principal requirement is absence 
of any material which would injure the delicate surface of dry plates, 
films or photographic paper. Obviously the paper must be uniform in 
texture and free from pin holes. 

Druggists' Wrapping. This is a high-grade wrapping paper often sup- 
plied in colors and in general partaking of the appearance and strength 
of a bond paper of the lower grades. These papers are often glazed on 
one side. 

Duplex Wrapping. Special colored wrappers are sometimes used to 
distinguish quickly between grades, weights, etc., of a commodity. 
To secure this effect and yet to obtain economy, the desired color is 
made upon one side only — the other side being invariably natural 
or lightly colored. 

Waxing Paper 

The general requirements to be met with in the manufacture of paper which 
is to be waxed are light weight, strength and a fair degree of transparency. 
Permanence is not a factor so that this paper is largely made from chemical 
wood pulp. 

Wrapper 

Special Mailing. These wrappers are used for mailing magazines, pamphlets 
and newspapers. 



[280] 



How to Plan Printed Salesmanship 

FORTUNATE indeed is the modern printer who has seized the 
strategic points of power in his business by developing 
creative rather than competitive effort. Under present-day- 
conditions, the field of printers seeking merely mechanical 
excellence is seen to be overcrowded. This situation is reflected 
in a state of price-cutting competition that has fathered a long 
line of evils, and induced pessimism and a lowered morale in 
printers who have fallen under its limitation. 

PRINTING DEPENDING ON BUSINESS 

Sales and circulation of money are the lifeblood of business. In 
conditions of business health, printing has always found its 
strength. When business drooped, printing has always suffered. 
Renewed impetus for business is the only logical remedy. 

BUSINESS DEPENDING ON PRINTING 

The restoration of both lies in the intelligent application of 
creative selling ability. The printer who has proved that he can 
produce vital, constructive printed salesmanship can supply a 
crying need. He is a man of power — no longer a mechanical 
tool to be used or flung aside as occasion serves. If business 
suffers, if sales fall away, he is the man who will be eagerly 
sought. The value of his services rises when business assets 
jail. The sales of his client are his chief concern — not keeping 
his own shop busy. That happens automatically as his clients 
sell and want to sell more. 

THE FIRST STEP 

Printers realize that they cannot create such printed salesman- 
ship — or control it — without giving time and attention to master- 
ing its principles. They must adjust their minds to an entirely 
new angle. In this crisis they turn instinctively to seek the 
man who has actually demonstrated these principles — who has 
himself built up a printing business by means of printed salesman- 
ship — as their authority and guide. In the person of Robert 
Ruxton, who after years of successful experience (as a writer 
salesman associated with a printer) has been induced to write a 
course in preparing and selling printed salesmanship, such an 
authority has happily been found. This course, published under 
the supervision of Joseph A. Borden, director of the Department 
of General Service of the American Writing Paper Company, is 
not for sale but is distributed to printers through the United 
Typothetae of America. 

[281] 



INVESTIGATION AND ANALYSIS 

Before printed salesmanship can be prepared for any business, 
the exact needs and situation of that business must be discovered. 
Something presumably is wrong that can be righted. These 
preliminary steps correspond to the investigations of a medical 
specialist before venturing upon diagnosis. The business 
specialist, likewise, must completely examine before he prescribes. 
He does not accept as final the conclusions or theories of the men 
who are conducting the business. By patient and persistent 
questioning, he analyzes a complicated situation as a mechanic 
takes apart a physical mechanism with his tools. Eventually 
he finds parts that are not functioning correctly, and traces a 
mass of miscellaneous symptoms to a few fundamental causes. 

THE PLAN OUTLINED 

Assured that the causes are thoroughly understood, he is in 
a position to decide what further course to follow. This decision 
may involve a large amount of printed literature or less; but it 
is in no sense to be judged from that point of view by the printer. 
Outlining the plan is the most important part of the whole work, 
and should have a separate charge — not be given as free service. 
Remember that errors made here cannot be remedied later by 
fine printing or carefully managed distribution. Confidence and 
reputation as a business adviser must be won by the printer and 
actual results obtained at any cost, for the statements of clients 
that his printed salesmanship has improved their business are the 
foundations of the future he is building. Clients' sales must be 
primary considerations and his own presses secondary — printing 
orders will automatically follow successful selling. 

PRINCIPLES, NOT METHODS, UNDERLIE PLAN 

A printing house can undertake the planning of printed sales- 
manship on a large scale, with a department of writer salesmen 
headed by a business analyst of tested ability. In this case, the 
printer may not possess the necessary skill and experience to 
do the work himself, but must understand and control it as he 
understands and controls composition or presswork, or any other 
necessary process. 

On the other hand, the small printer, ambitious to apply the 
same ideas, is limited only by his own energy and resourcefulness 
in demonstrating the fundamental principles of advertising- 
selling. 

Years ago one of the pioneers of printed salesmanship began by 
taking letters, circulars, and other kinds of advertising matter 

[282] 



out of various waste-baskets and studying thern critically. When 
he saw an obvious chance for improvement, he returned the 
mailing piece to the sender with comments and suggestions 
attached. By so demonstrating his power constructively to 
improve their selling plans, he won new customers, because they 
naturally asked him to print the revised matter; this opened oppor- 
tunities that soon led to the study of his customers' problems on 
a larger and more impressive scale, carrying substantial fees 
for the work in addition to the cost of the actual printing. 

SPECIFYING THE MEDIA 

The Plan naturally concludes by determining the number of 
pieces in the campaign and the exact form these shall take. 
Assume for purposes of illustration that a canvassing letter with 
two printed enclosures is to be sent first to get requests for 
booklet from those interested. A series of trade paper adver- 
tisements are also arranged to stimulate further requests for the 
booklet, and to reinforce the campaign from other angles. Twelve 
follow-up letters are to be sent to prospects who have received 
the booklet. All details are significant in the light of facts 
previously discovered. The canvassing letter, we will say, is 
to be multigraphed and carefully filled in on the firm's letterhead, 
with a genuine signature. The booklet, plates for trade papers, 
and envelope enclosures constitute the printer's work; while 
the letters will go direct to the client for mailing by him under 
definitely fixed conditions prescribed by the Plan. 

THE EXECUTION OF THE PLAN 

The Copy 

The Copy must now be written, either by the same man who 
made the Investigation, Analysis and Plan or by another writer 
in co-operation with him. Methods of doing this cannot satis- 
factorily be indicated, but principles of procedure have been 
admirably outlined in the Typothetae Course previously referred 
to. Truth and reasoning are fundamental; clearness of presen- 
tation is all-important; salesmanship that will react to tests 
must inhere in this copy. It must "show an advantage through 
positive, moving words that demonstrate the desirability of 
seizing such advantage" — by attracting attention, developing 
interest, inducing desire and compelling action. 

The Design 

The right time for the layout and dummy is after copy has 
been approved. Then the commercial artist may faithfully use 
his skill to interpret the written word and to visualize and extend 

[283] 



its significance. Printed salesmanship must be attractive. Here 
the printer, skilled in the use of type and white space, is squarely 
on his own ground. Proportion must be carefully maintained, 
however — the basic sales message must not be subordinated to 
attention-getting elements. 

Printing or Multi-plying 

This is the last stage in preparing printed salesmanship — a 
purely physical process where the experienced printer is in his 
natural element and looks for no outside guidance. Here fine 
technique may add the last touch of perfection — and the finished 
product is attained. 

AN IMPORTANT STEP 

Realizing that many printers will be inspired by the hope of 
increased profits to undertake for the first time the preparation 
of printed salesmanship, the American Writing Paper Company 
has taken steps to make these efforts successful. As previously 
stated, the Typothetae Lesson Booklets have been prepared at 
great expense by a specialist solely for this purpose; they offer 
a practical working manual to those intending to handle any 
phase of printed salesmanship. They are available without 
expense to all printers; nothing else at all like them is anywhere 
obtainable. 

A KEY TO THE LESSON BOOKLETS 

The key or index is to enable any student of the Course to trace 
quickly through the series any word or subject of interest and 
to find all those pages in the lessons where it is discussed or 
referred to. For looking up ordinary terms its value is obvious. 
And if perhaps some phrase or expression used exclusively in a 
special sense lingers in the mind, and the reader desires to follow 
up this clue, it will be found possible to do so by again using the 
reference index. For instance the reader may recall that refer- 
ence was made with particular significance to "affirmative copy," 
and may wish to read again all that has been said about it. By 
using the key index this may quickly be done. This index 
(which follows on the next pages) will prove of great practical 
help to printers who undertake to prepare any kind of printed 
salesmanship. 



284 



The Key 



TO 

A COURSE IN WRITING PRINTED SALESMANSHIP 

FOR U. T. A. PRINTERS WRITTEN BY 

ROBERT RUXTON 



DEDICATED TO THE UNITED TYPOTHETAE OF AMERICA 

BY THE AMERICAN WRITING PAPER COMPANY 

HOLYOKE, MASS., 1922 

Explanatory Note: — This is a cross index to all the sub- 
jects treated in the twenty-four books comprising the course re- 
ferred to above. Its purpose is to enable the reader of the books 
to find instantly references to all the questions that arise in 
Writing Printing Salesmanship. This will prove to be a time- 
saver and will also enable the user to get the full benefit of this 
course. 

Each book of the course is called a "Lesson"; in this index the 
letter "L" will mean the lesson or book number; and the letter 
"P" will mean page number. For example: L2, P4, means 
refer to Lesson Book Two, Page 4. L2, P8, 11, 16, means 
Lesson 2, pages 8, 11, 16. L2, P6-1S, means Lesson 2, pages 
6 to 15 inclusive. It should be noted that the exact words of the 
Index may not be in the reference actually stated, as often the 
principle or thought conveyed will be given. It has been the 
intent to guide the reader to the principle, no matter what the 
form of the question in the reader's mind. 



Action in Advertising LI, Pll; L4, P4, 5; L14, P12 

Advantage in Selling L7, P5 

Advertisements Criticised L3, PS, 13, 14; L4, P9, IS; L13, P6; L14, P8, 12; 

LIS, P5-15; L16, P5-15; L17, P5-15; L19, P6, 8, 11, 13; 
L20, Pll, 16. 
Advertising — ■ 

Agencies L2, P12 

Aim of L2, P7 

Analysis L3, P4 

Approach — In Presentation L13, P6, 7; L14, P12 

A Science L3, P10 

Campaign L14, P8; L23, P14, IS; L24, P8 

Circular L19, P8, 14 

Claims L7, Pll 

Classified L24, P5 

Construction L4, P8 

Continuously" L21, P10 

Copy L8, P8-15; L9, P6, 7, 8, 14; L12, P6, 7, 10; 

L13, PS; LIS, P3, 15; L16, P3, 12; L17, P6-12; L18, P5, 11; 
L23, P12, 13, 14, 15. 

Costs L18, PS; L23, P9 

Coupon L14, P14; L16, P10 

Death Rate L22, P15 

Definition L1,P13; L2,P3,4, 11, 12, 13; L3,P4,5; L4,P9; L23,P16 

[285] 



! 

< 


Manning 

Stationery 

Freight 
Rates 

Trade 
Customs 

Paper 
Brands 

HowP 
Is Mai 

Stockini 
Paper 

Glossal 

Referer 
Guide 



Advertising — continued 

Department L22, PIS 

Display L23, P15, 16; L24, P5 

Index L3, P9, 11 

Logic L2, P12; L3, P3; L9, P6; L12, P10; L13, P3, 14; 

L15, P12; L22, P8, IS. 

Losses LI, P14; L19, P15; L23, P8, 9; L24, P6 

Magazines L2, PIS; L14, P8; L22, P7 

Mass L18, Pll 

Mistakes LI, P14; L2, P12, 14; L3, P12; L4, P3, 7, 8; 

L13, Pll; L14, P10; L19, P7; L20, P8, 10; L22, P7, 8, 9, 13, 14; 
L24, P6. 

Morgue L22, PIS 

Mortality L22, P15 

Needs LI, P14; L2, P3, 9, 14; L3, P10, 11; L10, PS 

Of Today LI, P14; L2, P3, 4, 14; L3. P10; L22, P13 

Principles L2, P15; L3, P3; L18, P6; L22, P13, IS 

Proof L7, P12; L8, P5, 15; LIS, P4, 5 

Salesmanship LI, P14; L3, P4; L22, P13 

Stunts L2, P6 

Trade Papers L14, P8 

Wastes LI, P14; L2, P14; L3, P13; L19, P15; L22, P6, 

13, 14; L23, P7, 8, 9; L24, P6. 

Worth L2, P7 

Affirm — 

To L7, P10 

Its Strength L7, P10; L8, P5-15 

Affirmation — 

Defined L7, P10 

In Advertising L7, P10 

In Printed Matter L7, P10 

In Selling L7, P10 

Its Use L7, P10; L8, PS, 13 

Its Value L7, P10; L8, P9 

vs. Claims L7, Pll; L8, P5-15 

vs. Declarations L7, P12; L8, P5-15 

When To Use L7, P10; L8, P9 

Affirmative Copy. L8, P10-15; L17, P6, 7 

American Engineering Co. Adv't L19, Pll 

Analysis L3, P4 

And Plan LS, P14 

Of Business L22, P12 

Analyst, The LS, P13 

Analyzing Advertisements L13, Pll; L14, P10 

Announcement Advertisements LI, Pll; L2, P10; L3, P5-13 

Appeal of Beauty L2, P8, 9 

Appeal, The Universal L14, P12 

Argument L13, P9 

Art- 
Defined L4, P8 

In Advertising... L2, P8, 10; L4, P8; L9, P13; L15, P8; L16, P10; L17, P5 

In Business L2, P8; L16, P10 

In Selling. . . L5, P10, 11; L17, PS 

Art Work- 
Defined L4, P8 

In Advertising L4, P8; L16, P10 

Its Purpose L2, P8, 9; L4, P8; L16, P10 

Its Value L2, P8, 9; L4, P8; L17, P5 

When Used L2, P8; L4, P8 

Where Used L3, P12 

Assertion, Defined L7, Pll, 13; L8, P3 

Assertive Copy L8, P10, 11 

Asset, Potential L21, Pll 

Atmosphere — 

Artistic L2, P8 

Selling L2, P7; L3, P4 

Attention in Advertising LI, P10; L3, P12, 15; L4, P3, 7-15; L14, P12; 

L23, P9. 
In Booklets LI, P8 

[2861 



Attention — continued 

In Business LI, PS 

Display Advertising L14, P12 

Salesmanship LI PS 

Its Value LI, P5; L14, P12 

Attraction, Power of L9, P12; L16, P5; L19, P12 

Attractive Element L16, PS 

Audience, How to reach L18, P10 

Authority on Definitions LI, P8 

Author's Press Adv't L16, P5 

Average, The Law of LS, P6 

Axioms As Truths L12, P14 



B 

Bad Copy L9, PS 

Baltimore & Ohio R. R. Co. Adv't L16, P6, 7 

Bargain Advertising L16, P10, 11 

Basic Facts L16, P5 

Basis of Argument L13, P9 

Beauty in Advertising L2, P8, 9 

Beginning Copy L13, P6, 7 

Writing L13, P6, 7 

Being Brief L18, P15 

Belief, Firm L9, P5 

Bluff L8, P7 

Blunders in Advertising LI, P14; L2, P12, 14; L3, P12; L4, P3, 7, 8; 

L13, Pll; L14, P10; L19, P7; L20, P8, 10; L22, P7, 8, 9, 13, 14; 
L23, P7, 8; L24, P6. 

Boasting, Defined L8, P6 

Booklet, The, Defined L14, P8 

Booklets — 

How To Arrange L13, P6 ™ ni "g 

Begin Li3, P6, 7 Stationery 

Form L22, P6, 7 

Make up L22, P6, 7 Freight 

Plan L22, P6, 7; Lll, P6, 7 p at ot 

In Advertising L14, P8; L15, P6, 10, 15; L16, P6, 7, 9; L19, P5, IS; Mua 

L20, PS, 7; L22, P6; L24, P6, 8. U 

In the Follow-up L14, P8; L15, P6, 10, 15; L16, P6, 7, 9; L19, P5, 15; Trade 

L20, PS, 7; L22, P6; L24, P6. fJllStOmS 

Their Use L2, P15; L14, P8; L15, P6, 10, IS; L16, P6, 7, 9; 

L19, P5-15; L20,PS,7; L22, P6; L24, P6, 8. 

Books on English L10, P6 p anD r 

Brag— Definition L8, P6 "™J 

Braggadocio L8, P7 Brands 

Brainwork and the Diet Lll, P13 u , 

Breaking Ground L18, P3, 5 How ' 

Breaking up Paragraphs L10, P9, 10 Is Ms 

Brenlin Adv't L17, P7 

Brevity L18, P3, 11, 14 

Bridging the Gap . .L16, P6,.10; L19, PS, 12; L20, P5, 10; L21, P7, 12; L22,P6 

Brisbane, Arthur L15, PIS 

Bulletins L19, P10, 14 

Business — 

Analysis L22, P12 

Definition LI, P12; L2, P8, 14; L22, Pll 

Fiction L17, P13 

Its Purpose L2, P8, 14 

Knowing the Customer's L22, P12 

Your L22, P12 

Mistakes L22, P9. 13 

Needs L22, P12 

Of Today L2, P8, 14 

Plans LI, P4; L2, P8 

Policies LI, P4; L2, P8 

Profits L24, P12 

Prospects L2, P14; L21, P7, 10; L22, P8, 10; L23, PS 



287] 



/ 



Bu siness — continued 

The Story - L17, P13 

Tools L21, P13 

Writers.. L10, P5; L22, P12 

Buyer, Convincing The L22, PS 

Buyer's Market. L2, P4; L22, P8 

Buying, The, Instinct L2, P10 

Buying Point L22, P6 



c 

Cadence in Expression L10, P14 

Campaign — 

Advertising L14, P8; L23, P14, IS; L24, P8 

Direct Mail. L23, P14; L24, P8, 9, 10 

Canvassing the Mailing List L23, P10 

Cartoon in Advertising L4, P4, 7 

Cartoonist, The, in Advertising L4, P4, 7 

Cash Sales L16, PIS 

Catalog in Selling L16, Pll 

Catalogs, Their Use L16, Pll 

Cause and Effect L22, P15 

Cause of Doubt L9, PS 

Chapter, Value of the L10, P12 

Charging — 

A Fee. . LI, P4 

For Service LI, P4 

Cheap Products L20, P6 

Circular, The L19, P8, 14 

Circumlocution LI 8, P8 

Citations, Evidential L16, P13 

Classified Advertising L24, P5 

Clearness. . L9, P14; L10, PS; Lll, PIS, 16; L12, PS 

Cleverness, in Advertising L2, P10 

Close, The L6, P12; L13, P10 

Collecting Data L9, P9 

Color in Advertising. . L2, P8; L16, P12; L17, P5 

Comparison of Advertising and Selling LI, P7 

Competition L3, P7; L20, P7, 9 

Conclusion, in Copy L13, PS, 10; L14, P5, 6 

Concrete Presentation L13, PS 

Conditions in Selling L5, PS 

Confidence Inspired L16, P10, 13 

Conscious Mind in Writing Lll, P6, 7, 13 

Construction of an Advertisement L4, P8 

Continuous Advertising L21, P10 

Converse Tire Adv't L17, P8 

Conviction, Defined L9, PS 

Convincing the Buyer L22, PS 

Cooper-Wells Adv't L3, PIS 

Copy Definition and Kinds of. L8, P8-1S; L9, P6, 7, 8, 14; L12, PS, 6, 7, 10; 
L13, P5; LIS, P3, IS; L16, P3, 12; L17, P6-12; L18, P5, 11; 
L23, P12, 13, 14, IS. 

Copy Style L9, P9 

Costs of Advertising L18, P5; L23, P9 

Coupon, The L14, P14 

Creating Conviction L9, PS 

Doubt L9, PS 

Criticising Advertisements. ...L4, P9, IS; L5, P14; L13, P6; L14, P8, 12; 
L15, P5, 15; L16, P5, IS; L17, P5, 14; L19, 9-13; L20, Pll. 16. 

Criticising Advertising L2, P7; L3, P6, 7; L5, P14 

Cultivating Space L3, P8, 9 

Customer — 

Holding the New L22, P10 

Holding the Old L22, P10 

Getting the New L22, P10 

The New L22, P10; L23, PS 

[288] 



D 

Danger of Brevity LIS, P3, 11, 14 

Data— How to Collect L9, P9 

Death Rate of Advertising L22, P15 

Declaration vs. Claim L7, P12; L8, PS, 15 

Deduction L15, P12; L21, P7 

Definition of — 

Advantage L7, P5 

Advertising LI, P13; L2, P3-1S; L3, PS; L4, P9; L22, P13; L23, P16 

Affirm L7, P10 

Art L4, P8 

Artwork L4, P8 

Assertion L7, Pll 

Attractive L9, P12 

Bluff L8, P6 

Boasting L8, P6 

Brag L8, P6 

Braggadocio L8, P6 

Business LI, P12 

Cadence L10, P14 

Circumlocution L18, P8 

Conviction L9, PS 

Copy L16, P3 

Criticise LS, P14 

Demonstrate LS, P12; L12, P6 

Direct Mail L2, PIS 

Disbelief L7, P12 

Doubt L9, P5 

Education L12, P6 

Emphasis L10, P14 

Explanation L12, P6 

Evident L8, P9; L12, P6 

Evidential L8, P9; L12, P6 

Evidently L8, P9; L12, P6 

Expect. : .us, P6 Stationery 

Fiction L17, P13 

General LI, P9 Freight 

Honest L6, P6 y es 

Hybrid. LI, P9 

Implication L18, P12 

Implicit L18, P12 

Incredulity L7, P12 

Information L12, P6 

Interest L9, P12 

Logic L9, P6; L12, P6 

Manual L19, P14 

Mind L7, P8 

Motif L17, P10 

Move L6, P7, 11 

Particular LI, P9 

Peroration L14, P6 

Perspicuity L9, P14 

Persuade L6, P8, 10 

Positive L6, P5 

Positivism ■ US, PS, 6 

Possibility L23, PS 

Potential LS. P3 

Premise L13, P9 

Presentation L14, P5 

Proposition L13, P9 

Prospect L23, P5 

Reason L12, P6 

Recapitulate L14, P6 

Recapitulation L14, P6 

Sale LI, P14 

Salesmanship LS, PS, 11 

Selling L16, P3 

Short L18, Pll 

Show LS, P12 

[289] 



Planning 



Trade 



Definition of — continued 

Skeptical L7, P12 

Stimulus LI, P13 

Story L17, Pll 

Strong L7, P8 

Truth L6, P6 

Vain. L8, P6 

Vainglorious L8, P6 

Vaunt L8, P6 

Verisimilitude LIS, P8 

Weak. . . L7, P7 

Degrees in Selling L12, P9 

Demonstrate, To L5, P12; L13, P7; LIS, Pll; L16, P12; L17, P6 

Demonstrator L5, P12; L13, P7; L14, P8, 9; L15, Pll 

Densmore Co., J. M. Adv't L19, PS 

Department, The Advertising L22, P15 

Description and Uses of Punctuation L10, P7 

Desire L3, P12; L4, P4-1S; L17, PS 

Dictating Your Copy Lll, P8 

Dictionary — 

Authority LI, P8 

Funk & Wagnalls LI, P8 

The Value of LI, P8 

Diet, The, in Writing Lll, P12 

Difficulties in Writing Lll, P8 

Diffuseness L18, P9 

Diluted Salesmanship L2, P5, 6 

Direct Mail — 

Campaign L23, P14; L24, P8, 9, 10 

Copy. L23, P12, 13, 14, 15 

Costs L23, P7, 8, 9; L24, P9, 10 

Definition L2, P14; L23, P16 

Failures L23, P9; L24, P6 

Its Use L22, P8; LS, P14; L22, P6-13; L24, P8 

Its Value L22, P8; L24, P8 

Losses L23, P7, 8, 9, 10; L24, P6, 10 

Magazines L2, PIS 

Plans L24, P9-14 

Postage L24, P9, 10 

Principles L23, Pll 

Success L24, P13 

Wastes L23, P7, 8, 9; L24, P6, 9, 10 

Direct Sales from Advertising L16, P15 

Display Advertising L23, P15; L24, PS 

Displays. L23, P15 

Disproportioned Advertisements L3, P12 

Dissuasion L14, Pll 

Distributors L20, P6, 7; L22, Pll 

Dodger, The L19, P8 

Doubt, Defined L9, PS 

E 

Education— Defined L12, P6 

Effect and Cause L22, PIS 

Elements of — 

Attraction L16, P5 

Selling LI, P10 

Elgin Watch Co. Adv't LIS, P6, 7 

Eliminating Media L21, P10 

Emotion L6, P9 

Emphasis in Writing L10, P14 

End of the Copy L13, P5, 13; L14, PS, 6 

English — ■ 

Books L10, P6 

Construction L10, P7 

Errors in Advertising LI, P14; L2, P12, 14; L3, P12; L4, P3, 7, 8; 

L13, Pll; L14, P10; L19, P7; L20, P8, 10; L22, P8, 9, 13, 14; 
L23, P7, 8; L24, P6 

[290] 



Essex Motors Adv't LIS, P5, 7 

Ethics L24, P13 

Evident, Denned L8, P9; L12, P6, 7 

Evidential Copy L8, P10, IS; L9, P7, 9; L13, P8; LIS, PS, 6; 

L16, P5, 13; L18. P5 

Evidential, Defined L8, P9; L12, P6, 7 

Evidently, Defined L8, P10 

Exactness L6, P6 

Examples of Advertisements L3, Pl-15 

Explanation, Defined L12, P6 

Expression of Thought L10, P14; L18, P14 

Eye Habits L3, P12 

F 

Fac-Simile Reproductions L2, P14 

Factors of Selling LI, P10; L9, P13 

Facts in Your Copy L9, P9; L16, P5 

Failing in Direct Mail Advertising L23, P9 

Failures in Direct Mail L23, P9; L24, P6 

False Promise L2, P9 

Fee Charging LI, P4 

Fee, The, in Advertising LI, P4 

Fiction, Defined L17, P13 

Finish, The L13, P5-10; L14, PS, 6 

Firm Belief, How Caused L9, P9 

Folder, The L2, PIS; L19, P7 

Folders, Their Use L2, P15 

Follow-up, The L21, P13; L22, P9; L23, P6, 12, 13; L24, P8 

Forming the Booklet L22, P6 

Foundation of Advertising L14, P8 

Four Balanced Parts L3, P12; L4, P4, 5, 9-15 

Four Main Types of Advertising Copy L8, P10 ni 

Free Offers... ..,..7. L16, P7, 13 Manning 

Free Service LI, P4 Stationery 

Friction L19, P15 

Fundamental, The, of All Salesmanship L6, P6; L9, P13; L14, P8 Freight 

Rates 
G Trade 

Gamble, When People Will L20, P5 CustomS 

Gap, The, in Advertising L14, P8; L16, P6, 10; L19, PS, 12; L20, P6; 

L21, P7, 12; L22, P7. 
General — Paper 

Advertising LI, P9; L22, P14 Brands 

The Market L22, P12 

Presentation L13, PS, 13, 14; L20, P16; L21, PS HOW I 

Terms LI, P9, 10; L13, P12 Is Mj 

Generalize, To LI, P9, 10; L20, P16 

Getting the New Customer L22, P10 

Getting Your Facts L9, P9 

Gift Advertising 1,16, P7 

Good Copy L9, P8 

Ground Breaking L18, P3, S 

Guarantee, The L17, P9 

H 

Habits of the Eye L3, P12 

Hammond Typewriter Advertisement L15, Pll, 12 

Hartman Furniture Co. Advertisement L16, P10, 11 

Headlines — When to Write Lll, P5 

Heeken Co. Advertisement L17, P9 

Honest Abe (Lincoln) L6, P6 

Honesty — Its Value L6, P6 

House Organs L2, PIS 

[2911 



How To — 

Begin Copy L13, P6, 7 

Close L6, P12; L13, P10 

Collect Data L9, P9 

Collect Facts L9, P9 

Collect Information L9, P9 

Construct an Advertisement L4, P8 

Convince L9, P5; L16, P10, 13; L22, PS 

Criticise Advertising L2, P7; L3, P6. 7; L5, P14 

Demonstrate L5, P12; L13, P7; LIS, Pll; L16, P12; L17, P6 

Judge Advertising L2, P8, 9, 11; L3, P3 

Judge Copy L2, P8, 9, 11 

Persuade L6, P8, 9, 10 

Plan a Booklet Lll, P6, 7; L22, P6 

Prepare Material Lll, P6, 7 

To Prove Your Case L7, P12, 13; L8, P5-1S; L15, P4, S, 6 

Punctuate L10, P5, 7 

Regulate the Diet Lll, P12 

Sell by the Printed Word LI, P10; L3, P3; L4, P9; LS, PS, 8, 9, 11; 

L6, P7; L9, P13, L12, P6, 8; L22, P 13, 16. 

Use Logic L9, P6; L13, P3-14; L14, P3-14 

To Use Letters L2, PIS; L23, P12, 13; L24, P7 

Write L10, PS; Lll, P8 

Write Titles Lll, P6 

Human Mind Study Lll, P14; L22, P5 

Human Nature, How Governed L7, PS; L22, PS 

Huxley's Illustration on Chalk L13, P14 

Hybrid. LI, P8; L2, P3 

Hypothesis LIS, P12 

I 

Ignorance L13, Pll 

"I Had Six Honest Serving Men," by Kipling L17, P3 

Illustration on Chalk, by Huxley L13, P14 

Illustration, Its Use L17, P6-12 

Implication, Defined L18, P12 

Implicit, Defined L18, P12 

Importance of the Message L3, P4 

Important, The, Part of Advertising L14, P8 

Incentive L19, P12 

Incredulity, Defined L7, P12 

Indecision — Its Cause L9, PS 

Index Advertising L3, P8, 11 

Indirectness L18, P8 

Inference in Copy. L15, P15; L18, P12, 13; L21, P7 

Information Collecting L9, P9 

Inquiry — 

Answering The L20, PS; L22, P7, 8 

Bring'ing Letters L23, Pll 

Bringing Space L23, P16 

Inspiring Confidence L16, P10, 13 

Instinct, The Buying L2, P10 

Intellect, The Perfect L12, P10 

Intensive Selling L5, P7 

Interest - " - 

Arousing L9, P12; L13, P13; L23, P6; L24, P9 

In Advertising LI, Pll; L9, P12, 13; L23, P9; L24, P9 

Its Value LI, Pll; L3, P12; L4, P3, IS; L9, P12, 13; L23, P9 

Sustaining L9, P12; L13, P13 

Interesting the Prospect L23, P6; L24, P9 

Inter Woven Hose Advertisement L3, P13 

Introduction, In Copy L13, PS, 6, 7; L14, P5, 12; L15, P6; L18, P3, 5 

Introductory to Lessons LI, P3 

Iron Clad Hose Advertisement L3, P14 

J 

Jarvis, Benj. E., Advertisement L19, P9 

Tello Advertisement L17, P5 

Jevons on Logic L9, P6; L12, P10; L13, P3; L14, P3; LIS, P12; L21, PS 

[292] 



Judging— 

Advertising L2, P8, 9, 11; L3, P3 

Copy L2, P8, 9, 11 

Judgment Suspended L9, PS 



K 

Knowing — 

The Customer L22, P12 

Your Business L22, P12 

Knowledge of Business L22, P12 



L 

LaSalle Extension Uni. Advertisement L17, Pll, 14 

Law of Average , L5, P6 

Laws of Advertising L22, P15 

Leading the Mind L13, PIS 

Leavitt, J. Franklin, Advertisement L16, PIS 

Length of Sentences and Paragraphs L10, Pll 

Lesson Subjects (in this Course) — 

Lesson 1. What Is Advertising 

2. Advertising Described 

3. Criticism of Current Advertisements 

A CC CC CC " 

S. Analysis of Sales and Salesmanship 

z~ cc cc cc cc cc 

7. The Value of Proof in Salesmanship 

8. Description of Copy 

9. Good Copy and Bad Copy 

10. English Composition and Expression 

11. Planning Your Work 

12. Methods in Writing 

13. Three Phases of Copy Presentation Frfiifhl 

14. Criticising Advertisements — Copy Presentation n.i.„ 
15_ « « « cc KaiBS 

16! " " 

17. " " " « Trade 

}|; " " " I Custon 

20! " " " " 

91 cc cc cc cc 

22. The Master Salesman — Advertising Mistakes "<Pf 

23. Direct Mail Advertising Brands 

24. Direct Mail Plans 

Letters L2, PIS; L24, P7 F! 

Letter Selling L2, P15 ,s " 

Letters— Their Use L2, PIS; L23, P12, 13; L24, P7 

Limits of Periodical (Magazine) Advertising L18, PS 

Lincoln, Abe— Master of Proof Lll, P3, 16 

Lincoln Motor Car Advertisement L20, P3 

Line of Least Resistance L22, P14 

List, Canvassing the Mailing L23, P10 

Literature in Advertising L2, Pll 

Logic — 

Defined L9, P6 

Its Use .L9 P6* L13 P3 14* L4 P3 

In Advertising'. '. '.L9,'P6; L12,' P10; L13," P3,'i4; L15, P12; L21, P5; L22^ P8 
In Selling. . . .L5, P13; L9, P6; L12, P10; L13, P3; L15, P12; L21, P5; L22, P8 

Logician LS, P13; L14, P3 

Loss In — 

Advertising LI, P14; L2, P4; L19, P15; L22, P13, 14; L23, P8, 9; L4, P6 

Direct Mail L23, P7, 8, 9, 10; L24, P6, 10 

Low Priced Sales L20, PS, 6 

Lure L19, P12 

[293 1 



M 

Magazine Advertising L3, P13; L18, PS; L22, P7, 13; L23, P5 

Magazines of Advertising L2, PIS; L14, P8; L22, P7 

Mailing, The, List L23, P10 

Mail Media LIS, P3 

Maintaining Interest L9, P12 

"Make It Short" L18, PS 

Making the Booklet L22, P6 

Making the Sale L22, P6 

Manual, Defined L19, P14 

Manufacturer, The L22, P7 

Market, the Buyer's L2, P4; L22, P8 

Marketing L20, P7 

Mass Advertising L18, Pll 

Master Salesman L22, P10, 11, IS 

Maxwell Motor Car Advertisement L20, Pll 

Measuring Advertising's Worth L2, P7 

Media Eliminated L21, P10 

Meeting Competition L3, P7; L20, P7, 9 

Mental Peculiarities Lll, P6 

Message, The L3, P4; L4, P8; LIS, P15 

Methods in Preparation Lll, P7, 8; L12, Pll 

Mind — Conscious and Subconscious L10, P6, 7; Lll, P6, 7, 11 

Mind, Defined L7, P8 

Mind Fatigue in Writing Lll, P10 

Mind, Leading the , L13, PIS 

Missouri Engine Co. Advertisement L19, P10 

Mistakes of Advertising LI, P14; L2, P12, 14; L3, P12; L4, P3, 7, 8; 

L13, Pll; L14, P10; L19, P7; L20, P7, 8, 10; L22, P7, 8, 9, 13, 14. 

Money, The, Appeal L14, P12 

Monotony of Expression L10, P14 

Morgue of Advertising L22, PIS 

Mortality of Advertising L22, P15 

Motif, Defined L17, P10 

Motor Boat Advertisement L19, PS, 6 

Move To, Defined L6, P7, 11 

Moving Advertisements L20, P8 

Moxie Announcement Advertisement LI, Pll 

Mueller, L. J. Furnace Co. Advertisement L21, P14 

Multiplying Power L3, P10 

Of Advertising L2, P7 

N 

National Salesman's Training Ass'n Advertisement L14, PI 2 

Needs of Advertising L2, P3, 9, 14; L3, P10, 11; L10, P5 

Negative, Sales Value in Advertising L2, P5, 7; LS, P7; L18, P7 

New, The, Customer L22, P10; L23, P5 

Newspaper Advertising P23, P5 

Norm, The, in Advertising L13, P12 

Nujol Advertisement L14, P9 



o 

Objects of Writers L2, P12 

Observation LIS, P12 

Offers, Free .' L16, P7, 13 

Office Sales Work L22, P8 

Old Customer, The L22, P10 

Opaque Copy L8, P10; L9, P6, 7, 8 

Opening, The L13, P6, 7; L14, P12 

Oral Salesman LI, P10; L2, P13; L5, P8, 9, 13; L9, P13; L12, P9 

Oral Salesmanship LI, P10; L2, P13; L5, P8, 9, 13; L9, P13; L12, P9 

Order Takers LS, PS 

Organs, House L2, P15 

Ornamentation L3, P4 

Overcoming Writing Difficulties Lll, P8 



294] 



p 

Packard Truck Advertisement L20, P15 

Packer's Tar Soap Advertisement L19, P13 

Paper Values L2, P8 

Paragraph, The L10,' P9 

Particularize, Defined LI, P10 

Parts of Presentation L3, P12; L4, P4, 5, 9, IS 

Parts of the Sale L5, P14 

Parts— An Advertisement's Four L3, P12; L4, 5, 9, IS 

Pascal, Blaise, "Methods in Writing" L2, Pll, 15 

Paying for Service LI, P4 

Pelton Pub. Co. Advertisement L16, P14 

Percentage of Sales to Inquiries L22, P9 

Perfect Intellect, The L12, P10 

Periodical Advertising L2, P15; L18, PS; L20, PS, 9; L22, P7, 13; L22, P5 

Peroration, Defined L14,P 6 

Personal Salesmanship ... LI, P10; L2, P13; LS, P8, 9, 13; L6, P12; L9, P13; L12, P9 

Personal Selling LI, P10; L5, PS, 8; L6, P12 

Perspicuity, Defined L9, P14; L10, P5; L12, PS 

Persuasion — 

Defined L6, P8, 10 

In Advertising L6, P8, 9 

In Print L6, P8, 9 

In Selling L6, P8, 9 

When To Use L6, P9, 10 

Where To Use L6, P8, 10 

Phases, Three, of Copy L13, P5 

Photographic Reproduction LIS, P8 

Physical Form .' L3, P9 

Pictures, Mental L19, P8 

Plain Writing— Its Value L10, PS; Lll, P16; L12, P5 

Plan and Analysis LS, P14 

Planning — 

A Booklet Lll, P6, 7; L22, P6 

Direct Mail Advertising L24, P9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 

Plans in Business LI, P4; L2, P8 

Pleonasm LIS, P9 

Point, the Buying L22, P6 rre| g ni 

Policy— Rates 

In Business , LI, P4; L2, P8 

Printing LI, P5; L2, P8 Trade 

Positive L6, P5; L7, P8, 9; L22, P16 CustOH 

Positivism L6, P6 

Possibilities L23, P5 

Possible Customers L23, P5 „ 

Postage in Direct Mail , . .L24, P9, 10 "aper 

Posters L2, pis Brands 

Postum Cereal Advertisement L3, P9; LI 3, Pll; L20, PS 

Potential Asset L21, Pll HOW 

Power of— Is A 

Attraction L9, P12 

Multiplying L2, P7 Cf-pL 

Publicitv L3, P10 * im 

Truth. L3, pii "apei 

Premature Sales Attempt L19, P12 

Premise, The L2, P9; L13, PS, 9; L16, P3 n..., 

Preparation of Material Lll, P6, 7 m ^ 

Presentation Structure L10, P7, 15; L14, P5 

Presentation, The L7, P9; L10, P12; L12, P5; L13, PS, 7; L14, P5; Refer 

L18, P5; L18, Pll; L22, P5. Clli( i, 

Presenting Evidence L9, Pll bm 

Prestige L15, PIS 

List L19, P10, 14 ' nde)( 

Selling L13, P8; L19, P12 

Principle, Important in Writing LI, P10 

Principles of all Advertising L2, PIS; LIS, P3; L18, P6; L22, P13; L23, Pll 

Principles of Direct Mail L23, Pll 

[295] 

/ 



Printed, The, Salesman L21, P12 

Printed Salesmanship LI, P10; L22, P9 

Printed Word Selling. . . LI, P10 

Printing Art Advertisement LIS, P8 

Printing, The, Craft L22, P16 

Process of Printing Lll, P6, 7 

Products, Cheap L20, P6 

Profits L24, P12 

Prolixity L18, P9 

Proper Construction L4, P8 

Proposition. Defined L13, P9 

Prospects, Business L2, P14; L21, P7, 10; L22, P8, 10; L23, P5 

Proof- 
Defined L7, P12; L15, P6 

In Advertising L7, P12; L8, P5-15; L15, P4, 6 

In Appeal L7, P13; L8, P5-1S; L15, P5, 6 

In Booklets L7, P12, 13; L8, P5-15; LIS, P5, 6 

In Business L7, P12; Lll, P3 

In Catalogs L7, P8-13; L8, PS-IS 

In Display Advertising L7, P13; L8, PS-IS; L15, PS, 6 

In Folders L7, P8, 13; L8, P5-15 

In Selling L7, P12; L8, PS— IS; Lll, P3 

Its Value and Uses L7, P8, 13; L8, P5-15 

Why Needed . L7, P12; L8, P5-1S; L15, PS, 6; L17, P14 

Prove Your Affirmations, Claims, Arguments, Cases, Statements, Points 

L7, P12,13; L9, Pll 

Publicity, Power of L3, P10 

Pull in Advertising L3, P8, 10; L4, P4 

Punctuation, Its Use L10, P7, 14 

Purpose of Business L2, P8, 14 

Purpose of This Course LI, P3; L2, Pll; L10, P6 

Psychical Advertising L3, P4; L19, P7 

Psychological Facts L20, P8 

Psychological Moment L21, P10; L22, P6; L23, P14 

Psychology, Study of the Lll, P15; L20, P8 



Quotations on — 

Advantage LS, P3 

Assertion L8, P3 

Brevity L18, P3 

Circumlocution, by Dickens L18, P8 

Clearness L9, P3 

Co-operation L24, P3 

Curiosity L24, P3 

Doubt L9, P3 

Emotion L6, P3 

English Composition L10, P3 

Ethics L24, P3 

Evidence LIS, P3; L17, P3 

Expectation L24, P3 

Facts L6, P3 

Fancy L20, P3 

Fortune L22, P3 

Full Vocabulary L18, P3 

Gain L5, P3 

Greatness of Man and Mind L12, P3 

Imagination L21, P3 

Interest L9, P3 

Introduction L18, P3 

Knowledge .L20, P3 

Mail Carriers L23, P3 

Mail Distribution L23, P3 

Need L5, P3 

Pamphlet L22, P3 

Passion L6, P3 

Pictures L19, P3 

Plainness L9, P3 

Post Office L23, P3 

[2961 



Quotations on — continued 

Potential L5, P3; L21, P3 

Power of Logic and Reason L14, P3 

Proof L17, P3 

Proving a Proposition LI 1, P3 

"Read Not to Contradict, but to Weigh and Consider" L12, P3 

Reason L6, P3 

Reason Is Mistress L12, P3 

Reasoning, or Discourse L13, P3 

Safe Words L12, P3 

Selfishness L7, P3 

Self Love L7, P3 

Short Answers L18, Pll 

"Six Serving Men," by Kipling L17, P3 

Style in Writing L12, P3 

The Smallest Word, Holmes L19, P7 

Thoughts L22, P3 

Truth L6, P3 , 6 

Unsupported Assertions L8, P3 

Value of Definitions L8, P3 

Veracity LIS, P6 

Vicissitudes of the World L19, P3 

Words Are Pictures L19, P3 

Writing Styles L10, P3 

Quoting a Third Party L14, Pll 



R 

Rathbone, R. C. & Son, Advertisement L21, P7, 9 

Reaching the Audience L18, P10 

Realism in Art LIS, P8 

Reason — 

Defined L12, P6 

In Advertising L6, P9, IS; L9, P6, 7; L12, PIS; L22, P13 

In Arguments L6, P14, IS; L9,P67 

In Printed Matter L6, P8, 15; L9, P6, 7; L22, P13 

In Selling L6, P9, 15; L9, P6, 7; L12, P15; L22, P13 

The Power of L6, P14; L9, P6, 7; L14, P3; L22, P13 

The Use of L6, P15; L9, P6, 7; L12, PIS; L22, P13 

Where Used L6, PIS; L9, P6, 7 

"Reason Why"— 

Advertising L6, P14; L9, P7 

Copy L6, P14; L9, P7 

Salesmanship L6, P14; L9, P7 

Selling L6, P14; L9, P7 

Reasonableness — Its Value L6, P14; L9, P6, 7 

Recapitulation L13, Pll; L14, P6 

Redundancy L18, P9 

Regulating the Diet Lll, P12 

Reinforcing Impressions L21, P10 

Relationship Through Interest L13, P13 

Reproduction Through Photography LIS, P8; L21, P7 

Requirements of Selling L13, P8 

Resting the Mind — 

By Punctuation L10, P10 

In Writing Lll, P10 

Retarding the Impulse L19, P9 

Rhetorical Proposition L13, P9 

Round-About Expression L18, P8 

Rules on Writing Methods L12, Pll, IS 



Trade 



S 

Sale, Closing the L6, P12; L13, P10 

Appeal L18, P6 

For Cash L16, PIS 

Organization L22, P9, 10, IS 

[2971 



Sales — continued 

Stimulus L3, P3; L22, P10 

Thermometer L2, P7 

True L6, P14 

Urge L16, P12 

Value L3, P12 

Salesman's, The, Distrust of Advertising L2, P4 

Salesmanship — 

Defined , .L5, Pll; L12,P9 

In Print LI, P10; L3, P3; L4, P9, L5, PS, 8, 9, 11; L6, P7; 

L9, P13; L12, P6, 8; L22, P13, 16 
Oral LI, P10; L2, P13; LS, P8, 9, 13; L6, P2; L9, P13; 

L12 P9* L22 Pll 

Personal. ...'...'....! LI, P10; LS, PS, 8; L6, P12; L12, P9; L22, Pll 

Spoken LI, P10; LS, P8; L6, P12; L12, P9; L22, Pll 

Verbal LI, P10; L2, P13; LS, P8, 9, 13; L6, P12; L9, P13; 

L12, P9; L22, Pll 

Salesmen, The Two, of Business LI, P7 

Sample Inquiry Bringing Letters L23, P12, 13 

Science of Advertising. . . L3, P10; L22, P13 

Sears-Roebuck Co. Advertisement Principles L16, P12 

Selfishness L7, P3 

Self-Love L7, P3 

Selling — 

By Affirmation L7, P10; L13, P8 

By Bargains L16, Pll 

By Booklets LS, P14; L22, P6 

By Catalog L16, Pll 

By Copy L8, P8, 9, 10; L16, P12 

By Declaration L7, P10 

By Demonstration L14, P8, 9 

By Distributors L20, P6, 7 

By Evidence L8, P10, 15; L9, P7, 9; L13, P8 

By Facts L16, P5; L22, P13 

By Folders LS, P14; L22, P13 

By Letters LS, P14 

By Logic L7, P12 

By Mail LS, P14; L22, P6, 13 

By Persuasion L6, P8 

By Price L13, P8 

By Price Lists L19, P10 

By Print LI, P10; L5, PS, 8, 9 

By Printed Matter L5, P14 

By Printed Words LI, P10; LS, P14 

By Proof L5, P14; L7, P12 

By Reason LS, P14; L7, P12 

By Showing L12, P8, 9; L13, P8 

By Testimony LIS, PS 

Selling — 

Atmosphere L2, P7; L3, P4 

Conditions LS, PS 

Defined LI, P14; LS, P5; L12, P9 

Elements LI, P10; L7, P6, 7; L13, P8; L22, P10 

Factors LI, Pll; L6, P6; L13, P8, L22, P10 

Force L22, P10 

Goods or Services LI, P12 

Helps L9, P12, 13 

In Person LI, P10; L 5, P8; L6, P12; L9, P13; L12, P9; L22, Pll 

Intensely LS, P7 

Low Priced Merchandise L20, P5 

Power L19, P15 

Principles L22, P13 

Requirements L13, P8 

Stunts L2 P6 

The Buyer L22; P5 

Sections or Chapters L10, P12 

Sentence, The L10, P9 

[298] 



Service — 

Charges LI, P4 

Its Value LI, P4 

Paying For LI, P4 

Short Copy L18, Pll 

Showing L12, P8; L13, PS; L18, PIS 

Signs L2, P4, 15; L3, P5, 6; L5, P7 

Simplicity in Writing— Its Value L10, P5; L17, P16 

"Six Serving Men"— By Kipling L17, P3 

Skeptical, Defined L7, P12 

Skeptics Disarmed L16, P13 

Space L2, PS; L3, P8, 9; L10, P10; L18, PS; L23, P16 

Spoken Salesmanship LI, P10; L2, P13; L5, P8, 12, 13; L6, P12; L9, P13; 

L12, P9; L22, Pll. 

Standard Dictionary, Defined LI, P8 

Start Copy, How To L13, P7 

Starting a Booklet Lll, P9 

Statements of Others Reproduced L16, P13 

Stimulus LI, P13; L3, P3; L22, P6 

Story Type of Advertising L17, Pll 

Striking Attention L4, P3 

Strong, Defined L7, P8 

Study— Its Value LI, P5 

Studying Business LI, P4 

Stunt Selling L2, P6 

Style in Writing L9, P9, 14; L10, P5; L18, P9 

Subconscious Mind Lll, P6, 7, 13 

Subjects of These Lessons — 

Lesson 1. What is Advertising? 

2. Advertising Described 

3. Criticism of Current Advertising 
^ a a cc cc 

S. Analysis of Sales and Salesmanship 

f. tt cc a it « 

7. The Value of Proof 

8. Description of Copy 

9. Good Copy and Bad Copy 

10. English Composition and Expression 

11. Planning Your Work 

12. Methods in Writing 

13. Three Phases of Copy Presentation 

14. Criticising Advertisements for Copy 

j c « « it it 

\6. " " " 

Y] " it it it 

\i. 

1Q a a a a 

20* " » « « 

2] " '« << a 

22. Master Salesman — Advertising Mistakes 

23. Direct Mail Advertising 

24. Direct Mail Plans 

Success in Direct Mail L24, P13 

Summing Up L13, P16 

Supported Copy L8, P9; L9, P14; L12, PS, 10 

Surplusage L18, P9 

Suspended Judgment L9, PS 

Suspicion — Its Cause L9, PS 

Sustaining Interest L9, P12 

System in Your Writing Lll, Pll 



Trade 



T 

Tabloid Presentations LIS, P3 

Taking Orders L5, P5 

Tautology L18, P9 

Teacher L5, P13 

Tediousness L18, P9 

[299] 



Terms in Writing L12, P14; L13, P9 

Test (Physical) L13, P9 

Testimony in Advertising L15, P5, 8, 9 

Testing L13, P8, 9 

Thermometer of Advertising L2, P7 

Third-Party Praise LIS, PS 

Thought Expression L10, P14; L18, P14 

Three Phases of Copy L13, PS; L18, P8 

Title Writing Lll, P6 

To-day's Business L2, P8, 14 

Tools of Business L21, PI 

Trade Paper Advertising L14, P8 

True Sales L6, P14 

Truth in Advertising L12, P14; L13, P10 

Truth's Power. ...... m L3, Pll; L6, P6 

Twenty-two Classifications of Copy L8, P9 

Two Salesmen of Business LI, P7 

Typewriter in Copy Writing, The Lll, P5 



u 

Understandings — 

Advertising L2, PIS 

Subjects LI, P8 

Terms LI, P8 

U. S. Shipping Board Advertisement L16, P9 

Universal Appeal L14, P12 

Unsupported Assertions L8, P3, 10 

Unsupported Copy L8, P9; L9, P5 

Urge in selling L6, P8; L16, P12; L22, P6 

Using — 

Direct Mail L2, P15; L22, P8, L24, P8 

Periodicals L2, P15; LIS, P5; L20, PS, 9; L22, P7, 13; L23, P5 

The Booklet L2, P15; L14, P8; LIS, P6, 10, 15; L16, P6, 7, 9 

L19, PS, 15; L20, P5, 7; L22, P6, L24, P6, 8 

The Card Index Lll, Pll 

The Catalog ■ L16, Pll 

The Follow Up. L21, P13; L22, P9, L23, P6, 12, 13; L24, P8 

The Typewriter Lll, PS 



Vain— Defined X8, P7 

Vainglorious — Defined L8, P7 

Value of — 

Action L4, P3, IS 

Affirmation L7, P10; L8, P9 

Art L2, P8; L4, P8; L17, P9 

Attention L3, P12, IS 

Beauty , L2, P8 

Color L2, P8 

Direct Mail L22, P8; L24, P8 

Exactness L6, P6 

Paper L2, P8 

Punctuation L10, P7, 14 

Quoting L14, Pll 

Sales Strength L2, P9 

The Chapter L10, P12 

The Outline in Writing Lll, P12 

Vaunt— Defined .L8, P7 

Veracity L15, P6 

Verbal Salesmanship. .LI, P10; L2, P13; L5, P8, 9, 13; L6, P12; L9, P13; L12, P9 

Verbiage L18, P4 

Verbosity L18, P9 

Verification LIS, P12; L21, P5 

Verisimilitude, Defined L15, P8; L17, P6, 7; L21, P7 

[3001 



Victor Talking Machine Co. Advertisement L16, P8 

Visualize the Audience L18, PI 1 

Vital Parts of the Sale LS, P14 

Vital Point, The L18, P10 

Vocabulary— Its Use L18, P3 



w 

Waste in Advertising . XI, P14; L2, P14; L19, PIS; L22, P13, 14; L23, P8, 9; L24, P6 
Weakness — 

In Presentation L7, P7 

Of Claims L7, Pll; L8, P6, 7 

Western Coil & Electric Co. Advertisement L17, P10 

"What and Why and When," Kipling L17, P3 

What Is Advertising? LI, P5-15 

What to Avoid in Writing L18, P9, 10 

When to Use Affirmation L7, P10; L8, P9 

White Space L2, PS 

White Truck Advertisement L15, P9 

Willard Storage Battery Advertisement LIS, P13, 14 

Wisconsin Motor Advertisement L19, P10 

Wordiness L18, P9 

Worth of Advertising L2, P7; L3, P3 

Writer — 

Business, The L10, P5; L22, P12 

Salesmen L10, P5; L22, P12 

Writing — 

An Advertisement L4, P8 

Difficulties Lll, P8 

From an Outline Lll, Pll 

Headlines Lll, P5 

Methods Lll, P7, 16; L12, Pll, 15 

On the Typewriter Lll, P5 

Principles in Advertising LI, P10 

Punctuation L10, P7 

Style L9, P9; L10, PS; Lll, P15, 16; L18, P9 

Terms L12, P14; L13, P9 

The Booklet L14, P8 

Titles Lll, P5 

Your Own Copy Lll, PS 

Written Salesmanship LI, P10; L3, P3; L4, P9; LS, P5, 8, 9, 11; L6, P7; 

L9, P13; L12, P6, 8; L22, P13, 16. 

Why Salesmen Dislike Advertising L2, P4 



As an additional help, this Handbook contains some general 
suggestions for the preparation of documents, stationery, office 
and factory forms published at the request of printers. These 
have resulted from careful research and analysis by the Research 
Department of the American Writing Paper Company for many 
of the largest and most successful corporations in the country. 
A complete index of the pages on which this information may be 
found is given in the Blue section at the back of the book. 

Further material will be published by the American Writing 
Paper Company from time to time to assist printers in the 
development of their business. 

[301] 



Planning 
Stationery 



Trade 



/ 



Planning Stationery 

THE DESIGN, MAKE-UP AND ARRANGEMENT OF STATION- 
ERY, OFFICE AND FACTORY FORMS 

A GREAT amount of printed matter is designed without 
reference to the economical size which will cut without 
waste from any of the regular standard sheet sizes. While the 
amount of trim necessary may differ, it does not vary to any ap- 
preciable amount and, if the standard sheet sizes of paper are con- 
sidered when the size of the form is determined, the waste of 
paper and excessive trim may be avoided. 

Uniformity of size in the forms of one company is also an im- 
portant matter, and a company should consider and select the 
smallest number of the different standard sizes which will cover 
all requirements. The 83^" x 11" size with its division into halves, 
quarters, etc., is becoming more and more the adopted standard. 

In many cases, odd sizes may be reduced to lower standard 
sizes. There is no real advantage, however, in cutting down a 
standard size to an odd size to provide excessive trimming. 

The standardized invoice adopted at the 1920 convention of 
the National Association of the Purchasing Agents is &}4" wide 
with a minimum of 7" and a maximum of 14" in length, a tolerance 
of }/%' in each dimension being permitted. The Association also 
urges that all invoices be cut from 17" x 22" or 17" x 28" stock. 
i The American Bankers Association has adapted as a stand- 
ard check size, 3^" x 8^", which, allowing }/%' trim, is one-half of 
the minimum invoice size 83^" x 7". 

Considerable saving may be effected if consideration is given 
to the matter of size, and in such cases where odd non-standard 
sizes seem advisable or necessary the cost of the waste should be 
estimated. 

The consumer, therefore, should always consult his printer 
before making the final decision on the size of an office form as 
a slight variation may effect marked economy. And the printer 
should advise the customer whenever it is evident that a wasteful 
size is being planned. 



302 



The Substance Factor 

FOR DETERMINING THE WEIGHT OF PAPER 

A GREAT deal of confusion has resulted from the different 
basis (substance) weights used by the trade for different 
classes of paper. There is no particular reason why papers of 
every class should not be sold on the same substance weight basis 
although the actual sizes may be different. To meet this, a new 
plan has been proposed and is rapidly gaining favor. 

This new basis is the weight of a ream (500 sheets) of paper 
of which each sheet has an area of 1,000 square inches. With 
this as a unit the weight of a ream of paper of any size can be 
quickly figured. For instance a sheet of 17" x 22" — 20 would be 
very close to substance 53% on the new standard. Working 
from the standard, suppose it were desired to know the weight 
of a ream of 17" x 22", it would be necessary to multiply length 
by width, divide this product by 1,000 and multiply by 53%. 
This gives the answer — 20 pounds. 



OLD AND NEW SUBSTANCE WEIGHTS 

Numbers in italics are old basis weights, other numbers are these weights 
expressed on the new basis, to sheet size 25" x 40". 



Bonds 
Ledgers 


17 x22 
25 x40 


13 

35 


16 

43 


20 
53 


24 
64 


28 

75 


32 
85 


36 
96 


40 
107 


Writings 

Linens 

Mimeographs 


17 x28 
25 x40 


16.5 
35 


20.5 
43 


25.5 
53 


30.5 
64 


35.5 

75 


40.5 
85 


46 
96 


51 
107 


19 x24 
25 x40 


16 
35 


19.5 
43 


24.5 
53 


29.5 
64 


34 
75 


39 
85 


44 
96 


49 
107 




25 x38 
25 x40 


45 
47 


50 
53 


60 
63 


70 

74 


80 
84 


90 
95 


100 
105 


120 
126 


Books 


26 x29 
25 x40 


36 

47 


40 
53 


47 
63 


56 

74 


63 
84 


71 
95 


79 
105 


95 
126 


30^ x 41 
25 x40 


59 
47 


66 
53 


79 
63 


92 

74 


105 
84 


119 
95 


132 
105 


158 
126 


Offsets 


32 x44 
25 x40 


67 
47 


74 
53 


89 
63 


104 

74 


119 
84 


133 
95 


148 
105 


178 
126 




35 x453^ 
25 x40 


75 
47 


84 
53 


101 
63 


117 
74 


134 
84 


150 
95 


168 
105 


201 
126 


Covers 


20 x26 
25 x40 


25 
48 


35 
67 


40 

77 


45 
87 


50 
96 


65 
125 


100 
192 


130 
250 


23 x33 
25 x40 


34 
48 


53 

67 


56 
77 


65 
87 


73 
96 


95 
125 


146 
192 


190 
250 


Bristols 


25Y 2 x 30Y 2 
25 x40 


110 

141 


140 
180 


170 
219 


220 
283 










22J4x28H 
25 x40 


100 
141 


110 
180 


140 
219 


180 
283 










Weddings 
Papeteries 


2iy 2 x 33 
25 x40 


53 
75 


60.5 
85 


76 
107 


106 
149 


121 

171 


159 
224 


181.5 
256 





In expressing new basis 
number has been taken. 



in size 25" x 40", no decimals have been used and next nearest 

[303] 



Planning 
Stationery 

Freight 



Trade 



/ 



rs ^Tr!y Q ^i" 



' D 4Ho * 



/ 



/ ^ rzi ' 



/ <& L. ; nebk 

i 

/ 




^ 7/ . 

y S Bill; 



/ 



BRASKA 



/ c 'Ty ; 

DENVER 



/ 



I 



LlNCOLh 




Frei^ 

PAPER FREIGHT RATES AND TRAI 

THIS page shows the carload freight rates and indicates the fastes 
possible time for shipment of car loads from Holyoke. A da 
or two should be added for safety. The time for shipment froi 
Eastern divisions outside of Holyoke will usually be a day longe 
but the rates are practically the same. From the mills in Ohio an 
Wisconsin, the rates and time are not indicated here. The America 
Writing Paper Company prides itself on the efficiency of its Traffi 
Department and the effective service it tenders in following up ship 
ments and in securing the most economical rates. 



Atlanta 6 days $0.69 

Albany 2 days -16K 

Augusta 3 days ,25 



Baltimore 3 days $0.30 

Billings IS days 1.87^ 

Birmingham 7 days .81 



[304 



SNESOTA 



5T. PAULS 



# I 



*! ( % */?&* 

^H4i*° 5tova 






V WISCONSIN (<y / wlC HKSAiy | -X*^ ^^ •V"^"""fL^ 



*<t KANSAS \ 
••CTTY 5T>LOU« 



I 



KENTUCKY _ ^1 . «-- -.T^Tu CP.» oUS 



• X/""' KENTUCKY ^* --— *~T? C.I 

i >-/ .•' 

1 ARKANSAS / MEKAPH » (~<SgS£^ 

! *. * \ 



HOLYOKE 

MASS. 



V 



Mississippi 



J Louisiana 



I 



\ ATLNN™ 

.' Birmingham*. 

! / 

-\ 

FLORIDA 



JACKSONVILLE 



> NEW ORLEANS^ 



Trade 



Paper 



Rates 



TIME MAP OF THE UNITED STATES 



Boston overnight 

Chicago 4 days 

Cincinnati 4 days 

Cleveland 4 days 

Dallas 9 days 

Denver 9 days 

Des Moines 5 days 

Detroit 4 days 

' Houston 8 days 

Indianapolis 4 days 

Jacksonville 8 days 

Kansas City 6 days 

Lincoln 7 days 

Los Angeles 15 days 

Louisville 5 days 

Memphis 7 days 

Note : _ To Pacific Ports- 
raised as it is out of line with 



.40-.41 

.34 
1.60}^ all rail 

.79J^ ocean and rail 
1.21-1.22 

.67- .68 

.36- .37 
1.17 all rail 

.71 ocean and rail 

.43- .44 

.56 via rail 

A&Yi via boat 

.77- .78 

.88H--89H 
1.87 j| 

.46V 2 -A7y 2 

.90 
-By boat, port to port, 
rail rate and is caused 



Milwaukee 5 days 

New Orleans 7 days 

New York overnight 

Omaha 6 days 

Philadelphia 2 days 

Pittsburgh 4 days 

Portland 3 days 

Providence 2 days 

Richmond 3 days 

Rochester 3 days 

Salt Lake City. ... 13 days 
San Francisco. . . .15 days 

Seattle 19 days 

Spokane 21 days 

St. Louis 5 days 

St. Paul 6 days 

10 days 
Troy 2 days 



S0.46H- .47^ 

.97 all rail 

.49 ocean and rail 

.22 

.77- .78 

.27 

.30 

.24 

.23 

.38 ' 

•28^ 
1.87H 
1.87^ 
1.87 H 
1.87^ 

•54^- .55^ 

.64- .65 all rail 

.50 rail and lake 

MX 



Glossa 



So cents, 21-35 days, 
by rail war. 



This rate will undoubtedly be 



[305] 



Paper Trade Customs for the 
Eagle- A Line 

GENERAL REGULATIONS GOVERNING THE MANUFACTURE 
AND SALE OF PAPERS FOR COMMERCIAL USE 



OPERATING and trading conditions have brought about 
certain customs that govern the making, packing, dis- 
tributing and selling of every class of product. These practices 
are called Trade Customs. 

Having resulted from practical and economic conditions which 
affect the manufacture and marketing of any class of products, 
trade customs are usually accepted by all those doing business in 
an industry. 

The following trade paper customs are those adhered to by 
the American Writing Paper Company. 



WRITINGS 

SUBSTANCE NUMBER PLAN 
FOR BONDS, FINES, FLATS, ETC. 

Table showing revised weights which the National Paper Trade Association, 
under date of April 17, 1917, requested the Manufacturers to mark on reams of 
Bonds and Linens, Flat Writings and Ledger Papers made to Substances. 



Special Sizes 

On special sizes, an additional charge shall be made for lots of less than one 
ton. 

The following sizes may be considered as regular: 





FLATS AND BONDS 




14x17 


26x34 


17x26 


17x28 


19x24 


18x23 


28x34 


24x38 


23x36 


16x21 


19x26 


21x33 


21x32 


26x38 


30x38 


16x26 


19x28 


20x28 


17x22 


28x38 


28x40 


22x34 


19x30 


28 x 42^ 


22x2S}4 







306] 



LEDGERS 

14x17 21x32 18x46 

17 x 28 16 x 42 19 x 24 

28 x 34 17 x 22 19 x 48 

15x19 22x34 24x38 

19x30 18x23 20x28 

16x21 23x36 28x40 

LOOSE-LEAF 

\6\ixl\M 22 x38 23 x 24^ 

17^*22% 22^x22^ 23^x28^ 

19M x 24M 22^ x 28^ 24^ x 24^ 

19& x 28^ 22^ x 34 24^ x 28^ 

21^x31^ 22*^x253^ ^4^x29 

22 x 34 22^4 x 35M 24^ x 36^ 

24J^ x 38^ 

Any of the above sizes not regularly stocked by the mill in the grade ordered 
may be considered special sizes, but these and any other sizesmay be con- 
sidered regular if stocked by the mill or buyer; but all special orders for 
sizes other than those mentioned, unless regularly stocked, shall be billed 
at an additional charge in lots of less than one ton. 

Special Colors 

On special colors, or colors not regularly made in the grade ordered, an 
additional charge shall be made where such orders are less than two tons. 
The quantities mentioned in this and the preceding rule are understood to 
be the quantities named in the original order or inquiry and not the quan- 
tities that may be arrived at by adding the 10 or 15% over-run provided 
for in the rule under "Over-runs and Under-runs." For example, an order 
for say 1,900 pounds is an order for less than one ton and shall be billed 
and accepted with the additional charge, although when made the allowed 
over-run may make the shipment aggregate more than 2,000 pounds. 
Under the custom in this paragraph mills may make in any established grade 
for a customer buying said grade regularly, without additional charge, such 
colors as may be decided upon as constituting the regular colors of such 
customer's line. 

Color Differential 

On all writing papers, namely Fines, Flats, Ledgers, Bonds, Linens, and 
special finishes, and Typewriter Papers, there shall be an additional charge 
for colors in said grades and lines. 

Over-runs and Under-runs 

On special orders of one ton or less, over-runs and under-runs not greater 
than 15% shall be considered good deliveries. On orders for more than 
one ton, over-runs and under-runs not greater than 10% shall be considered 
good deliveries. 

Broken Packages 

On orders for less than a full package, an additional charge shall be made. 
A full package shall be construed as that number of sheets which it is the 
custom of the mill to use in wrapping and selling the item of paper in question. 
This does not apply to orders for one or more full packages and a fraction; 
for example, an order for Z\i packages. 

Stenciling 



uing 

No paper made one weight and stenciled another. 



Actual and Nominal Weight 

Paper, the average actual weight of which, including wrappers, does not 
exceed 2]4.% above or below the nominal weight, shall constitute a good 
delivery and shall be billed at the nominal weight. The above shall be 
based on items of one size and weight on individual invoices. 

[3071 



/ 



f 



Claims 

No claims allowed after paper is cut, ruled, or printed. 

Experience has shown that exceptional cases occasionally arise where the 

fault is clearly with the mill and where an absolutely literal enforcement 

of this custom would work injustice and hardship to the merchants. It 

is, therefore, understood that mills will enforce the spirit of this custom, 

deciding exceptional cases upon their merits and according to the rules of 

equity. 



Samples 



No paper of private watermarks or brands to be supplied for sampling pur- 
poses, nor allowance made on account of watermarks or brands. 



Shipping Date 



All "make and hold" orders must specify an ultimate date for shipment 
at which date goods are to be billed and the invoices taken to account by 
customer, whether ordered shipped or not. 



Special Packages 

Where unruled paper is to be cut and folded in ream bundles or quarter ream 
and pound packages, the paper in the flat shall first be charged for at the 
regular flat price and an additional charge shall be made for cutting and 
folding. 



Ruling 



An additional charge shall be made for faint ruling, such as letterheads, 
etc., and for struck ruling, such as billheads, statements, etc. This charge 
is to apply on paper basis 17" x 22" — 16, and over; 13 pound paper to be 
charged on the basis of 16 pound, and on papers of less than 13 pound 
weight, the charge to be at the option of the mill doing the work. 



Cutting 

There shall be an additional charge wherever the regular sizes and weights 
of unruled paper of the mill are to be cut to smaller sizes. 

(a) This charge to be made when cutting any regular size containing not 
less than 336 square inches (16" x 21") down to and including a size 
containing not less than 84 square inches (8" x 10J^"), and an additional 
charge to be made for cutting sheets containing less than 84 square 
inches down to and including a sheet containing 42 square inches. 

(b) When cut to small sizes, the charge shall be the same whether the 
packages are sealed, banded, or merely divided by markers. 



Untrimmed Paper 

Paper shipped untrimmed is to be billed at proportionate weight, and there 
shall be no allowance made for paper untrimmed instead of trimmed, nor 
unsealed instead of sealed, nor for both. 

Paper such as Envelope paper, sold on basis of cut and trim on the machine, 
to be considered as trimmed paper. 

Special Watermarks 

Merchants, manufacturers, or converters desiring special watermarks for 
their customers must pay the cost of dandy roll, and no credit will be given 
on account of the number of cases ordered. 

[3081 



Private and Mill Brands 

The charge for private watermarks in standard grades shall be commensurate 
with the increased cost of producing such watermarks as compared with 
mill stock watermarks. 

Light JV eights 

For weights lighter than basis 17" x 22" — 16, 500 sheets, an additional 
price to be charged. All Bond and Writing paper, including ledgers, linens 
and special finishes, basis 15, 14, 13 pound folio, to be charged for at ream 
prices, 16 pound basis. 

Terms of Sale 

Terms of sale shall be cash 30 days, less 3%. No discount after 30 days 
and no time option. Thirty days shall be construed to mean 30 days from 
date of invoice, and where several invoices fall in one month, 30 days from 
the average date of said invoices, or if a definite settlement date is preferred, 
said settlement date at which settlements are to be mailed shall be not 
later than the 20th day of the month next succeeding the date of the invoices. 

Substance Weights 

New orders for Bonds and Linens, and special finishes, Flat Writings and 
Ledgers will be entered and manufactured only in conformity with the follow- 
ing list of substances and to the conditions appended thereto. 



See List on Following Page 

For convenience in merchandising, reams will be marked (in addition to 
their respective substances) with their approximate weights, the table to 
be used being that compiled by the National Paper Trade Association and 
embodied in its request under date of April 17, 1917. 
The substance may be omitted from the reams on private watermarks or 
brands, if so requested by the owner thereof. 

(a) Intermediate substances carry same ream price as next higher substance. 
Trade Custom under "Light Weights" governs on substances below 16. 

(b) Trade Custom under "Special Sizes" governs on odd sizes. 

(c) Beginning October 1, 1918, this Trade Custom shall apply to all grades 
of Writing Paper from above 10 pound folio basis, to and including 
44 pound folio basis. Exception: Grades below No. 2 Rag Envelope. 



309] 



WRITINGS 
SUBSTANCE NUMBER PLAN 

For Bonds, Fines, Flats, etc. 

Table showing revised weights which the National Paper Trade Association, under 

date of April 17, 1917, requests the Manufacturers to mark on reams of Bonds 

and Linens, Flat Writings, and Ledger Papers made to Substances 





No. 


No. 


No. 


No. 


No. 


No. 


No. 


No. 


No. 




13 


16 


20 


24 


28 


32 


36 


40 


44 


14 x34 


16H 


2oy 2 


25 K 


30^ 


35 y 2 


40^ 


46 


51 


56 


16 x21 


uy 2 


uy 2 


18 


2iy 2 


25 


28^ 


32^ 


36 


39H 


16 x26 


uy 2 


18 


22 


26y 2 


31 


35^ 


40 


44H 


49 


16 x42 


23 


29 


36 


43 


50 


57 


65 


72 


79 


16J^x21Ji 


12 


15 


18K 


22 


26 


29^ 


33 


37 


40^ 


17 x22 


13 


16 


20 


24 


28 


32 


36 


40 


44 


17 x26 


i5y 2 


19 


23J^ 


2%y 2 


33 


38 


42 y 2 


47 y 2 


52 


17 x28 


16H 


2oy 2 


25^ 


30% 


35^ 


40^ 


46 


51 


56 


17 x44 


26 


32 


40 


48 


56 


64 


72 


80 


88 


17 x56 


33 


41 


51 


61 


71 


81 


92 


102 


112 


17^x22% 


14 


ny 2 


2iy 2 


26 


30 


34^ 


39 


43 


47^ 


19 x23 


uy 2 


ny 2 


22 


26^ 


31 


35^ 


40 


uy 2 


48J^ 


19 x46 

19 

19 x24 


29 


35 


44 


53 


62 


71 


80 


89 


97 


16 


WM 


24^ 


29^ 


34 


39 


44 


49 


53}4 


19 x26 


17 


21 


26^ 


31 y 2 


37 


42 y 2 


47 y 2 


53 


58 


19 x28 


18^ 


23 


28^ 


34 


40 


45 y 2 


51 


57 


62^ 


19 x30 


20 


24H 


30y 2 


36^ 


42 y 2 


49 


55 


61 


67 


19 x48 


32 


39 


49 


59 


68 


78 


88 


98 


107 


19Mx24M 


16 


20 


25 


30 


35 


40 


45 


50 


55 


19^x28J^ 


19 


23J^ 


29^ 


35 


41 


47 


53 


ssy 2 


64^ 


20 x28 


19M 


24 


30 


36 


42 


48 


54 


60 


66 


20 x56 


39 


48 


60 


72 


84 


96 


108 


120 


132 


21 x32 


23 


29 


36 


43 


50 


57 


65 


72 


79 


21 x33 


24 


29^ 


37 


uy 2 


52 


59^ 


66H 


74 


8iy 2 


21J^x31^ 


23M 


29 


36 


43^ 


5oy 2 


58 


65 


72J^ 


wa 


22 x25H 


i9y 2 


24 


30 


36 


42 


48 


54 


60 


66 


22 x34 


26 


32 


40 


48 


56 


64 


72 


80 


88 


22 x38 


29 


36 


44^ 


53^ 


62 y 2 


71H 


80H 


89K 


98^ 


22y 2 %22]4 


ny* 


21^ 


27 


32 y 2 


38 


43^ 


48^ 


54 


591^ 


22y 2 x2&y 2 


22y 2 


27J^ 


34^ 


41 


48 


55 


61 14 


68^ 


75 y 2 


22^x34 


26y 2 


32^ 


41 


49 


57J^ 


65 y 2 


73J^ 


82 


90 


22Ux2S% 


2oy 2 


25 


31^ 


37^ 


44 


50 


sey 2 


62 y 2 


69 


22%x35y 2 


28 


34M 


43 


52 


6oy 2 


69 


77 y 2 


&6y 2 


95 


23 x 24H 


19^ 


24 


30 


36 


42 


48 


54 


6oy 2 


66y 2 


23 x28 


22^ 


27H 


34^ 


41 y 2 


48 


55 


62 


69 


76 


23 x31 


25 


30y 2 


38 


45^ 


53 y 2 


61 


683^ 


76 


84 


23 x34 


27 


33^ 


42 


50 


5sy 2 


67 


75 y 2 


83^ 


92 


23 x36 


29 


35 


44 


53 


62 


71 


80 


89 


97 


23Mx28H 


23 


283^ 


35^ 


42 y 2 


49 y 2 


56^ 


64 


71 


78 


24 x38 


32 


39 


49 


59 


68 


78 


88 


98 


107 


24 x48 


40 


49J^ 


61 H 


74 


86 


98H 


111 


123 


135J^ 


24^ x 24^ 


21 


25^ 


32 


38^ 


45 


51^ 


58 


64 


7oy 2 


24Hx28J^ 


24^ 


30 


37^ 


45 


52^ 


593^ 


67 


74H 


82 


24}^ x 29 


24H 


30^ 


38 


45^ 


53 


61 


68^ 


76 


83^ 


24 y 2 x 36 H 


31 


38^ 


48 


57^ 


67 


76J^ 


86 


95 y 2 


105 


2iy 2 x3sy 2 


33 


4oy 2 


5oy 2 


60^ 


70^ 


80}4 


91 


101 


111 


26 x32 


29 


36 


44 


53 


62 


71 


80 


89 


98 


26 x33 


30 


36^ 


46 


55 


64 


7314 


82 y 2 


92 


101 


26 x34 


31 


38 


47 


57 


66 


76 


85 


95 


104 


26 x38 


34 


42 


53 


63 


74 


85 


95 


106 


116 


27 x40 


37^ 


46 


58 


69^ 


81 


92 y 2 


104 


H5J^ 


127 


28 x34 


33 


41 


51 


61 


71 


81 


92 


102 


112 


28 x38 


37 


46 


57 


68 


80 


91 


102 


114 


125 


28 x40 


39 


48 


60 


72 


84 


96 


108 


120 


132 


28 x42^ 


41^ 


51 


63 y 2 


76^ 


89 


102 


114K 


my 2 


140 


30 x38 


40 


49 


61 


73 


85 


98 


110 


122 


134 


31 xS3 


57 


7oy 2 


88 


105 y 2 


123 


140M 


158 


175H 


193H 


34 x44 


52 


64 


80 


96 


112 


128 


144 


160 


176 



310 



BOOK PAPERS 



APPLYING TO UNCOATED AND COATED PAPERS 

Standard Ream and Sales Basis 

(a) Five hundred (500) sheets shall constitute a standard ream of paper 
unless otherwise specified. 

(b) The basic size shall be 25" x 38". 

(c) The minimum basic weight for machine-finished paper shall be 45 
pounds, for supercalendered paper 50 pounds, and for paper coated on 
one side 60 pounds, and on two sides 70 pounds. 

(d) The basic selling price shall be for paper packed for domestic use in 
ordinary wooden cases, untrimmed, with customary ream markers, or 
for paper similarly packed in skeleton frames. 

Regular Stock Substance Weights and Sizes 

(a) Regular Substance Weights 

The following are established as regular standard substance weights: 
Machine Finish and Supercalendered Papers — 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 
70, 80, 100 pounds. 
Coated Paper— 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 120 pounds. 

(b) Regular Stock Sizes 

The following are established as regular standard stock sizes and sub- 
stance weights : 

BOOKS PAPERS 

Applying to Uncoated and Coated Papers 

Standard Ream and Sales 



Size 


Weight 


25 x38 


30 


35 


40 


45 


50 


60 


70 


80 


90 * 


100 


120* 


22 x32 


22 


26 


30 


34 


37 


45 


52 


60 


67 


74 


89 


24 x36 


27 


32 


36 


41 


45 


55 


64 


73 


82 


91 


109 


25 x38 


30 


35 


40 


45 


50 


60 


70 


80 


90 


100 


120 


26 x29 


24 


28 


32 


36 


40 


48 


56 


64 


72 


80 


95 


26 x40 


33 


38 


44 


49 


55 


66 


76 


88 


98 


110 


131 


28 x42 


37 


43 


50 


56 


62 


74 


86 


99 


111 


124 


148 


28 x44 


39 


45 


52 


58 


65 


78 


91 


104 


116 


130 


155 


29 x52 


48 


56 


63 


71 


79 


95 


111 


127 


143 


159 


190 


30^x41 


40 


46 


53 


59 


66 


79 


92 


105 


119 


132 


158 


32 x44 


44 


52 


59 


67 


74 


89 


104 


119 


133 


148 


178 


33 x46 


48 


56 


64 


72 


80 


96 


112 


128 


144 


160 


192 


34 x44 


47 


55 


63 


71 


79 


95 


110 


126 


142 


157 


189 


35 x45 


50 


58 


66 


75 


83 


100 


116 


132 


149 


166 


199 


36 x48 


55 


64 


73 


82 


91 


109 


127 


146 


164 


182 


218 


38 x50 


60 


70 


80 


90 


100 


120 


140 


160 


180 


200 


240 


41 x61 


79 


92 


105 


118 


132 


158 


184 


211 


237 


263 


316 


42 x56 


74 


87 


99 


111 


124 


149 


173 


198 


223 


248 


297 


44 x56 


78 


91 


104 


117 


130 


156 


182 


207 


233 


259 


311 


44 x64 


88 


104 


118 


134 


148 


178 


208 


238 


266 


296 


356 



*Applies only to Coated Papers. 



Making Orders 



(a) Orders for 2,000 pounds or more for one regular size, one color and 
regular substance weight shall be made without extra charge. 

(b) Orders for 5,000 pounds or more for one irregular size and one regular 
color and substance weight shall be made without extra charge. Orders 
for 2,000 pounds to less than than 5,000 pounds shall take an additional 
charge of 10% (to be added to the selling price). 

[311] 



(c) Orders for 10,000 pounds or more for one regular size in an irregular 
substance weight, or for one irregular size in an irregular substance 
weight shall be made without extra charge. If ordered in less quantity, 
an additional charge shall be added to the selling price, as follows: 
Orders for 5,000 pounds to less than 10,000 pounds — add 5%. 
Orders for 2,000 pounds to less than 5,000 pounds — add 10%. 

Additional Charge for Light Weights 

Percentages of selling price, irrespective of packing, shall be added for each 
pound or fraction thereof below the minimum basic weight, as follows: 

(a) Machine Finish 

The basic weight of Machine Finish paper shall be 25" x 38" — 45 pounds 

— 500 sheets. For lighter weights an additional charge shall be made 

and computed as follows: 

Add 1% of selling price for each pound or fraction thereof below 45 

pounds down to and including 35 pounds. 

Add 2% of selling price for each pound or fraction thereof below 35 

pounds down to and including 30 pounds. 

Add 3% of selling price for each pound or fraction thereof below 30 

pounds down to and including 25 pounds. 

Example: Assuming paper at $10.00 per cwt. 
45 pounds— $10.00 

35 pounds— $11.00— 10 pounds at 1% equals 10% or $1.00 per cwt. 
30 pounds— $12.00— 5 pounds at 2% equals 10% or $1.00 per cwt. 
25 pounds — $13.50 — 5 pounds at 3% equals 15% or $1.50 per cwt. 

(b) Supercalendered 

The basic weight of Supercalendered paper shall be 25" x 38" — 50 pounds 

— 500 sheets. For lighter weights an additional charge shall be made 

and computed as follows: 

Add 1% of selling price for each pound or fraction thereof below 50 

pounds down to and including 40 pounds. 

Add 2% of selling price for each pound or fraction thereof below 40 

pounds down to and including 35 pounds. 

Add 3% of selling price for each pound or fraction thereof below 35 

pounds down to and including 30 pounds. 

Example: Assuming paper at $10.00 per cwt. 
50 pounds— $10.00 

40 pounds— $11.00— 10 pounds at 1% equals 10% or $1.00 per cwt. 
35 pounds— $12.00— 5 pounds at 2% equals 10% or $1.00 per cwt. 
30 pounds — 313.50 — 5 pounds at 3% equals 15% or $1.50 per cwt. 

(c) Coated 

The basic weight of Coated paper (coated two sides) shall be 25" x 38" — 

70 pounds — 500 sheets. For lighter weights an additional charge shall 

be made and computed as follows: 

Add 1% of selling price for each pound or fraction thereof below 70 

pounds down to and including 45 pounds. 

Add 2% of selling price for each pound or fraction thereof below 45 

pounds down to and including 35 pounds. 

Example: Assuming paper at $10.00 per cwt. 
70 pounds— $10.00 

45 pounds — $12.50 — 25 pounds at 1% equals 25% or $2.50 per cwt. 
35 pounds— $14.50— 10 pounds at 2% equals 20% or $2.00 per cwt. 

The basic weight of Lithograph and Coated paper (coated one side) is 

25" x 38" — 60 pounds — 500 sheets. For lighter weights an additional 

charge shall be made and computed as follows: 

Add 1% of selling price for each pound or fraction thereof below 60 

pounds down to and including 40 pounds. 

Add 2% of selling price for each pound or fraction thereof below 40 

pounds down to and including 35 pounds. 

Example: Assuming paper at $10.00 per cwt. 
60 pounds— $10.00 

40 pounds— $12.00— 20 pounds at 1% equals 20% or $2.00 per cwt. 
35 pounds — $13.00 — 5 pounds at 2% equals 10% or $1.00 per cwt. 

[312] ' 



Finishing Charges 

(a) Super calendering. An additional charge shall be made for supercalen- 
dering. 

(b) Special Sizing. An additional charge shall be made for special sizing 
of not less than 25 cents per cwt. above the selling price. 

(c) Laid. An additional charge shall be made for laid Book paper of not 
less than 25 cents per cwt. above the selling price. 

(d) Watermarking. An additional charge shall be made for watermarking 
Book paper of not less than 50 cents per cwt. above the selling price. 

Wrapping and Packing 

The basic selling price shall be for paper packed for domestic use in ordinary 
wooden cases, untrimmed, with customary ream markers, or for paper 
similarly packed in skeleton frames. 

(a) If lapped in bundles deduct 25 cents per 100 pounds 

(b) If in rolls deduct 50 cents per 100 pounds 

(c) If sealed in reams add not less than 25 cents per 100 pounds 

(d) If trimmed add not less than 5 cents per 100 pounds per side 

(e) There shall be an additional charge for export packing according to 
customer's requirements. 

Colors 

An additional charge shall be made for all colors other than white or natural. 

Variation in Quantity Ordered 

Over-runs and under-runs shall be accepted subject to the following possible 
variations, which shall constitute a good delivery and be accepted by pur- 
chaser as such: 

Less than 5,000 pounds — 15% over or under. 

5,000 pounds and not exceeding 10,000 pounds — 10% over or under. 

Over 10,000 pounds and not exceeding 40,000 pounds — 5% over or under. 

Over 40,000 pounds — 3% over or under. 

Weights 

(a) Wrappers. Case linings, bundle wrappers and twine shall not be in- 
cluded in the scale or ream weight. Paper in rolls shall be gross weight, 
including wrappers not exceeding 2J^%. 

(b) Variations. Paper shall be as close as possible to the weight ordered, 
subject to a variation in the nominal weight not exceeding 5% above or 
below the ordered weight when between 45 pounds and 100 pounds 
basic weights, and 8% when below 45 pounds or above 100 pounds basic 

weights. Paper within this range shall constitute a good delivery. PapBI 

(c) Stenciling. Paper shall be stenciled by the manufacturer with the Brant 
weight ordered. There shall be no evasion by substituting letters or 

symbols for figures. nO 1 

(d) Billing. Paper shall be billed at the ordered weight unless there is a IS 
shortage in excess of 2J^% for uncoated or of 5% for coated, in which 

case the paper shall be billed at the actual scale weight. <u 

Cores ^ 

All cores shall be charged and on a separate invoice if desired. When re- 
turned by the purchaser, he shall be credited at the price charged, subject 
to the following conditions: 

(a) Fiber cores shall be returned to the manufacturer subject to inspection 
and acceptance. 

(b) Freight on cores returned shall be prepaid by the purchaser. 

(c) Strawboard cores shall not be returnable. 

Waste 

(a) Paper on cores returned shall be credited only at the price of clean waste. 

(b) Printed waste shall not be returnable. 

(c) In billing paper there shall be no allowance for waste. 

[313] 



Dandies 

Any purchaser desiring special watermarks shall pay the cost of dandy 
rolls, and no allowance shall be made therefor on account of the quantity 
of paper ordered. Such dandy rolls shall be considered the property of the 
purchaser. 

Shipping Date 

All "make and hold" orders shall specify a definite date for shipment, at 
which date goods shall be billed and invoices taken to account by purchaser, 
whether ordered shipped or not. 

Claims 

(a) Defective paper must be reported and claims immediately entered so 
that it may be inspected before used. 

(b) A claim for loss or damage to goods in transit must be entered in con- 
formity with the bill of lading. 

(c) No claim allowed after paper is cut, ruled, or printed, or otherwise made 
commercially defective. 

Note: Experience has shown that exceptional cases occasionally arise where 
the fault is clearly with the mill, and where an absolutely literal enforcement 
of this rule would work injustice and hardship to the purchaser. It is, there- 
fore, understood that mills will enforce the spirit of this rule, deciding ex- 
ceptional cases upon their merits and according to the rules of equity. 

Terms 

Settlements for all sales shall be within 30 days. Thirty days shall be con- 
strued to mean 30 days from date of invoice, and where several invoices fall 
due in one month, 30 days from the average date of said invoices. 

OFFSET PAPER 

Regular Stock Sizes 

25 x 38— 50— 60— 70— 80—100—120 

28 x 42— 74— 86— 99—124 

32 x 44— 89—104—119—148 

36 x 48—109—127—146 

38 x 50—120— —160—200 

The Minimum Basic Weight without extra charge, shall be 25" x 3 8" — 50. 

For lighter weights, the extra cost to be added shall be as follows: 

Note: Not made lighter than 50 pounds. Below 50 pounds a charge of 1% 

is made for each additional pound less than 50 pounds. Above 100 pounds, 

a charge of 1/10 of 1% is made for each additional pound. 

Extra Charge for Colors other than white or natural. 

Special Making Orders. Orders for 5,000 pounds or more for one regular 

size and one regular color and substance weight shall be made without 

extra charge. Orders for 2,000 pounds to less than 5,000 pounds shall take 

an additional charge of 10% to be added to the selling price. 

Variation of Weight not exceeding 5% over or under shall constitute a 

good delivery and such paper shall be billed as ordered. All paper shall 

be stenciled at the ordered weight per ream where the variation is not over 

or under 5%. All papers in excess of 5% under the ordered weight shall be 

stenciled at the actual weight and be charged in accord if accepted. 

Wrappers, case linings and twine not exceeding 2%, to constitute part of 

ream weight. 

Claims for damaged paper must be reported immediately; and no claim 

shall be subject to consideration after paper has been cut, ruled or printed. 

No printed waste is returnable and no paper is returnable unless damaged 

before delivery to the party named in the bill. 

Special sealing or packing is subject to extra charge. 

Specification of grain should be made on all orders, so as to allow for folding 

without "breaking" of the paper, in printing. 

Charges for Special Sizes, while extra, will be made in the realization that of 

necessity special sizes are more necessary to the printer in executing large 

jobs so as to allow of as little waste cutting as possible. 

[314] 



COVER PAPERS 



Sizes and Substances 

On standard lines of Cover papers the following shall be considered "regular" 
sizes and substances — all others shall be considered "special": 

(a) Regular Sizes — 

93 3 3 ( an ^ multiples hereof. 

(b) Regular Substances — 

20 x 26—25—35^0—50—65—80—90 

Intermediate substances carry same ream price as the next higher substance. 
Below substance 25 the same ream price as substance 25. 
Sizes other than 20" x 26" made to substance weights and figuring a frac- 
tional pound would be billed to the nearest half-pound. 
Regular substance rules shall apply to Cover papers to be pasted and an 
additional charge shall be made for pasting. 

Any weight above substance 90 pounds may be made or pasted if based on 
combinations of regular substances, and must be so marked. The rule 
here applies to any combinations of regular substances the total of which is 
below 90 pounds. 

If, for example, substances 65 and 50 are pasted or made, the package should 
be marked "Weight 65/50." 

Another example: Substances 40 and 65 when made or pasted would equal 
105 pounds and are to be charged for as 105 pounds. 

Special Sizes 

Any size not listed in previous Custom shall be interpreted as special. 
Special Making Orders may be manufactured, but an additional charge shall 
be made for less than ton quantities. 

Special sizes may be cut from standard size rolls in less than ten quantities, 
but for this an additional charge shall be made. 

Special Colors 

On special colors or colors not regularly made in the grade ordered, an addi- 
tional charge shall be made, except on lots of 5 tons or more. 

Note: Under this rule mills may make, in any established grade, for a cus- 
tomer buying said grade regularly, without additional charge, such colors 
as may be decided upon as constituting the regular colors of said customer's 
line. 

Over-runs and Under-runs 

On special orders for less than one ton, 15% over-runs or under-runs are to 
be accepted as a commercial delivery. On orders for more than one ton, 
10% over-runs or under-runs are to be accepted as a commercial delivery. 

Broken Packages 

On orders for less than a full package, an additional charge shall be made. 
A full package shall be construed as that number of sheets which it is the 
custom of the mill to use in wrapping and selling the item of paper in ques- 
tion. 

This does not apply to orders for one or more full packages and a fraction; 
for example, an order for 3% packages. 

Marking 

No paper to be made one weight and stenciled another. Paper to be marked 
by manufacturers the ream weight ordered, and there shall be no evasion by 
substituting letters or symbols for figures. 

Actual Weight 

Paper, the average actual weight of which, including wrappers, does not 
exceed 2J^% above or below the nominal weight, constitutes a good delivery, 
and shall be billed at nominal weight. The above shall be based on items 
of one size, weight, and color on individual invoices. 

[3151 



Claims 

No claims allowed after paper is cut or printed. 

Experience has shown that exceptional cases occasionally arise where the 
fault is clearly with the mill and where an absolutely literal enforcement of 
this custom would work an injustice and hardship to the merchant. It is, 
therefore, understood that mills will enforce the spirit of this rule, deciding 
exceptional cases upon their merit and according to the rules of equity. 
Claims for loss or damage to goods in transit must be entered in conformity 
with the bill of lading. 

Shipping Date 

All "make and hold" orders must specify an ultimate date for shipment, 
at which date goods are to be billed and the invoices taken to account by 
customer whether ordered shipped or not. 

Samples 

No paper of private brands to be supplied for sampling purposes, nor allow- 
ance made on account of advertising such brands. 

Terms 

Terms of sale shall be cash 30 days, less 3%. No discount after 30 days and 
no time option. Thirty days shall be construed to mean 30 days from the 
date of invoice; and where several invoices fall in one month, 30 days from 
the average date of said invoices; or if a definite settlement date is preferred, 
said settlement date at which settlements are to be mailed shall not be 
later than the 20th day of the month next succeeding the date of the invoices. 



CARD BOARDS 

MILL BRISTOLS 

Trade Customs tentatively adopted by the Manufacturers, April 11, 1921. 

Price 

All Bristols shall be priced per pound. 

Size 

Stock size shall be 22^" x 28^"-. 

Any order other than stock size in a regular stock weight and regular color 
shall be for not less than 1,000 pounds. All odd sizes of regular stock basis 
weight to be charged at base price, providing the fill specified is not less than 
95% of the average fill of the machine. 

Weights 

The regular stock weights in size 22M" x 28>£" shall be 100, 120, 160, 180, 
and 200 pounds to a ream of 500 sheets. All orders for special weights 
shall be for 3 tons or more. Such special weights, whether regular size or 
odd size, to be charged at base price. 

Special Colors 

Minimum quantity at base price for odd colors shall be for not less than 
five tons; smaller quantities may be made at a price commensurate with 
increased cost. 

Method of Packing 

Regular sizes shall be sealed in packages of 100 sheets. Odd sizes, unless 
otherwise agreed upon, shall be packed in lined cases, unwrapped, with 
markers between each 100 sheets. All packages to be marked with the 
weight per 500 sheets. 

[3161 



Weight Variation 

A variation of 5% above or below the nominal weight shall be accepted. 
All Bristols will be billed at the nominal weight with the following excep- 
tions: 

1 — Bristol on a regular stock basis weight running over 2^% light will be 
billed at the scale weight. 

2 — Bristol on a special basis of weight not more than 5% light to be billed 
at ordered weight. 

Over-runs and Under-runs 

Orders up to 5,000 pounds special sizes, weights or colors, 10% over-run 
and under-run to constitute a good delivery; orders for 5,000 pounds or 
more, 5% over-run and under-run to constitute a good delivery. 



Claims 



All claims must be made promptly upon receipt and examination of goods. 
No claims can be allowed on goods which have been cut or printed. (Ex- 
perience has shown that exceptional cases occasionally arise where the fault 
is clearly with the mill and where an absolutely literal enforcement of this 
article would work injustice and hardship to the merchants. It is, there- 
fore, understood that mills will enforce the spirit of this article, deciding ex- 
ceptional cases upon their merits and according to the rules of equity.) 

Terms 

Terms of sale shall be cash in 30 days less 3%. No discount after 30 days. 
Note: 30 days shall be construed to mean 30 days from date of invoice, and 
where several invoices fall in one month, 30 days from the average date of 
said invoice. 

INDEX BRISTOLS 

Method of Packing 

Sealed in packages of 100 sheets for all sizes not larger than 25^* x 30J^". 

Price 

All Index Bristols shall be priced per pound. 

Stock Sizes 

The Trade Customs Stock Sizes shall be: 

20y 2 x 24% 223^ x 28^ 25^ x 30^ 

Any order other than in a stock size must be for not less than one ton in an 
equivalent weight and regular color. 

Weights 

Index Bristols shall be made in the following weight basis: 

25^ x 30^—110—140—170—220 
22^x28^— 91—115—140—181 
20^x24%— 72— 91—111—143 

Weight Variation 

The variation of 5% in weight to constitute a good delivery. Standard stock 
sizes to be billed at nominal weight. 

Special Weights 

Special weights lighter than 25^" x 30J^"— 110-pound base weight, and all 

intermediate special weights shall carry same ream price as next heavier 

base weight and shall not be made in lots of less than 3 tons. 

For lots of 25,000 pounds or more of one basis weight this rule does not 

apply. 

[317] 



/ 



f 



CARDBOARDS, PLAIN AND COATED 

Standard 

Plain and Coated Blanks 



2 ply .012 

3 ply .015 

Tough Check 
3 ply .012 


4 ply 

5 ply 

4 ply 


.018 
.021 

14 ply 

.018 


6 ply 
8 ply 
.048 

6 ply 


.024 
.030 

.024 


10 ply 
12 ply 

8 ply 


.036 
.042 

.030 


Translucents 














2 ply .008 


3 ply 


.010 


4 ply 


.012 


5 ply 


.015 


Railroads 














2 ply .012 


4 ply 


.018 


6 ply 


.024 


8 ply 


.030 


Thick China 














.011 















Variation in Thickness 

.008 to .029-. 001 above or below ordered thicknesses. 
.030 to .042-. 002 above or below ordered thicknesses. 
.043 and heavier 5% above or below ordered thicknesses. 

Standard Stock Sizes 

For Railroads, Tough Check, Thick China and Blanks— 22" x 28*. 
For Translucents— 22^" x 28^". 

Standard Stock Colors 

For Railroads and Tough Check: 

Blue Coral Orange Salmon 

Buff Green Red Yellow 

In addition to White and Black. 

For Thick China add: 

Gray Fawn Pearl 

For Translucents and Tinted Litho Blanks: 

Flesh India Tint Primrose 

Green Pearl Rose 

In addition to White. 

Special Sizes and Thicknesses 

(a) Minimum quantity at base price for sizes which cut without waste from 
standard stock rolls will be not less than the equivalent of 5,000 sheets 
22" x 28". Smaller quantities may be made at a price commensurate 
with the increased cost. 

(b) Minimum quantity at base price for odd sizes and thicknesses which 
will not cut without waste from standard stock rolls will be not less 
than the equivalent of 10,000 sheets 22" x 28" regardless of coating. 

Minimum Stock Orders 

Minimum quantity at base price of stock items will be not less than one 
standard case. Less than standard case quantities subject to increased 
charges commensurate with the extra costs involved. 

Special Colors 

Minimum quantity at base price for odd colors will be not less than equiva- 
lent of 25,000 sheets 22" x 28" single coated one side. Smaller quantities 
may be made at a price commensurate with the increased cost. 

Over-runs and Under-runs 

All special orders subject to over-run of 10%; where maximum quantity is 
specified, an under-run of 10% will constitute a good delivery. 

13181 



Claims 

All claims must be made promptly upon receipt and examination of goods. 
No claims can be allowed on goods which have been cut or printed. 
Experience has shown that exceptional cases occasionally arise where the 
fault is clearly with the mill and where an absolutely literal enforcement of 
this article would work injustice and hardship to the merchants. It is, 
therefore, understood that mills will enforce the spirit of this article, decid- 
ing exceptional cases upon their merits and according to the rules of equity. 

COATED FOLDING BOX BOARDS 

Standard Stock Size and Thickness 

The following may be considered the standard stock size and thickness: 
28x44 .016 

Standard Stock Colors 

Blue, Canary, Coral, Green, Orange, Red, Salmon, Yellow — in addition 
to White. 

Minimum Stock Orders 

Minimum quantity of stock items will be not less than one standard case of 
a color. 

Variation in Thickness 

.001 above or below ordered thickness. 

Special Sizes in Standard Stock Colors 

(a) Minimum quantity at base price for sizes which cut without waste from 
standard stock rolls will be not less than the equivalent of 5,000 sheets 
28" x 44". Smaller quantities may be made at a price commensurate 
with the increased cost. 

(b) Minimum quantity for odd sizes and thicknesses which will not cut 
without waste from standard stock rolls will be not less than the equiva- 
lent of 15,000 sheets 28" x 44". Smaller quantities may be made at a 
price commensurate with the increased cost. 

Note — Item (b), specifying minimum quantity of orders which cannot be cut from standard 
stock rolls without waste, shall be interpreted as the equivalent of 10,000 sheets, 28* x 28*. 
regardless of the coating. 

Special Colors 

Minimum quantity for odd colors will be not less than the equivalent of 
20,000 sheets 28" x 44" single-coated one side. Smaller quantities may be 
made at a price commensurate with the increased cost. 

Over-runs and Under-runs 

All special orders subject to over-run of 10%; where maximum quantity 
is specified, an under-run of 10% will constitute a good delivery. 

Claims 

All claims must be made promptly upon receipt and examination of goods. 
No claims can be allowed on goods which have been cut or printed. 

BINDERS BOARD 
Bundle 

A bundle of Binders Board is a standard package weighing 50 pounds. 

Number 

The "Number" of board indicates the number of sheets in a bundle weigh- 
ing 50 pounds. 

Count 

By "Count" is meant the number of sheets of any size in a bundle of 50 
pounds. 

[3191 



Regular Number 

The "Regular Number" indicates the number of sheets, 20" x 30" in size, 
in a bundle of 50 pounds. 

Reservations 

1 — Prices quoted are subject to change without notice. 

2 — Orders are not subject to cancellation or changes after acceptance with- 
out written consent. 

3 — Orders should always be in the form of specifications of quantity, sizes, 
and weights or count, with a date for shipment. Specifications may be 
changed if provided for when order is placed, and if stock has not been 
made. 

4 — All promises of shipment are approximate and made subject to unfore- 
seen or unavoidable delays. 

5 — A variation of 3 % in weight either over or under SO pounds per bundle, 
but in all cases full sheetage to prevail, is allowable and considered 
commercial delivery. 

6 — A variation in thickness of 5 points over or under the specified caliper 
is allowable on all binders board. 

7 — No claims, allowances, or damages will be entertained unless reported 
on arrival of goods and before using any portion thereof. 

8 — Quotations for all binders board and special products are based on cutting 
off at the machine to approximate length, and shipping in unprotected 
bundles, unless otherwise specified herein. Squaring, trimming, or 
special packing must be clearly specified, for which an extra charge is 
made. 

Directions for Ordering 

If purchasers will follow these directions, it will greatly assist in giving the 
best possible service, without delays and errors. 

Size 

In all cases, whether ordering regular stock or special sizes, state sizes 
wanted in inches. 

Weight or Thickness 

Specify the number of sheets wanted of the size ordered in each 30 pound 
bundle, or the caliper thickness. If the special size which may be ordered 
is to be made on the basis of a regular number or weight, state that fact 
clearly. If in doubt about the number, weight or thickness desired, send a 
sample showing exactly what is wanted. 

Special Requirements 

State clearly all special requirements for each item, and when convenient 
describe any unusual or special use for which the product is wanted. 

Shipping Instructions 

Give name of consignee and destination. Mills reserve the right to route 
all goods sold at delivered prices. 

Give date of shipment desired. 

For shipment to points in any territory where arbitrary or local freight 
rates are charged, such additional charges will be added to the price quoted 
for deliveries in said territory. 

Terms 

All accounts are due net in thirty days from dates of shipments. 

Two per cent cash discount if paid within fifteen days from dates of shipment. 

Any freight deductions made are conditional on the surrender of paid ex- 
pense bills. 

[320] 



Extra Charges 

All quotations for Binders Board are made subject to the following extra 
charges, except when otherwise clearly stated: 

On all boards thicker than a No. 12 — 20" x 30", or thinner than a No. SO — 
20" x 30", 35.00 per ton or more. 

Trimming to size, 15% or more. 



ENVELOPES 

Substances 

All Envelope Papers shall be manufactured in 17" x 22" substance numbers, 

500 count. 

The following substance numbers are established for envelopes: 

Grades 

Bonds 17 x 22—16, 20, 24 

Writings 17 x 22—20, 24, 28, 32 

Ledgers 17 x 22—20, 24, 28, 32 

No. 1 and No. 2 Rag 17 x 22—20, 24, 28, 32 

White Wood 17 x 22—20, 24, 28, 32 

Manila 17x22—16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 40 

(and heavier, to meet requirements of trade) 
Jute and Rope ._ 17 x 22—20, 28, 32, 36, 40 

(and heavier, to meet requirements of trade) 
Unbleached Sulphite 17 x 22—16, 20, 28, 32, 40 

(and heavier, to meet requirements of trade) 
Kraft 17 x 22—16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 36, 40 

(and heavier, to meet requirements of trade) 
No envelopes shall be made one weight and labeled another. 



Colors 



The manufacture of all colored (Commercial, Official, Open Side arid Open 
End) envelopes shall be limited to six colors and white; the colors shall be 
the standard colors adopted by the manufacturers of the paper. 



BLUE PRINT PAPER 

Cores of wood or iron on which Blue Print or other roll papers are shipped shall „ 

be charged as a separate item on the same invoice as the paper. When returned *V& 

by the purchaser, he shall be credited at the price charged. Brands 

Freight on cores returned shall be prepaid by the purchaser. llnyy Donor 

If mill is required to case rolls, an extra charge shall be made for cases; the cases Is Made 
not to be returnable. 

Stocking 

WRAPPING PAPER Paper / 



Glossary 

i 



MACHINE GLAZED 

Uses of Paper 

All orders for wrapping paper are accepted for wrapping purposes only. 

Basis of Manufacture 

All wrapping paper will be made on a basis of 24* x 36" — 480 sheets only. | n( j p)( 

Billing Weight - » i 

All wrapping paper will be billed at actual scale weight, including twine „ ■ 

and wrappers. All cores, except iron, will be charged for and are not l,! 

returnable. HOUSI 

[3211 



Commercial Delivery 

Five per cent, over or under ordered weight basis will be considered good 
delivery. On special orders of 5 tons or less, over-runs or under-runs not 
exceeding 10% will be considered good delivery. On special orders ex- 
ceeding 5 tons, over-runs or under-runs not exceeding 5% will be considered 
good delivery. 

Untruthful Markings 

No package will be marked, stenciled or labeled by manufacturers with 
other than the actual dimensions, weights or contents. 

Base Price 

The base price for wrapping papers shall be upon counter rolls 6" to 36" 
wide, regular 9" diameter, 25 to 60 pounds. 

Terms of Sale 

F. O. B. mill, 3%, 30 days. 

Cutting Charges (Sheets) 

150 sq. in. and larger, 25 cents per cwt. 

108 to 150 sq. in., 40 cents per cwt. 

Under 108 sq. in. to 72 sq. in., 65 cents per cwt. 

Under 72 sq. in., price on application. 

Cutting Charges (Rolls) 

Rolls 9" diameter or greater 1 »■>■ 
Rolls 6" width or greater / iNlone - 
Smaller diameters and widths on application. 

Packing Charges 

Ream tying, 10 cents cwt. 
Skeleton frames, 25 cents cwt. 
Solid board frames, 35 cents cwt. 
Solid cases, 50 cents cwt. 
(No case for less than #2.00.) 
Ream banding, 25 cents. 

Unusual Conditions 

Orders are accepted subject to delays due to strikes, accidents, fires or other 
causes beyond the control of the manufacturer. 

Special Colors 

No special colors will be furnished for less than 25 cents per cwt., advance 
over basic price. Special colors — minimum 5 tons. 

Special Sizes 

Must be for machine trimming 96". Minimum orders for stock size, pattern, 
color, weight and pattern. 

MANILA 
The following may be considered regular stock sizes (480 sheets to ream): 
15 x 20—103^ 30 x 40—28, 42, 50, 60, 70 to 125 

18 x 26—20, 25 36 x 40—120 

20 x 30—21, 25, 35 40 x 48—135, 150, 180, 200 

24 x 36—20, 25, 30, 40 to 70 48 x 64—215, 250, 285, 320 

CUTTER ROLLS 

9" in diameter 
Basis 24x36— 30 
Basis 24 x 36 — 35 and heavier 
6-inch basis 30 20-inch basis 30, 40, 50 

9-inch basis 30 24-inch basis 30 to 60, 90 

12-inch basis 30, 40 30-inch basis 30 to 60, 90 

15-inch basis 30, 40, 50 36-inch basis 50, 60, 90 

18-inch basis 30, 40, 50 

[322] 



All orders accepted for wrapping purposes only, unless otherwise specifically 
mentioned. 

All bills to include in the weight all twine and wrappers, with a leeway of 5% 
over or under ordered weight; but under these circumstances to be billed actual 
scale weight. Wood or iron cores billed by weight or piece and returnable if agreed. 
Paper cores to be weighed with the paper and not returnable. 

In weighing, no paper to be made one weight and stenciled otherwise. 



GLAZED AND FANCY 

Basis of Prices 

(a) All prices, unless otherwise specified, are to be based for paper in rolls 
on a ream of 500 sheets of the following standard sizes: 
1 — Ordinary Glazed, Plated and Printed Papers, basis 20* x 24". 

2 — Extra Fine Glazed, Waterproof Finished, and Embossed, basis 
20" x 25*. 

Standard Rolls 

(a) Widths 

1 — Ordinary Glazed, Plated and Printed Papers, 24* or 26* wide. 
2 — Extra Fine Glazed, Waterproof Finished and Embossed, 25* wide. 

(b) Contents 

1 — Glazed, Plated, Printed or any flat-surfaced paper: 

(a) Weighing not over 30 pounds to ream 20" x 24", not less than 
3 reams to a roll. 

(b) Weighing over 30 pounds to ream 20" x 24", not less than 2 
reams to a roll. 

2 — All papers with embossed surface, not less than 1 ream to a roll. 

Note: Extra packing charges; all rolls, contents less than standard, 
25 cents per roll minimum charge. 

Extra Charges — Sheeting — Slitting, etc. 

All extra charges are based on a ream of 500 sheets of a standard width by 
20 inches in length. 

Standard sizes are 24 x 20 when cut from 24* rolls 
« « a 25x20 " '* " 25" " 

" " " 26x20 " " " 26" " 

Sheeting 

To lengths greater than 20 inches, a charge proportionate to basic rate 

applies. 

To lengths less than 20 inches, the same charge as for the 20-inch cut 

applies. 

On rolls narrower than 24 inches, charges shall be the same as for the 

standard width. 

On all rolls other than standard, charges shall be on a basis of 24* x 20". 

(a) On Making Orders 

1 — Packing. Rolls, contents other than standard, 25 cents per roll. 
2 — Sheeting. 25 ream lots or more, not less than 25 cents per ream. 

Less than 25 ream lots, not less than 35 cents per ream. 
3 — Slitting. 25 ream lots or more, not less than 35 cents per ream. 

Less than 25 ream lots, not less than 45 cents per ream. 

(b) Orders from Stock Rolls 

1 — Rewinding or Sheeting. 25 ream lots or more, not less than 

35 cents per ream. 

Less than 25 ream lots, not less than 45 cents per ream. 
2 — Slitting. 25 ream lots or more, not less than 45 cents per ream. 

Less than 25 ream lots, not less than 55 cents per ream. 

Note: Orders for sheeting, slitting, or rewinding, which do not use 
entire contents of a standard or stock roll, are subject to an additional 
charge of 35 cents per roll, minimum, to cover cost of extra repacking, 



etc. 



323] 






Standard Stock Colors 

The number of standard stock colors and shades that may be manufactured 
shall be limited to the forty (40) colors (and White and India), adopted by 
the Association and accepted by the War Industries Board, November IS, 
1918. 

Special Colors 

The minimum quantity of a paper of a special color for which an order may 
be accepted at regular rates must be for the equivalent of 1,000 pounds 
finished weight. 

Orders for not less than 1,000 pounds, but not less than 800 pounds, finished 
weight may be accepted at an advance in price — (on account of the increased 
cost of production). 

"Make and Hold" Orders 

All "make and hold" orders are to be accepted only on condition that a spec- 
ified date for the entire delivery be given, at which date the goods are to be 
charged and the invoice accepted whether or not goods are ordered shipped. 

Variations 

On all special runs the usual normal variations in quality and shade shall 

be accepted. Such orders shall be subject to over-runs and under-runs as 

follows: 

Orders of 49 reams and under 15% 

" " 50 " to 99 reams 10% 

" " 100 " and over 5% 

and deliveries so made shall be considered as an execution of the order. 

Exceptional Quantities 

Special prices for exceptional quantities shall not apply to small quantities 
or ream prices for broken lots from stock. 

Claims 

All claims must be made within ten days from receipt of goods. No claims 
will be allowed on goods cut, printed, soiled or damaged. This paragraph 
shall not apply to claims based on apparent manufacturing defects. 

Delivery 

(a) All goods shipped at buyer's risk. 

(b) Express and parcel post deliveries to be at cost of the receiver. 

(c) All prices quoted F. O. B. mill. 

Terms 

Terms of sale shall be cash in 30 days less 2%. No discount after 30 days 
from date of invoice, and where several invoices fall in one month, 30 days 
from the average date of said invoices. 

Quotations 

Prices and quotations subject to change without notice. All orders, con- 
tracts and agreements are contingent upon strikes, fires, accidents or causes 
beyond our control. 



TISSUE PAPER 

TRADE CUSTOMS ADOPTED BY THE TISSUE PAPER 
MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION 

Count 

480 sheets shall constitute a standard ream of tissue paper. 

[324] 



Sizes 

On special sizes there shall be an additional price for lots of less than the 
equivalent of 200 reams, basis 24" x 36", 10 pounds — 480. The following 
sizes may be considered as regular for all wrapping tissue paper: 

10x15 18x24 

12 x 18 20 x 30 

15x20 24x36 

No sizes shall be manufactured between 20" x 30" and 24" x 36" unless paid 
for on the basis of 24" x 36". 

Note: The above does not apply to special orders, such as those for speci- 
fied manufacturing purposes, where odd sizes are used to conform to the 
special requirements of one particular manufacturer. 

Special Sizes and Weights 

On special sizes or special weights of regular colors there shall be an addi- 
tional price for lots of less than the equivalent of 200 reams, basis 24" x 36", 
10 pounds— 480. 

Orders for Colors 

On orders for special sizes or colors 10% above or below the quantity ordered 
shall be considered a good delivery and accepted by the purchaser. 

Small Orders 

On orders for less than 10 reams an extra charge shall be made. 

Package Markings 

All packages shall be plainly marked outside and inside with the official 
Association label stating exact size, count and contents. 
Paper sold by the pound to be billed at gross weight. Where wrapper and 
string do not exceed 2J^% it shall be accepted as a good delivery. 

Frames and Cases 

Where paper is ordered in frames or cases, then frames and cases shall be 
extra and billed at cost. 

Claims 

No claims allowed after paper is cut or printed. 

Note: Exceptional cases occasionally arise where the fault is clearly with 
the mill and where absolute literal enforcement of this rule would work in- 
justice and hardship to the jobbers. It is therefore understood that mills 
will enforce the spirit of this rule, deciding exceptional cases on their merits 
and according to the rules of equity. 

"Make and Hold" Orders 

All "Make and Hold" orders must specify an ultimate date for shipment, 
at which date goods are to be billed and the invoice taken to account by 
customer whether ordered shipped or not. 

Rolls and Cores 

If paper is shipped in rolls, wound on wooden or iron cores, the paper shall 
be removed therefrom by purchaser and the cores returned to the manufac- 
turer at the invoice price, freight paid by the mill. 
Cores not weighing over 13 ounces to the foot shall not be returnable. 

Counting and Folding 

For counting and folding sizes smaller than 150 square inches, an extra charge 
shall be made in addition to the base price of 24" x 36" — £80. 

Finishing Charges 

For finishing in large sheets for toilet paper an extra charge per hundred- 
weight shall be made above the price for the same weight of paper in jumbo 
rolls. 

13251 



/ 



* 



Basis Weight Jumbo Rolls 

A variation of 5% either above or below basis ordered shall constitute a 
good delivery in so far as individual rolls are concerned, but entire ship- 
ments should average within 2%% of basis ordered. 



BLOTTING PAPER 

Standard Sizes and Weights 

The following may be considered the standard sizes and weights : 

19 x 24—60 to 120 19 x 24—140 

Put up in half-ream packages. Put up in quarter-ream packages. 

Charges for Cutting 

Charges for cutting when re-wrapped in original package are as follows: 

Cutting 19 x 24 into J^'s or larger 15c. per ream 

Cutting 19 x 24 to 4 x 9^ up to 9^ x 12 35c. " " 

Cutting 19 x 24 to smaller than 4x9^ 50c. " " 

For assorted colors in bundle add 15c. to above. 

Banding Charges 

Charges for banding (in addition to above prices) are as follows: 

Banding in packages of 100 or more #0.25 

" 50 to 99 0.35 

" 25 " 49 0.60 

" 12 " 24 0.75 

" 8 " 11 1.00 

"less than 8 1.50 

For assorted colors in each package add 15c. per ream. 

Casing Charge 

Charge for casing, one-half cent per pound will be the charge for casing, 
with a minimum charge of #2.00. (This does not apply to Enamel Blotting.) 

Wooden Frames 

Charge for wooden frames will be one-quarter cent per pound, additional. 

Rolls in Crates 

Charge for rolls in crates will be one-half cent per pound, additional. 

Special Sizes and Weights 

Charges for special sizes and weights in quantities of 100 to 500 pounds of 
one color, size and weight (100 pound and 500 pound are "inclusive"), will 
be not less than 1 cent per pound additional. Same in quantities of less 
than 100 pounds to be charged at not less than 2 cents per pound additional. 
For the purposes of this rule, regular sizes are taken as 19" x 24" and 
24" x 38". 

Broken Packages 

Charge for broken packages will be one cent per pound additional, on orders 
for less than 5 reams, except on embossed blottings. 

Printed Samples 

No free printed samples will be furnished, except on mill brands. 

Terms of Sale 

Terms of sale to be 2% discount for cash, 30 days. After 30 days, no dis- 
counts to be allowed. 



326] 



ONION SKINS AND MANIFOLDS 

Regular Stock Sizes 

Included under this head are Manifolds and Thin Bonds. Regular stock 
sizes may be considered as comprising the following (500 sheets to ream): 
14x17 17x22 17x28 19x24 22x34 

Weights are based on the substance number plan, usually ranging from 7J^ 
pound folio to 13 pound folio. 

Colors 

Colors and tints are standard. 

Finishes 

Finishes are glazed and unglazed. 

Over-runs and Under-runs 

Over-runs and under-runs not in excess of 10% shall apply in all orders for 
special sizes or colors, and in this case to be considered good delivery and 
accepted by purchaser. 

Price by Weight 

All paper heavier than 10 pounds to the ream (basis 24" x 36") to be sold by 
the pound, weight to include wrappers and twine. 

Small Sizes 

In small and not regular sizes, not exceeding V/2 inches smaller than regular 
sizes, to be charged for as regular sizes. 

Ream Weight Limit 

Limit of weight to the ream shall be considered as 17 pounds (basis 24" x 36"). 
Paper in excess of this weight to be classified as Light Weight Manila. 



VEGETABLE PARCHMENT 

The following trade customs are now in use by a majority of the manufacturers 
of Genuine Vegetable Parchment Paper: 

Acceptances 

Of orders are contingent upon uncontrollable causes of delay or prevention. 

Basis Weight 

The standard ream is 24" x 36" — 500 sheets. Unless otherwise expressly 
stated, the weight named in the order will be the weight for the standard 
ream and not for the size specified. 

Ream Standard 

Ream weights are subject to a variation not exceeding 5% above or below 
the nominal ream weight. Paper made within these variations constitutes 
a good delivery. 

Standard Ream Weights 

Are 30, 40 and 50 pounds for 500 sheets 24" x 36". All other weights are 
to be considered special weights. 

Quotations 

Unless otherwise stated are for prompt acceptance within ten days and for 
present delivery only. 

Pound Base 

Quotations made per pound are for base prices only, and are subject to all 
differentials for weights, sizes, packing and baling. 

[3271 



How Pape 
Is Made 

Stocking 
Paper , 

Glossary 

Reference 
Guide j 

Index 

Ser 

Hoi 

r 



Sizes 

(a) Only sheets and rolls will be made which will cut without waste from a 
width of finished roll not less than 90% of maximum roll trim. 

(b) Sizes 10" x 20" and under are quoted from the "Standard Cut Size List." 
Sizes intermediate between listed cut sizes are charged at the price of 
the next larger listed cut size. 

STANDARD CUT SIZE LIST 

5x6 8x12 10 x 13 

6x6 8x13 10x14 

6x7 9x9 10x15 

6x8 9 x 10 10 x 16 

6x9 9x11 10x18 

7x9 9x12 10x19 

8x9 9x13 10 x 20 

8x11 10x12 12x12 

(c) Sizes of which the smaller dimension is less than 66% of the larger 
dimension are subject to special prices. 

Rolls 

Pony (5" D) and standard (9" D) rolls will be made in widths which with 
rolls of same diameter and any standard faces take the full width of the 
trimmed mill roll. 

Jumbo rolls are all rolls of larger diameter than 9", and are made in 
widths taking up not less than 90% of the maximum roll trim. 

Deliveries 

(a) Shipments will be routed at carrier's option unless specified by customer. 

(b) Deliveries are subject to variation of 10% above or below the quantity 
ordered. Paper made within these variations constitutes a good delivery. 

(c) Deliveries are on the basis of F. O. B. mill. 

Samples 

Samples of current runs are furnished subject to variations in weight and 
color. 

Claims 

(a) No claims for allowance will be considered unless made within ten 
days of receipt of shipment and before paper is used. 

(b) Claims for damage in transit or shortage in delivery will be entertained 
only if accompanied by the original bill of lading and the paid freight 
bill showing that shipment was receipted for short or in a damaged condi- 
tion. 

(c) When paper is sold F. O. B. Mill (whether with or without freight 
allowance) claims for loss or shortage in railroad delivery or damage 
in transit will be made by the shipper only for account and risk of the 
consignee. 

(d) Where paper is to be cut or printed by the customer, no claim for 
allowance will be entertained after the paper is cut or printed. 



"Make and Hold" Orders 



All "make and hold" orders must specify an ultimate date of shipment, 
at which date goods are to be billed and the invoice taken to account by 
customer, whether goods are ordered shipped or not. 

Printing 

Printed Parchment is charged according to quantity of each brand, each 
label, and each size ordered. New designs requiring drawings and plates 
are charged to the customer at cost. 
The plates will be the property of the customer. 

[328] 



Cancellation 

After an order is received, no change or cancellation will be allowed unless 
the buyer pays for all paper cut or printed up to the date the change or 
cancellation is accepted on the basis of the quantity printed and completed 
At such time. 

Cores, Plugs and Wrappers 

No allowance will be made for weight of cores, plugs or wrappers on Vegetable 
Parchment paper in packages. 



WAXED PAPER 

Count 

A ream of waxed paper shall consist of 480 sheets. 
Weight Basis 

The basis of weight shall be on size 24" x 36" — 480 after waxing. The weight 
after waxing shall be used in designating the weight of the paper. 

Markings 

No package shall be marked, stenciled or labeled by the manufacturer with 
other than the actual size, weight, count or contents. 

Cancellation or Change 

After acceptance and acknowledgment of an order, the right is retained by 
the manufacturer to refuse to permit changes or cancellation. 

Net Weight 

No allowance to be made for weight of cores, plugs or wrappers on roll waxed 
paper, and quotations are to specify that price includes the weight of such 
cores, plugs and wrappers. 

Commercial Delivery 

(a) A delivery which averages not more than 7J^% over or under specified 
basis weight shall constitute a good delivery on an order, and is not 
subject to rejection or allowance on that account. 

(b) All orders are to be accepted subject to a variation of the quantity 
ordered — no less than 10% and no more than 25%. 

(c) All deliveries shall be on the basis of F. O. B. mill. 

Claims 

For the mutual protection of both buyer and seller, claims must be made 
within ten (10) days after receipt of goods. No paper on which claim 
has been made may be used or returned until seller has had opportunity 
to inspect it or until adjustment has been made. 

Returns 

No allowance will be made for the return of rolls with 1 inch or less in 
thickness unused, whether plain or printed waxed paper. 

Caramel and Kiss Wrappers 

Waxed papers cut to caramel or kiss size are to be packed in cartons or 
packages holding not less than ten pounds net. 

Lunch Rolls 

All Lunch Rolls in sheets are to be put up and sold as follows: 
Sizes 12 x 10, in 20, 24 and 40 count 

" 12 x IS, in IS, 18, 20, 30 and 40 count 

" 12 x 18, in 15, 18, 20, 24, 30 and 40 count 

Except for special requirements of the syndicate stores, the continuous 
rolls shall be put up and sold in rolls 12" wide and in 36 and 72 feet lengths. 

[329] 



/ 



Waxed Paper by the Pound 

From and after April 1, 1920, all Waxed Paper except Lunch Rolls, shall be 
sold by the pound, except all light weight Tissue under 18 pounds weight, 
base 24" x 36" — 480 count, which may be sold by the sheet in the following 
sizes: 

24 x 36 480 count 

20 x 30 480 " 

18 x 24 480 " 

IS x 20 480 " 

14x18 480 " 

12x18 480 " 

9x12 480 " 

Butter Wrappers in all sizes shall be sold by the package, but odd sizes of 
plain waxed tissue paper are to be sold by the pound. 

GLASSINE AND GREASEPROOF PAPERS 

Adopted by the Glassine and Greaseproof Manufacturers 

Association and approved by the National Paper 

Trade Association, April 11, 1922 

Substance Number 

The term "Substance" as used herein shall be defined as: The weight in 
pounds of 500 sheets of a size 24" x 36". 

Marking 

Each package shall be marked, stenciled or labeled by the manufacturer 
with the actual contents, size, substance and count. 

Cores, Plugs and Wrappers 

On ream wrapped paper, the weight of the paper including the ream wrapper 
shall be taken as the net weight. No allowance shall be made for the weight 
of cores, plugs and wrappers on glassine and greaseproof paper in rolls 
or bundles, except in the case of iron or special fiber cores, frames and cases. 

Acceptances 

Acceptances of orders are contingent upon uncontrollable causes of delay 
or prevention. 

Quotations 

Quotations, unless otherwise stated, are for prompt acceptance and are 
subject to change without notice. 

Pound Basis 

Quotations made per pound are for base prices only and are subject to all 
differentials of the quoting manufacturer, for weights, sizes, packing and 
baling. 

Carload Lots 

Unless otherwise specified, a carload of paper shall be considered as 36,000 
pounds. 

"Make and Hold" Orders 

All "make and hold" orders must specify an ultimate date of shipment, 
at which date goods are to be billed and the invoice taken to account by 
customer, whether goods are ordered shipped or not. 

Commercial Delivery 

(a) Shipments will be routed at carrier's option unless specified by customer. 

(b) A delivery which averages not more than 5% over or under the specified 
substance shall constitute a good delivery on an order, and shall not be 
subject to rejection or allowance on that account. 

(c) All orders are to be accepted as good delivery without claim by cus- 
tomer when shipment is not more than 10% over or 10% under the quantity 
ordered. 

(d) All deliveries shall be on the basis of F. 0. B. mill. 

[3301 



Cancellation or Change 

Changes or cancellation on any paper being specially made to order will be 
accepted if the paper is not actually on the paper machine. Cancellation 
will not be accepted in the case of a special color or paper other than standard. 

Claims 

For the mutual protection of both buyer and seller the following will apply 
to claims: 

(a) No claim for allowance will be considered unless made within 30 days 
of the receipt of shipment and before the paper in question is used. 

(b) On the F. O. B. mill basis (whether with or without freight allowance) 
claims for loss, shortage or damage in transit will be made by the shipper, 
only for account and risk of the buyer. 

(c) Where paper is to be cut or printed by or for the customer, no claim 
for allowance will be entertained after the paper has been cut or printed. 



ROLL NEWS PRINT 
Tonnage 

Purchaser shall order a definite tonnage of paper to be taken over the 
contract period and in equal monthly instalments of the total contract 
tonnage. 

Basis of Weight 

Five per cent. (5%) over or under the contract basis of weight shall be 
considered good delivery. 

Widths 

The widths of rolls mentioned in a contract are permanent unless the seller 
agrees to change. 

Specifications for Shipments 

The purchaser shall furnish to the seller by the 15th day of each month 
complete specifications for the shipments to be made the succeeding month. 

Weight 

The weight of roll news print paper shall be gross weight less only the weight 
of cores. 

Delivery Point 

Delivery point is on board cars at place of manufacture. 

Terms 

Terms net cash thirty days from date of invoice or not later than the 15th 
day of the month for all paper shipped the previous month. Legal rate of 
interest to be paid on all amounts remaining unpaid on due dates. 

Cores 

Cores shall be charged to the purchaser at one cent per inch if paper and 
three cents per inch if iron, and shall be returned promptly, freight prepaid, 
when they shall be credited to the purchaser at invoice price. 

Claims 

(a) No allowance shall be made for waste, damage or paper left on cores. 

(b) In case of claim of any nature applying upon any shipment of paper 
made under a contract, the seller shall be notified immediately, but no 
claim shall be allowed for consequential damage. 

[3311 



/ 



f 



Contingencies 



In case the seller shall be unable and fail at any time to make and supply, 
or the purchaser shall be unable and fail to take and use said paper in 
consequence of strikes, fire, explosion, lock-outs, combinations of workmen, 
flood, drought, embargoes, war, the acts o iGod, the public enemy or any 
cause beyond the control of either party hereto, the seller shall not be 
liable to the purchaser for failure to supply such paper, nor shall the pur- 
chaser be liable to the seller for failure to take such paper during the period 
of such disability. 



Cancellation 



If the purchaser shall fail to pay any amounts when due under this contract, 
or fail to make settlements as provided herein, the seller may, at its option, 
cancel this contract, refuse to furnish any more paper thereunder, and declare 
the obligations of the purchaser for all paper furnished hereunder due forth- 
with^ notwithstanding the terms hereof, but the purchaser shall remain 
liable to the seller for all loss and damage sustained by reason of such failure. 

Domicile 

All sales shall be governed by the laws of the place of legal domicile of the 
seller. 

SHEET NEWS 

Trade Customs for Publishers' Supplies 

Minimum Basis: 24" x 36" — 33, including wrappers and twine. . 

Minimum Size: 24" x 36". 

The following shall be standard publishers' sizes: 
24x36 28x42 35x45 38x48 

27x41 30x44 35x48 42x56 

Where sizes other than these are required and where they can be accepted by 
the mill, an extra charge for cutting shall be made as follows: 

2 or more tons, $3.50 per ton Cars (20 tons or over), $2.00 per ton 

Not less than two tons of any odd size shall be cut. All papers put up lapped. 



; 



332] 



Paper Brand Names 

OWNED BY THE AMERICAN WRITING PAPER COMPANY 

Those in italics represent the 'papers of the Eagle-A Line of 
Quality-Standards and their grade position. They are stocked by 
each Service House. After the others is placed the grade number 
of each of the Quality-Standard papers of its kind which it most 
nearly approximates. For example: "Aberdeen Linen — 3rd 
grade" means that this approximates the third Quality-Standard 
grade Linen paper, Aulde Scotia Lynene, so indicated in the list. 



Aberdeen Linen — 3rd grade 

Acorn Linen — 1st grade 

Acceptance Bond — Grade VII 

Acceptance Linen Ledger 

Account Linen Ledger — Grade III 

Agawam Paper Co. (Writing) — 1st grade 

Agawam Bond — Grade II 

Agawam Superfine (Writing) — 1st grade 

Agawam Extra Superfine (Writing) — 

1st grade 
Agawam Index Bristol — Grade I 
Air post Bond — Grade V 
Alberta Bond — 4th grade 
Albion Offset — Grade I 
Albion Super Book — 6th grade 
Albion Text — Grade II 
Aldine Flax Linen (Writing) — 4th grade 
Alhambra 
Allies Bond 

A. W. P. Co. Bond— 4th grade 
American Bond — 2nd grade 
American Linen Bond — 1st grade 
American Flax Linen — 1st grade 
American Bulking Book — Grade III 
American English Finish Book — Grade 

VI 
American Eggshell — Grade VI 
American M. F. Book — 6th grade 
American Super Cal. Book — Grade VI 
American # 10 Blue Print 
American # 20 Blue Print 
American # 30 Blue Print 
American #10 Drawing 
American # 20 Drawing 
American # 30 Drawing 
American Gelatin Process Board 
American # 10 Index Record Bristol — 

1st grade 
American # 20 Index Record Bristol 
American #30 Index Record Bristol — 

2nd grade 
American # 40 Index Record Bristol — 

3rd grade 
American Menu Bristol — 3rd grade 
American # 10 Offset — 1st grade 
American Extra # 10 Offset — 1st grade 
American #20 Offset — 2nd grade 
American # 30 Offset — 3rd grade 
American # 40 Offset — 4th grade 
American Post Card (Eagle-A) — Grade 

VI 
American Railroad Folder 
American Rope Bristol — Grade IV 
American Specialties 
American Star # 1 Jute 
American Vellum—Grade II 
Anchor (Writing) — 4th grade 
Anchor Linen — 3rd grade 



Antique Flax Linen (Writing) 1st grade 

Antique Vellum 

Archive Bond — 2nd grade 

Archive Linen — 1st grade 

Archive Linen Ledger — 1st grade 

Archive Mills (Writing) — 2nd grade 

Arcadia Mills Superfine (Writing) — 1st 

grade 
Arden Wedding — Grade I 
Arrive Halftone — Grade V 
Arrive Medio 
Arven Plate — Grade II 
Assurance Bond — 4th grade 
Atlas — 8th grade 
Aulde Scotia Lynene — Grade III 
Author's Linen 
Autograph Kraft 
A-l Drawing Amer. # 10 Drawing 

Bamboo 

Bank Parchment (Bond) — 4th grade 

Bank Record Parchment (Bond) — 4th 

grade 
Bank Record Ledger — 1st grade 
Bankers Bond — 4th grade 
Bankers Linen Ledger — 3rd grade 
Bankers Record (Ledger) — 3rd grade 
Bankers Superfine — 1st grade 
Bedford Linen 
Beebe Offset — Grade II 
Beechwood 

Berkshire Cover — 1st grade 
Berkshire Text — Grade I 
Beverley Mills (Writing) — 4th grade 
Bicycle Bond 
Big Chief Index Bristol 
Biscay Wedding — Grade II 
Blendwell Cover 
Bond of Commerce 
Bond d'Aigle A — 1st grade 
Bordeaux Cover — 3rd grade 
Brixton Wedding — 2nd grade 
Brixworth Wedding — 2nd grade | 
Brokers Bond — 8th grade 
Brokers Ledger — 5th grade 
Brokers Linen — 4th grade 
Brookhurst Congress Cap 
Brunswick Linen Ledger — Grade II 

Cambridge Superfine (Writing) — 1st 

grade 
Capitol Ledger — 2nd grade 
Capitol Linen — 2nd grade 
Celtic Linen Ledger — 2nd grade 
Century Linen — 2nd grade 
Champion Superfine (Writing) — 1st 

grade 
Cheriton Wedding — 2nd grade 



Stocking 



[ 333 ] 



Cherokee Index Bristol — Grade II 

Cherokee Linen Ledger 

Chester Mills Extra Superfine — 1st 

grade 
Chester Offset — Grade III 
Chesterfield Mills (Writing) — 1st grade 
Chesterfield Papeterie — Grade IV 
Chevron Bond — Grade VI 
Chromatic (two tone) Announcements 
Clarence 

Clearwater (Book) — 2nd grade 
Climax Ledger 
Climax Mills 
Clover Mills (Four Leaf Clover Design) 

(Writing) — 4th grade 
Colonial Linen — Grade II 
Columbian Bond — 4th grade 
Columbian Ledger — 3rd grade 
Commission Bond 
Consols Bond — 3rd grade 
Contract Bond — Grade IV 
Contract Ledger — 3rd grade 
Coronet 

Coupon Bond — Grade I 
Covenant Bond — 6th grade 
Crestline Antique Book — 3rd grade 
Crocker's E-G-H 
Crocker's Cover — 5th grade 
Crown Imperial Linen — 1st grade 
Crown Ledger 

Crown Leghorn Linen — 1st grade 
Crown Leghorn Linen Bond 
Crown Royal Bond 
Crown Royal Extra Superfine — 1st 

grade 
Crown Royal Linen — 2nd grade 
Crystal Springs Superfine — 1st grade 
Currency Bond — 8th grade 

Darien Index — Grade IV 

Dartmoor Wedding — 5th grade 

Dartworth Wedding — 5th grade 

Debenture Bond — 4th grade 

Deckle d'Aigle (de luxe) — Grade I 

Defiance (Writing) — 4th grade 

Delta Mills (Writing) — 2nd grade 

Delta Mimeograph — Grade II 

Democracy Bond 

De Pere Bond 

De Pere Linen 

De Pere Linen Record 

De Pere Oriental Linen 

De Pere Superfine 

De Pere Mills Ledger 

De Pere Mills Superfine 

Deerfield 

Derby Bond — 7th grade 

Derby Royal Linen Mills (Linen) — 3rd 

grade 
Derby Mills Royal Linen — 3rd grade 
Design — Battle-ax, Spears and Shield 
Design — Maltese Cross 
Design — Pompeiian Lamp 
Detail Drawing — Amer. # 10 
Diana Mills (Writing) — 4th grade 
Diagonal Check (Wedding) — 3rd grade 
Dickinson Offset — Grade IV 
Dorchester Pure Linen 
Dorrington Papeterie — Grade IV 
Dublin Linen — 3rd grade 
Dundee Bond — 2nd grade 
Dundee Linen 

Dundee Record (Ledger) — 2nd grade 
Dundee Record Ledger — 2nd grade 

Eagle- A — Letter A with outline of Eagle. 
Used on all watermarked papers 
made by the American Writing Paper 
Company, Holyoke. Mass. 

Eagle- A American Post Card 



Eclipse Drawing — Amer. # 20 

Elite Cover — 3rd grade 

Empire Linen 

Endora Papeterie — 5th grade 

Essex Extra Fine (Writing) — 1st grade 

Eton Ledger 

Excello Mills (Writing) — 4th grade 

Excelsior Extra Superfine — 1st grade 

Exeter Bond 

Exeter Linen 

Exhibit Bond 

Exmoor Bond 

Extension Ledger — Grade IV 

Extra Linen 

Extra Super Laid 

Extra Super Wove 

Fabric Bond — 4th grade 

Fairview (Writings) — 5th grade 

Falcon Cover 

Faneuil 

Farnsworth Papeterie — Grade V 

Federal Bond — 2nd grade 

Ferndale Linen 

Fernside 

Fin de Siecle Bond 

Franklin Bond 

French Bond 

Freedom Bond — 9th grade 

Gal-A-Ton Boxboard 

Genuine Flax Linen 

Genuine Irish Linen 

Gladstone Flats 

Glendale (Writing) — 4th grade 

Globe Linen Fabric 

Gloria Bond — 7th grade 

Gloria Ledger — Grade V 

Golden Fleece 

Government Bond — 2nd grade 

Government Linen — 1st grade 

Government Record Ledger — Grade I 

Granada Special Linen Ledger 

Griffin Linen 

Hamilton 

Hampden Superfine 

Hand- Craft Text — 1st grade 

Harding Paper Co. Superfine — 1st grade 

Harding Linen Record Ledger 

Hawthorn Linen Ledger — 3rd grade 

Hazelton 

Hector Linen '> 

Herald Bond — 4th grade 

Herculean Cover — Grade I 

Herculean Box Cover 

Hickory Bond — 3rd grade 

Hickory Ledger 

Holyoke Paper Co. Ledger 

Holyoke Paper Co. Linen 

Holyoke Paper Co. Superfine 

Holyoke Paper Co. Standard (design) 

Holyoke Loft Dried Ledger 

Honest Linen — 3rd grade 

Hornet Linen — 1st grade 

Huntington Mills 

Homespun Linen 

Hurlbut's Authors Linen 

Hurlbut Bank Bond 1822 — 1st grade 

Hurlbut Paper Mfg. Co. — Superfine 

Hurlbut's Extra Superfine 

Hurlbut's French Linen 

Hurlbut's Linen Ledger — 1st grade 

Imperial Bond — 2nd grade 

Imperial Linen — 1st grade 

Imperial Vellum (Writing) — 4th grade 

Indenture Bond— -4th grade 

Indemnity 

India Linen 



334] 



Indian Princess 

Inlaid 

Insurance Bond 

Invincible Linen Bond 

Irish Linen Fabric — 4th grade 

Irish Linen Ledger — 2nd grade 

Irving Mills 

Islington Superfine 

Ivory 

Ivorine 

Japan Bond — 4th grade 
Japan Linen 

Keene Mills 
Kingston Bond 
Kingston Linen 
Kingston Superfine 
Kimono — Cover — 3rd grade 
Knickerbocker — Cover 

Legal Linen Ledger — 5th grade 
Legend Linen Ledger 
Lenox Superfine — 1st grade 
Lenox Extra Superfine — 1st grade 
Lexington Linen — 3rd grade 
Linden Paper Co. Bond 
Linden Paper Co. Linen Ledger 
Linden Paper Co. Superfine 
Linden Extra Superfine 
Linden Linen 
Linen Ledger 
Linen Record 
Londonderry Linen 
Lotus Linen 
Luson Linen 
Lyons Parchment 

Magna Charta Bond — 2nd grade 

Maidstone Bond 

Maltese Linen — 2nd grade 

Maltese Linen Pure Linen — 2nd grade 

Manchester Linen 

Marguerite Linen 

Manhattan Linen 

Manhattan Linen Ledger — 3rd grade 

Manifold Bond 

Marion Mills 

Marseilles Linen 

Marseilles Linen Ledger 

Massasoit Co. Bond 

Massasoit Linen Ledger 

Melrose (Writing) — 4th grade 

Melton Mills 

Merrimac 

Merchants Bond — 2nd grade 

Merchants Linen Ledger — 3rd grade 

Milan Linen Ledger — 2nd grade 

Minerva Linen — 3rd grade 

Mohican Linen 

Mohican Extra Linen 

Monarch Superfine 

Monona Linen Fabric 

Montrose Linen 

Mt. Holyoke Mills 

Alt. Nonotuck Mills 

Mt. Tom Mills 

Mulberry Linen 

Mystic Bond 

National Ledger 

National Linen 

Niagara Linen 

Ne Plus Ultra — Agawam Parchment — 

and U. S. Linen 
Ne Plus Ultra — Manuscript Cover 
Ne Plus Ultra — Roman Bond 
Ne Plus Ultra — Typewriter 
Nonpar iel 

Norman Bond — Grade VII 
Norman Linen Ledger 



Fines Grade IV 
Grade V 



Norman Superfine 

No. 2 Bond 

No. 6 Bond 

No. 40 Bond — 9th grade 

Oakland Linen — 4th grade 
Oak Leaf Linen — 3rd grade 
Oak Ridge 

Official Bond — 4th grade 
Old Bay State Mills 
Old Cheshire Mills 
Old Chester Mills — Grade I 
Old Colony Linen 
Old Colony Mills 
Old Crown Linen — 4th grade 
Old English Linen 
Old Hempstead Bond — 3rd grade 
Old Ivanshire 
Old Oaken Bucket Linen 
Old Parchment Bond 
Olympia Ledger — 4th grade 
Oneida 
Ontario Mills 
Option Bond — 8th grade 
Overland 

Oriental Bond — 4th grade 
Oriental Linen Parchment 
Original County Record — 2nd grade 
Original County Record Ledger — 2nd 
grade 

Pansy 

Paradox — Cover — Grade III 

Parchment Bond 

Parchment Ledger 

Parchment Linen 

Parchment Extra Superfine 

Parchment Universal 

Parsons Paper Co. — Extra Fines — 2nd 

grade 
Parsons Paper Co. — Superfine — 2nd 

grade 
Parsons Tinted Writings — Grade II 
Penelope (Linen) — 3rd grade 
Perfection Bond — 4th grade 
Persian Bond — Grade III 
Persian Ledger 
Persian Linen 
Perth Linen Ledger 
Peerless Mimeograph — Grade I 
Peerless (Writing) — 4th grade 
Plaid 

Platner & Porter, First Quality 
Platner & Porter Linen 
Platner & Porter Superfine 
Postal Ledger Paper 
Preferred Bond — 4th grade 
Premier Linen Bond 
Priority Bond 
Pristine Linen — 2nd grade 
Pure Belfast Linen 
Pure Flax 

Pure Linen — 2nd grade 
Pure Linen Fabric (Wedding) — 3rd 

grade 
Pure Linen Rag Fiber 
Pure Linen Stock (Wedding) — 2nd 

grade 
Pure Thistle Linen 
Putnam Mills 

Quadrille 

Quaker Linen — 3rd grade 
Quality Bond — 7th grade 
Quality Manifold 
Queen Anne Linen 
Queen Irish Linen 

Railroad Folder — Grade IV 
Record Bond — 7th grade 
Record Ledger — 4th grade 
Regal Wove 



How Paper 
Is Made 

Stocking I 
Paper / 

Glossary 



/ 



Servi 



335] 



Reliance Bond — 4th grade 

Reliance Ledger — 1st grade 

Reliance Linen Ledger — 1st grade 

Revenue Bond — 7th grade 

Rialto Mills — 4th grade 

Rival Bond — 4th grade 

Rival Linen — Grade IV 

Riverside Paper Co. 

Riverside Bond 

Riverside Linen Ledger 

River dale Cover — Grade IV 

Rolleston Mills 

Roman Bond — 3rd grade 

Royal Berkshire Bond 

Royal Berkshire Linen 

Royal Scotch Linen 

Royal Scotch Pure Fabric 

Russian Linen Ledger — 1st grade 

Samurai — Cover — 3rd grade 

Saranac Bond — 4th grade 

Saxon Linen Bond 

Saxon Linen Ledger — 2nd grade 

Saxony Linen — 2nd grade 

Scotch Plaid 

Security Trust Bond — 4th grade 

Seminole Bond 

Senate Linen Ledger 

Servia Linen Ledger — 2nd grade 

Shado-Craft Bond Papers 

Shylock Bond 

Sioux Linen Bond 

Skeleton 

Sovereign Bond — 8th grade 

Sovereign Linen 

Spartan Bond — 4th grade 

Special Ledger — 4th grade 

Spider Web 

Springdale Paper Co. 

Springdale Bond 

Springdale Linen Ledger 

Standard Cover — Grade V 

Standard Mills (Writing) — 4th grade 

Standard Bond — 7th grade 

Standard Ledger — 5th grade 

Standard Linen 

Standard Mimeograph — 2nd grade 

Stanley Mills 

Stationers Linen Ledger — 2nd grade 

Statute Bond — 7th grade 

Sterling Mills (Writings) — 2nd grade 

Stockbridge Linen — 2nd grade 

Superior Mills (Writing) — 4th grade 

Slogan: A Catalog is no better than its 
Cover. Standardized from Rag to Ream 



Taconic Bond 

Taconic Linen — 2nd grade 

Telephone Bond — Grade IX 

Telephone Ledger — Grade VI 

Texo Bond 

The American Linen Paper 

The Century Linen — 2nd grade 

The Imperial Bond — 2nd grade 

The Legal Bond 

The Official Bond— 4th grade 

The Standard Ledger — 5th grade 

Treasury Ledger — 2nd grade 

Treasury Linen 

Treasury Vellum — 2nd grade 

Tuffenuff — Cover — 3rd grade 

Tunxis Bond 

Tunxis Mills Linen Ledger 

Tuxedo Linen 

Typewriter Linen 

Ulster Linen 

Union Linen Ledger 

Universal Bond — 4th grade 

U. S. Bond 

U. S. Linen Bond 

U. S. Linen — Grade I 

Vellum Bond 

Vellum Linen 

Vendome Bond — 4th grade 

Vendome Linen 

Venetian Bond 

Venetian — Cover 

Victor Bond — 4th grade 

Victor Ledger 

Victory Bond — 4th grade 

Victoria Bond — 4th grade 

Vienna Linen 

Vigilant Bond — 6th grade 

Warwick Mills 

Warwick Superfine 

Washington Mills (Writing) — 5th grade^ 

Wauregan Bond 

Wauregan Colored Flats — Grade III 

White House 

Whittier Extra Superfine 

Whitewater (Writing) — 4th grade 

Wicker 

Windsor — Cover 

Windsor Castle 

Windsor Mills 

Windsor Linen 

Wisconsin Bond — 5th grade 

Wove Parchment 

Wove Parchment Bond 



336] 



How Paper Is Made 

A JOURNEY THROUGH THE WORLD'S LARGEST PAPER 
MAKING INSTITUTION 

THE making of Eagle-A Quality Standard Papers is inter- 
esting because a process which transforms one substance 
into a new and entirely different form is always fascinating, be- 
cause the American Writing Paper Company is the largest organi- 
zation of its kind in the world, and because the methods used in 
producing these papers have direct bearing on the quality of the 
papers themselves. 

Standardized papers can only be produced by the most efficient 
and highly standardized methods if uniform quality, combined 
with economy, is to be maintained. Starting with the raw 
materials — the rags, the wood pulp, the cotton linters, the chemi- 
cals and the dyes that are used in Eagle-A Papers are bought on 
specification, depending on their intended use, and laboratory 
tests are made to see that these specifications are adhered to. 
The sixty gallons of water used in making each pound of Eagle-A 
Paper must come up to specifications, too, and so the water 
supply for each mill is under close inspection at all times. 

Since the exact kind and amount of each raw material is known, 
the equipment for each step in the manufacturing process is al- 
ways in balance, thus avoiding the periods when one unit is idle 
and another over-taxed. 

A standardized product can only be made with standardized 
equipment. It might be possible to make newsprint on the 
machines designed to make Coupon Bond, but it would be im- 
possible to make Coupon Bond on the big, fast-running machines 
designed for news or book paper. An artist does not paint with 
a whitewash brush.' H ow y m 

Each of the fifty-four Eagle-A machines makes the grade of j s lyyg 

product for which it is best adapted. The wide variety of 
equipment, producing 450 tons daily, makes possible the effi- 
ciencies of standardized manufacture for a paper for each print- 
ing and stationery requirement. Continual and rigid inspec- 
tion at every stage of its manufacture keeps the Eagle-A Paper 
uniform in quality. The American Writing Paper Company 
has the largest and most extensively equipped paper laboratory 
in the world, where chemists analyze and test the raw materials 
to see that the specifications are adhered to. Inspectors ex- 
amine every sheet of Eagle-A Paper, and in addition to continu- 
ous inspection in the mill, samples are regularly sent to the 
laboratory where check-tests are made and the product compared 
with the established standard. 

13371 



/ 




THE RAGS — The rags arrive at the mil! in bales of about one thousand pounds each 
wrapped in burlap and tied with wire. These rags range from new white shirt cut- 
tings and various colored rags down to old rags collected by the junkman. 




THE RAG ROOM— After the bales are opened the rags are taken to the rag room. 
Here buttons, hooks, rubber and other superfluous materials are taken out and sewed 
seams are ripped. 




THE RAG CUTTER— From the rag room the sorted rags are taken to the cutter, 
where they are reduced to pieces of a fairly uniform size. From the cutter they are 
carried on a canvas belt to the duster. 




THE RAG DUSTER — The dusters contained in the small house in the background 
consist of wire-covered drums provided inside with blades to slir up the rags. The 
mesh of the wire is such that dirt falls through while the rags are retained. The lint 
that is sifted out is sold and used for roofing materials. 

[3381 




THE BLEACH BOILERS — After being dusted the rags are put into large revolving iron 
boilers of about five tons capacity. Here they are boiled under steam pressure with 
diluted alkali. This treatment serves to take out the color and loosen the dirt and 
other impurities which may be present. 




THE WASHERS — The rags next go to the washer, a tub provided with a roll and 
equipped with blunt bars or knives which brush against similar bars at the bottom. 
Running water discharges the dirt through an octagonal drum. Bleach is added 



unning 
afterward. 




THE BEATER — In the beater the stock is reduced into fine cotton fibers which have 
been cut and frayed by means of a roll and plate similar to those of a washer. Rosin, 
size, alum, and color are added in the beater. 




Stocking 



Glossary 



THE JORDAN OR REFINING ENGINE— The large cone-shaped shell is lined with 
steel or bronze bars set lengthwise. A conical plug with similar bars fitted into the 
shell rotates at high speed and the stock passing through the two sets of bars is cut fine, 

[3391 



Sei 
Ho 




THE PAPER MACHINE— WET END— From the Jordan the now diluted stock goes 
to the paper machine. Here it is first passed through screens of bronze plates with 
narrow slots permitting passage of fiber but not of dirt and knots. 




ANOTHER VIEW OF PAPER MACHINE— From the screen the stock flows on to a 
fine sieve-like wire where the water drains away the felted fibers remaining. Deckled 
straps bordering the sides prevent overflowing. The dandy roll leaves the water- 
mark on the newly formed paper. 





DRYING DRUMS — From the wire the sheet passes through several sets of rolls under 
heavy pressure, which serve to remove more water and to compact the sheet, then 
over iron drums heated with steam. The paper is now practically air dry. 




SIZING — On leaving the drying rolls the paper is cut into strips and passed through a 
bath of animal size or glue to increase the strength and improve the writing surface, 
then passes through a cutler, ihe sheets piled by a lay-boy 




THE LOFT — The paper is hung on poles in the drying loft. Here it is left for several 
days to contract or expand in all directions. No method of drying has been found 
which will give results equal to the loft. 




CALENDERING AND INSPECTING— The paper comes rough dry from the loft 
and must be ironed smooth. This is done by passing it between heavy iron rollers. 
It is then sorted and any imperfect sheets are thrown out. 




TRIMMING — The paper passes from the sorters to the counters, where the_ sheets are 
counted by hand. It then goes to the cutters to be trimmed to uniform sizes. 




Stocking 



Glossary 



SEALING — After being trimmed the paper is wrapped and sealed in ream packages and 
labeled. It is now ready to be cased and shipped. The standardization of manu- 
facture of Eagle-A Papers is carried even to the boards for the cases and the size of 
the nails, thus insuring effective containers. 

11341] 




How Ragle- A Quality 
Is Maintained 



IT is the obligation of the manufacturer to be re- 
sponsible for the performance of his goods when put 
to the uses for which they were designed. The Ameri- 
can Writing Paper Company insures itself and its 
customers in this regard by establishing for each paper 
a set of definite tests that must be conformed to. No 
one test is self-sufficient, nor is any one test of equal 
importance when applied to different grades of paper. 
Significant tests can only be arrived at and their mean- 
ings properly interpreted by experts who know both 
the use the paper is intended for and the possibilities 
and limitations of the manufacturing process. The 
ideal place for the use of these paper tests is in the 
hands of the technical staff of the mill where they are 
interpreted as guides in manufacturing and as checks 
on quality. On the next page are shown a small 
number of the regular tests applied to Eagle-A Papers. 

[3421 




THE MICROSCOPE 

Paper is analyzed by defibering, treating the 
fibers in a microscope slide with stains which develop 
contrasting colors on rag fibers, chemical wood and 
ground wood, and then estimating the percentage of 
each constituent. 

The quality of beating and the grade of stock used 
can be told at a glance, noting the appearance of the 
fibers and their length. 




THE SCHOPPER FOLDER MACHINE 

This machine registers the number of times a 
sheet of paper_ may be folded back and forth before 
breaking. This is the severest test to which a sheet 
of paper can be subjected. Bank note paper, blue 
print paper, paper for life insurance policies and for 
legal documents should have a high folding test. 
This test is always made across the grain of the sheet. 




THE MULLEN TESTER 

The United States Government standard paper 
tester. This instrument, found in all Eagle-A mills 
as well as in the American Writing Paper Com- 
pany's laboratory, is in continual use, as all 
standard Eagle-A Papers have a specified Mullen 
test which must be met. The Mullen tester gives 
the pressure required to rupture a sheet of paper. 




THE TENSILE TESTER 

Instrument for determining tensile strength. A 
narrow strip of paper, cut against the grain, is 
clamped in place, and the hand wheel is revolved 
until the paper breaks. Indicators show the actual 
tension to which the paper is subjected and the per- 
centage of stretch. 



343 



Watermarking and Rubberstamp 
Marking 



Figure 1 



ON PAGE 340 is an illustration of a dandy roll, which runs 
lightly over the paper being formed. An outline mark is 
left in the sheet. In all Eagle-A mills, letters on the rolls are in 
reversed type, so that the mark reads correctly from the top or 
printing side of the paper. 

In the method described, there is no crushing or deforming of 
the fibers. This is true watermarking. In very cheap papers, 
the machine is run so rapidly that a true watermark can not be 
formed. A rubber band bearing the outline letters is substituted 
and is placed on one of the press rolls between which the wet, 
formed sheet passes. This marks the paper just as a tire marks 
an asphalt pavement on a hot day. The fibers here are often 
deformed. Rubber stamping always shows that the paper was 
rapidly run, which usually means that there was not the oppor- 
tunity for producing uniformity in the grain and cross-grain 
directions. Compare Coupon Bond and Telephone Bond 
marks. 

LAID AND WOVE FORMATION 

:.~ — -^ 



Figure 2 

The dandy roll also impresses the laid or wove formation. 
If the roll is covered with wires woven like those of a window 
screen, a wove formation results. If the roll consists of thin 
disks of wires running lengthwise of the dandy, a laid formation 
is produced. The parallel marks farthest apart are formed by 
the disks and are called the "chain" marks. The marks across 
these are the wire marks. 

[344] 



What Papers the Printer Should 

Stock 



MOST printers recognize the advisability of carrying a cer- 
tain amount of paper in stock. Briefly, the advantages 
are as follows: 

The printer is able to buy paper in larger quantities, thus 
obtaining lower prices. Any apparent saving in investment 
when paper is not carried in stock is more than offset by the 
loss of discounts due to small orders and scattered buying. 

It is easier for a printer who carries stocks to concentrate 
his buying on a small number of brands, taking larger orders 
of each. He saves time and trouble and profits by the at- 
tendant discounts. 

He betters his standing with his trade when he becomes a 
retailer, rather than a broker of paper; and the very fact 
that he has invested his money in it is evidence of his con- 
fidence in the paper that he keeps in stock. 

A stock of paper insures the printer's ability to give prompt 
service to his customer, as well as a capacity to provide 
economical and uniform paper for repeat orders — two fea- 
tures that are always appreciated by his customers. 

When, as is uniformly the case, the printer stocks nationally 
advertised mill brands of a favorably well known manu- 
facturer, he can advertise this fact with excellent results, 
and benefit by the prestige of the manufacturer.* 

Obviously, the average printer can not carry a stock that will 
meet all his demands, nor can he stock more than a limited num- 
ber of brands. What, then, are the general considerations that 
determine whether a paper is suitable for stocking? Here are a 
few: 

It must be standardized paper. Assured uniformity and 
quality of successive orders depend on this. 

It must be a Mill Brand paper. Such a paper alone com- 
bines uniform quality with the utmost economy. (See 
pages 1-7.) 

It must be a paper which the maker advertises to the con- 
sumer. This makes it easier for the printer to sell. 



* Many printers all over the country are advertising that they stock Eagle-A 
Papers, and are reporting much benefit therefrom. A card to the American Writing 
Paper Company will bring suggestions and co-operation in such advertising. 

[345] 



/ 



( 



To enable the printer to show his customer that he is offer- 
ing the proper paper, and not merely one that he wishes to 
sell, he should have the manufacturer's statement as to the 
use for which the paper is intended. 

It must be easily available and continuously stocked by 
both merchant and mill to insure an unfailing supply. 

It must be available in every form in which this paper is 
normally used — flat sheets, rolls, announcements, envelopes, 
etc. 

It must be one of a wide line of papers, so that the prestige 
established by the successful use of any one may benefit the 
others. 

Obviously the papers of the Eagle-A Lines are well adapted to 
the printer's stock shelves. (See page 97-103.) However, a printer 
can not profitably stock more than comparatively few of the 
items in the line — only those on which he can get rapid turn- 
over. Since conditions are individual to each printer, it is im- 
possible in a book of this sort to recommend specific brands to 
stock. 

The American Writing Paper Company, through its Service Men 
co-operating with its Department of Technical Service and its 
General Technical Staff, is prepared to help any printer or any 
printer's customer analyze his real paper needs, determine the 
smallest number of papers consistent with these needs, and work 
out the list of grades and items that he can profitably stock. 
Every representative of the Department of General Service is 
especially trained for this work and his advice and co-operation 
can be depended upon. His service may be secured by going 
to him directly, by asking for him through any Service House 
or by writing the American Writing Paper Company. 



[346] 



Glossary 



OF WORDS AND TERMS USED IN THIS 
HANDBOOK OF QUALITY-STANDARD PAPERS 

THIS glossary contains a list of words used in both the paper 
and printing industries and employed in the text of this 
handbook, with a brief definition of each term. 

As will be understood, many of the terms defined have other 
significations which cannot be treated here. 

Since many industrial papers are described or defined in the 
section of the text devoted to Specialty Papers it was not deemed 
necessary to include them in this glossary. (See pages 275-280.) 

Abrasion 

A rubbing or wearing away of the surface. 

Absorbency 

Absorption; the capacity of paper to take in or retain ink or other liquid. 

Acid-proof Paper 

Paper that has been subjected to treatment to resist acid or its fumes. 

Aigle {French) 
Eagle. 

Air-dried 

Said of paper dried rapidly by warm air, after surface sizing is applied while 
in a continuous web, as distinguished from machine-dried (dried rapidly 
on the steam-heated drums of the paper machine) and loft or pole dried 
(after the paper is cut into sheets while wet with the surface sizing and hung 
over poles in a loft to dry and season slowly). (See pages 337-343.) 

Alkali 

A compound of alkaline reaction in solution; the opposite of an acid. Ex- 
amples, carbonate of soda, caustic soda or potash, ammonia, etc. 

Alkali-proof Paper 

Paper that is treated to resist the corrosive action of alkali. 

« 

Animal-sized 

Sized on the surface with glue or gelatine made from hides or hoofs to effect 
a better quality of sheet. Paper is passed through a solution of the above 
after it leaves the driers on the paper machine. (See pages 337-343.) 

Announcements 

Notices, social messages, etc., usually engraved or printed; also the paper 
stock used for such purposes. 

Antique Finish 

A light, soft, uncalendered finish; characteristic of certain bulky book and 
drawing papers. 

Anti-rust Paper — Anti-tarnish Paper 

Paper treated for use in wrapping metal articles to prevent rusting or tarnish- 
ing; it is free from acid or alkali. 

[3471 



Appearance 

As applied to paper; the appeal to the senses as made by its color, brilliancy 
or lack of it, crackle, etc. 

Ash Content 

The mineral residue contained; ascertained by burning a sheet of paper and 
weighing ash after combustible matter is consumed. 

Azure 

Azure is sometimes referred to as including the class of laids and woves irre- 
spective of their color. 

Azure-laid 

Said of certain laid writing papers in a shade of characteristic light blue. 

Azure wove 

A wove writing, the characteristics of which, except for the laid mark, are 
similar to azure-laid. 

Barber-dried 

Dried by means of the Barber-driers. The moist paper in the web is passed, 
after tub-sizing, over rolls and dried by hot air. 

Basis Weight 

The weight given to a sheet of paper in terms of the weight of a ream of that 
paper in the size represented by its class. The sizes of different classes of 
papers on which basis weights are dependent are as follows: 

Book 25 x38 —500 Blotting 19x24—500 

Bristol 22^ x 28^—500 Tissue 20 x 38—450 

Cover 20 x 26 —500 News 24 x 36—500 

Writing 17 x 22 —500 Wrapping 24 x 36—480 

Beater 

A tank with an equipment of a roll and bedplate, containing fly-bars set 
edgewise, through which is circulated the paper-making stock to reduce its 
fibers to suitable condition for running over the paper machine. See pages 
337-343. 

Ben Day 

A process of stippling and shading, etc., by means of screen designs trans- 
ferred to a plate; effected by means of a machine named after its inventor, 
Benjamin Day. 

Bible Paper 

A light-weight printing paper, the chief characteristics of which are opacity 
and strength; used for bibles or other books to reduce bulkiness. 

Binders' Board 

A heavy board usually made of a low grade of raw materials, used for book 
covers. 

Black Wrapping Paper 

Black paper made impervious to light, for wrapping sensitized photographic 
papers, etc. 

Blank-book Papers 

Papers suitable for blank books; may be bonds, ledgers, or writings. 

Bleaching 

The process of whitening the fibrous material and removing impurities, 
coloring matter, etc. 

Blotting 

A heavy, unsized, and highly absorbent paper used mainly for drying fresh 
ink writing. 

[3481 



Blue Print Paper 

A paper for sensitizing for making blue prints. Blue print paper should be of 
a good folding endurance and a strength to withstand handling while wet. 



Bond 



A term which was formerly applied to an all-rag paper intended for govern- 
ment bonds, but now applied to a strong and rattly, more or less translucent 
paper with a hard surface, made of rag or sulphite or both, and used 
largely for letterheads and for typewriter and other important purposes. 

Booklet 

A small book, commonly bound in paper covers, and used principally for 
advertising purposes. 

Book Paper 

A general term to indicate a class of papers used for books, catalogs, periodi- 
cals and the like as distinct from writings, ledgers, etc. 

Box Board 

A board, usually made from wood pulp or straw, and of good bursting 
strength, used for cartons. 

Box Cover 

A coated or uncoated, plain or decorative cover paper of light weight. 

Breaking Length 

(See Tensile Strength.) 

Bristol 

A board, either filled or plied (pasted), usually high-grade, and used com- 
mercially for many purposes, such as business cards, show cards, etc. 
(See foreword on pages 337-343.) 

Broadside 

A large printed sheet intended as a circular, folded into a size convenient 
for mailing. Distinguished from a folder by the fact that its printed matter 
runs across the sheet regardless of folds. 

Brochure 

A treatise or pamphlet bound and stitched in booklet form. 

Brown Print Paper 

A paper for sensitizing to produce a brown and white effect in the reproduc- 
tion of drawings, etc. 

Bulk 

The degree of thickness of paper especially when judged by a number of 
sheets together. 

Bursting Strength 

Resistance to pressure which paper is capable of withstanding; as deter- 
mined by means of special testing instruments and computed by pounds 
of pressure per square inch. 

Cabinet {Eagle-A Sample) 

A handy receptacle partitioned to contain three sample books and this Hand- 
book: produced by the American Writing Paper Company. 



Calendar 

dmanac; a card or other 
dates of the months. 

[349] 



An almanac; a card or other stock on which is impressed a table of days 
and dates of the months. 



/ 



( 



Calender 

A machine consisting of a series of rotating rolls or cylinders for smoothing 
the surface of paper. (See page 341.) 

Calendered 

Glazed or smoothed by passing through calenders. 

Carbon Paper 

A tissue paper coated with carbon, used for making duplicate copies of 
typewritten or other matter. 

Car Card 

A large card bearing an advertisement used in trolley-cars, etc. 

Cardboard 

See Bristol*. 

Cartridge Paper 

A thick, strong paper for making shot-gun cartridges. 

Catalog 

An enumeration or list of goods, usually with detailed explanation and 
printed in book form. May be either loose-leaf or of solid binding. 

Catalog Container 

Any container, as an envelope, wrapper, etc., used to enclose a catalog. 

Catalog Cover 

The cover or stock in wnicn a catalog is bound. 

Cellulose 

A solid carbohydrate, fundamental in the structure of plants, which is the 
fiber used in paper-making; occurs in pure form in cotton fibers and mixed 
with equal amounts of impurities in wood. Mechanical wood pulp as used 
in news print is ground wood only; chemical wood pulp contains only 
traces — injurious, however — of impurities. 

Chain Mark 

One of the wider parallel lines of a laid watermark. 

Chalk Overlay Paper 

A heavy, hard surfaced paper coated with chalk, which is used by pressmen 
in making-ready half-tones. 

Chart Paper 

A strong, pliable, durable paper, tub-sized, with good printing surface, used 
for charts, maps, etc. 

Circular 

A printed letter or other form of advertising circulated usually through the 
mails. 

Clasp Envelope 

An envelope attached with a special clasp. (See page 73.) 

Coarse Papers 

A class of papers such as the cheaper books, boards, wrappings, and the 
like; distinct from fine papers. 

Coating Paper 

Any paper, usually a book, used as a base for coating. 

Cockle 

The pucker naturally or artificially produced in paper during the drying 
process. 

[350] 



Converter {Paper) 

One who manufactures goods, such as envelopes, etc., from paper stock. 

Cooking 

The treatment of rags in boilers with steam pressure and with diluted alkali 
or other chemicals, for cleaning and softening purposes. 

Core 

The reel on which a web of paper is wound; a tube made of board or the 
like, employed as a central support for a roll of toweling, toilet paper, etc. 

Correspondence Paper 

Fine stationery used for personal correspondence. 

Cotton Linters 

The short linters or lint which remain on the cotton seed after the cotton 
has been ginned, now removed and used as a raw material in paper manu- 
facture. 

Cover Paper 

Paper used for covering booklets, catalogs, and the like; usually of heavy 
weight and in numerous colors and finishes. 

Crackle 

A desirable crackling sound produced in a sheet of paper when held by the 
fingers and waved quickly. 

Crash Finish 

A finish resembling a coarse linen fabric, applied by pressure. 

Cream 
A natural, light yellow hue. 

Cylinder-dried 

Dried on the cylinder paper-making machine. 

Cylinder Machine 

A paper-making machine the wire of which is wound about a cylinder, as 
distinguished from the Fourdrinier which has a flat wire. 

Dandy or Dandy Roll 

A hollow roll covered with wire cloth on the face of which is woven a design 
or pattern. It revolves on a paper machine above the wire between the 
suction-boxes, and impresses its outline, known as the watermark, on the wet 
paper. (See page 340.) 

Deckle 

The rough, uneven edge of paper as formed in a hand mold or by the deckle 
strap on a machine. 

Deckle-edged 

Rough-edged, as of hand-made paper. 

De-ink 

To remove the ink from. 

De Luxe 

Of luxury (French) ; of special elegance and refinement; high class. 

Die-stamping 

The process of stamping or impressing In relief by means of dies, usually of 
steel or other metal. 

[3511 



Direct-by-Mail Campaign 

An advertising campaign, the pieces of which are sent direct to the prospec- 
tive customer; distinct from general newspaper or other advertising. 

Display Cards 

Printed cards or posters used for display in shop windows, as car signs, etc. 

Document 

A record, or other piece of impressed matter, usually of a legal character 
and of more or less permanent nature. 

Dodger 

A small handbill for hand distribution. 

Drafting Paper 

A fine, white or cream, hard-surfaced paper of good erasure quality to make 
drawings upon. 

Drawing Paper 

Paper used for drawings or sketches. 

Druggists* Wrapping 

(See Special Wrapping Papers on page 280.) 

Dull Finish 

An uncalendered finish. 

Dummy 

A preliminary form, as of a booklet or catalog, made up to indicate or sug- 
gest in size, shape, etc., the appearance of the finished product; sometimes 
referred to as a layout, though the latter more correctly indicates a type plan 
or arrangement for the printer to follow. 

Duplex Paper 

1. Paper each side of which bears a different color. 

2. A machine-finished paper which is highly glazed on one side and left 
rough on the other. 

3. A paper plied with two layers of different colors or stocks. 

Duplicating Papers 

Papers for use in duplicating work, as mimeographs, manifolds, etc. 

Duster 

A dusting machine; an equipment of huge, hollow, meshed-wire drums 
provided with revolving blades for stirring up rags and sifting out the dirt. 

Eagle-A 

Trade-mark and watermark of the American Writing Paper Company. 

Egg-shell Finish 

A dull, rough finish, in imitation of the shell of a hen's egg: said of certain 
book papers. 

Embossing 

The production of relief effects on paper or cloth by means of dies subjected 
to pressure. 

Engine-size 

Sizing material, commoniy rosin, added in the beater so as to permeate 
evenly through the paper. 

English Finish 

A special dull yet smooth finish produced on book papers while on the paper 
machine. 

[352] 



Envelope Paper 

Paper of especially good folding quality used for the manufacture of en- 
velopes. 

Envelope Stuff er 

Any printed piece, as a small circular, which is enclosed with letters in an 
envelope. 

Exposure 

Subjection to action of light. 

Factory Forms 

Printed forms used for record purposes in factories. 

Feather-edge Deckle 

A rough, tapered edge. 

Feathering 

The blurred effect of ink which has spread thickly over certain kinds of 
unsized paper after writing. It indicates improper sizing for writing pur- 
poses. 

"Feel" 

The characteristic finish and general quality of a sheet of paper as deter- 
mined or judged by contact with the fingers. 



Felt 



A web, usually of a textile fabric, which acts as a carrier of the newly formed 
sheet of paper over paper machines. 



Felt Side 

The smooth side of a sheet of paper, as distinguished from the wire side. 
See also Wire. 

Festoon Drying 

A method of drying paper in a uniformly warm room; the sheets are hung 
and conveyed by means of a series of loops. 

Fiber, Fibre 

A filament or plant cell largely composed of cellulose, the basic element of 
paper-making material. 

Fill (of machine) 

The width between the deckle straps of a paper-making machine. (See 
page 340.) 

Filler 

A substance such as china clay or other mineral matter used for filling the 
interstices between the fibers, to add weight and opacity to paper as well 
as to give it a better surface. 

Filter Paper 

An unsized porous paper, used for filtering purposes. 

Fine Papers 

A class of high-grade papers such as bonds, linens, ledgers, writings, etc.; 
distinct from coarse papers (which see). 

Finish 

The surface or general characteristics and appearance of a paper. 

Flats and Fines 

Various kinds of paper designed for pen and ink writing and of a well closed, 
even formation and high finish: a general term. 

[353 1 



Flat Sheets 

Sheets packed flat; as distinguished from rolls or sheets packed foldeu 

Fliers (Flyers) 

Small circulars, containing advertising material, for inserting in envelopes 
with letters. 

Folded Writings 

Writing papers, folded once; distinct from Flat Writings. 

Folder 

A circular or other piece of direct advertising, folded, frequently, in an un- 
usual manner, in which the printed matter is confined to the space within, 
never across, the folds. 

Folio 

1. The size 17 x 22 inches. 

2. A book size indicating a sheet folded once. 

3. A page number. 

Food Container (Paper) 

(See Specialties and Industrial Papers, page 278.) 



F01 



1. Type matter and electros, etc., locked up in a printer's chase. 

2. Sometimes, Format. 



IP 



Format 

The style or make-up of a book or printing piece. 

Formation 

As applied to a sheet of paper, the fixed disposition of its fibers. In this 
Handbook the term is used to include all effects produced in the paper before 
passing over the drying rolls, as wove or laid marks put in by the dandy-roll. 

Formula 

A rule or form set as a working guide. 

Fourdrinier 

A paper-making machine, named after the brothers Fourdrinier, French 
stationers in England, who, in 1804 or 1806, improved the original invention 
of Louis Robert, Frenchman, made in 1799. (Its four principal portions are: 
(1) the wet end containing the flow box on which the watery pulp flows, the 
wire screen, the deckle, suction boxes, and dandy roll; (2) the presses — a 
series of revolving rolls covered by felt; (3) dryers, rolls equipped with felts, 
and heated; (4) winder end (dry end) containing calenders, winding felts, 
cutters, etc. (See page 340.) 

French Folio 

A smooth manifold or light-weight writing paper, in white or colors, used 
for taking printers' proofs. 

Furnish 

The specified ingredients comprising the half-stock which is placed in the 



beater. 



Fuzz 



Loose particles of paper or other material. 

[3541 



Gang 

(1) A form or group of plates or type arranged to run off together at one 
impression; 

(2) A sheet thus printed. 

Gelatine Printing 

A method of copying and multiplying a writing or drawing by tracing or 
impressing the original on paper, in an oily, diffusible anilin ink, then trans- 
ferring this to a surface of a compound of gelatin, glycerin, etc. The color- 
ing-matter sinks into the gelatin surface, which may be used as a printing 
surface by simple pressure of paper against it, as with the hand. 

— From the New Standard Dictionary. 

Glassine 

A thin, supercalendered, transparent paper, the fiber of which has been 
hyd rated in the beater. 

Glazed 

Highly polished or calendered. 

Grade 

As applied to papers, the relative position in regard to quality as compared 
with others in the same class. 

Grain Direction 

(1) The direction in which the fibers flow on the paper-making machine. 

(2) Its appearance as indicated in the sheet. 
Machine direction, with the grain. 

Cross direction, against the grain. 
(See page 64.) 

Greeting Card 

A card used for a printed message, as a Christmas or Easter card. 

Gummed Paper 

Paper which has been gummed on one side with an adhesive, used for labels, 
etc. 

Half-tone 

A metal plate bearing in relief a photograph or other illustration in reverse 
for printing by the letterpress method. Half-tones are produced by the 
process known as photo-engraving. The original illustration or object is 
photographed through a cross-line screen on a sensitized copper or zinc 
plate. The plate is then etched and its surface is left covered with fine 
dots. The gradations of tone (dark and light effects) appear according 
to the greater or lesser number of these dots. Fine half-tones range from 
120 to 200 line screen (indicating the number of parallel lines of dots to the 
inch); 60 screen half-tones are used for coarse paper such as newsprint. 

Half-tone Paper 

A highly calendered book or other paper suitable for impressions of half-tone 
cuts. 

Handgravure 

A method of copper-plate printing. Before each impression is taken th& 
surface of the plate is wiped by hand. 

Hand-made Paper 

A deckle-edged paper made on a hand mould. 

[355] 



/ 



( 



Hard Fiber Paper 

Specially treated paper used as a base in the manufacture of various kinds 
of vulcanized fiber and converted by chemical or other processes. 

Hard-sized 

Sized by a special hardening process due to increased proportions of rosin 
or other ingredients. 

Hectographing 

• A method of duplicating drawings and the like, effected by means of a 

gelatin pad on which the design has been made with a special ink. The 

■ sheet to be printed is placed over the pad and is lightly pressed by the hand. 

House Organ 

A publication issued : regularly by a business concern to its employees, 
salesmen or customers. 

Impress 

The process of making marks or impressions; the impression. 

Impressibility 

■„•, ,r ... The. capability of being marked or impressed. 

Index Bristol 

Strong bristol board, sometimes pasted stock, used for index cards and 
: ..similar records. . « 

India Tint 

A light buff. 

Japanese Vellum 

A sheet of rather wild or uneven formation with a feel and appearance quite 
like an animal parchment. While the real Japanese Vellum is made only 
of Japanese fiber, chiefly mitsumati fibers, the inner bark of a mulberry 
tree, close imitations at a much lower price are available in America. (See 
American Vellum, page 172.) 

Jobber 

The middleman; a merchant who buys goods from the manufacturer and 
sells them to the retailer; paper merchant. 

Job Ticket 

A ticket accompanying a job, usually bearing instructions. 

Jute Board 

A board made principally from jute. 

Jute Manila 

A manila wrapping paper produced from jute and manila clippings. 

Kid Finish 

A smooth finish resembling kid leather. 

Kraft 

■■ • A natural colored, strong paper made from sulphate pulp, used mainly for 
wrappings. 

Label 

A slip of paper gummed or ungummed, to be affixed to packages, etc. 

[356] 



Laboratory (Paper) 
Laid 



A place in which chemical or other tests are made and where experimental 
work is undertaken. 



Watermarked with close, fine, parallel lines crossed with other less frequent 
lines at right angles. 

Lawn 

A finish imitating linen cambric, applied by pressure to paper. 

Layout 

(See Dummy.) 

Ledger 

A strong paper, usually heavy, with a smooth, dull finish, and possessing 
good erasure qualities, used for account books. 

Letterhead 

A sheet of writing paper bearing a printed heading. 

Letterpress Printing 

Printing which is executed on job, cylinder or web presses from type, electro- 
types, stereotypes, or the like. 

Lignin 

A name given to the impurities found mixed or combined with cellulose In 
wood in amounts approximately equal to the cellulose. All save a trace, 
which is, however, injurious, [is removed in the preparatory cooking of 
of chemical wood pulp. 



Line-cut 



A zinc or copper plate made from a drawing or print which has been photor 
graphed, transferred, and etched. 



Linen 



Paper originally made from linen rags, but term is now applied to various 
papers that simulate the original appearance. They bear a large water- 
mark of rather ornate design. 

Linen Finish 

A finish impressed to resemble linen; usually effected by placing paper 
between sheets of linen and zinc plates and subjecting it to pressure. ;• 

Lithography 

A form of printing from a flat surface such as stone or metal on which the 
design or subject has been etched or transferred. 

Litho or Lithograph Paper 

A well finished, soft-sized book paper for lithographic and color printing. 

Loading 

A substance used as a filler or to add weight. 
(See Filler.) 

Loft-drying 

A method of drying the highest grades of paper. The paper while wet from 
the surface size is cut into sheets and hung over poles in a warm loft to dry 
and season. (See page 341.) 

Longevity 

Length of life; as applied to paper, its enduring quality under. ordinary 
usage. 

[357] 



Long Run 

A long period of operation, as of a paper machine or printing press. 

Loose-leaf Paper 

Paper, especially a bond or ledger, suitable for use in [books or binders, 
the leaves of which are easily removed or inserted. 

Machine-dried 

Dried on the paper machine by passing the damp paper over steam-heated 
drums. 

Machine Finish 

1. A finish secured by pressing the sheet through the calender stacks at 
the end of the paper machine. 

2. Uncalendered paper as it comes off the last drier. 

Machine Ruling 
(See Ruling.) 

Mailing Card 

A card bearing advertising matter used for mailing; the stock so used. 

Mailing Envelopes 

Envelopes made for mailing purposes. 

Mailing Folder 

A folded circular used for mailing. 

Magazine Paper 

Book paper suitable for printing and illustrating; used for magazines and 
other periodicals. 

Magazine Stock 

Stock consisting of old magazines which are to be de-inked and mixed with 
other fibers for making paper. 

Make and Hold 

Said of a manufacturing order for goods which are to be held at the mill until 
customer orders their delivery. 

Make-ready 

The method of making a form ready on the press by means of overlays 
and underlays, etc., to secure the proper results in printing. 

Manifold Books 

Books of manifold or other light-weight copying paper for duplicate records. 

Manifold Paper 

A paper, usually of light weight, for copying or duplicating purposes. 

Manila 

1. A strong grade of paper used for tags, wrappers, and the like. 

2. A loose term indicating color, strength, and finish. 

Manuscript Cover 

A cover stock of bond quality to bind and protect manuscripts, briefs, etc. 

Map Paper 

A strong, high finished paper possessed of good folding quality, suitable for 
the printing or lithographing of maps. 

Marking 

The placing of distinguishing marks on bundles or packages. 

[358] 



Medium Finish 

A finish that is neither highly calendered nor antique but intermediate 
between the two extremes. 

Menu 

Bill of fare. 

M. G. Paper 

Machine-glazed paper; one side glazed, the other rough. 

Micrometer 

A gauge used to measure thickness. 

Mill Blank (Bristol). 
(See Bristol.) 

Mill Brand 

The trademark and brand name belonging to the manufacturer and so iden- 
tified, as distinguished from a private or jobber's brand where the goods bears 
the jobber's identification but not the manufacturer's. 

Mimeograph Paper 

A rough finished, semi-absorbent paper, usually laid, for use on mimeograph 
printing machines. 

Mimeographing 

A method of duplicating by means of typewriting on a specially prepared, 
waxed stencil. The stencil is placed on the drum of a machine known as the 
mimeographing machine, where with each revolution of the cylinder it is 
automatically inked and an impression made. 

Mold 

A wooden frame enclosing a wire screen on which pulp is formed into paper 
sheets; used in making paper by hand. 

Mold-made Paper 

A deckle-edged paper resembling that made by hand but produced on a 
machine. 

Monotype Paper 

A white book paper, made up in rolls and perforated at edges, used on 
monotype keyboard and casting machines. 

M . Paper 

Paper not up to the standard required in the first sorting. 

Multigraphing 

A method of printing used especially for form letters. The matter to be 
printed is set up from individual types and locked in the grooves of a curved 
steel plate called a "segment." Curved electrotypes are also used. The 
segment or plate is placed on a small cylinder press, called a multigraph 
printer. Practically no make-ready is required, and 5,000 impressions an 
hour can be made. 

Music Roll Paper 

Paper, usually manila, and resistant to expansion and contraction, for use 
in player-pianos. 

Natural 

Said of an India or light buff tint. 

News 

A soft-sized paper made principally of ground wood, used for newspapers 
and other printing purposes; newsprint. 

[359] 



/ 



Nitrating Paper 

A paper of light weight used in the process of manufacturing cellulose nitrate. 

N. Paper 

Paper discarded during sorting through imperfections of dirt spots, wrinkles, 
etc. 

Odd 

Not according to regular or standard sizes, weights, colors, finishes, etc. 

Offset 

A book paper made specially for offset or other lithographic printing; has 
a uniform surface on both sides and is free from loose fiber. 

Offset Printing 

An improved process of litnographic printing. The subject or design is 
usually made first on a stone and then transferred to a plate of zinc or 
aluminum, curved to fit the cylinder of the press. The imprint is made from 
the plate on a rubber blanket from which the wet impression is offset on the 
paper. 

Onion Skin 

A thin, transparent, highly glazed paper made of rag and sulphite, used for 
manifolding. 

Opacity 

""he property of being non-transparent. 

Overlapping 

As referred to grades of paper, those which are almost similar in quality and 
include most if not all of the characteristics of others. 

Over-run 

An excessive quantity of paper made on an order. 

Package Label 

A slip of paper, usually gummed, for pasting on packages. 

Paper Trade Customs 

Customs or rules adopted by paper trade associations or similar groups and 
mutually agreed upon as equitable in the conduct of the manufacture, de- 
'ivery, and sale of papers. (See pages 306-332.) 

Papeteries 

High-grade writing papers for boxed stationery use. 

Papyrus 

An Egyptian reed-plant the stems of which, when beaten and laid' crosswise, 
formed a sheet for writing purposes. 

Parchment 

A sheet of writing material prepared from the skins of goats, sheep, and other 
animals. 

Parchment Finish 

A finish simulating parchment. 

Pasted Stock 

Bristols, weddings, or other stock which have been pasted together in two or 
more thicknesses; known as two-ply, three-ply, etc., according to the number 
of sheets pasted together; pasteboard. 

[360] 



Pencil Paper 

A strong paper used in the manufacture of paper pencils. Called also Lead 
Pencil Pa-per. 

Permanent 

Enduring. When attributed to papers referred to in the Handbook it signi- 
fies a period of durable use approximating a century. Cotton fibers pre- 
dominate in permanent papers. 

Photographic Paper 

A paper for sensitizing, strong to withstand handling when water-soaked; 
used for photographic printing purposes. 

Photogravure 

A process of printing by means of copper plates, the design to be impressed 
being in intaglio. See Rotogravure. 

Photogravure Paper 

An English-finished book paper suitable for photogravure printing. 

Photo Mount 

Cover, or board, or other heavy stock for use as photograph mountings. 

Photostat Paper 

A gelatine-sized paper for reproducing the facsimiles which are obtained by 
the photostat machine; it has the same characteristics as photographic paper. 

Plated Vellum 

A smooth finish to imitate the appearance of vellum, producea by pressure. 

Plate Finish 

A smooth finish made on paper by running through a super calendering 
machine. 

Plater Finish 

A high, smooth finish produced by pressure. 

Plug 

A wooden pin or wedge used to protect a roll of paper at each end of the 
core on which the paper is wound. 

Ply 

A thickness or layer; said of a sheet which is pasted to another as in certain 
boards. 

Postal Card Stock 

A manila board with a smooth writing surface, used for post cards. 

Poster 

A paper used for printing advertising matter to be displayed on walls, boards, 
store windows, etc. 

Primary Line 

A chief, fundamental, or basic line. 

Printings 

A printers' term to indicate various grades of book papers. 

Program Paper 

A soft paper, free from rattle, for concert or other program uses. 

[3611 



/ 



Proofing Paper 

A book paper used by printers for galley proofs. 

Pulp 

1. A wet mass of rag or wood fibers or other cellulose stock which has been 
beaten and otherwise prepared ready for the paper-making machine. 

2. The dry mass of cellulose fibers pressed in laps. 

Quality-Standard 

A term used exclusively by the American Writing Paper Company and 
applied only to its Eagle-A Papers. It indicates that each paper is of stand- 
ard and uniform quality and that each represents a definite grade level 
within its class. 

Quire 

A unit of twenty-four (or twenty-five) sheets. 

Rags 

Cotton or other textiles such as cuttings from shirt, linen and other textile 
factories, discarded garments, etc., used as a raw material for paper-making. 

Rag Stock 

Material composed of rags for use in paper-making. 

_ _ \ Paper which contains some quantity of rag. 

Rag Content Paper) 

Railroad Board 

A white-lined board, usually In several plies, used for show cards and the like. 

"Rattle" 

A rattling sound. 

Ream 

The unit of a certain number of sheets of paper, varying according to the 

different standards adopted. 

Long ream 500 sheets 

Short ream 480 sheets 

Printers' ream 516 sheets 

Register 

The fitting in or correspondence of color forms in printing. 

Repped 

Said of paper which has been given a ribbed effect by impression from steel 
rollers. 

Retrees 

Imperfect sheets withdrawn after mill sorting. 

Ripple Finish 

A fretted finish similar to the ripples on water. 

Roll 

A continuous web of paper rolled up in cylindrical form; distinct from flat 
(which see.) 

Rotogravure 

A process of intaglio printing, usually on rotary presses, from an etching 
made on a copper cylinder revolving in ink. The ink is scraped off the 
surface by a knife and left in the intaglio to print the image. 

[3621 



Rotogravure Paper 

A highly finished book paper used for rotogravure printing. 

Rubber-stamp mark 

A mark similar to a watermark but impressed in the damp paper on the 
machine from a rubber band on the press rolls, usually on grades made 
rapidly. 

Ruling 

The ruling of lines as for statements, account books, etc., by means of a 
special machine. The paper to be ruled is conveyed on an endless cloth to 
meet contact with pens suspended, at the intervals desired, on a cross bar 
above and fed with ink. , 

Safety Paper 

A strong, fine paper used for checks, drafts, and the like, treated with 
chemicals so that erasures cannot be made without detection. 

Sample Cards 

Cards such as bristols, etc., used for pasting on samples such as tailors' 
cloths, etc. 

Sand Paper Base 

A pliable and strong paper, usually manila, used as a base for sand paper. 

Satin Finish 

A smooth finish resembling satin. 

Screen 

The formation of "dots" in half-tone cuts, indicated by the number of 
parallel lines of these "dots" to the inch; as, 133-line screen, etc. 

Sealing Tape 

A narrow strip of paper gummed on one side and put up in rolls. 

Seconds 

Sheets which have been discarded as inferior. 

Semi-permanent 

Lasting for a period covered by legal statutes of limitations, as considered 
of papers so attributed in the handbook. Semi-permanent papers are 
made of mixtures of cotton and chemical wood fibers. 

Service House 

The warehouse 01 a paper merchant stocked adequately to give ready service 
to customers in his territory. Term originated by the American Writing 
Paper Company and applied to its 100% agents. 

Sheeting 

The process of cutting into sheets. 

Short Run 

A short period of operation as of a paper machine or printing press; a small 
making-order. 

Show Card 

A card ior window or counter display purposes. 

Shrinkage 

Contraction or decrease in size or bulk. 

Signature 

A form, or printed sheet containing a number of pages which after folding 
is to be assembled with others to make up a book. 

[363] 



/ 



i 



Simplification 



Reduction and modification of grades from a multiplicity of overlapping 
varieties to a well defined series. 

Sizing 

1. A treatment to which paper or its ingredients are subjected during 
manufacture to give strength to the product and make it impervious to ink. 

2. A gluey or resinous compound mixed with the stock in the beater (the 
process known as engine sizing) or applied to the paper as it passes through 
a sizing tub (known as top or tub sizing). 

Slitting 

Cutting the paper sheet at the dry end of the machine either by rotary or 
straight knives. 

Snap 

Said of a sheet of hard paper that emits a sharp, crisp sound when handled. 

Soda Pulp 

Wood pulp which has been cooked by the soda process. 

Soft-sized 

Having or containing less than an ordinary quantity of sizing; slack-sized. 

Sorting 

The separating of perfect from defective sheets. 

Specialties 

Such papers as are made, usually on order, in special colors or texture for 
special commercial or other purposes; such as black wrapping, acid proof 
papers, etc. (See Specialties and Industrial Papers, pages 275-280.) 

Specifications 

Specific requirements as of paper, an order or a contract. 

Standardization 

Conformation, particularly in manufacture, to definite standards of uni- 
formity. Standardization, to be complete, should embrace (a) raw 
materials; (b) process; (c) product; (d) line (grade classification); (e) 
distribution of product; (f) price; and (g) uses of the product. 

Standard Sheet Sizes 

Sizes that have been adopted as standards and are conformed to by the 
paper trade. 

Statute of Limitations 

A statute which assigns a certain period of time after which no legal action 
can be taken. 

Steel and Copper Engraving 

The process of printing from steel or copper plates, the designs on which are 
intaglio. 

Stiffener 

A stout sheet, usually of board, placed in envelopes to protect the enclosure 
from creasing or crushing. 

Stock 

1. Paper for a job. 

2. Half-stuff or pulp ready for the paper machine. 

3. Product or material on hand. 

Stock Sizes 

Standard sizes carried by manufacturers, merchants, or consumers. 

[364] 



Strength 

As applied to paper: the degree of capability to resist wear and tear, handling 
and folding, etc. 

Stretch {wet and dry) 

Extension or expansion as caused by moisture or dryness. 

Stuff 

A pulpy mixture ready for the paper machine. 

Substance — Number, Weight 

The basis of weight as determined of certain sizes by the number of pounds 
to a ream. 

The following are the standard sizes of various papers upon which substance 
numbers are based: 

Books 25 x 38 Bristols. 22^ x 283^ 

Writings 17 x 22 Papeteries 21 J^ x 33 

Covers 20 x 26 etc. 

Sulphate Pulp 

Pulp produced from wood chips by cooking under pressure in a solution of 
caustic soda. 

Sulphite Bond 

A machine-dried bond made of sulphite pulp. 

Sulphite Pulp 

Pulp made from wood chips cooked under pressure in a solution of bisulphite 
of lime. 

Super calendered 

As finished by extra calendering. 

Super Finish 

A high, glossy finish given to an uncoated paper. 

Tablet 

A pad (of paper). 

Tag 

1. A label for tying or nailing on packages or cases. 

2. The stock, either of board or manila, used for tags. 

Tearing Resistance 

Ability to withstand tearing. 

Temporary 

Durable for a period of from three to five years; as considered of papers 
thus qualified in this Handbook. Temporary papers are made predom- 
inantly or wholly of wood fibers. 

Tensile Strength 

The weight necessary to apply to a given strip of paper to break it. 

Text Paper 

A high-class, rough surfaced book paper, frequently deckle edged, suitable 
for fine books. 

Ticker Paper 

A white book paper which is used in rolls for ticker machines. 

Ticket 

A card of admission; as, a theater ticket. 

[365] 



/ 
f 



p 



Tissues 

A class of light-weight papers. 

Toned 

Shaded or tinted in a light buff. 

Tooth 

A "bite"; said of a paper surface which readily takes ink and pencil marks 
or other impress. 

Trade Customs 

(See Paper Trade Customs, pages 306-332.) 

Translucent 

Dully transparent or semi-transparent. 

Treatment 

Mode of handling. 

Tub-shed 

Surface sized; said of the formed and dried paper which has been sub- 
jected to a bath of glue or starch or other sizing ingredients. 

Typewriter Papers 

Papers, generally bonds, linens, and light-weight writings, cut to sizes for 
convenient use on typewriting machines. 

Unbleached 

Implying papers made from unbleached pulp, as kraft. 

Under-run 

A quantity made by the manufacturer which is below that ordered. 

Unglazed Finish 
A dull finish. 

Up 

On: said of the number of duplications in type matter, plates, etc., imposed 
in a job form for the printing press; as, four up. 

Vellum 

A strong, high-grade, natural or cream-colored paper made to resemble 
the fine parchment originally made from calf skin. 

Vellum Finish 

A finish simulating the appearance of vellum, obtained by plating. 

Watermark 

The distinctive mark or design made by the dandy-roll in the wet paper 
during its progress through the paper-making machine. (See page 344.) 

Wedding 

A papeterie usually of heavy white writing or a bristol, plate finished, and 
used for wedding or similar announcements. 

Wedding Bristol 

A fine grade of bristol, of high rag content, often pasted and plated, used for 
visiting cards, wedding announcements, etc. 



Wild Formation 

formation of the fi 

366] 



An irregular formation of the fibers producing a mottled appearance in the 
sheet. 



Wire 

The wire web on which paper is formed in the machine. (See page 340.) 

Wire Side 

The side of a sheet of paper which rested on the wire during its manufacture: 
opposite to felt side (which see) . 

Wood Cut 

1. An engraving, usually made by hand, on wood. 

2. An illustration printed from a wood cut. 

Wood-Pulp 

Pulp made from wood and suitable for paper-making: ground wood-pulp 
is prepared by mechanical means; soda, sulphate, and sulphite pulps, all 
from wood, are produced chemically. 

Wove 

A bond or writing paper that has a woven appearance on both sides: dis- 
tinct from laid (which see). 

Wrapping Paper 

A coarse paper made of burlap, ground wood, old magazines, or like ma- 
terials: a general term. 

Wrinkle 

A pucker, crease, or slight corrugation. 

Writings 

Hard-sized papers suitable for pen- writing. 



367 



The Stock Used in This Handbook 

Cover 

American Embossed Cover, steel gray. (The new Cover 
grade of the Eagle-A Line.) 

End Leaves 

Paradox Cover, the third Cover grade of the Eagle-A Line, 
Antique Finish, Fibril Granite — 20 x 26 — 50. 

Illustrated Frontispiece 

Arrive Halftone, the fifth Book grade of the Eagle-A Line, 
White— 25 x 38—80. 

Contents Section 

Arrive Halftone, the fifth Book grade of the Eagle-A Line, 
White— 25 x 38—70. 

Pink, White, Buff, and Green Sections 

Acceptance Bond, the seventh Bond grade of the Eagle-A Line, 
24 x 38—59. 

Illustrated Section {How Paper is Made) 

Arrive Halftone, the fifth Book grade of the Eagle-A Line, 
White— 25 x 38—70. 

Service House Insert 

Paradox Cover, the third Cover grade of the Eagle-A Line, 
Antique Finish, Fibril Granite, 20 x 26 — 60. 

Price List Cover 

Paradox Cover, the third Cover grade of the Eagle-A Line, 
Antique Finish, Fibril Granite, 20 x 26 — 65. 

Inside Pages of Price List 

Government Record Ledger, first Ledger grade of the Eagle-A 
Line, White, 17 x 22—28. 

Binder for Price List 

Paradox Cover, the third Cover grade of the Eagle-A Line, 
Antique Finish, Fibril Granite, 20 x 26 — 80. 

[3681 



Index 



Acceptance Bond— Page 

Colors. . 56-57, 124 

Commercial Cabinets 258 

Description 124 

Envelopes 75, 125 

Finishes 59 

Grade Level 124 

Grain, directions of ; 124 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 124 

Non-standard specifications 78-79, 125 

Packing 104, 124 

Pricn Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Bond grades 110, 111 

Samples 125 

Sizes 48-49, 124 

Stocked, where obtainable 52-54, 124 

Typewriter Papers 271 

Uses, general 124 

Weights 52-54, 124 

Writing Tablets 

Acceptance Bond Stationery Cabinets 258 

Contents of Cabinet 258 

Grade Level '. 258 

Packing 255, 258 

Prices Price List 

Samples 258 

Sizes 258 

Standard sizes, colors and weights of Acceptance Bond 48-49, 124 

Styles 258 

Typewriter Paper 271 

Acceptance Bond Typewriter Paper — 

Covers . 271 

Description 271 

Envelopes 271 

Grade Level 271 

Ordering, in 271 

Packing 271 

Prices Price List 

Ruling 271 

Samples 271 

Sizes 262, 271 

Standard sizes, colors and weights of Acceptance Bond 124 

Stocked, where obtainable 271 

Uses, general 271 

Weights 52-54, 271 

Account Linen Ledger — 

Colors 56-57, 146 

Description 146 

Envelopes 75 , 147 

Finishes 59 

Grade Level 146 

Grain, directions of 146 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 146 

Non-standard specifications 82-83, 147 

Packing 104, 146 

Prices Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Ledger grades 140, 141 

Samples 147 

Sizes 48-49, 146 

Stocked, where obtainable , 146 

Uses, general 146 

Weights 52-54, 146 

Acid or Alkali Proof Papers 280 

Agawam Bond — 

Colors 56-57, 1 14 

Description 114 

Envelopes 75, 115 

Finishes 59,114 

Grade Level 114 

Grain, directions of 114 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 1 14 

Non-standard specifications 78-79, 115 

Packing 104, 114 

Prices Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Bond grades 1 10-1 1 1 

Samples 115 

Sizes 48-49, 114 

Stocked, where obtainable 114 

Typewriter Papers 260-262, 264 

Uses, general 114 

Weights 52, 54, 1 14 

Writing Tablets 274 



[369] 



Agawam Index Bristol — Page 

Colors 56-57, 216 

Description 216 

Envelopes 75, 217 

Finishes 59 

Grade Level 216 

Grain, directions of 216 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 216 

Non-standard specifications 90-91 , 217 

Packing 104, 216 

Prices Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Bristol grades 215, 214 

Samples 217 

Sizes 48-49, 216 

Stocked, where obtainable 216 

Uses, general 216 

Weights 52-54, 216 

Agawam Parchment Typewriter Paper 264 

Covers 265, 273 

Description 264 

Envelopes 75, 265 

Finishes 264 

Grade Level 264 

Ordering, in 265 

Packing 264 

Prices Price List 

Ruling 264 

Samples 265 

Sizes 262, 264 

Standard sizes, colors and weights of Agawam Bond 48—49, 1 14 

Stocked, where obtainable 265 

Uses, general 264 

Weights 264 

Airpost Bond — 

Colors 56-57, 120 

Description 120 

Envelopes 75, 121 

Finishes 59 

Grade Level. 120 

Grain, directions of 120 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 120 

Non-standard specifications 78-79, 121 

Packing 104, 120 

Prices Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Bond grades 110, 111 

Samples 121 

Sizes 48-49, 120 

Stocked, where obtainable 120 

Typewriter Papers 269 

Uses, general 120 

Weights 52-54, 120 

Writing Tablets 274 

Airpost Bond Typewriter Paper 269 

Covers . 269 

Description 269 

Envelopes 75, 269 

Grade Level 269 

Ordering, in 269 

Packing 269 

Prices Price List 

Ruling 269 

Samples 269 

Sizes 262, 269 

Standard sizes, colors and weights of Airpost Bond , 48-49, 120 

Stocked, where obtainable 269 

Uses, general 269 

Weights 1 52-54, 269 

Albion Offset — 

Colors. 56-57, 192 

Description 192 

Envelopes 75, 193 

Finishes 59 

Grade Level 192 

Grain, directions of 192 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 192 

Non-standard specifications 94. 193 

Packing 104, 192 

Prices Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Offset grades. . 190, 191 

Samples 192 

Sizes 48-49, 192 

Stocked, where obtainable 192 

Uses, general 192 

Weights 52-54, 192 

Albion Text — 

Colors 56-57, 176 

Description 75,176 

Envelopes 177 

Finishes 59, 176 

Grade Level 176 

Grain, directions of 176 



[370] 



Albion Text — Continued o age 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63*^176 

Non-standard specifications 86-87* 177 

pS 1 * :::::::::::::::::::.. iwim 

races.. Price List 

Qualities relative to other Book grades 168 16° 

Samples 177 

Sizes. .'.'.'.'.' .".' .'." .'.' .' " 48^49, 176 

btocked, where obtainable 176 

Uses, general J76 

weights '.'::::: ::::::::::::;::;:;;:;;;:;;;;;.'; "52-54, 176 

Album Papers 277 

American Bankers Association, Recommendation of 302 

American Bulking Book — 

£ olors ?- ;.• 56-57, 178 

Description 178 

Envelopes 75 179 

Finishes ' 59 

Grade Level 178 

Grain, directions of '.'.'.'.'. 178 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 178 

Non-standard specifications 86-87* 179 

P a . ckin g .'.."..".."..'..".."..".."..".'... 104* 178 

.Prices Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Book grades 168, 169 

Samples ' 1 79 

Sizes 4g_49 170 

Stocked, where obtainable 179 

Uses, general 178 

Weights ...'.'.'.'.'.' .'.'.'.'.".".'.".'.' .".'.'.'.'' ii-54, 178 

American Eggshell — 

Colors. 56-57, 188 

Description 188 

Envelopes 75, 189 

Finishes ........'.'.'....[..'.'. 59' 188 

Grade Level 1 88 

Grain, directions of 1 88 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 188 

Non-standard specifications 86-87* 189 

Packing ..'.'.'.. '.'.'.'.'.'.'.. . 104' 188 

Prices Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Book grades 168, 169 

Samples ' 187 

Sizes. ............. ...."."..'.'.'.'.*.'.'.".'.'.'.'* '48^49, 188 

Stocked, where obtainable 1 88 

Uses, general !!.!"! 1 88 

Weights .........'.'.'.'." '52-54, 188 

American English Finish Book — 

Colors 56-57, 186 

Description 1 86 

Envelopes 75 t 187 

Finishes .[.... 59,' 186 

Grade Level 186 

Crain, directions of 186 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 186 

Non-standard specifications 86-87, 187 

Packing 104, 186 

Prices. Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Book grades 168, 169 

Samples ' 187 

Sizes 48-49, 186 

Stocked, where obtainable 1 87 

Uses, general ....'. 1 86 

Weights .....'...."' '52-54, 186 

American Post Card — 

Color 56-57, 224 

Description 224 

Envelopes 75, 225 

Finishes 59 

Grade Level 224 

Grain, directions of 224 

Impress, various forms to which adapted . 62-63, 224 

Non-standard specifications 90-9 1 , 225 

Packing 104, 224 

Prices Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Bristol grades 215 

Samples 224 

Sizes 48-49, 224 

Stocked, where obtainable 224 

Uses, general 224 

Weights 52-54, 224 

American Rope Bristol — 

Colors 56-57,222 

Description 222 

Envelopes 75, 223 

Finishes 59 

Grade Level 222 

Grain, directions of 222 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 225 

Non-standard specifications 90-91 , 222-223 

Packing 104, 222 

[3711 



/ 




American Rope Bristol — Continued Page 

Prices. p r j ce L j s t 

Qualities, relative to other Bristol grades 2 14, 215 

Samples , . ' 222 

Sizes '......' 48-^-49, 222 

Stocked, where obtainable ' 222 

Uses, general ' ' ' 222 

Weights ....'.'.'.'.'.'.' .'.".'." .'.' .'.' .'.' .' ' '52-54, 222 

American Super Calendered Book — 

Colors. 56-57, 184 

Description ■. 184 

Envelopes ...'.'..'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'!' 75, 185 

Finishes 59, 1 84 

Grade Level ' 184 

Grain, directions of ' 184 

Impress, various forms to which adapted .'.'....' 62-63, 184 

Non-standard Specifications !!!!!! 86-87^ 185 

Packing ...!."!!.".. 104^ 184 

Prices Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Book grades 168, 169 

Samples .....'..'..'.'.'. 185 

Sizes 48-49, 184 

Uses general 184 

Weights .......'.' '52-54, 184 

Stocked, where obtainable 185 

American Vellum — 

Announcement Line 248 

Colors ......'.'.'.'.'. '56-57, 172 

Description 172 

Envelopes 75, 173 

Finishes 59, 172 

Grade Level 172 

Grain, directions of 1 72 

Impress 1 72 

Non-standard specifications 86-87, 173 

Packing 104, 172 

Prices Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Book grades 168, 169 

Samples 173 

Sizes 48-49, 172 

Stocked, where obtainable 173 

Uses, general 172 

Weights 52-54, 172 

American Writing Paper Company — 

Department of Technical Control of 4, 342 

Distribution of papers of 3 

Eagle-A Line made by 1 

Location of mills 1 

Manufacturing equipment of 2 

Output of 1 

Personnel of 2 

Purchasing policy of 2 

Scope of 1 

Analysis of Use-Requirements of Paper 98 

Appearance, definition of 98-99 

Impress, definition of 99 

Longevity, definition of 98 

Treatment, definition of 98-99 

Announcement Line 245-254 

Cabinets of Wedding Announcements 250 

Folded and Flat Sheets and Cards 246-248 

General Uses 245 

Mourning Stationery 253 

Papeteries 254 

Purpose 245 

Stork Announcements ' 251 

Visiting Cards and Envelopes 252 

Anti-Rust Papers 280 

Anti-Tarnish Paper 280 

Appearance — 

Definition 8, 98 

How obtained 99 

Relation to paper use 8 

Arden Wedding — 

Announcement Line 247 

Colors 56-57, 228 

Description 228 

Envelopes 75, 229 

Finishes 3y • " 8 

Grade Level 228 

Grain, directions of 228 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 228 

Non-standard specifications 92-93, 229 

Packing 104. 228 

prices Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Wedding grades 227 

Samples ■ ■ ■ ■ 229 

Sizes 48-19, 228 

Stocked, where obtainable 228 

Uses, general • •■• 228 

Weights 52-54, 228 



372] 



Page 

Army Brown Box Line 270 

Arrive Halftone — 

Colors 56-57, 182 

Description 1 82 

Envelopes 75, 183 

Finishes 59, 182 

Grade Level 182 

Grain, directions of 1 82 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 182 

Non-standard specifications 86-87 , 1 83 

Packing 104, 182 

Prices Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Book grades 168, 169 

Samples 1 83 

Sizes 48-49, 182 

Uses, general 1 82 

Stocked, where obtainable 1 83 

Weights 52-54, 182 

Arven Plate — 

Colors 56-57, 206 

Description ■ 206 

Envelopes 75, 207 

Finishes 206, 59 

Grade Level 206 

Grain, directions of 206 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 206 

Non-standard specifications 88-89, 207 

Packing 104, 206 

Prices Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Cover grades 200, 201 

Samples 207 

Sizes 48-49, 206 

Stocked, where obtainable 206 

Uses, general 206 

Weights 52-54, 206 

Association of National Advertisers 4, 97 

Associations, Seven National, Demanding Standardized Lines 97 

Aulde Scotia Lynene — 

Colors 56-57, 136 

Description 136 

Envelopes 75, 137 

Finishes 59, 136 

Grade Level : 136 

Grain, directions of 136 

Impress 136 

Non-standard specifications 80, 137 

Packing 104, 136 

Prices Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Linen grades 130, 131 

Samples 136 

Sizes 48^9, 136 

Stocked, where obtainable 136 

Uses, general 136 

Weights 52-54, 136 

Bag Paper 277 

Beater, The 339 

Beebe Offset — 

Colors 56-57, 194 

Description 194 

Envelopes 75, 195 

Finishes 59 

Grade Level 194 

Grain, directions of 194 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 194 

Non-standard specifications 94, 195 

Packing 104, 194 

Prices Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Offset grades 190, 191 

Samples 194 

Sizes 48-49, 194 

Stocked, where obtainable 194 

Uses, general 194 

Weights 52-54, 194 

Berkshire Text — 

Colors. 56-57, 174 

Description 1 74 

Envelopes 75, 175 

Finishes 59, 174 

Grade Level , 1 74 

Grain, directions of 174 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 174 

Non-standard specifications 86-87, 175 

Packing 104, 174 

Prices Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Book grades 168-169 

Samples 175 

Sizes 48-49, 174 

Stocked, where obtainable 1 74 

Uses, general 1 74 

Weights 52-54, 174 



[373] 



r 



Biscay Wedding — Page 

Announcement Line 247 

Colors 56-57, 230 

Description 230 

Envelopes 75, 231 

Finishes 59, 230 

Grade Level 230 

Grain, directions of 230 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 230 

Non-standard specifications 92-93, 231 

Packing 104, 230 

Prices Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Wedding grades 226, 227 

Samples 230 

Sizes 48-49, 230 

Stocked, where obtainable 230 

Uses, general 230 

Weights 52-54, 230 

Black Wrapping Papers 280 

Bleach Boilers, The 339 

Blotting Paper, Trade Customs of 326 

Blue Box Line, The 263 

Blueprint Paper 279 

Blue Print Paper, Trade Customs of 321 

Bond Papers 107 

Acceptance 124-125 

Airpost 120-121 

Agawam 1 14—1 15 

Analysis of bond uses 107 

Characteristics 107 

Chart, relative, of 110-111 

Chevron 122-123 

Contract 118-119 

"Correct Use of Bond Papers for Business Purposes" 109 

Coupon 1 12-1 13 

Demand for 107 

Description of ._..._ 107-129 

Development of written communication 107 

Low-grade bonds unwatermarked 107 

Nine bonds cover field of bond requirements 108 

Nine grades of 109 

Norman 126-127 

Number on market 107 

Paper trade customs pertaining to 109 

Persian 116-117 

Qualities. 107 

Longevity 107 

Treatment 107 

Impress 108 

Appearance 108 

Of a first-grade bond 108 

Coupon — first grade 108 

Telephone 128-129 

Watermark 107 

Why called "Bond" 107 

Book Papers 166 

Adaptability due to finish 166 

Albion Text 176-177 

American Bulking Book 178-179 

American Eggshell 188-189 

American English Finish 186-187 

American Super Calendered 184-185 

American Vellum 172-173 

Arrive Halftone 182-183 

Berkshire Text 174-175 

Characteristics of 166 

Colors 167 

Deckle d'Aigle 170-171 

Development of 166 

Eagle-A Line of. Why established 166 

First grade 166 

Grades 167 

Paper Trade Customs 311-314 

Railroad Folder 180-181 

Relative Chart 168-169 

Two distinguished grades 166 

Book Papers, Trade Customs of 311-314 

Box Boards 277 

Box Covers 277 

Boxed Stationery; — 
See "Papeteries." 

Brand Names — 

Paper, owned by American Writing Paper Co 333-336 

Bristols 214 

Agawam Index Bristol 216-217 

American Post Card 224-225 

American Rope Bristol 222-223 

Characteristics 214 

Cherokee Index Bristol 218-219 



i 



[374] 



Bristols — Continued Page 

Colors 214 

Darien Index Bristol 220-221 

First grade characteristics 214 

Folding resistance demanded 214 

Grades 214 

How term was originally applied 214 

Index Bristols 214 

Paper Trade Customs 214 

Relative Chart . . . 215 

Use 214 

Brown Print Paper 279 

Brunswick Linen Ledger — 

Colors 56-57, 144 

Description 144 

Envelopes 75, 145 

Finishes 59 

Grade Level 144 

Grain, directions of 144 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 144 

Non-standard specifications 82-83, 145 

Packing 144 

Prices. Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Ledger grades 140, 141 

Samples 145 

Sizes 48-49, 144 

Stocked, where obtainable 145 

Uses, general 52-54, 144 

"Weights 144 

B L'LKING 95 

Definition of 95 

High bulking papers 95 

Relative bulking of box papers 96 

Business Depending on Printing 281 

Cabinet, Sample, Illustrated . 105 

Calender Roll Paper 277 

Calendering and Inspecting 341 

Card Boards, Trade Customs of 316-321 

Case, Packing, Illustrated 104 

Cellulose 99 

Chain Marks 344 

Charge for the Plan 282 

Chart Papers 277 

Charts — 

Bond Papers in non-standard specifications 78-79 

Bond Papers, relative quality-standards of 110-1 1 1 

Book Papers in non-standard specifications 86—87 

Book Papers, relative quality-standards of 168-169 

Bristol Papers in non-standard specifications 90-91 

Bristol Papers, relative quality-standards of 215 

Cabinets of Wedding Announcements . 250 

Cover Papers in non-standard specifications , 88-89 

Cover Papers, relative quality-standards of 201 

Envelope Papers suitable for each grade 75 

Finishes and Formations in which each grade is stocked 59 

Folded and Flat Sheets and Cards 246-248 

Ledger Papers, in non-standard specifications 82-83 

Ledger Papers, relative quality-standards of 141 

Linen Papers in non-standard specifications 80 

Linen Papers, relative quality-standards of 131 

Method of Impress to which each grade is adaptable 62-63 

Mimeograph Papers in non-standard specifications 81 

Mimeograph Papers, relative quality-standards of 239 

Mourning Stationery 253 

New and Old Substance Weights 303 

Offset Papers in non-standard specifications 94 

Offset Papers, relative quality -standards of 191 

Papers for covers of printed pieces 16-17 

Papers for documents, office and factory forms 20-21 

Papers for inside pages and self covers 14-15 

Papers for single and folded cards 18-19 

Papers for Stationery 22-23 

Papeteries 254 

Relative bulking of book papers 96 

Standard Colors in which each grade is made 56-57 

Standard Sheet Sizes in which each grade is stocked 48-49 

Stork Announcements 251 

Substance Weights in which each paper is stocked 52-54 

Substance Weights in which one basis weight is expressed in terms of another 54 

Typewriter Papers, sheet sizes and weights in which stocked 262 

Visiting Cards and Envelopes . 252 

Wedding and Papeterie Papers in non-standard specifications 92-93 

Wedding and Papeterie Papers, relative quality-standards of 227 

Writing Papers in non-standard specifications 84-85 

Writing Papers, relative quality-standards of 155 

Chemical Processes and Operations, Papers for 277 

Chemical Wood Pulp 98 

[3751 




Cherokee Index Bristol — Page 

Colors v . . 56-57, 218 

Description 218 

Envelopes 75, 219 

Finishes 59 

Grade Level 218 

Grain, directions of 218 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 218 

Non-standard specifications 90-91, 219 

Packing '. 104, 218 

Prices Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Bristol grades 214, 215 

Samples 218 

Sizes 48-49, 218 

Stocked where obtainable 218 

Uses, general 218 

Weights 52-54. 218 

Chester Offset — 

Colors 56-57, 196 

Description 196 

Envelopes 75, 197 

Finishes 59 

Grade Level. 196 

Grain, directions of 196 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 196 

Non-standard specifications 94, 197 

Packing 104, 196 

Prices Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Offset grades 190, 191 

Samples 197 

Sizes 48-49, 196 

Stocked, where obtainable 196 

Uses, general 196 

Weights 52-54, 196 

Chesterfield Papeterie — 

Colors 56-57, 232 

Description 232 

Envelopes 75, 233 

Finishes 59, 232 

Grade Level 232 

Grain, directions of 232 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 232 

Non-standard specifications 92-93, 233 

Packing 104, 232 

Prices Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Papeterie grades 226, 227 

Samples 233 

Sizes 48-49, 232 

Stocked, where obtainable 233 

Uses, general 232 

Weights 52-54, 232 

Chevron Bond — 

Colors 56-57, 122 

Description 122 

Envelopes 75, 123 

Finishes 59 

Grade Level 122 

Grain, directions of 122 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 122 

Non-standard specifications 78-79, 123 

Packing 104, 122 

Prices Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Bond grades 110, 111 

Samples 122 

Sizes 48-49, 122 

Stocked, where obtainable 122 

Typewriter Papers 270 

Uses, General 122 

Weights 52-54, 122 

Writing Tablets 122 

Chevron Bond Typewriter Paper 270 

Covers , 270 

Description 270 

Envelopes 75, 270 

Grade Level 270 

Ordering, in 270 

Packing 270 

Prices Price List 

Ruling 270 

Samples 270 

Sizes 262, 270 

Standard sizes, colors and weights of Chevron Bond 122 

Stocked, where obtainable 270 

Uses, general 270 

Weights 52-54,270 

Coating Papers 277 

Colonial Linen — 

Colors 56-57, 134 

Description 134 

Envelopes 75, 135 

Finishes 134 

Grade Level 134 



[376 



Colonial Linen — Continued Page 

Grain, directions of 134 

Impress, various forms to which adapted . . 62-63, 134 

Non-standard specifications 80, 135 

Packing ......' 104^ 134 

Prices. . .^ Price List 

Qualities relative to other Linen grades 130, 131 

Samples 135 

Sizes ........" 48-49, 134 

Stocked, where obtainable 134 

Typewriter Papers ....!. 267 

Uses, general 134 

Weights ..;.... 52-54, 134 

Colonial Pro and Con Typewriter Paper 267 

Covers ,.' 267, 273 

Description 266, 267 

Envelopes 267 

Finishes .......' 266, 267 

Grade Level 266 

Ordering, in 267 

Packing . 267 

Prices Price List 

Ruling 267 

Samples 267 

Sizes 262, 267 

Standard sizes, colors and weights of Colonial Linen 48-49, 134 

Stocked, where obtainable 267 

Uses, general 266 

Weights 267 

Colored Papers — 

Why developed 55 

All necessary colors in each grade 55 

The papers that are made in each color 56-57 

Colors, all colors regul arly stocked 103 

Commercial Stationery Cabinets 255-259 

Acceptance Bond Stationery Cabinets 258 

Contents of 255 

Contract Bond Stationery Cabinets 257 

Coupon Bond Stationery Cabinets 256 

Description 255 

Grades 255 

Old Chester Mills Stationery Cabinets 259 

Purpose . . 255 

Where obtainable 255 

Committee on Simplification of Paper Sizes 103 

Construction Paper 277 

Contents of Paper, the 338 

Contract Bond 

Colors. 56-57, 118 

Commercial Cabinets 257 

Description 118 

Envelopes 75, 1 19 

Finishes 59 

Grade Level 118 

Grain, directions of 118 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 118 

Non-standard Specifications 78-79, 1 19 

Packing 104, 118 

Prices Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Bond grades 110-111 

Samples 119 

Sizes 48-49, 118 

Stocked, where obtainable 119 

Typewriter Papers 260-262, 268 

Uses, general 118 

Weights 52, 54, 1 18 

Writing Tablets 274 

Contract Bond Stationery Cabinets 257 

Contents of Cabinet 257 

Grade Level 257 

Packing 255, 257 

Prices Price List 

Samples 257 

Sizes 257 

Standard sizes, colors and weights of Contract Bond 48-49, 1 1 8 

Styles 257 

Contract Bond Typewriter Paper 268 

Covers 268 

Description 268 

Envelopes 75, 268 

Grade Level 268 

Ordering, in 268 

Packing _. 268 

Prices Price List 

Ruling . . : 268 

Samples 268 

Sizes 262, 268 

Standard sizes, colors and weights of Contract Bond 48-49, 1 18 

Stocked, where obtainable 268 

Uses, general 268 

Weights 52-54. 26S 

[3771 



Page 
Converted Forms of Eagle-A Papers 245-273 

Copy 283 

Coupon Bond — 

Colors 56-57, 112 

Commercial Cabinets 256 

Description 112 

Envelopes 75, 1 13 

Finishes 59, 112 

Grade Level 112 

Grain, directions of 112 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 112 

Non-standard Specifications 78-79, 1 13 

Packing 104, 112 

Prices Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Bond grades 110, 111 

Samples 113 

Sizes 48^9, 112 

Stocked, where obtainable 113 

Typewriter Papers 260-262, 263 

Uses, general 112 

Weights 52,54, 112 

Writing tablets 274 

Coupon Bond Stationery Cabinets 256 

Contents of Cabinet 256 

Grade Level 256 

Packing 256, 255 

Prices Price List 

Samples 256 

Sizes 256 

Standard sizes, colors and weights of Coupon Bond 48-49, 112 

Styles 256 

Coupon Bond Typewriter Paper 263 

Covers 273, 263 

Description 263 

Envelopes 75, 263 

Grade Level 263 

Ordering, in 263 

Packing 263 

Prices Price List 

Ruling 263 

Samples 263 

Sizes 262, 263 

Standard sizes, colors and weights of Coupon Bond 48-49, 112 

Stocked, where obtainable 263 

Uses, general 263 

Weights 52-54, 263 

Cover Papers 200 

Arven Plate 206-207 

Deckle d'Aigle 202-203 

Herculean Cover 204-205 

How graded 200 

How used "*200 

Paper Trade Customs 315-316 

Paradox Cover 208-209 

Relative Chart 201 

Requisite qualities 200 

Riverdale Cover 210-211 

Standard Cover 212-213 

Unusual Types 200 

Use of chart as a basis of comparison 200 

Cover Papers, Trade Customs of 315-316 

Creating Confidence 282 

Creative Printing 281 

Customer's Business, Studying the 282 

Darien Index Bristol — 

Colors 56-57, 220 

Description 220 

Envelopes 75, 221 

Finishes 59 

Grade Level 220 

Grain, directions of 220 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 220 

Non-standard specifications 90-91 , 221 

Packing 104, 220 

Prices Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Bristol grades 214, 215 

Samples 220 

Sizes 48-49, 220 

Stocked, where obtainable 220 

Uses, general 420 

Weights 52-54, 220 

Dark Gray Box Line 271 

Dark Green Box Line 268 

Deckle d'Aigle — 

Announcement Line 246, 254 

Colors 56-57, 170 

Description 1 70 

Envelopes 75, 171 

[3781 



Deckle d'Aigle — Continued Page 

Finishes 59, 170 

Grade Level 170 

Grain, directions of 170 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 170 

Non-standard specifications 86-87, 171 

Packing 104, 170 

Prices Price List 

Qualities relative to other Book grades 168, 169 

Samples 171 

Sizes '48^49, 170 

Stocked, where obtainable 171 

Uses, general 1 70 

Weights .....'...'.' 52-54, 170 

Deckle d'Aigle Cover — 

Announcement Line 246 

Colors 56-57, 202 

Description 202 

Envelopes 75, 203 

Finishes 59 

Grade Level 202 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 202 

Non-standard specifications 88-89, 203 

Packing 104, 202 

Prices Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Cover grades 200, 201 

Samples 203 

Sizes 48-49, 202 

Stocked, where obtainable 203 

Uses, general 202 

Weights 52-54, 202 

Delta Mimeograph — 

Colors 56-57, 242 

Description 242 

Envelopes 75, 243 

Finishes 59, 242 

Grade Level 242 

Grain, directions of 242 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 242 

Non-standard specifications 81 , 242 

Packing 104, 242 

Prices Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Mimeograph grades 238, 239 

Samples 242 

Sizes 48^19, 242 

Stocked, where obtainable 242 

Uses, general 242 

Weights 52-54, 242 

Design 283 

Dickinson Offset — 

Colors 56-57, 198 

Description 198 

Envelopes 75, 199 

Finishes 59 

Grade Level 198 

Grain, directions of 198 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 198 

Non-standard specifications 94, 199 

Packing 104, 198 

Prices ■ Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Offset grades 190, 191 

Samples 199 

Sizes 48-49, 198 

Stocked, where obtainable 198 

Uses, general 198 

Weights 52-54, 198 

Die Stamping, Embossing and, Papers adapted to 60-63 

Direct Mail Advertising Association 4, 97 

Distribution, Standardizing 5 

Dorrington Papeterie — 

Announcement Line 247 

Colors 56-57, 234 

Description 234 

Envelopes 75, 235 

Finishes 59, 234 

Grade Level 234 

Grain, directions of 234 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 234 

Non-standard specifications 92-93, 235 

Packing 104, 234 

Prices Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Papeterie grades 226, 227 

Samples 235 

Sizes 48-49, 234 

Stocked, where obtainable 234 

Uses, general 234 

Weights 52-54, 234 

Drawing Paper 277 

Druggists' Wrapping 280 

Drying Drums 34-0 

[379] 



Duplex Papers 278 

Duplex Wrapping 280 

Duplicating 103 

Eagle-A Quality, How Maintained 342 

Embossing and Die Stamping — Papers adaptable to 60-63 

Envelopes — 

Appropriate size of gg 

Choice of Paper for '/.'.', 68 

How to order ' [[ .........,....', 73-74 

Papers suitable to use with each grade !!!'!!!!!' : 

Printed matter on 68 

Styles and uses ................. 69-72 

Suitable for Eagle-A Papers !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!.. 105 

To match various grades 105 

To obtain the proper \[\ 73 

United States Envelope Company ' 73 

Use of ......'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'. 68 

Trade Customs of 321 

Evils of price cutting 281 

Execution of the plan 283 

Extension Ledger — 

Colors 56-57, 148 

Description 148 

Envelopes 75 p 149 

Finishes 59 

Grade Level 148 

Grain, directions of 148 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 148 

Non-standard specifications 82-83, 149 

Packing 148 

Prices. Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Ledger grades 140, 141 

Samples 1 49 

Sizes 48-49, 148 

Stocked, where obtainable 148 

Uses, general 148 

Weights 52-54, 148 

Facing Paper 278 

Farnsworth Papeterie — 

Colors 56-57, 236 

Description 236 

Envelopes 75, 237 

Finishes 59, 236 

Grade Level 236 

Grain, directions of 236 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 236 

Non-standard specifications 92-93, 237 

Packing 104, 236 

Prices. Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Papeterie grades 226, 227 

Samples 237 

Sizes 48-49, 236 

Stocked, where obtainable 236 

Uses, general 236 

Weights 52-54, 236 

Filter Paper 277 

Finishes 103 

All finishes regularly stocked 59, 103 

Definition of 58 

Finishes and Formations — 

Definition of . . . 58 

Finishes and Formations in which each grade is stocked . , 59 

How differentiated 58 

Kinds of Finishes 58 

Kinds of Formations - 58 

Flat Writing! Papers 154 

Colors 154 

How described 154 

Material made of 154 

Mt. Nonotuck Mills 162-163 

Mt. Tom Mills 164-165 

Old Chester Mills 156-157 

Paper Trade Customs 306-310 

Parsons Tinted Writings 158-159 

Relative chart of 155 

Use of 154 

Watermark 154 

Wauregan Colored Flats 160-161 

Weights 154 

What term "Writings" includes 154 

Food Containers 278 

Forms included 244 

Formations — Definition of 58 

Freight Rates 305-306 

General Rules for Use of Paper 9 

General Uses of Paper 102 



[380 



Page 

Gelatine Board 279 

Glassine and Grease Proof Papers, Trade Customs of 330 

Gloria Ledger — 

Colors 56-57, 150 

Description 150 

Envelopes : 75, 151 

Finishes 59 

Grade Level 150 

Grain, directions of 150 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 150 

Non-standard specifications 82-83, 151 

Packing 104, 150 

Prices Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Ledger grades 140, 141 

Samples 151 

Sizes 48-49, 150 

Stocked, where obtainable 150 

Uses, general 150 

Weights 52-54, 150 

Glossary 347-367 

Government Record Ledger — 

Colors. 56-57, 142 

Description 142 

Envelopes 75, 143 

Finishes 59 

Grade Level 142 

Grain, directions of 142 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 142 

Non-standard specifications 82-83, 143 

Packing 104, 142 

Prices Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Ledger grades 140, 141 

Samples 143 

Sizes , 48-49, 142 

Stocked, where obtainable 143 

Uses, general , 142 

Weights 52-54, 142 

Grade Being Run 77 

Grade — 

Definition of 101 

Made to non-standard specifications 105 

Range of essential grades in each kind 1 00 

Relative charts of 101 

Standardizing each 1 00 

Grain, Directions of, in Eagle-A Papers 104 

Grain, Parallel to Chain Marks 345 

Gumming Papers 278 

Hard Fiber Paper 277 

Herculean Cover — 

Colors. 56-57, 204 

Description 204 

Envelopes 75, 205 

Finishes ». 59 

Grade Level 204 

Grain, directions of 204 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 204 

Non-standard specifications 88-89, 205 

Packing 104, 204 

Prices Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Cover grades 200, 201 

Samples 205 

Sizes 48-49, 204 

Stocked, where obtainable 204 

Uses, general 204 

Weights 52-54, 204 

How Eagle-A Papers Are Packed 104 

How Eagle-A Papers Are Trimmed 104 

Illustrations — 

Announcement Sample Book 245 

Box of Typewriter Paper 260 

Commercial Stationery Cabinet 255 

Eagle-A Quality, How Maintained 

Department of Technical Control — Laboratory 342 

Microscope, the 343 

Mullen Tester, the 343 

Schopper Folder Machine, the 343 

Tensile Tester, the 343 

Envelope styles and their uses 69-72 

Frontispiece Insert between end leaf and Contents 

How Paper Is Made 

Beater, the 339 

Bleach Boilers, the _ 339 

Calendering and Inspecting 341 

Drying Drums 340 

Loft, the 341 

Jordan or Refining Engine, the 339 

Paper Machine, another view of 340 

Paper Machine, wet end 340 

[3811 




Illustrations — Continued Page 

Rag Cutter, the 338 

Rag Duster, the 338 

Rag Room, the 338 

Rags, the 338 

Sealing 341 

Sizing 340 

Trimming 341 

Washers, the 339 

Manuscript Covers 273 

Map — "Freight Rates" 304-305 

Mourning Stationery 253 

Papeteries (boxed stationery) 254 

Ream Package and Packing Case 104 

Sample Cabinet and Sample Books 106 

Sheets, Cards and Envelopes 249 

Standard Forms for Printed Messages 26-27 

Stork Announcements 251 

Visiting Cards and Envelopes 252 

Watermarking and Rubberstamp Marking 

Laid Formation, Figure 2 344 

Watermark, Figure 1 344 

Wedding Cabinet 250 

Writing Tablets 274 

Impress — 

Adaptability 102 

As a use-factor 98 

Consideration of 99 

Definition of 60 

Embossing and die stamping 60 

Letterpress printing 60 

Lithography 61 

Machine Ruling 61 

Method of impress to which each grade is adaptable 62-63 

Mimeographing 61 

Multigraphing 61 

Pen writing 61 

Quick way of finding papers suitable for each method of 61 

Selecting paper for a definite 60 

Various forms to which adapted 102-103 

Index to Lesson Book 285-301 

Industrial Papers — 
See "Specialties." 

Intaglio Printing 103 

Jordan or Refining Engine, The 339 

Journey Through the World's Largest Paper-making Institution, A 337 

Jute Bristols 278 

Kinds — 

Or classifications of 101 

Relative qualities of papers 9 

Laid and Wove Formation 344 

Ledgers 140 

Account Linen Ledger 146-147 

5 Brunswick Record Ledger 144-145 

Colors 140 

Comparison with bonds 140 

Extension Ledger 148-149 

Gloria Ledger 150-151 

Government Record Ledger 142-143 

Grades 140 

Important qualities desired in 140 

Relative chart of 141 

Selecting a 140 

Telephone Ledger 152—153 

Use of 140 

Letterpress Printing, Relief or — 

Papers adaptable to 60-63 

Relief or 102 

Life, Definition of 101 

Light Gray Box Line 266 

Line, The Various Kinds and Grades of Eagle-A Quality-Standard Papers 97 

How developed 98 

What it embraces 97 

Why it was developed 97 

Linen Papers • • }30 

Aulde Scotia Lynene 136-1 37 

Characteristics of • • . ],9 

Colonial Linen ,55 

Colors 30 

Description '^ 

Grades iA/i_ifR 

Paper Trade customs 306-310 

Qualities of a first-grade Linen }30 

Relative chart of ■ }3 1 

Rival Linen 138-39 

Surface qualities and appearance J30 

Term confused with "Linen Finish" 130 

U. S. Linen 132 1-133 

Watermarks * 30 

[3821 



. Page 
Lines included 244 

Lithography — 

Papers adapted to 61-63 

Loft Drying 99, 341 

Longevity, Relation to Use in Paper 8 

As a use- factor 98 

Consideration of 98 

Relation to use in paper 8 

Machine-dried 99 

Machine Ruling — 

Papers adaptable to 61-63 

Making Orders 77 

Manuscript Cover 273 

Colors 273 

Description 273 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 273 

Packing 273 

Prices Price List 

Sizes 273 

Stocked, where obtainable 273 

Uses, general 273 

Weights 273 

Map Papers 278 

Materials Used in Paper-making 98 

Microscopes 343 

Mimeographing — 

Papers adaptable to 61-63 

Mimeograph Papers — 

Characteristics of ■ 238 

Delta Mimeograph 242-243 

Development of Mimeograph paper 238 

Grades 239 

Limited requirement of 238 

Peerless Mimeograph 240-24 1 

Mt. Nonotuck Mills — 

Colors. 56-57, 162 

Description 162 

Envelopes 75, 163 

Finishes 59 

Grade Level 162 

Grain, directions of 162 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 162 

Non-standard specifications 84—85, 163 

Packing 104, 162 

Prices Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Writing grades 154, 155 

Samples 163 

Sizes 48-49, 162 

Stocked, where obtainable 162 

Uses, general 162 

Weights 52-54, 162 

Mt. Tom Mills — 

Colors 56-57, 164 

Description 164 

Envelopes 75, 165 

Finishes 59 

Grade Level 164 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 164 

Non-standard specifications 84-85, 165 

Packing 104, 164 

Prices Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Writing grades 154, 155 

Samples 164 

Sizes 48-49, 164 

Stocked, where obtainable 164 

Uses, general 164 

Weights 52-54, 164 

Multigraphing — 

Papers adaptable to 61-63 

Music Roll Papers 278 

Mullen Tester 343 

National Association of Employing Lithographers 4,97 

National Association of Purchasing Agents 4,97 

Recommendations of 302 

National Association of Stationers and Manufacturers 4, 97 

National Association of Steel and Copper Plate Engravers 4, 97 

Ne Plus Ultra Line 264, 265, 266.267 

Nitrating Paper 277 

Non-Standard Specifications, Grades in 105 

Non-Stocked Grades, Their Approximate Grade Levels 333-336 

Norman Bond — 

Colors. 56-57, 126 

Description 126 

Envelopes 75, 127 



383] 



/ 



1 



■r 



Norman Bond — Continued Page 

Finishes 59 

Grade Level 126 

Grain, directions of 126 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 126 

Non-standard specifications 78—79, 127 

Packing 104, 126 

Prices Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Bond grades 110, 111 

Samples 127 

Sizes 48-49, 126 

Stocked, where obtainable 52-54, 126 

Uses, general 126 

Weights 48-49, 126 

Writing Tablets 126 

Offset — 

Papers adaptable to 61-63 

Offset Papers — 

Albion Offset 192-193 

Beebe Offset 194-195 

Characteristics 190 

Chester Offset 196-197 

Dickinson Offset 198-199 

First Offset Grade 190 

Paper Trade Customs 314 

Relative Chart 191 

Use-requirements, to meet 190 

Offset Papers, Trade Customs of 314 

Old Chester Mills — 

Colors 56-57, 156 

Description 156 

Envelopes 75,157 

Finishes 59, 156 

Grade Level 156 

Grain, directions of . 156 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 156 

Non-standard specifications 84-85, 157 

Packing 104, 156 

Prices Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Writing grades 154, 155 

Samples 156 

Sizes 48-49, 156 

Stocked, where obtainable 156 

Uses, general 156 

Weights 52-54, 156 

Old Chester Mills Stationery Cabinets 259 

Contents of Cabinet 259 

Grade Level 259 

Packing 255, 259 

Prices Price List 

Samples 259 

Sizes 259 

Standard sizes, colors and weights of Old Chester Mills 48-49, 156 

Styles 259 

Onion Skins and Manifolds, Trade Customs of 327 

Orange Box Line 269 

Packing, How Eagle-A Papers Are Packed 104 

Paper — 

Analysis of use-requirements of 98 

Brand names owned by the American Writing Paper Company 333-336 

For sensitizing processes 279 

How made 337 

How to select the right 8 

Materials used in making 98 

Music roll 278 

Ten essential kinds or classes 100 

Use-factors, four general 98 

Appearance 98 

Impress 98 

Longevity ..,.., 98 

Treatment 98 

Papers — 

Eagle-A, in converted form 106 

For chemical processes and operations „ 277 

For printing processes 278 

Paper Buyers, How Benefited by Standardization 6 

Paper Machine — 

Dry end, the 340 

Wet end, the 340 

Paper Standardization, Pioneer in 1-7 

Paper Stocking, Standardized Mill Brand Grades 345 

Parsons Tinted Writings — 

Colors 56-57, 158 

Description 158 

Envelopes 75, 159 

Finishes 59, 158 

Grade Level 158 

Grain, directions of 158 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 158 

[384] 



Parsons Tinted Writings — Continued Page 

Non-standard specifications 84—85 159 

Packing 104,' 158 

Prices. Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Writing grades 154, 155 

Samples 159 

Sizes. .'.' .'.' .'.' .'.' .'.' .'.' .'.' .'.' .'.* .'.' .' ' '48^-49, 158 

Stocked, where obtainable 15g 

Uses, general !!.!:!!'! 158 

Weights .......'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'."' '52-54, 15$ 

Pattern Paper 278 

Peerless Mimeograph — 

Colors . 56-57, 240 

Description 240 

Envelopes 75, 241 

Finishes ..'.'.'.'.'...'..... 59, 240 

Grade Level ' 240 

Grain, directions of 240 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 240 

Non-standard specifications 81 , 241 

Packing 104, 240 

Prices Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Mimeograph grades 238, 239 

Samples 240 

Sizes 48-49, 240 

Stocked, where obtainable 240 

Uses, general 240 

Weights 52-54, 240 

Pencil Paper 278 

Pen Writing — 

Papers adaptable to 61-63 

Persian Bond — 

Colors. 56-57, 1 16 

Description 116 

Envelopes ' 75, 117 

Finishes 59 

Grade Level 116 

Grain, directions of 116 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 1 16 

Non-standard Specifications 78-79, 117 

Packing 104, 116 

Prices Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Bond grades 110-111 

Samples 117 

Sizes .' 48-19, 116 

Stocked, where obtainable 116 

Typewriter Papers 260-262, 267 

Uses, general 116 

Weights 52, 54, 116 

Writing Tablets 274 

Persian Bond Typewriter Paper 266-267 

Covers . 267, 273 

Description 266 

Envelopes 75, 267 

Finishes 266 

Grade Level 266 

Ordering, in 267 

Packing 267 

Prices Price List 

Ruling 267 

Samples 267 

Sizes 262, 267 

Standard sizes, colors and weights of Persian Bond 48-49, 116 

Stocked, where obtainable 267 

Uses, general 266 

Weights 52-54, 267 

Photo Mounts 278 

Photographic Papers 279 

Photostat Papers 279 

Plan in Printed Salesmanship 282 

Planning Printed Salesmanship by Large Printers 282 

Planning Printed Salesmanship by Small Printers 282 

Postage Rates — 

Communications attached to parcel '. 65 

First-class matter 64 

Fourth-class matter, Domestic Parcel Post 65 

Getting the most out of mailing cost 66 

Letters attached to third-class mail 65 

Mailings of matter without stamps 65 

Pre-canceled postage stamps 66 

Rates of postage on first-class matter 64 

Rates of postage on fourth-class matter 65 

Rates of postage on unsealed third-class matter 64 

Second-class matter 64 

Selecting the right weight of paper to reduce mailing cost 5 1 , 66 

Third-class matter 64 

What can be mailed for two cents, first-class matter 67 



385] 




Practical Sizes — Page 

For advertising lines 24-4-5 

For books 24-45 

For letterheads, office and factory forms 46 

Printed Pieces — 

Economy of production 24, 5 1 

Folding and wearing requirements 51 

Mailing costs 5 1-64 to 67 

Index to kinds and styles 10-13 

Practical sizes for 28-45 

Papers for covers 16-1 7 

Papers for documents, office and factory forms 20—21 

Papers for inside pages and self covers 14—15 

Papers for single and folded cards 18-19 

Papers for stationery 22-23 

Printed Piece Styles 24-46-50 

Printed Salesmanship — 

Printing and multiplying of 284 

How to plan 281-301 

Study of 284 

Printer, Consulting the 302 

Printing Business Built by Printed Salesmanship 281 

Printing Papers, Special 271 

Printing Process, Papers for 278 

Production Cost, Lowest — How Insured 100 

Purpose 244 

Quality Appearance of Printed Pieces 50 

Of Papers in relation to use 8 

Quality Manifold Typewriter Paper 272 

Colors 272 

Description 272 

Finishes • 272 

Packing 272 

Prices Price List 

Samples 272 

Sizes 262, 272 

Stocked, where obtainable 272 

Uses, general 272 

Weights 272 

Quality-Standards, definition of 97 

Rag Cutter, the 338 

Rag Duster, the 338 

Rag Room, the 338 

Railroad Folder — 

Colors 56-57, 180 

Description 1 80 

Envelopes 75, 181 

Finishes 59, 180 

Grade Level 180 

Grain, directions of 180 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 180 

Non-standard specifications 86-87, 181 

Packing 104, 180 

Prices Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Book grades 168, 169 

Samples 181 

Sizes 48-49, 180 

Stocked, where obtainable 180 

Uses, general 180 

Weights 52-54, 180 

Rates of Postage — Miscellaneous Information 64-67 

Ream Wrapper, Illustrated 104 

Relation — 

Comparative data as to qualities of different kinds of paper and different grades to 
each kind 

Between grades 101 

Between kinds 101 

Relative Charts, how developed 101 

Relief or Letterpress Printing 102 

Rival Linen — 

Colors 56-57. 138 

Description ■ 138 

Envelopes 75, 139 

Finishes 59, 138 

Grade Level 138 

Grain, directions of 138 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 138 

Non-standard specifications 80, 139 

Packing 104. 138 

Prices Price List 

Quality, relative to other Linen grades 130, 13 1 

Samples 138 

Sizes 48-49, 138 

Stocked, where obtainable 138 

Uses, general 138 

Weights 52-54. 138 

r 386 1 



Riverdale Cover — Page 

Colors 56-57, 210 

Description 210 

Envelopes 75, 211 

Finishes 59, 210 

Grade Level 210 

Grain, directions of 210 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 210 

Non-standard specifications 88-89, 2 1 1 

Packing 104, 210 

Prices Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Cover grades 200, 201 

Samples 211 

Sizes . 48-49, 210 

Stocked, where obtainable 210 

Uses, general 210 

Weights 52-54, 210 

Roll News Print, Trade Customs of 331 

Roman Typewriter Paper 266 

Covers 267, 273 

Description 266 

Envelopes 267 

Finishes 266 

Grade Level < 266 

Ordering, in 267 

Packing 266 

Prices Price List 

Ruling 266 

Samples 267 

Sizes 262, 266 

Stocked, where obtainable 267 

Uses, general 266 

Weights 266 

Rotogravure, papers adaptable to 61-63 

Rubber Stamping 344 

Safety Paper 279 

Sample Books, illustrated 106 

Samples, Paper 106 

Sand Paper Base 279 

Schopper Folder Machine, the 343 

Sealing 341 

Sensitizing Processes, Paper for 279 

Service House, what it is 105 

Service Houses 5 

List of Insert between end leaf and back cover 

Shado-Craft Watermarking 279 

Sheet News, Trade Customs of 332 

Sizes — 

All sheet sizes regularly stocked 103 

Printed piece 24—46 

Selection of general size of printed piece in relation to standard sheet 25, 47 

Sizing 340 

Specifying the media 283 

Standard Sheet Sizes 47-48-49, 103 

Standardized Paper, the making of 337 

Stationery, office and factory forms 302 

Appropriate sizes 302 

Design, make-up and arrangement of 302 

Reducing waste in production 302 

Uniformity of sizing 302 

Stationery, planning of 302 

Strength, determination of 101 

Styles Printed Piece 24-46-50 

Illustration of practical styles 26-27 

Substance Factor, definition of „ 303 

Substance Weight of Paper — ■ 

Relation to economy in producing printed piece 51 

Relation to mailing cost of printed piece 51 

Practical plan for relation of 51 

Substance Weights of Paper — 

Definition of 50 

Relation to style of printed piece 50 

Relation to size of printed piece 51 

Relation to quality appearance of printed piece 51 

Relation to folding and wearing requirements 51 

Selection of proper substance weight 50 

Substance Weights, new and old, chart of 303 

Successful Printed Salesmanship 282 

Summary of Eagle-A Line 106 

Surface Printing 103 



[387 




Page 

Specialties and Industrial Papers 275-280 

Album Papers 277 

Bag Papers 277 

Box Boards 277 

Box Covers 277 

Calender Roll Paper 277 

Chart Papers 277 

Coating Papers 277 

Construction Paper 277 

Co-operation between maker and user 275 

Development of Special Papers 275 

Drawing Paper .■ 277 

Duplex Papers 278 

Duplex Wrapping 280 

Equipment for making 276 

Facing Paper 278 

Food Containers 278 

Gumming Papers 278 

Jute Bristols 278 

Manufacture of 275-277 

Map Papers 278 

Music Roll Paper 278 

Papers for Chemical Processes and Operations 277 

Papers for Printing Processes 278 

Papers for Sensitizing Processes 279 

Brown Print Paper 279 

Photographic Papers 279 

Photostat Papers 279 

Pattern Paper 278 

Pencil Paper 278 

Photo Mounts 278 

Safety Paper 279 

Sand Paper Base 279 

Shado-Craft Watermarking 279 

Special Printing Papers 279 

Special Wrapping Papers 280 

Acid or Alkali Proof Papers 280 

Anti-Rust Papers 280 

Anti-Tarnish Papers 280 

Black Wrapping Paper 280 

Druggists' Wrapping 280 

Specifications for 275 

Waxing Paper 280 

Wrapper 280 

Specifications of Papers — 

Bond papers in non-standard specifications 78-79 

Book papers in non-standard specifications 86-87 

Bristol papers in non-standard specifications 90-91 

Cover papers in non-standard specifications 88-89 

Ledger papers in non-standard specifications 82—83 

Linen papers in non-standard specifications 80 

Making orders .••••: 77 

Mimeograph papers in non-standard specifications 81 

Offset papers in non-standard specifications 94 

Papers having standard qualities. 76 

Papers having standard specifications 76 

Papers of non-standard qualities and specifications 76 

Standard and non-standard papers . . 76 

To find conditions controlling making of standard grades in non-standard specifi- 
cations .•■•••. 77 

Wedding and Papeterie papers in non-standard specifications 92—93 

What use of standardized papers means 77 

When standard grade is being run 77 

When use of standardized papers is necessary 77 

Writing papers in non-standard specifications 84-85 

Standard Cover — 

Colors 56-57, 212 

Description 212 

Envelopes 75, 213 

Finishes 59, 212 

Grade Level 212 

Grain, directions of 212 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 212 

Non-standard specifications 88-89, 213 

Packing 104, 212 

Prices Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Cover grades 200, 201 

Samples 213 

Sizes , 48-49, 212 

Stocked, where obtainable 212 

Uses, general 212 

Weights 52-54, 212 

Technical Association of the American Paper and Pulp Industry 101 

Telephone Bond — 

Colors 56-57, 128 

Description 128 

Envelopes 77, 129 

Finishes 59 

Grade Level J28 

Grain, directions of 1 28 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 128 

[3881 



Telephone Bond — Continued Page 

Non-standard specifications 78-79, 1 29 

Packing 104, 128 

Prices Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Bond grades 110, 111 

Samples 128 

Sizes 48-49, 128 

Stocked, where obtainable 128 

Uses, general 128 

Weights 52-54, 128 

Telephone Ledger — 

Colors 56-57, 152 

Description 152 

Envelopes 75, 153 

Finishes 59 

Grade Level 152 

Grain, directions of 152 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 152 

Non-standard specifications 82-83, 153 

Packing 104, 152 

Prices Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Ledger grades 140, 141 

Samples 153 

Sizes , 48-49, 152 

Stocked, where obtainable 152 

Uses, general 152 

Weights 52-54, 152 

Tensile Tester 343 

Ticket Paper 279 

Time and Freight Rates to Larger Cities 305 

Tissue Papers, Trade Customs of 324 

Treatment — 

As a use factor 98 

Consideration of 99 

Relation to use in paper 8 

Trimming 341 

Trimming, How Eagle-A Papers Are Trimmed 104 

Typewriter Papers 260-273 

Acceptance Bond Typewriter Paper 271 

Agawam Parchment Typewriter Paper 264 

Airpost Bond Typewriter Paper 269 

Army Brown Box Line 270 

Blue Box Line 263 

Chevron Bond Typewriter Paper 270 

Colonial Pro and Con Typewriter Paper 267 

Contract Bond Typewriter Paper 268 

Coupon Bond Typewriter Paper 263 

Dark Gray Box Line 271 

Dark Green Box Line 268 

Description, general 260 

Grades 260-261 

Light Gray Box Line 266 

Manuscript Cover 261, 273 

Ne Plus Ultra Line 264, 265, 266, 267 

Orange Box Line 269 

Persian Bond Typewriter Paper 266-267 

Purpose of 260 

Quality Manifold Typewriter Paper 272 

Roman Typewriter Paper 266 

Sheet Sizes Chart 262 

U. S. Linen Typewriter Paper 265 

Typothet^e Lesson Book, The 284 

Typothet^e Lesson Books, Where Obtainable ' 284 

Uniformity, How Secured 100 

U. S. Linen — 

Colors. 56-57, 132 

Description 132 

Envelopes 75, 133 

Finishes 59, 132 

Grade Level 132 

Grain, directions of 132 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 132 

Non-standard specifications 80, 133 

Packing 104. 132 

Prices Pnce List 

Qualities, relative to other Linen grades 131 

Samples 133 

Sizes 48-49. 32 

Stocked, where obtainable 132 

Uses, general 132 

Typewriter Papers • •■ • 264 

Weights 52-54, 132 

U. S. Linen Typewriter Papers 265 

Covers 265, 273 

Description 264, 265 

Envelopes ?5 > 265 

Finishes 264, 265 

Grade Level 264 

Ordering, in 265 



[389] 



U. S. Linen Typewriter Papers — Continued Page 

Packing 265 

Prices Price List 

Ruling 266 

Samples ' 265 

Sizes 262, 265 

Standard sizes, colors and weights of U. S. Linen 48-49, 132 

Stocked, where obtainable 265 

Uses, general ] . 264 

Weights .'.'.'." 52-54, 265 

United States Envelope Company 73 

Authorized manufacturer 7,72 

Divisions of 73 

Envelope printing by 74 

United Typothet^e of America 3,97 

Use-factors, Four General 98 

Appearance 98 

Impress 98 

Longevity 98 

Treatment 98 

Use of Printed Piece 8 

Use-Requirements 8 

Uses, General, to Which Papers Are Adapted 8-23, 102 

Vegetable Parchment, Trade Customs of 327 

Washers, The 339 

Watermarking 344 

Wauregan Colored Flats — 

Colors 56-57, 160 

Description 160 

Envelopes 75, 161 

Finishes 59, 160 

Grade Level 160 

Grain, directions of 160 

Impress, various forms to which adapted 62-63, 160 

Non-standard specifications 84—85, 161 

Packing. . . '. 104, 160 

Prices Price List 

Qualities, relative to other Writing grades 154, 155 

Samples 161 

Sizes 48-49, 160 

Stocked, where obtainable 161 

Uses, general 160 

Weights 52-54, 160 

Wax Paper, Trade Customs of 329 

Waxing Paper 280 

Weddings and Papeteries — 

Arden Wedding 228-229 

Biscay Wedding 230-231 

Chesterfield Papeterie 232-233 

Dorrington Papeterie 234—235 

Farnsworth Papeterie 236-237 

Papeteries 

Application of term "Papeteries" 226 

Characteristics of 226 

Grades 226 

Relative Chart 227 

Weddings 

Appearance sole factor 226 

Application of term "Weddings" 226 

Characteristics of 226 

Two grades adequate , 226 

Weights, All Weights Regularly Stocked 103 

Where Eagle-A Papers May Be Obtained 105 

Wire Marks 344 

Wood Pulp, Chemical 98 

Wrappers 280 

Wrapping Papers, Special 280 

Wrapping Paper, Trade Customs of 321 

Writing Papers, Trade Customs of 306-3 10 



[390] 



Service 



Service 
Houses 



Eagle- A Service Houses 

THE Eagle-A Service Houses are the media through which 
Eagle-A Papers are made available to printers, lithogra- 
phers, stationers, engravers, and other users; in fact, they form 
the external organization of the American Writing Paper Com- 
pany. Each Service House stocks the Eagle-A Papers and is 
an accredited sales representative for every one of the Eagle-A 
Quality-Standard Papers. 

The following list includes only the Service House warehouses 
where these papers are stocked. These merchants have also 
many sales offices and other methods of giving the widest dis- 
tribution service for Eagle-A Papers. 



SYMBOLS 



1. Service House {with Warehouse') 
3. Divisional house (with Warehouse) 

Symbol Name and Address 
1 Albany, N. Y. 

Hudson Valley Paper Co. 
520 Broadway 

3 Atlanta, Ga. 

The Whitaker Paper Co. 
2 Courtland St. 
Washington St. Viaduct 

4 Augusta, Me. 

The Arnold-Roberts Co. 
302 Water St. 

3 Baltimore, Md. 

The Whitaker Paper Co. 
Guilford, Saratoga& Davis Sts, 

1 Billings, Mont. 

Carpenter Paper Co. 
of Montana 

5 Birmingham, Ala. 

The Whitaker Paper Co. 
12 So. 20th St. 

1 Boston, Mass. 

The Arnold-Roberts Co. 
180-188 Congress St. 

1 Boston, Mass. 

John Carter & Co., Inc. 
593-599 Atlantic Ave. 

3 Boston, Mass. 

The Whitaker Paper Co. 
100-112 Shawmut Ave. 

1 Buffalo, N. Y. 

R. M. Myers & Co. 

of Buffalo, Inc. 
79 Ellicott St. 

5 Buffalo, N. Y. 

The Whitaker Paper Co. 
319 Main St. 



Branch house (with Warehouse) 
Sales Office 



Symbol Name and Address 
5 Charleston, W. Va. 

The Whitaker Paper Co. 
P. O. Box 770 

5 Chattanooga, Tenn. 

The Whitaker Paper Co. 
305 James Bldg. 

1 Chicago, III. 

Bradner Smith & Co. 
175 W. Monroe St. 

3 Chicago, III. 

The Whitaker Paper Co. 
212-220 N. Sangamon St. 

1 Cincinnati, Ohio 

The Whitaker Paper Co. 
6th cor. Lock St. 

5 Cleveland, Ohio 

The Whitaker Paper Co. 
118 St. Clair Ave. 

5 Colorado Springs, Colo. 

The Whitaker Paper Co. 
Bennet Bldg. 

3 Columbus, Ohio 

The Whitaker Paper Co. 
22 W. Naghten St. 

1 Dallas, Texas 

E. C. Palmer & Co., Limited 
407-409 Lacy St. 

5 Dayton, Ohio 

The Whitaker Paper Co. 
506 E. Third St. 

3 Denver, Colo. 

The Whitaker Paper Co. 
1625 Wazee St. 

1 Des Moines, Iowa 

Carpenter Paper Co. 
106-112 Seventh St. 



Eagle- A Service Houses— continued 



Symbol Name and Address 
3 Detroit, Mich. 

The Whitaker Paper Co. 
600 E. Jefferson Ave. 

1 Houston, Texas 

E. C. Palmer & Co., Limited 

3 Indianapolis, Ind. 

The Whitaker Paper Co 
28-36 E. Georgia St. 

5 Knoxville, Tenn. 

The Whitaker Paper Co. 
Holstan Nat'l Bank Bldg. 

5 Lexington, Ky. 

The Whitaker Paper Co. 
Fayette Co. Nat'l Bank Bldg. 

1 Lincoln, Neb. 

Lincoln Paper Company 
14th &P Sts. 

5 Louisville, Ky. 

The Whitaker Paper Co. 
Louisville Nat'l Bank Bldg. 

5 * Minneapolis, Minn. 

The Whitaker Paper Co. 
310 2nd Ave. So. 

4 Newark, N. J. 

Lasher & Lathrop, Inc. 
50 E. PeddieSt. 

4 Newark, N. J. 

J. E. Linde Paper Co. 
50 Lafayette St. 

4 New Haven, Conn. 

The Arnold-Roberts Co. 
128 Derby St. 

1 New Orleans, La. 

E. C. Palmer & Co., Limited 
433-439 Camp St. 

1 New York, N. Y. 

Beekman Paper & Card Co., 

Inc. 
318 West 39th St. 

1 New York, N. Y. 

Lasher & Lathrop, Inc. 
29-33 Lafayette St. 

1 New York, N. Y. 

J. E. Linde Paper Co. 
84 Beekman St. 

5 New York, N. Y. 

J. E. Linde Paper Co. 
148 E. 129th St. 

1 New York, N. Y. 

Miller & Wright Paper Co. 
65-67 Duane St. 



Symbol Name and Address 
3 New York, N. Y. 

The Whitaker Paper Co. 
48-52 Great Jones St. 

1 Omaha, Neb. 

Carpenter Paper Co. 
9th and Harney St. 

1 Philadelphia, Pa. 

Garrett- Buchanan Co. 
12 to 20 South Sixth St. 

5 Philadelphia, Pa. 

The Whitaker Paper Co. 
26 North 5th St. 

3 Pittsburgh, Pd. 

The Whitaker Paper Co. 
302 Penn Ave. 

4 Providence, R. I. 

The Arnold-Roberts Co. 
4 Providence, R. I. 

John Carter & Co., Inc. 
28 Fountain St. 

4 Richmond, Va. 

The Whitaker Paper Co. 
1013 E. Canal. St. 

1 Rochester, N. Y. 

R. M. Myers & Co. 
27-29 Exchange St. 

1 Salt Lake City, Utah 

Carpenter Paper Co. of Utah 
143-145 State St. 

1 Scranton, Pa. 

Megargee Brothers 
130 Washington Ave. 

1 St. Louis, Mo. 

Acme Paper Co. 
115-125 South Eighth St. 

3 St. Paul, Minn. 

The Whitaker Paper Co. 
Wright, Barrett & Stilwell 
Div. 

5 Syracuse, N. Y. 

R. M. Myers & Co. 
805 Keith Theatre Bldg. 

5 Toledo, Ohio 

The Whitaker Paper Co. 
Spitzen Bldg. 

1 Troy, N. Y. 

Troy Paper Corporation. 
371 River St. 

5 Washington, D. C. 

The Whitaker Paoer Co. 
822 Munsey Bldg. 



€> 



U 
CO 

4-1 

Oh 
C3 



O 






